.

;.,'
",'
cr,
" .

I· .. . NEW AGE J
I . \
I
I
I
Reinforced
,.
Concrete Design

t,

N~Krishna Raju
R.N. Pranesh
 s,
The book is dedicated to
The pioneers and research workers,
Isaac Johnson, Thaddeus Hyatt, Koenen, Coignet
Whitney, Emperger, Jenson, Chambaud, Hognestad
Copyright © 2003, New Age 'International (P) Ltd., Publishers Baker, Evans, Neville, Pintel, Johanssen; Wood, Jones,
Published by New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers Regean, Bresler, Park, Paulay, Gerwick, Murashev, Collins,
~f'1 ' First Edition: 2003 Taylor, Newmark and a host of others W:l0 toiled incessantly
Reprint: 2008 for the development and widespread use of
Reinforced Concrete
All rights reserved.
No part of this book may be reproduced in any form, by photostat, microfilm,
xerography, or any other means, or incorporated into any information
retrieval system, electronic or mechanical, without the written permission
of the copyright owner.

ISBN: 81-224-1460-5

Rs.250.00

C-08-03-2345

.!
5678910

Printed in India at Nagari Printers. Delhi,

PUBLISHING FOR ONE WORLD

NEW AGE INTERNATlONAL(P) LIMITED, PUBLISHERS

4835/24. Ansari Road, Daryagani, New Delhi - 110002
Visit us at www.newngepublishers.com
 Preface

The widespread use of reinforced concrete in a variety of structural mem-

bers in the construction industry has necessitated a proper understanding of
the design. and detailing procedures adopted- by civil and structural
engineers. The first Indian standard code of practice for plain and rein-
I
forced concrete was published in 1953 and revised in 1964 with major
I
emphasis on working stress design. The third revision published in 1978
I
incorporated the limit 'state design in conjunction with the working stress
/. design.
In recent years valuable information regarding the various aspects of rein-
forced concrete such as durability. fire resistance. type of concrete. quality
assurance and limit state criteria. has been gathered and hence the recently
revised fourth edition of the Indian standard code IS: 2000 incorporates the
latest developments and design practices accumulated during the last three
decades and also based on the various national codes such as the British
cdde BS:· 8110. the American code ACI: 319. the German code DIN:i045
the European concrete committee (CEB-FIP) model code of 1990, the
Canadian code CAN-A23.3 and the Australian code AS: 3800.
This. text book entitled "REINFORCED CONCRETE DESIGN (IS:
456-2000) is a modern comprehensive text meeting the requirements of
undergraduate students of civil engineering and as a reference book for
civil engineering teachers and practicing structural engineers. The material
covered in the book comprises the first course forming the foundation for
the theory and design of reinforced concrete structures and is class tested
over several. years of teaching by the authors.
The book is spread over seventeen chapters covering the fundamental top-
ics in reinforced concrete design generally taught in the first course of B.E
and B-Tech (Civil engineering) curriculum in Indian universities to be
covered in a time frame of 50 hours. .
In the first Introductory chapter. the evolution of reinforced concrete as a
structural material for domestic industrial. highway. marine, environmen-
tal and storage structures is highlighted and prominent landmarks in the
development of the material during the 20th century is examined in the
light of continuous research by various investigators about the different
properties of structural material. .
The second and third chapters present a comprehensive description of the
various properties of concrete and types of reinforcement used in structural
1 concrete along with the relevant Indian Standard code specifications..' ..;·;.:' :.'C' .

!-<.: ..
~~~..;~.:
j .t;i;,~.,d:i!'~~i
 .'.
_'. ;'.

Elastic Theory of Reinforced concrete sections in flexure is presented in

. Chapter-4 along with some numerical examples of analysis of structural
elements.
The concepts of Limit State Method of design which includes the various
limit states of collapse and serviceability such as deflections and cracking
is presented in Chapter-S. Acknowledgements
In chapter-6, the ultimate strength of structural concrete members in flex-
ure, shear, compression and torsion and their combinations followed by
their serviceability requirements at working loads is presented in Chapter-?
The authors gratefully acknowledge the following societies. journals,
The limit state method of designing, slabs. columns. footings, and retain- .1 \
associations, building standards of various countries and several authors
ing walls is presented in a logical sequence in Chapters 8 to II. Typical
for the reproduction of salient design data, charts, tables. figures and refer-
Design examples are worked out using the Indian' Standard Code:
ence material mentioned throughout the text.
456-2000 equations and also checked by the use of-design aids such as SP:
16, generally used in design office to save time. . Bureau of Indian standards, American Concrete Institute, British Standards
The limit state design of different types of staircases such as doglegged, Institution, German Standards Institution, Canadian Standards Associ-
open well, and tread-riser configurations are presented ill Chapter-Iz fol- ation, American Society of Civil Engineers. Australian Standards Associ-
lowed by the design of corbels and nibs in Chapter-l3. The theory and
'1 ation. National Building Code of Canada, European Concrete Committee,
design of pile and raft foundations are detailed in Chapter-14. I Institution of Engineers (India), Institution of Civil Engineers (London)
Structural Engineer (London), Torsteel Research Foundation, Cement &
The traditional working stress method of design extensively used in the
,( Concrete Association (London). Structural Engineering Research Centre
first half-of the 20th century is presented in Chapter-I5 with, some numer-
t ical design examples . (Roorke), Magazine of Concrete Research (London),
"f "f,• Chapter-16 deals with detailing aspects of reinforcements in structural John Wiley & Sons (New York), Mir Publishers (Moscow), McGraw Hill
Publishers (New York), Prentice Hall of India (New Delhi), Tata McGraw
r.'I ··p1. concrete members to be followed to achieve adequate strength and ser-
viceability. A large number of figures are presented to illustrate the wrong I Hill Publishing Co (New Delhi). Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs '(New
and right methods of detailing of reinforcements in various structural Jersey), Narosa Publishing House (New Delhi), Pitman (Australia), Asia
r . Publishing House (New Delhi), c.B.S. Publishers & Distributors (New
concrete members,
Chapter-I7 deals' with the principles of earthquake resistant design. The
I Delhi), Oxford & I.B.H. Publishing Co (New Delhi), Khanna Publishers
Indian standard codal recommendations regarding the detailing of mem-
bers in seismic zone is presented, l
i
(New Delhi), Chatto and Wind us (London).
In addition to the above publishers, the authors are deeply indebted to the
Each chapter is fortified with a variety of worked numerical examples and following research workers and professors for freely using their published
a large number of practice examples are included at the end of each chapter work in compiling this book,
to help the students preparing for university and competitive examinations. I Professors A.M. Neville, RH.Evans, P.c. Verghese, R.H. Wood, L.L.
In keeping with the spirit of 'drawing is the language of the engineer'. Jones, R.E.Rowe. S.Unnikrishna Pillai, Devdas Menon, V. Murashev,
,I
,r
L
numerous figures have been included which it is hoped will help in a'
clearer understanding of the subject matter, S.l units have been adopted
throughout the text for all design examples.
Finally, the authors welcome constructive criticisms and useful sug-
II M.P. Collins, KT.S. Iyengar. RF.wamer, B,V. Rangan, A.S.Hall, P.Puru-
shothaman, KW. Johansson, B. Bresler, R. Park, T,Paulay, M,R. Kalgal,
KS. Jayasirnha, M.S. Sudarshan, N.M. New Mark, A.K Jain, M. Fintel,
F.R Khan and several other research workers.
gestions, which will immensely help in updating and improving the con- The complete details of the source material used for the preparation of the
tents of the book. text matter are presented in the form of references at the end of the book.
The authors wish to record their gratitude to Pradeep for preliminary com-
Bangalore., N, Krishna Raju pilation of the master copy of the text on a computer floppy and Master B.
January 2003 R.N, Pranesh Srikanth, for incorporating the various mathematical equations in the text
 viii Ackllowledgements

, using the Microsoft Windows soft ware. Thanks are also due to V.B. Pra-
saodfor preparing the master tracings of the large number of figures pres-
ented in the book.
Finally, the authors also express their gratitude to their collegues, students, List of Symbols
friends and family members for their kind encouragement, co-operation
and timely help extended during the preparation of the text book.
!
A Cross sectional area
a ,Lever arm
b Breadth of beam, or shorter dimension of a rectangular.column '. .
ber Effective width of slab,
Effective width of flange
,! br
bw Breadth of web or rib ' : ..
,,'

J
! D Overall depth of beam or slab or diameter of column; dimension
Of a rectangular column in the direction under consideration
" Dr Thickness of flange
',DL Dead load
d Effective depth
d' Depth of compression reinforcement from the highly compressed
face
e, Modulus of elasticity of concrete
EL Earth quake load
E 5
Modulus of elasticity of steel
e Eccentricity
F Resisting force
fek Characteristic cube compressive strength of concrete,
fe, Modulus of rupture of concrete (Flexural strength of concrete) , .
fe, Split tensile strength of concrete
~ Design strength
fy Characteristic strength of steel
g Gravity load or dead load
h Overall height of retaining wall
h, Height of stem
I' Second moment of area or moment of inertia
ler Effective moment of inertia
Moment of inertia of gross section excluding reinforcement,
19r
I, Moment of inertia of cracked section
j lever arm factor
 ~I ;,.
-Lis: of Symbols xi
~. . List of Symbols
o Displacement
K Stiffness of member Yr Partial safety factor for load
k Constant or coefficient or factor Ym Partial safety factor for material
t; Development length ).I. Coefficient of friction or coefficient of orthotropy
LL Live load ache Permissible stress in concrete in bending compression
L Length of a beam or column between adequate lateral restraints ace Permissible stress in concrete in direct compression
Or the unsupportedlength of a column
O',e Permissible stress in steel in compression
L.r Effective span of beam or slab
0'" Permissible stress in steel in tension
t; Length of shorter side of slab 0',. Permissible tensile stress in shear reinforcement
:o''I·,r.

4 Length of longer side of slab

'CJxI Design bond stress
L•• Effective span length alongX-X axis
'Co Shear stress in concrete
i; Effective span length along yay axis 'Ce,ma. Maximum shear stress in concrete with shear reinforcement
t; Clear span face to face of supports
Nominal shear stress
L. Span in the direction in which moments are determined. clc of
Diameter of bar
supports
Span transverse to Ll, centre to centre of supports \jIes Shrinkage curvature
1"2
Distance between points of zero moments in a beam Strain in concrete
Lo
Bending moment ' Strain in steel
M
Creep coefficient
Mr Moment of resistance
Poisson's Ratio
m Modular ratio
Angles or Ratio
n Neutral axis depth
n. Actual neutral axis depth
n. Critical neutral axis depth
p Axial load on a compression member
P Safe bearing capacity of soil or intensity of pressure
PI Percentage reinforcement in tension
Pc Percentage reinforcement in compression
q Live load
Q Design coefficient
r Radius
S Spacings of stirrups
T Torsional moment
V Shear force
w Distributed load per unit area
W Total load or concentrated load
WL Wind load
XU Neutral axis depth
Z Modulus of section
 Contents

-.1
. Preface v
Acknowledgements vii
List of Symbols ix

1. INTRODUCTION 1

I 1.1
1.2
Basic Concepts of Reinforced Concrete 1
Historical Development 1
1.3 Philosophy of Structural Design 3
1.4 Applications of Relnforced Concrete 4
1.5 Reinforced Concrete Structural Systems 5
1.6 Design Codes and Hand Books 10
1.7 Loading Standards 11

. 2. MATERIALS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE 15

2.1 Concrete 15
2.2 Steel Reinforcement 25

3. REINFORCEMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR

STRUCTURAL CONCRETE MEMBERS 29

3.1 Reinforcements in Slabs 29

3.2 Reinforcements in Beams Z9
3.3 Reinforcements in Columns 30

4. ELASTIC THEORY OF REINFORCED CONCRETE

SECTIONS IN FLEXURE 33

4.1 Elastic Theory of Reinforced Concrete Sections 33

4.2 Neutral Axis Depth and Moment of Resistance of Sections 33
4.3 Balanced, Under Reinforced and'OverReinforced Sections 37
4.4 Analysis Examples of R.C. Sections 46
4.5 .Examples for Practice 52 .
 'r:'S;:,,-~:;~":;(jV,.: '~'5';'il/ ".. !

':, Contents Contents xv

'5:: LIMIT STATE METHOD OF DESIGN S4
" 8.4
8.5
Design of Doubly Reinforced Rectangular Beams
Design -of Flanged Beams 233
227

5.1 Philosophy of Limit State Design 54

8.6 Design of Cantilever Beams 246
5.2 Limit State Design and Classical Reliability Theory 54
8.7 Design of Continuous Beams 249
5.3 Limit States 55
8.8 Examples for Practice 254
5.4 Safety Factors 56
5.5 Characteristic and Design Strengths and 256
9. LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF SLABS
Partial Safety Factors 56
5.6 Characteristic and Design Loads 57
9.1 Introduction' 256
9.2 Design of One Way Slabs 256
6. UL TIMATESTRENGTH OF REINFORCED
9.3 Design of Two Way Slabs 259
CONCRETE SECTIONS 60
9.4 Design of Cantilever Slabs '272
9.5 Design of Continuous Slabs 275'
6.1 Introduction 60
9.6 Design of Flat Slabs 279
" 6.2 Ultimate' Flexural Strength of Rectangular Sections 60
" 9.7 Yield Line Analysis of Slabs 287
6.3 Ultimate Flexural Strength of Flanged Sections 84
9.8 Examples for Practice 318
6.4 Ultimate Flexural Strength of Doubly Reinforced
Concrete Sections 109
10. LIMIT~STATE DESIGN'OF COLUMNS
6.5 Ultimate Shear Strength of Reinforced Concrete 321
AND FOOTINGS
'\ ' Sections 126
6.6 Torsional Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 147
10.1 Introduction 321
6.7 Bond and Anchorage in Reinforced Concrete Members 172
10.2 Classification of Columns 321
6.8 Examples for Practice 191
10.3 Effective Length tlf Columns 323. .
10.4 Design of Short Columns Under Axial Compression 330
7. SERVICEABILITY REQUIREMENTS OF
10.5 Design of Short Columns Under Compression with
n··,... REINFORCED CONCRETE MEMBERS 195
Uniaxial Bending 336
10.6 Design of Short Columns Under Compression and
7.1 Introduction 195
Biaxial Bending 345
7.2 Codified Deflection Limits 196
10.7 Design of Slender Columns 352
7.3 Deflection Control in Beams and Slabs
'10.8 Design of Footings 361
(Empirical Method) 196
10.9 Examples for Practice 382
7.4 Deflection Computations (Theoretical Method) 201
7.5 Control. of Cracking in R.C. Members 203 384
11. LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF RETAINING ,WALLS
7.6 Examples 209
,. , 7.7 Examples for Practice 218
11.1 Introduction 384
11.2 Types of Retaining Walls 384 ,
8. LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF BEAMS 220
11.3 Forces Acting on Retaining Walls 385
11.4 Stability Requirements 388 .
8.1 Introduction 220
11.5 Proportioning and Design of Retaining Walls 390
8.2 Guidelines for Selection of Cross Sectional Dimensions
11.6 Design Examples 392
and detailing of Reinforcements 220
11.7 Examples for Practice 405
8.3 Design of Singly Reinforced Rectangular Beams 221
 COli tell ts xvii
xvi Contents
408 , 16. REINFORCEMENT DETAILING IN STRUCTURAL
12. DESIGN OF STAIR CASES
CONCRETE MEMBERS 521
,
12.1 Introduction 408
1 16.1 Introduction 521
I -. 12:2 Types of Staircases 409
12.3 Loads on Staircases 414 16,2 Structural Distress and Collapse 522
12.4 Design Examples 420 16.3 Common Shapes of Reinforcements in Slabs 522
12.5 Examples for Practice 428 16.4 Detailing of Reinforcements in Slabs 524
16.5 Detailing of Reinforcements in Beams 528
13. DESIGN OF CORBELS (BRACKETS) AND NIBS 430 16.6 Detailing of Reinforcements in Columns 531
16.7 Detailing of Reinforcements in Foundations and Walls, 533 -
13.1 Introduction 430 16.8 Detailing at Junctions 535
13.2 Shear Span/Depth Ratio and Shear Resistance 431 16.9 Detailing in Corbels 543
13.3 Dimensioning of Corbels 431 , 16.10 Lapping, Splicing and Welding OfReinforcements 545
13.4 Analysis of Forces in a Corbels 432 16.11 Bundling of Reinforcing Bars 548
13.5 Design Procedure of Corbels 434 16.12 Cover to Reinforcement and Reinforcement supports 549
13.6 Design of Nibs (Beam Shelves) 436 16~13Expansion Joints in Concrete Structures 550
13.7 Design Examples 439 ' 16",14Do's and Dent's in Detailing of reinforcements 553
13.8 Examples for Practice -445
17. EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN AND
14. PILE AND RAFT FOUNDATIONS 446 DETAIUNG 567

.14.1 Introduction 446 ,17.1',

Introduction 567
14.2 Design of Pile Foundations 447 17.2 Earthquake Forces 568
14.3 Design of Pile Caps 448 17.3 Ductility of Reinforced Concrete Members '569'
14.4 Design Examples of Piles and Pile Caps 453 17.4 Design Principles and Code Provisions 576
14.5 Design of Raft Foundations 463 17.5 Indian Standard Code Provisions for Earthquake
h 14.6 Design Example 463 Resistant Design 579
Ii
j,
14.7 Examples for Practice 468 17.6 Isolation Concepts in Earthquake resistant Design 588
11
"

15. WORKING STRESS METHOD OF DESIGN 470 REFERENCES 592

15.1 Introduction and Permissible Stresses 470 SUBJECT INDEX 603

15.2 Design of Slabs 473
AUTHOR.INDEX 610
15.3 Design of Beams 477
15.4 Design of Columns and Footings 483
15.5 Design of Retaining Walls 486
15.6 Design of Staircase 492
15.7 Design afWater Tanks 494
15.8 Examples fC!rPractice 517

.:
 ~;'~',
.. :,~~}:-.'.,

.,~
"
,

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

'"t:
1.1 BASIC CONCEPTS OF REINFORCED CONCRETE

Reinforcedconcrete is basically concretein which steel bars of desirable

magnitude, are introduced in the casting stage so that the resulting com-
.? ' posite material resist the stresses developed due to the external loads. -In
flexural members 'the steel reinforcement is generally provided near the
tension face to resist the tensile stresses since the tensile strength of con-
crete is hardly one tenth of its compressive strength. In the case of com-
ffl\}t' , pression members, the, steel reinforcement is distributed uniformly in 'the
n "~
cross, section to resist the. compressive stresses developed due to the
external loads. ," . ; .
The revolutionary engineering concept of reinforcing the weak tensile
zone of concrete by steel reinforcement was developed in mid-nineteenth
century. The early 20th century witnessed significant improvements.in the
development arid use of reinforced concrete mainly due to the production
of good quality concrete with improved strength and improved quality, or'
steel with surface characteristics suitable to develop good bond 'between
concrete and steel. ..
The success of reinforced concrete as a revolutionary material for use
in various types of structures is mainly due to the improved quality of
.concrete and steel over the years and also the: improved bond characteris-
tics between the two ingredients. .

1.2 HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT

'_-. .
. :~ ,
The present state of development in the field of reinforced concrete is due
)
to the continuous research done by scientists and engineers in thi's field
during the last 150 years. I
~, -
Isaac Johnson I first made the prototype of modern cement in 1845, by
,oj: burning a mixture of clay and chalk until clinkering, so that reactions nee-
_ essary for the formation of strong cementatious compounds arc complete.
Early 20'h century witnessed the development of mass production of good
quality cement. At present Ordinary Portland cement of various strengths
designated as C-33, C-43, and C-53 are available for use in different types
of structures. Different types of cements with specific properties have been
 developcd for usc ill the wns,trtlCIioll or highways, marine structures, mul- factors to the working loads,
tislOrey buildings and illdu~t,!al SII'II,'III1CS, " ' Several Investigators) like Emperger (1936) Whitney (1937) Jenson
ROlllalls used iron-n:mforcl'd masonry during first century B,C, (1943), Charnbaud (1949) and Hognestad (1951) developed the ultimate
' I t )1' France constructed a rowboat 3,3m long by plastering Roque- load theory based on different types of stress blocks, Reinforced concrete
L ,1I11)() ( .r, f i d' , C' 2
fort ocmcut Oil ;i skeleton net worx ~~ II on an ,wue, oignet of France and structures designed solely on the basis of ultimate load theory resulted :1n,
his C()nll~l1Ip()rarics in I!lIglllnd, filed the first patents for the use of slender structural elements and, their serviceability characteristics (deflec.
reinfon:c.:d concreto 11I'OUlld J H~S;'i, , tions and cracks) under working loads were not within the codified accept--
OCS Wilkinson securcd n patent, In, England for a concrete arch able limits,
In I0.1",
'l'cl'n"orccd with .tie bill'S, Many SCIentists around this time obtained The ultimate load method of design ensures the safety of the structures
11)
( OJ , 1'1"
at 'Irs on reinfol'ccd cOHerete 111 l I Icrent types of structures in various against the collapse limit state only and as such does not give any infor-
pa CI , , 19'~ , . f, mation about the behaviour of the structure at service loads and the range
countries. III thc Luter purt of century, r~l~ orced concrete passed
,"
"

'
IIiroug I1 I I
periodor 1'11101l1S held lIy several specialists.
, h I <h
between service and collapse loads, The inadequacy of the ultimate load
SlgllifiClIlIl dcyolOI'UlCflts dUI'II\!! t c ear y part of 20 century resulted method in not ensuring the serviceability of the structure resulted in the
, ',' 11I'ovcdquality or concrete lind steel. Cement was mass-produced with development of limit State design.
111111 I 1:1 f " The philosophy of limit state design4,5,6 was first incorporated in the
quality control and illlpr(lv~( IlIll'lll1( 0 ,proportIOnIng concrete mixes
resulted In concrete of (iCSII'Cl compressive strength ranging from 15 Russian code in 1955, Basically. limit state design _isa method of design- -'
N/Ill1l12 to (>0 N/Ill1\ll, ,',' ing structures based on a statistical concept of safety and .the associated
Hndy IllVCSli!!"tOl'Sworked ()II the theoretical baSIS to explain the : statistical probability of failure, Limit state design is based on the concept
S'II'lICIlIrulhchnvior of rcillfon:cd \\'tK'rete as early as the end of the nine- of probability and comprises the application of the method of statistics to
the variations that occur-in practice in the loads acting on the structure and
teem h cl'nltlry, ,
In IX7'!, Thnddl'lIs I Iyau, lin American lawy~r ,established tlfe basis of ,the strength of the materials,
Rnalysis or stress ill reinforccd Cl\II,',reteby explalning the concept of bond The Limit state_ design overcomes the inadequacies of the working
betw('l'll slccll'ods und l~()lICI'Ctl', - " stress and ultimate load methods and ensures the safety of the structure
Lnll'I' 1«(lClll'n of OCl'llltlf,l),d~'~'t"l1~~dthe design rules of analysis of against excessive deflections and cracking under service loads 'and also
reint'ot'('l'" COUl'n'le Sl't'lions III ~~~('t, Coignet of France also published the provides for the desirable load factor against failure, Hence, the British
principks of dnslk dl'sign of t\'lllh'lt'l:cd concrete during the same period, Code7, American Code", Australian Code" and German Code" and the
EnrI" zo" Cl'lltlll'y witucsscd ,h(- end of patents in this field when the recently revised Indian Code II have adopted the limit State design con-
Prussim; rl~gllintions Cl)lItl~risi~lgIlx' ,c~mpletc set of deSign, r~les of rein- cepts,
forced l'l1ncrelc IIPIWlln~dIII I ~ln,\\ hile ,the Frenc~ comrmssron on rein-
1.3 PHILOSOPHY OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN
forced concrete had liJI'IIIUlllll'.i Ih~ desl~n rules In 1906, professional
,"I',., iikc the t\lIll'l'klln Con, ....
S(l~IC l~., _ .",.
rete Institute (ACI)
,
and
,
the American The main objective of reinforced concrete structural design is to comply
Society ot' Civil Ell~illl'crs (AS(.l:\ Introduced the first Joint code on rein- with, the following essential requirements,
fOl'l.'cdconcrete in 19m), • ' 1) Structures designed should satisfy the criterion.of desirable ultim'ate
'I'lIl1 first 1I11\iol' upplklltioll \~ re,lIlforc~d concrete was in -bridges
strength, in flexure, 'sheer. compression, tension and torsion developed
mulnly due to the l·I.'I)1101l1)' in ,'\'a~'I:lson with steel bridges, The elastic
under a given system of loads and their combinations. In addition, the
lIIl'thl~d III' design W;lS firmly <,.~t1.('Iltsl~e~ and ~idery used during this
stresses developed in the structure under the given system of loads
period. Thl~ rcll\lil~lill.l:Ill' h~'id.i!~~~,'::-': buildings during the pO,st war periods
should be within the safe permissible limits under service loads, ,
l'Clilllll~llill l!Slllbh~hlll~ 1'1.',1111,'1\-.\;, ,,,Vllcrete as an economical structural
ItIl\t~1'i1\11'01' lISC in diffc,'wl1(types N muc,tures. , . 2) The structure designed should satisfy the criterion of serviceability,
HOWlWOI" the in,llkqlllH'Y ot fI~ elastic or working load design in pre- which limits the deflections and cracking to be within acceptablelim-
dl~'tlJ\g tho ultimate Illulls of 1\ sln~,-trepaved the way for the ultimate load its, The structure should also have adequate durability and imperme-
, theories and destsn hnsed on nltimate loads computed by applyi_ng load ability, resistance to acids. corrosion. frost etc,

. '.';.~".:.
:'. .:4 Reinforced concreteDesisn
3) The' structure should have adequate stability against overturning, slid-
ing, buckling, and vibration under the action of loads.
A satisfactory structural design should ensure the three basic crite~ia of
strength, serviceability and stability. In addition, the stru~tural. designer
should also consider aesthetics and economy. The structural designer and
the architect should co ordinate so that the structure designed is not only
aesthetically superior, but also strong enough to safely sustain the designed
loads without any distress during the life time of the structure.
1.4 APPLICA TlONS OF REINFORCED CONCRETE . ings.
Reinforced concrete is well' established, as' an important construction
material often preferred to steel construction mainly due to its versatility,
adaptability, and resistance .to fire and. corrosion resulting in negligible
maintenance costs. Development of better quality cements during the last
decade has resulted in stronger and more durable concrete for use in dif-
ferent types of structures. .
Reinforced concrete is ideally suited for the construction of floor and
roof slabs, columns and beams in residential and commercial structures.
The present trend is to -adopt reinforced concrete for bridges of small,
medium and long spans resulting in aesthetically superior lind economical
structures in comparison with steel bridges.
Typical use of reinforced concrete in earth retaining structures includes
abutments for bridges and retaining walls for earthen embankments. .
Reinforced concrete is ideally ..suited for water retaining structures like
ground and overhead tanks and hydraulic structures like gravity and arch
dams. The material is widely used for the construction of large domes for
water tanks and sports stadiums and conference halls.
Reinforced concrete grid floors comprising beams and slabs are widely
used for covering large areas like conference halls where column free
. space is an·essential requirement.
For aircraft hangers, reinforcement concrete shells comprising of thin
circular slabs and deep edge beams provide an economical solution.
Reinforced concrete folded plate construction has been used for indus-
trial structures where large column free space is required under the roof.
In coastal areas where corrosion is imminent due to humid
environment, reinforced concrete is ideally suited for the construction of
marine structures like wharfs, quay walls, watchtowers, and lighthouses.
For warehouses in coastal areas, reinforced concrete trusses are preferred
to steel trusses. i ,
Reinforced concrete poles have almost replaced steel poles for power
transmissions. Tall towers for T.Y.transmission are invariably constructed
using reinforced concrete.
"Introduction' 5
Muitistorey reinforced concrete buildings are routinely adopted for
..:" ., both residential and office complexes. For heavy-duty floors in factories,
reinforced concrete is ideally suited due to its resistance to wear and tear
and improved durability.
.t...
In atomic structures, reinforced concrete is preferred to steel for pres-
sure vessel construction due to the superior radiation absorption character-
istics of high strength and high density concrete.
Reinforced concrete piles, both precast and cast in sites have been in
use for foundations of structures of different types likes bridges and build-
Another novel application of reinforced concrete is in the construction
of pavements for highways and airport runways.
The Twentieth century has witnessed reinforced concrete as a revolu-
tionary material suitable for the construction of most simple to complex
structures. With significant improvements in the quality of cement and
steel, reinforced concrete will continue to find new applications and wide-
spread use in the 21st century.
1.5 REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Any type of structure may be considered as an assemblage of various
structural elements, which perform a predetermined function of resisting
various types of forces. Basically a structure can be built up using struc-
tural and non-structural elements". The structural elements (beams, slabs
columns etc.) have the primary fu~ction of resisting the external loads,
while the nonstructural elements (partitions, false ceiling, doors etc.) do
not support the external loads.
Basically, the structural elements can be classified as one-dimensional
elements (Ex: beams, columns, arches etc) or two-dimensional elements
(Ex: slabs, plates, shells etc.) and three-dimensional elements (thick pipes,
walls of nuclear reactor vessels, domes etc.)
Circular girders generally used in water tanks are subjected combined
flexure, shear and torsion while the comer columns in a multistorey framed
structure is ~ubjected to biaxial bending.
a) One Way Slab Systems
Fig. 1.I(a) shows the floor system comprising a one-way slab supported at
the edges by walls or beams and supports dead and live loads. The slabs
are subjected primarily to maximum flexure at centre of span along the
shorter direction and maximum shear at supports under gravity loads.
:!;
..:fi y

r Fig l.l(b) shows a cantilever slab generally used in chajjas projecting

from lintel beams:
Fig l.l(c) shows a continuous slab, supported on beams generally used
,,r---- ,
----
>-
x
:, ..-
>0-
in a building complex. f
e
Slob ..~ .. I ...
.2

. ~
.#
, . ,
I
u
II>
VI

.JI
J ____

_i:s"P"'" (0) One Woy Slob

~
l- ----

~,ctlon- xx
fig. 1.2 Two Way Slab Floor System
y

. x
DD,EJD
-·-·--·l-··-·~
x

(bl Cantile.ver Slab

A(
Slab
DE]DD
o B.JJ (c l Continuous
u
Slab ~,ctlon-xx
Flg.!.3 Beam and Slab Floor System
Fig. 1.1 Types of Reinforced Concrete Slob System

b) Two Way Slab floor Systems d) Flat Sla.bfloor System

. Fig 1.4 shows a flat slab floor system in which the slab is supported on
Fig 1.2. shows a typical two-way slab floor system commonly used in
buildings. In this case the slab is supported at the edges and it is subjected . columns directly without any beams. This type of floor system is generally
to flexure in two principal directions while resisting gravity loads. preferred' for large span office complexes, commercial buildings and
t garages, where headroom is less.
e) Beaiu and Slab floor systems

I
,
..
"

Fig 1.3 shows a typical beam and slab floor system generally used in resi- e) G.rid Floor system
,dential and commercial building structures. In this case the gravity loads Fi~ 1.5 shows a typical grid floor system comprising beams sp~ced at sho~.
are resisted by flexure of slab and beams. intervals running in perpendicular directions and supports a thm slab. This.

j,. -, -,'.
 9i;'i;\~'1((J/i'IfOlrCI1d" . Concrete Design - Introduction .' 9
y
'+CO'U~""';P+Mlddl. 'i"p-i<',;"1 S;,;~\ rF--- -_- -----===1
-~ ,DDDDDD,
-$
Column
head
W
Column
...
't,I
c
E
::l
<5
u
IDDDIDDDI
,DDDjDDDI
T
-.:0-
>-
>-
c
I
x

o oq-lrDD0
't,I
-
.2
.!!!
"0
:s!
::E
u
ell
I/)
,DDDIDDDI
)(
t
_~ x -DDO-DDDj
L.
-$ -$ ~
E
.2 ID~DiDDDI
8
J- ODOOOD y

Section-xx
'DND~'DD' Section-xx
Fig. 1.4 Flat Slab Floor System Fig. 1.5 Grid Floor System

typ\' Or roof is generally used for large conference halls and commercial
hUildings requiring column free space. The grid floor is supported at the
~'\'~\\'~on solid walls or columns at regular intervals.

t) l\tultlstorey Vertical Framing System

I~~ \.(i shows the multistorey vertical frame-comprising coi~mns beams

"11\\ slabs forming three-dimensional structure. The gravity loads are trans-
"lith-II from slab to beams which in turn transfer the loads to columns and
fill,llly to the foundations. The rigid column and beam frame call resist
I.lh'ralloads due to wind.

. . .
Fig, 1.6 Multistorey Vertical Fnimiilg System
 10 Reinforced Concrete Design Introduction 11

g) ~hear Wall System b) Design Codes and Handbooks

This system consists of solid concrete walls covering the full height of the
building. Generally the shear wall box is located at the lift/staircase
regions. Sometimes the shear walls are located as exterior or interior walls
placed 'along the transverse direction of the tall building to resist lateral
loads due to wind, A typical shear wall provided at-the. core of a tall struc-
ture is shown in Fig 1.7.
R.C.C. Wall
, and graphs presented in the handbooks.
Floor slabs
All reinforced concrete structural design in our country should confoim to
the recently revised Indian Standard Code ]S:456-2000 Code of pract.ice
for plain and reinforced concrete (Fourth Revision), The corresponding
national codes of other countries, which are often referred to, are the
American Concrete Institute Code ACI-318 and the British Code BS:
8110.
: The design examples presented in this book conform to the Indian
standard code. The Bureau ofIndian standards have released over ,the years,
s~veral handbooks to facilitate reinforced concrete structural designers to
design routine structural elements quickly by referring to the various tables
, The following handbooks will serve as useful design aids for structural '

. -
concrete desizners.
1) SP: 16-198013_ Desig~ Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS: 456.
2}. SP: 24-19831~- Explanatory Handbook on IS: 456. , ..
3)\ SP: 34-198715- Handbook on Concrete Reinforcement and Detailing.
4); SP: 23-198216- Hand book on Concrete Mixes (Based on Indian Stan-
I '
Fig. 1.7 Shear Woll System dards)

1.6 DESIGN CODES AND HAND nOOKS 1.7:~OADI.:\'G STA~DARDS

, a) Objective of Codes - Reinforced concrete structures are designed to resist the following types of
loads: -
Based on extensive research and practical knowledge, various countries
have evolved their national codes, which serve as guidelines for the design a) Dead Loads
of structures. The main objectives of the codes are '
These are loads that will not change with respect to time, The dead loads
1) To provide adequate structural safety by ensuring strength, service- acting on the structure include the self-weight of the structural. element.s,
ability and durability. '
Partitions ., and finishes which depends upon the type of material
17
used In
ib
2) To specify simple design procedures, design tables and formulae for' the structure. The Indian standard code IS: 875(Part-l) - 1987 prescn es
easy computations. the' unit weight of building materials and stored materials to be used in t~e
,3) To provide legal validity and to protect structural engineers form any design. Salient dead loads of most common materials used, in structural
liability due to failures of structures caused by inadequate design and elements are presented in Table 1-1 '
improper materials and lack of proper supervision .during construc-
Table 1.1 Dead Loads of Materials
tion.
4) To provide a uniform set of design guide lines to be followed by vari- ~I",terial Unit Weight (kNfm3)

ous structural designers in the country. , Bcie,,-Maso~('1 18,85 to 22

F'lair. Cooerete .,
22.00 to 23.50
National building codes are periodically.revised to reflect the improve-
Reinfot'o=<fcoocrete 22.75 to 26.50
ments in the quality of materials and design procedures evolved as a result
Stone Masonry 21 to 27
of comprehensive research investigations conducted in the various
T.rnber 61010
institutions in the country 'and abroad.
(Contd ...) ,
, ." 12" ReinjorcedC..ollcrete Design ;' "', ,In,;wiuction . 13 . n-

Table 1.1 Dead Loads of Materials (Collld...) Table 1.2 Live or Imposed Loads. (Collld...)

Cement Mortar 20.4 7.5 Floors of warehouses, workshops, factories and'other

buildings or parts of buildings of similar category for, . 7.5
Lime Mortar 15.7 to 16.50
heavy weight loads, .floors of bookstores and libraries.
Steet 78.5
10.0 Floors 6f ware houses, work shops', factories and other .
Floor Fin ishes 0.6 to 1.2 10.0
buildings oi parts of buildings of similar sategory for
0.2 to 1.2 heavy weight toads, floors of book stores and libraries
:g
Aoof Finishes
Steel work for Roofing 0.16 to 0.23 Garages (light) '.

0.2 Floors used for garages lor vehicles not exceeding 25 kf':l
Cement plaster- 10mm thick
gross weight.
Concrete Tile flooring Slabs 4.0
25 mm thick 0.5 2.5
Beams .-
Terrazzo, 10mm thick 0.2 Garages (Heav.yl·
1.91 Floors used for garages lor vehiCles not exceeding 40 kN 7.5
Brick Wall, 100mm thick
gross weight.

b) Live Loads Staircases ..

Stairs, landings and corridors for class 2 but not liable to 3.0 . I

These are loads that change with respect to time. Live or imposed loads over crowding.
Balcony ;.
i I
include the loads due to people occupying the floor and those due to mate- _ ..
; I
Balconies not liable to over-crowding' for class 2 loading
rials stored or vehicles in garage floors. The imposed floor and roof loads Loading lor other classes 3.0
1B 5.0
for different occupancies are specified in IS 875 (Part-Z) - 1987 • Some of Balconies liable to over crowding
5.0
the common live loads encountered in the design of buildings are compiled
Flat, Sloping or Curved roof with slopes up to and Includ-
in Table 1.2 ing to degrees.
1.5
Table 1.2 Live or Imposed Louds a) Access provided.
b) Access not provided, except for maintenance. 0.75
2
Types of Floors Minimum Live Sloping roof wilh slope g'reater than 10°:- 0.75 kN/m
Loading
Load k'Nlm' c) less 0.001 kNlm2 for every Increase in slope over 10
Class
I----------- 2 degrees up to and including 20° and 0.002 kN/m2 for
2 Floors in dwelling houses, tenements, hospital wards, ;
every degree increase in slope over 20°
Bedrooms and private sitting rooms in hostels and dorrni-
,
tortes,
Office floors other than entrance hall floors of light work 2.5 - 4.0
2.5 c) Wind Loads
rooms.
Floors of banking halls, office entrance halls and reading 3.0
3.0 Wind loads have to be considered in the design of multistorey buildings,
rooms
Live Load in plan
towers and poles. Wind loads depend upon the intensity of wind prevailing
ROOFS
Types of Roof kN/m' in the locality of the structure. IS: 875(Part-3) _1987t9 prescribes basic
Shop floors used for display and sale of merchandise, 4.0 wind speeds in various zones by dividing the country into 6 zones. The
4.0
floors of work rooms, floors 0'
class rooms, restaurants, design wind pressure is computed as
machinery halls power stations etc, where not occupied
by plant or equipment. tr; = D.6V;
5.0 Floors of warehouses, workshops, factories and other
buildings or parts of building or similar category for light Where P« = design wind pressure in N/nll~2 at a height Z and
weight loads, office tloors for storage and filling purposes. 5.0
V, = design wind velocity in mls at a height Z.
Assembly floor space without fixed seating, public rooms
in hotels. dance halls and waiting halls. Wind Load 'F' acting ina direction normal to the individual structural
(Contd.) element or cladding unit is computed as,
F = (Cpc-Cp;)A,Pd
 14 ReiJl/orced.Concrete Design

Where ,·Cpe = external pressure coefficient ..

Cpi = internal pressure coefficient.
A = surface area of structural element or cladding unit and
Pd = design wind pressure.
The values of external and internal pressure coefficients depend upon CHAPTER 2
the type of structure and are presented in a tabular form in IS 875 (Part-B) -
1987. . I . 'Materials For Reinforced Concrete
d) Snow Loads and Local Combinations

Structures subjected to snow loads'have to be designed suitably by consid-

ering the snow loads prevailing in the region and also the various load 2.1 CONCRETE
20
combinations. These are specified in IS 875 (Part-4) and (Part-S) - 1987 Plain .Concrete is a composite material composing of cement; aggregate .
.respectively and water, in suitable proportions. Cement reacts/in tlie presence of water
to produce complex compounds which gradually harden and bonds Hie
e) Earth Quake Loads
aggregate comprising sand and coarse aggregate into a solid mass with -
Seismic or earthquake forces have to be considered in the design of struc- time. Fresh concrete exhibits plasticity and flowability so that it can be .
21
tures located in seismic zones according to IS:1893-84 • The horizontal placed into themoulds of required shape and compacted to form a dense
seismic force (F.q) is computed as, mass. Th~ compacted and hardened concrete is cured in the presence of
Feq = [ex pG) water so that i~gains most of its strength within four weeks, after which the
external loads can be applied. .
Where ex = Horizontal seismic coefficient depending on location with
values of 0.08,0.05, 0.04, 0.02, and 0.01 for Zones V, IV, 2.1.1 Cem~nt
III, II, and I.
Various types of cements have been developed for use in different types of
~ := A coefficient depending on soil-foundation system ranging
structures. For a detailed study of the type and properties of different types
from 1.0 to .1.5
." . of cements, the reader may refer to the treatise on properties of concrete
A =:; A coefficient depending upon the importance of the struc-
authored by Neville.
ture varying from 1.5 tol.O
According to IS: 456-2000, the types of cements and their suitability
G =Dead load above the section considered.
for a specific situation are outlined in Table.2.1.
Structures located in Zone V to' in (Severe earthquake zone) should be
designed for seismic forces. 2.1.2 Aggregates

In concrete, aggregate volume is nearly 75 percent of the total volume.

Hence, the-structural behavior of concrete is significantly influenced by the
type of aggregates used. Fine aggregate comprises of sand dug out from
riverbeds and pits having particle sizes from 0.075 rnm (0 4.75 rnrn.
Crushed rock and gravel lire generally used as coarse aggregates with
maximum size of 10 mm, 20 and 40 mm. For reinforced concrete work IO
and 20 mmare commonly used. For mass concrete works like dams, larger
sizes of aggregates upto 150 mm are used. The 'nominal maximum size of
~o~rse aggregate should be as large as possible but it should be limitedito
'one .fourth of the minimum thickness of the member. Lightweight and
:; heavy weight aggregates are also used .in specific works. The various
:.j
: :.
.....•
, .,:~~~:'itr:'~'!!?r,rr;;f~,·,~.:iRei~orced
Concrete DeSign'
~<).i:..;:~';':.
Materials For Reinforced Concrete 17
J iY': .
Table s.i Typesof Cements and their usc
made QY using heavy aggregates like Magnetite, Hematite, Limonite and,

J<
I
No
1

I
Type of Cement
Ordinary Portland Cement
C-33 Grade
C-43 Grade
IS:Code

IS: 269
IS: 8112
Where used

All General Concreting works,

Multistorey structures.
26
Barytes , Steel punchings" and shots have been successfully used for'
producing concrete with a density in the range of 50 to 60 kNlin3.

C-53 Grade
".'. '"
IS: 12269 Bridges-Tali structures 2.1.3 Concrete Mix Proportions
Prestressed concrete work.
2 Rapid Hardening Portland IS: 6041 Road works and Repairs. The.main objective of concrete mix design is to select the optimum pro-
, Cement pornon of the various ingredients of concrete, which will yield fresh con.
.~.
3 Low Heat Portland Cern en I IS: 12600 Mass Concrete Dams cret~ .of desirable workab}tity and hardened concrete possessing the
4 . Portland Slag Cament· IS: 455 Marine St,ructures. specified characteristic compressive strength and durability. The mix
5 Portland Pozzolana Cement IS: 1489 Mass concrete - Marine Structure pr~~o'~tions should also satisfy the additional requirement of the use of
and Gene,ral building Works.
nll~~lInulU.possible cement content so that the maximum economy is
6 Sulphate Resisting POrtli\nd ~ 'IS: 12330 MarlM Structures foundations In
Cement" Sulphate bearIng soils.
achieved III the unit cost of concrete according to the author",
7 Hydrophobic Cement IS: 8043 .Swimming Pools "oors 01 food Pro- a) Nominal Mix Concrete
cessing plants.
-:

8 High Alumina Cement IS: 6452 Marine Structures.

:-he Revised Indian Standard Code' IS: 456·2000, prescribes the proper-
9 Supersulphated Cement IS: 6909 Marine Structures construction of
nons of ingredients of concrete for nominal,mixes of concrete grades lower
sewers,
than M·2D which are used for ordinary and small works, as shown in Table
properties of aggregatesIike specific gravity, 'strength, toughness, hard-
2.2.
ness, soundness, particle size distribution (grading) should comply with the Table 2.2 Proportions for Nominal Mix Concrete
22 " .' , ,
Indian Standard Code: IS: 383·1979. ,' .' ; (Table·9 0; IS: 456-2000)
..~.
. Crushed rock arid gravel aggregates with specific gravity in the range Total Quantity of Ory Aggre-
of 2.5 to 2.7 yields concrete with a density in the range of 23 to 24 kN/m3i Grade of
gates by mass per 50 kg of Proportions of Fine
Cement, to be taken as the sum Aggregate to coarse Quantity of-water
However special concretes like light weight and high density required for, Concrete
01 the individual masses of Fine Aggregale per 50 kg of: '
specific.applications can be produced by using suitable aggregates. . " and Coarse Aggregates (kg) (By Mass) Cement (Max)
Light weight aggregates" generally used to- produce structural light: Max (Iii res)
weight concrete having a density in the range of 10 to 18 kN/m3, widely' 2 3 4
M-5
used in V.K., U.S,A and Europe belong to the category ~f . M·7.5
800 Generally 1: 2 but 60
625 subject to an upper 45
a) Expanded shales, clays, and slates produced in a rotary kiln (Leca, M-IO
480 limit 01 1: 1'/2 and a 34
MIS
Kermazite) M-20,
330 lower limit of 1 :2'/. :12
250 30
b) Expanded shales or clay produced on a sintering grate (Aglite, Aglo-
porite) b) Design Mix Concrete
c) Slags expanded mechanically or by water jet process (foamed Slag)
d) Sintered pulverized fuel ash aggregate (Lytag) For all- important works involving large quantities of concrete, it is prefer-
able ,touse design mix, which results in considerable economy ensuring the
Lightweight concrete is now a firmly established building marerlal
reqUIred strength. The design mix uses the following parameters:.
having extensive applications in most of the developing and developed
countries, Light Weight concrete is used in the' block making industry" I) Type of cement
and also in reinforced and prestressed concrete constructions." 2) Aggregate size and grading
High density concrete with a density in the range of 30 to 40 kN/mJ, 3) Water I Cement ratio
required for the construction of biological shields for atomic reactors is 4) Aggregate I Cement ratio

.5) Workability of concrete
6) , Relation between mean and maximum strength and standard deviation
7) Grade of concrete
Over the years, several mix design methods have been developed based
on the above parameters. The most prominent, well-established and widely
used methods are,
1) The American Concrete Institute Method".
2) The British Method, developed by Teychenne, Franklin and Erntroy"
3l
3) The Indian Standard Method • " ,
The above methods are based on extensive experimental investigations
in their respective countries. A critical review of the Indian, British and
American methods of concrete mix design has been reported by Krishna
ReddiB and the author. The salient experimental observations being that
the American and British methods resulted in concrete having compressive
strength nearly equal to the desired characteristic strength while the Indian
Standard method yields significantly higher compressive strength than the
desired characteristic strength. Also the concrete mixes designed by' the
Indian .Standard Code method utilized the highest cement content for unit
volume of concrete in comparison with the American and British methods.
For exhaustive information regarding the format of design of concrete
mixes of various types and computer aided design of mixes, the reader may
refer to the treatise on 'Design of Concrete Mixes' recently revised by the
author", ' lek is the characteristic compressive strength of concrete expressed in
c) Properties of Concrete
I) Compressive strength
The Characteristics strength is defined as the strength of material below
which not. more than 5 percent of the test results are expected to fall. The
concrete mix should be d~signed for the target strength computed as,
Target Strength = (Characteristic Strength) + (1.65 time the Standard
, ' deviation)
The Indian Standard Code IS: 456-2000 specifies the characteristic
compressive strength of 150 mm cubes at the age of J8days 8S Grades of
concrete varying from 15 to 50 N/mm2 designated as M-15 to M-50. For
Reinforced concrete, the minimum grade of concrete to be used is M-20.
ii) Tensile Strength
The flexural strength of concretegenerally referred to as Tensile strength is
J
j
Matertats "or /({!IIIjO/,CI:a L-(JIII./e:,"
required to compute the on set of visible cracks in a concrete structure
under flexure. For computation of load factor against cracking, knowledge
of the flexural strength is required. According to IS: 456-2000: the tensile
strength of concrete can be computed from the compressive strength using
the empirical relation gi ven by
Fle'xural strength Ie, = 0.7·1];; N/mm 2
•
Where lek = Characteristic cube compressive strength of concrete (Nzmrrr')
iii) Modulus of Elasticity
Modulus of elasticity of concrete which is significantly influenced by the
type of the aggregates used, type of cement and mix proportions .is an
important property required for the computations ofdeflections of str.uc-
tural concrete members which forms an important limit state in the design
of concrete members. In the absence of test data. the modulus of elasticity
of concrete is normally related to the compressive strength and is com-
puted by the empirical relation recommended by IS; 456-2000 code and is
expressed as,
Eo = 5000 ...g;,
Where Eo is the short-term static modulus of elasticity of concrete
expressed in N/mm2•
N/mm2•
iv) Shrinkage of Concrete
. '
The ingredients of concrete and environmental conditions like temperature
and humidity influence the total shrinkage of concrete. Water content in
concrete significantly affects the shrinkage. The IS: Code 456-2000 rec-
ommends the total shrinkage strain as 0.0003 in the absence of test data.
Drying shrinkage in plain concrete may result in surface cracks. Shrinkage
of concrete also influences the deflections of reinforced concrete members.
v) Creep of concrete
The inelastic time dependent strain developed in a concrete member under
sustained loading is referred to as creep of concrete: Creep of concrete is
influenced by cement content, W/C ratio, AIC _ratio, temperature and
humidity, size. of the structural element, type of -ioadiilg and' period of
loading. ' .. ,
 "'<"1
'.~~~ ;f$~i1;f. :.
~UH'·

is..\Y1i~li....11'
Mateliati"For Reinforced Concrete. 21.

I~~::~::~:::C:~:::'~::dm'n"ldata,the creep coefficient

expressed as the ratio of ultimate creep strain / elastic strain at various ages
of loading as recommended by IS: 456-2000 are given in Table 2.3:.
Table 2.3 Creep coefficient (IS: 456·2000)
Creep coefficient
Age at Loading
ensure the durability of concrete.
. The values of cement content. water/cement ratio and minimum grade
:;'~J. of conqrete for normal weight aggregates of 20mm nominal maximum size .
1~;: are compiled in Table 2.5 and the adjustments requited for cement content
when other sizes of aggregates used are shown in Table 2.6.
T.
.;:

t
2,2 Table 2.5 Minimum Cement Contents, Maximum W/C Rntle, and Minimum Grade
7 days
28 days 1,6 of concrete for different exposure condition with normal weight aggregates Qr'20mm
1 year 1.1 . Nomlnal maximum slze. (Table;~S of IS: 456·2000)
III

E~p08ure Minimum Grade of

Creep of concrete significantly affects the deflections of reinforced ·~~l~
.: Plain Concrete Reinforced concrete
Concrete
concrete flexural members. Higher creep coefficient results in larger

i
Minimum Maximum Minlmu'm Maximum
deflections. The value of creep coefficient is useful in the computation of cement con- . Free W/C· cement con- Free WIC. P,C.C. A-C.C
time dependent deflections in reinforced concrete members. . tent (kg/m3) Ratio tent (kg/ril3) Ratio

, Mild
Moderate
220
240
0.60 300" 0.55
M·15
M-20
M·25
.
. vi) Coefficient of Thermal Expansion 0_60 300 0.50.
Severe 250· 0.50 320 0.45 M·20 M·30
Very severe 260 0.45. 340 0.45 M·20 M·35
The coefficient of thermal expansion of concrete. influenced mainly by the Extreme 280 M-25 M·40
0.40 360 0,40
type of aggregate used in concrete is required for the design of structures
like chimneys. water tanks, silos etc. The values recommended in IS:
Table 2.6 Adjustments to Minimum Cement contents for Aggregates other than 20
i''l'
456-2000 are compiled in Table 2.4.
mfn n01l11nal maximum size. (Table -6 of lsi 456·2000)
Table 2.4' Coefficient of Thel'mal Expansion for Concrete
Nomlnal Maximum Aggregate size (mm) .Adjustments to Minimum Cemenl Contents
Coefficient of Thermal expansion In Table '2 ,4: (kg/m')
Type of Aggregate
for concrete I'C 10 +40
20 0
Quartzite 1.2 to 1.3 x 10's 40 -30
Sand stone 0.9 to 1,2 x 10-'
Granite 0.7 to .95 x 10"
Basalt 0,8 to 0.95 x 10"
0.6 to 0.9 x 10-'
b) Freezing and thawing
Lime stone

Under severe exposure conditions where concrete i~ subjected to freezing

and thawing, it is. preferable' to use air-entrained concrete for grades less
vii) .Durability of Concrete
than M-50. Air entrained concrete obtained by using air entraining admix-
a) General Features tures is ideally suited to resist the destructive effects of freezing and thaw-
:-.
ing conditions.· The IS: 456-2000 code recommends the percentages of
Concrete is durable if it performs satisfactorily without deterioration when . . entrained air for nominal maximum size of aggregates or 20 and 40 mm as
exposed to different types of exposure conditions 'during its service life: shown in Table 2.7. . .
.The main factors influencing durability are.' the type of environment. the
.type of quality of concrete. cement content. water/cement ratio, workman-: Table 2.7 Mr Entrained Concrete
."
ship. cover to the embedded reinforcement. the shape and size of the Nominal Maximum size of Aggregate (mm) Entrained air (percentage by 'volume)
structural member. IS; 456-2000 categorizes the exposure conditions into 20 5± 1%
six types designated as a) mild b) moderate, c) severe d) very severe e)
40 4± 1%
extreme f) abrasive.
The Indian code prescribes the minimum cement and maximum water-
cement ratios to be used in concrete for different exposure conditions to
 Materials For Reinforced Concrei-
Notes:
Table 2.8 Requirements for Concrete Exposed to Sulphate Attack
1) Minimum Cement Content prescribed in the Table is irrespective of (Tablc·4 of IS: 456·2000)
grades of cement and it is inclusive of supplementary cementatious ,
Class Concentration of Sulphate Type of cement
materials such as fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag or silica Requiremenl$ tor
expressed as S03 dense fully com,
fume.
pacted conCl'$te
2) , Minimum grade for pee under mild exposure conditions not speci- made with
fied. Aggregates COm-
plying wllh IS;
c) Exposure to sulphate attack 383-1970
'.
In Soil In grouod Min. Max.
Concrete used in marine structures is subjected to extreme exposure con- water (gil) cement Froo
content walor J
ditions due to the sulphate bearing waters of the sea. Depending upon the (Kg/mJ) Gtlmont
concentration of sulphate expressed as S03 .different types of cements are ratio
preferred to resist the destructive. effects of sulphate bearing waters in Total S03 S031n 2:1
. ".-
., . ,

marine environment. (percent) waterson

IS: 456-2000 recommends different types of cements from ordinary extract (g/l)
Portland to sulphate resulting Portland depending upon the sulphate con-
tents. The minimum cement content and the corresponding maximum free 1 Traces
Lassthan
Less than
1.0
Less than
0.3
Ordinary portland
cement or portland
-
water/cement ratios are compiled in Table 2.8. 0.2 slag cement or 280 0.55
-
d) Fire resistance, Corrosion and Cover requlnements for . portland pozzo-
lona cement.
R.C.C. members '2
, 0.2 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.9 0.3 to 1.2 Ordinary portland
or portland slag or
330 0.50 -
The alkaline environment of Portland cement concrete .generally protects portland pozzd-
embedded steel reinforcement, against corrosion from various environ- , lona cement
mental agencies. However, the carbonation of hydrated cement gradually Supersulphllted 310 0.50
cement or sul-
progresses from the surface to the interior of-concrete, thus reducing the
phate resisting .
.effective protection provided by the concrete against rusting of steel rein- portland cement
..' forcement. Many codes have provided for minimum cover requirements in 3 0.5 to 1.0 1.9 to 3.1 1.2 to 2.5 Super sulphated 330 0.50
. this regard. It is important to note the thickness of clear COver and the cement or SUl-
density of concrete in the protection to steel against corrosion and fire phate resisting
resistance. portland cement.
Portland pozzo- 350 0.45
Notes: lona or portland
slag cement
1) Cement content given in Table 2.7 for ordinary Portland cement is 4 1.0 to 2.0 3.1 to 5.0. 2.5 to 5.0 Super sulphated 370 0.45
irrespective of grades of cement. or sulphate
,
2) Use of supersulphated cement is generally· restricted where the pre- reSisting portland
vailing temperature is above 40·C. cement
5 More than More than More than Sulphate resisting 400 0.40
3) Supersulphated cement gives an acceptable life provided that the con-
'2.0 5.0 5.0 portland cement or
.crete is dense and prepared with a water/cement ratio of 0.4 or less. In super sulphated
mineral acids, down to pH 3.5. cement with pro-
tective coatings
 v • • Malerials'Fl?r Rein/orced Concrete .: 25

4) The cerrientcontents given in class 2 are the minimum recommended. Notes;

for .S03 contents near the upper limit of class 2. cement contents 1)' For main reinforcement up to 1imm diameter bar. for mildexposure,
above these minimums are advised. the nominal cover may be reduced by Srnm,
5) . For severe conditions such as thin sections under hydrostatic pressure 2) Unless specified otherwise; actual concrete cover should not deviate
on one side only and sections partly immersed. considerations should from the required nominal cover by + 1Omm.
be given to a further reduction of water/cement ratio. ' 3) For exposure, conditions 'severe' and 'very severe'. reduction of Smm
6) Portland slag cement conforming to IS: 455-1989 with slag content may be made. where concrete grade is M-35 and above. "
more than 50 percent exhibits better sulphate resisting properties.
7) Where chloride is also encountered along with sulphate in soil or ,T~ble 2.10 Nominal covers to all Reinforcement to meet specil1ed perlods of Fire .
ground water. ordinary Portland cement with C)A content from 5 to 8 reslstance (Table-1M otIS: 456-2000) .
percent shall be desirable to be used in' concrete. instead of sulphate Nominal Cover
Fire
resisting cement. Alternatively, a blend of ordinary Portland cement
and slag may also be used provided sufficient information is available
Resistance
Beams.
. Floors Ribs Columns
;
on performance of such blended cements in these conditions. Simply cOntf· Simply' Conti- Simply conn-
, .
Supported nuous SLipported nuous Supported nuous
The Indian Standard Code IS: 456-2000 provides for separate nominal -, mm mm
Hours mm mm mm mm mm
cover requiremeilts to meet durability and fire resistance requirements. The 20 40
0,5 20 20 20 20 20
cover requirements varying from 20 to 75 mm for durability requirements 20 40
1.0 20 20 20 20 20
depend upon the type of exposure conditions as outlined in Table 2.9. :/0 40
1.5 20 20 25 20 35
These covers may be used' for reinforcements in beams and slabs. In the 35 40
2;0 40 30 35 25 45
case of longitudinal reinforcements in columns, the code prescribes a 45 40
3.0 60 40 45 35 55
minimum nominal cover of not less than 40mm or less than the diameter of' 55 40
,4.0 70 50 55 45 65
the bars. In the case.of columnsbaving minimum dimensionof 200mm or
under and where reinforcing bars do not exceed 12 mm, a cover of 25mm 2.1.4 Progress in Concrete Strength and its use in Buildings
may be used. For footings of columns where the footing slab is in contact
Over the .years. phenomenal progress has been acliieved' to produce con-
with soil, the mihimum cover shall be 50 mm.
The minimum nominal: cover n~~uirements to be p~ovided to all rein- ~rete of higher compressive strength through continuous research resulting
forcement inc1udirl~ links embedded in normal aggregate concrete to meet In the production of cements of superior quality. In 1950,' concrete grades
specified periods of fire resistance varying from 0.5 tQ 4 hours is compiled of M-15 to MAO were commonly used. The dawn of 21st century has wit-
in Table 2.10. the cover requiremen'ts'depend upon the type of Structural nessed concrete grades ranging from M-30 to M-lOO. Table 2.11 shows the
element such as, beam, 'floor, ribs and c~lumns as well as the support con .. progress in concrete strength from 1959, to i990. Recent developments in-
ditioris, whiqh include simply supportedor continuous members. These the '~echnology of cement production in Japan Indicates that it is possible to
33 achieve concrete grades exceeding M-IOO by using Ultra High strength
specifications are based on the British Code BS: 8110 recommendations
for fire resistance. '<, "
cements.
.Fig 2.1 shows the various types of reinforced' concrete buildings in
Table 2.9 Nominal Cover to meet Durability Requirements
(Table-16 oflS: 456-2000) , which concrete of different grades and steel reinforcement of different'
strengths fi~d extensive applications. 21 $I century will herald in a big way
Nominal concrete cover in (mm) not less
Exposure
than the use of high strength concrete and steel in the construction industry.
".~' .
20
Mild 30' ",
2.2 Steel Reinforcement
Moderate
45
sovore Steel bars are primarily used to reinforce concrete in the tension zone of
50
Very Severe
75 flex ura l mernbers
mem ers to compensate for the low tensile strength of concrete
Extreme
 26 Reillforced Concrete Design Materials For Reinforced Concrete 27

I
a) Mild steel and Medium tensile steel bars conforming to IS: 432 (Part-,
I:
I b)
OM
High strength deformed steel bars conforming to IS: 178635•
.
I
I c) Hard-drawn steel wire fabric conforming to IS: 156636•
! d) Structural steel conforming to Grade A of IS: 206237 which covers
C
<11
E various types of rolled steel sections.
<11
u
'-
The typical stress-strain curves of different grades of steel bars are
0
c
'0;
shown in Fig. 2.2.
0:: 600
'0
s:
g.
"',
...
<II

V1
Fe-250

A - Low rise bu'ildlngs in common .

, \ 8 - High rise buildings of last decade
1 - High strength concrete and relntorcement
. 1/1

...~
300

V1
2 - High strength concrete (ultra) and
I,' high strength reinforcement
. 200

i'
3 - High strength concrete and ultra Es = 2 X 105 N/mm2 (for all steels)
high slrength reinforcement 100
');
I' 4 - Ultra high strength concrete and
i:,! reinforcement
Fig. 2.1 Types of R.C. Buildings and Materials °O~------~~--~~-----1~2------~----_J
Strain (percent)
Table 2.11 Progress In Concrete Strength Fig. 2.2 Ty,plcal ~tress·Strain Curves for Reinforcing Steels
Building Height Concrete
Year Place
(m) Grade Reinforcements used in reinforced concreie work should be free from
(N/mm2) loose mill ..scale, loose rust, oil, mud and any other substance, which
1959 Chicago Executive House 150 34 reduces bond between steel and concrete which is Vital for composite
Marine 200 34
1962 Chicago actions. The modulus of elasticity of steel of all grades is taken- as 200
Montreal Place Division 200 41
1964
1964 Chicago 1000 lake store Drive 212 :kNtnim2• The characteristic.yield strength of different types of steels shall
lake Point Tower 220 41 . be assumed as' the minimum yield or 0.2 percent proof stress.
Chicago One Shell Plaza 230 51
1968
1970 Houston Watch Tower Palace 267 51 .The nominal diameters presently available in India are 5, 6, 8, 10, 12;
311 South ~alker Drive 62
1975 Chicago
320 83
16,18,20,22,25,28,32,36,40,45 and SOmm. The most commonly used
1989 Chicago Tower
1990 Seattle Pacific First Centre - 96.5(124 in 56
days)
type of reinforcement is the high strength deformed bars with a specified
yield strength of. 415 N/mm2, since the surface characteristics with pro-
truding ribs result in increased bond between concrete and steel in com-
and in compression members to increase the load carrying capacity.
parison with mild steel bars with plain surface.
Steel reinforcement generally used comprises the following types of
bars
 , -. '~eiflf~rced.Coflcrel.¢·Design

, . :The'stress-strain curve shown in Fig. 2,2. indicates that all steels exhibit
increase in strength beyond the yield point due to strain hardening. How- CHAPTER 3
ever, for design purposes .this increase in strength '~eyond yield point is,
generally neglected, In general, t~e design c.o~es r7c~~m~~de~ the ~se. of
idealized elasto-plastic stress-stram curve with an Inttt,al 11IleaIe,lastlc line
Reinforcement Specifications For
up to yield followed by a line at constant stress, denoting post-Yield beha- Structural Concrete Members
viour. ',' .
...! .: .'
, .

3.1 REINFORCEMENTS IN SLABS

In concrete slabs, the minimum reinforcements to be provided in either
~. direction together with details, of reinforcement spacing and cover require-
ments a.re shown in Fig. 3.1
R.C. Slab
,
,',

d=Effective depth Overall depth: D

Distribution Main reinforcement

reinforcement
IS: 456-2000 Specifications
1) Minimum Reinforcement: -e 0·15.t of the lotal cross sectional
oreo for mild sleel end 0'12~
when HYSD bars are used
2) Spacing:' a) Main Sleel- ~ 3d or 300 mm whichever
is smaller
b) Distribulion- ~ 5d or i~50 mrn whichever
Sleel '.' . is smaller
3) Maximum 'Diameter of Bars: :} 1;8D
4) Cover: { 20 mm nor < diameter of bar whichever is higher

Fig. 3.1 Relnforcement Specifications in R.C. Slabs (IS: 456-2000)

t,

3.2 REINFORCEMENTS IN BEAMS I

Generally. beams are provided with main reinforcement on the tension side
for flexure and transverse reinforcement for shear and torsion.

"':' a) Tension Rejnforcem~nt

The minimum area of tension reinforcement shall be not less than that
given by the relation.
~.:~
,
30 Reinforced Conci'ete Design

As = (0,85 bdlf,)

Where As :::Minimum area of tension reinforcement,

b ::: breadth of beam or breadth of web of flanged sections,
d :::effective depth and
/y ::: characteristic strength of reinforcement expressed in N/nllri2, Effective
depthcd
D :; overall depth of the member
The maximum area of tension reint'orcement shall not exceed 0.04 bD
/

b) Compression Reinforcement
The maximum area of compression- reinforcement shall not .exceed 0.04
bD. The compression reinforcement in beams sh~ll be enclosed by stirrups IS: 456-2000 Specifications
for effective lateral restraint as shown in Fig. 3.2. --
1) Minjmum Reinforcement.: Ast '" (O·85d.l!) or
~
c) Side Face Reinforcement As! ~ 0·34 % for mild teet
(fy =250 N/mm )
i
When the depth of web or rib in it beam exceeds 750 mm.. side face rein-
~ 0·20 % for HYS~ bars
forcement of cross sectional area not less than 0.1 percent of the web area (fy,,415 N/mm )
is to be provided and distributed equally on two faces and the spacing of
; 2) Maximum Reinforcement: ~ O'04bO for both tension and
the bars not to exceed 300mm or web thickness whichever is smaller .. compression reinforcement
; 3) Spacing Between Bars: -e diameter of larger. bar nor less
d) Transverse or Shear Reinforcement ;. than the maximum size of coarse
aggregate+ S mm, wh.lcheverl,sgrealer
Minimum or nominal area of shear reinforcement provided in the form of
4) Cover: -I: 25 mm nor less than the 'diameter of bar
stirrups is computed by the relation,
S) Curtailment; Refer clause 26·2·3 of IS: 456-2000
0.4»s,
A •• <!: 0.87/y Fig. 3.2 Reinforcement Specifications In R.C. Beams (IS: 456.200(1)

Where As. = total cross sectional area of stirrup legs in shear
:::spacing of stirrups along the length of the member
S.
b = breadth of'beam (or web in a flanged member)
:::characteristic strength of stirrup reinforcement in N/mm2
which shall not exceed 415 N/mmz.
The maximum spacing of shear -reinforcement should not exceed '0.75d'
for vertical stirrups and 'd' for inclined stirrups at 450 where'd' is the
effective depth. The maximum spacing is restricted to 300mm.
The specifications of reinforcements in beams are illustrated In
Fig,3.2.
3.3 REINFORCEMENTS IN COLUMNS
Reinforced concrete columns are generally- of square; rectangular.
circular cross section. Columns are provided with main longitudinal r~iI~-
forcements and lateral ties to prevent buckling of the main bars. The 11111l1-
mum and maximum limits of reinforcements, minimum number of barli
and their size, cover requirements and the diameter and spacing of lateral
ties are illustrated in F~g. 3.~.
In R.C.Columns with helical ties, .at least six main longitudinal rein-
forcements have to be provided within the helical .reinfol'cer,ncnl. The
spacing of longitudinal bars measured along the periphcry of the column
shall not exceed 300 mm. The pitch of helical reinforcement is limited to a
maximum value of 75 mm and a minimum of 25 mm.. Helically reinforccd
columns have marginally higher load carrying capacity than those with
ordinary lateral ties ~ue to higher degree of confinement of concrete ill the
core.
or j-
 ": ;.' t "" ~ .••

'.
'.

CHAPTER 4

Later.al
lies
Elastic Theory of Reinforced
Concrete Sections in Flexure

IS: 456-2000 Specificalions 4.1 ELASTIC THEORY OF REINFORCED CONCRETE

SECTIONS
1) Maximum Reinforcement: :I- 6·0 X
2) -M'inimum' Reinforcement: ~ 0'8 % The working stress method of design' of reinforced concrete structures
3) Minimum Number of Bars: 4 in rectangular and developed during the beginning of 20th century is based on the elastic
6 in circular columns
theory of reinforced concrete sections. The working stress method is based
-t: 12 m rn
4) Diameter of Bars:. on the 'assumptions that the structural materials behave in a linear elastic
S) Minimum Cover: 40 mm nor diameter 01 bar whichever manner and the required safety is ensured by restricting the stresses in the
, is gr:eater
[';'-', materials under service or' working loads. The permissible stresses in con-
6) Lateral Ties Diameterl -j: 1/4 diameter of largest crete and steel are obtained by dividing the characteristic strength of the
longitudinal/bar nor less tho n 5 m rn
materialby the factor of safety to restrict the working stress ill the material
Pitch Than: 0) Least laleral dimension of member
under service loads to be well within the linear elastic phase of the materi-
b) 16 times lhe smaller diameter of als.
longitudinal rehiforcement
c) 48 times the diameter of transverse 4.2 NEUTRAL AXIS DEPTH AND MOMENT OF RESISTANCE
reinforcement
OF SECTIONS'
d) For effective arrangement of lateral
ties refer Fig. 8,9, 10 ond 11 of
- , 'Consider a rectangular' section shown in Fig. 4.1 subjected to, a moment
IS: 456-2000
1M' under working loads.
Fig. 3.3 Reinforcement Specifications in R.C. Columns (IS: 456·2000) let acb< = compressive stress developed in Concrete.
0'1 =
tensile stress developed in steel.
ASI =
area of tension reinforcement.
d = effective depth.
b =
width of member.
n = neutral axis depth.
k = neutral axis depth factor.
m = modular ratio. = (280/3 O'ct0
C = _compressive force in concrete.
T =
tensile force in Steel.
M = moment of Resistance of the section.
 J':"'U,HH .. IItCUf)' UJ llt:"'.IUJ"{ ...t;U \""Ult(.../ClC ..H;'f,..HVI"J .... " ........... , ....

34 Reinforced Concrete Design

For any given section with known values of b, d, 0", Oebe' and A". we
can evaluate the neutral a~is depth by equating the first moment of areas
~b--t above and below the neutral axis. "

T d N __ By solving Eq. (2), the value of 'II' and 'k'

In equation (1) substituting, Q
0.Sh./12 = m.A".(d

= 0.5 0tbe k .j
-II)

can be determined
(2)

. ~ 1 ~
As!

..
We have M = Q.b,:d •
d = ..JMIQb
Equation (3) is generally used to check the adequacy of the depth of sec-
2

(3)

Fig. 4.1 Stress Distrlbutlon In Rectimgular Section

tion assumed to resist the-given moment M.
In the cracked section, concrete below the neutral axis is neglected in The Moment of resistance of the section computed fr~m the tension
computations. Below the neutral axis, the steel area is converted into an side is given by .

( II)'3 = A" . (kd) "3 =

equivalent area of concrete by multiplying the steel area by modular ratio
and this area contributes to the tensile force for equilibrium of the section. M '" A".o" d - 0" d -: A".o, •.d 1 - (k) '3 = (A~,.o...d.j)
From the stress distribution diagram shown in Fig. 4.1 we have the
relation, AII= (--.-M ) (4)
o".j.d

(
Otbc)'
o.lm =
( 11
d-II
) ( kd
"" d-kd
J Equation (4) is generally used to compute the area of tension reinforcement
in the section to resist the given moment.
From the above relation we get
Neutral axis depth factor
d-n)
0'1'" m ( -'1- °tbc
The neutral axis depth factor 'k' depends only on the permissible stresses
Further when the section is subjected to external loading, resisting in concrete and steel athe and 0'sr and modular ratio 'm'. The value of 'k'
moment is developed due to compression in concrete and tension in steel. can be evaluated by the following equations.
Moment of Resistance of the section is given by the relation.
M = C (d -11/3) '" O.S 0tbc • b.n(d - 1113)
From Fig. 4.1, °the
(o,/m) -
- (_!!!_)
d=kd

(5)
M ""O.S 0tbe' b .kd (d - k:) = O.S 0tOO' b.k.d1(1- ~) Solving

The factor (1 - ~) is termed as lever arm factor and is represented by 'j' Also (mo
0"
t bc
) = (~)
1 k

Hence, we have Substituting (m. O,bc) ;:; (280/3)

(1)
and Solving,

k _( 280 ) (6)
- 280+3(0.J
 ",:··i~,:,ji,fn,.r",n Concrete Design ..·.·. , ..,
ElasticTheory of Reinforced ConcreteSections (n Flexure' ,37
Eq~~ii~ri '(5)'or (6) can be 'used to evaluate 'k'.·
4) When mild steel conforming to Grade II ofIS: 432(Part-l) is used, t.he-'
". In the analysis of reinforced concrete sections, it is often necessary to
permissible stresses in co1.3, or if the design details have already been
evaluate the neutral axis depth factor k using Equation (5) or (6). Equation
worked out on the basis of mild steel conforming to Grade I of IS: 432
(3) and (4) is generally used in thedesign of reinforced concrete sections.
(Patt-I), the area of reinforcement shall be increased by 10% of that
The values of the design coefficients k, I, and Q depend only on the required for Grade I steel.
permissible stresses 0.;", 0"" and the modular ratio m.
The permissible stresses ill steel and concrete according to IS: Table 4.2 Permissible stresses in concrete (IS: 456·2000)
456-2000 are shown in Table 4.1 and 4.2 respectively. The values shown (Table·21 of IS: 456·2000) .

All values in N/mm'

Table 4.1 Permlssfble stresses in Steel Reinforcement (IS: 456·2000)
(Table·22 of IS: 456·2000) Permissible stress
Grade of Permissible' stress In compression In bond (Avg.) for
Permissible stresses In N/mm~ concrete plain bars In
tension.
Type of Stress in Steel Rein· Mild Medium Tensile bars HYSD , (aw)
for~ement. Steel IS: 432 bars
S.No. Bars IS:1766 Bending (a ... ) Direct (a.,J .
IS: 432 Grade M·l0 3.0 2.5
Fe·415
M·15 5.0 4.0 0.6
(1) (2) . (3) (4) . (5)
M·20 7.0 5.0 0.6
(i) Tension (a.. or cr,.) Half the guaranteed yield
M·25 8.5 6.0 0.9
0) Up to and including 20mm 140 stress subject to a maximum 230
b) Over20mm 130 01190 230 M·30 10.0 8.0 1.0
(ii) Compression in Column 130 130 190 M·35 11.5 9.0 1:1
Bars (asc) M·40 1.2
13.0 10.0
(iii) CompreSSion in bars In beam or The calculated compressive stress in the sur-
slab when the compressive rounding concrete multiplied by 1.5 times the
,
.:
'~' resJstance of the concrete is modular ratio or a .. whichever is lower
in Table 4.2 are obtained by applying a factor of sa~ety of 3 to characteri~-
taken Into account
(iv)
tic strength of concrete. Accordingly the permissible values of stresses 10
Compression In bars In a beam
or slab where the compressive Half the guaranteed yield steel are obtained by applying a factor of safety of 1.78.
resistance of the concrete is not stress subject to a maximum In the design of reinforced concrete members, the most commonly
taken Into account of 190
a) Up to and including 20mm 140
used grades of concrete are M-20 and M-25. The revised Indian standard
190
b) Over 20mm 130 190 code IS: 456-2000 prescribes M-20 as the minimum grade of concrete for
reinforced concrete while M-15 and M-lO may be used for plain concrete
Notes: constructions.
For Design office use, it is convenient to use the values of design coef-
I) For high yield strength deformed bars of Grade Fe-SOD, the permissi-
ficients 'j' and 'Q' to check the depth of the section and to compute the
ble stress in direct tension and flexural tension shall be 0.55/y. The
area of reinforcements required to resist the working moment 'M' using
permissible stresses for shear and compression reinforcement shall be
equations (3) and (4). The values of design coefficients' are compiled in
as for Grade Fe-4I5. .
Table 4.3, for the most commonly used grades of concrete.
2) For welded wire fabric conforming to IS: 1566, the permissible value
in tension is 230 N/mm2•
3) For the purposes of this standard, the yield stress of steels for which 4.3 BALANCED, UNDER REINFORCED AND OVER
there is no clearly defined yield point should be taken to be 0.2 percent REINFORCED SECTIONS
proof stress.
In reinforced concrete sections, the depth of neutral axis generally deter-
mines the type of section. The analysis of reinforced concrete sections
38 Reinforced Concrete Design Elastic Theory of Reinforced Concrete Sections in Flexure 39

:fable 4.3 Design Coefficients

M a. k J Q
a""
(N/mm') (N/mm') Referring to the Fig. 4.3 .
140 0.400 0.87 1.22
7 13.33
230 0.288 0.90 0.91
280 0'.250 0.92 0.80

140 0.400 0.87 1.48

0.5 11 I
230 0.288 0.90 1.10
280 0.250 0.92 0.98

140 0.400 0.87 1.74

10 9.33
230 0.288 . 0.90 1.30
.. 0.250 0.92 1.15
, 280

include the determination of 'critical neutral axis' which depends only on

the permissible stresses in concrete and steel ~nd. modular rat.io·and the'
actual neutral axis, which is influenced by the sectional properties and the
Fig. 4.3 Depth of Actual Neutral Axis
quantity of'reinforcement used in the section.
Referring to the Fig. 4.2 =
Let Ila actual neutral axis depth. Byequating the first moment of
Let b = width of section areas above and below the neutral axis, we have
d = effective; depth. 0.5 hli; = 111 All (d - n.)
ne = critical neutral axis depth.
A.. = Area of tension reinforcement. Solving this quadratic equation, the actual neutral axis depth can be
er.. = Permissible Tensile stress in steel. determined. .
er = Permissible compressive stress in concrete.
ebe
m = modular ratio = (280/30cbe) Case-I Under reinforced section

If n a < n0 the section is under reinforced. The moment of resistance. is

compute" from tension side with steel reaching the maximum permissible
stress 0..and the moment of resistance is computed from Fig. 4.4.

N A

Flg.4.2 Depth of Critical Neutral Axis

From the stress distribution diagram

(:'/~I)=[d ~c,J Fig. 4.4 Under Reinforced Section.

Solving, the critical neutral axis depth is computed by the relation . If M, = Moment of Resistance.
":.':
. Elastic.
..'
Theory of Reinforced Concrete
..' ..
Sections.
". in Flexure
. ...
-41
\4'0 . Reinforced Concrete Design . ,

:::.
'. M, == T.. (d - n,/3)

M, ;. a" A" (d - n/3) l-

na: nc': n
=
-+
Where (J
51
140 N/mml for Grade-L Mild steel.
= 230 N/mm2 for HYSD bars.
As!
Case-2 Over reinforced Section
.~.
If n• > 11c' the section is overreinforced (more reinforcement used) and the
moment of resistance is computed froin the compression side since the
concrete in the extreme fibres reach the permissible stress (Jcb< first; hence Fig-.4.6 Balanced Section
the moment of resistance is computed from Fig. 4.5.
Also C == 0.5 ache «s».
t-b -:-+ T:: all·A"

td.
TIT
+-j_'.~ . ,'d
Equaling C=T

0.5 ache k.d.b, = a" A"

t .k.·1
(d.nCV3)
Hence percentage steel reinforcement in the balanced section is given 'by

(O'~t }<.(~)
.i
or «~) Plb
== [ 100A,,] = 50
bd
k.[. a~b<]
<1"
(I)

Also.
Fig, 4,5 Over Reinforced Section

If M, = moment of resistance. Mrb == 0.5 ache .bk.d (d _k:)

M, = 0.5 Get.: ~11•• b (d - n/3)

Where (JCb< = 7 N/mm2 for M·20 grade concrete.

«; =0.5 aebc .b.k.d2(1-~)
. 2 •
M'b = 0.5 a,bc .b.k.d .J (2)
, Case-3 Balanced Section

If n. = ne = n. then the section is balanced. In this case, the steel and con",
crete reach their maximum permissible stresses simultaneously and .the
Qb = ( M'b)
aebc .b.d
2 =O.5k (k)
.
1--
3
=0.5k.j

moment of resistance can be computed either from the compression or Hence. Equations (1) and (2) canbe conveniently used to compute the
tension side. percentage reinforcement and moment of resistance of balanced sections in
From Fig. 4.6 which steel and concrete reach the permissible stresses simultaneously and
the section is economical since optimal utilization of materials is achieved
M,b = cr,;.A,,(d -nl3) = 0.5 a,t.:.n.b.(d - n13}
in balanced sections. Typical values of the design constants Plb and Qb for
Where M,b = resisting moment of balanced section. different grades of concrete and steel most commonly used in structural
concrete are compiled in Table 4.4 .
. .
 Elastic Theory of Reinforced Concrete Sections in Flexure 43
Rein/orced Concrete Design
~~~~~ ~~(\j~G;
Table 4.4 Design Constants for Balanced Sections CD ~~~~~ 13~~~~
· .. .... ::~~~f;l
Fe-415 Fe-500
(')
~~g5f~
..... ~'r"~O
CD"" <00>-
,
..... .- .- .,.. T"'"
~MMM~
_. ~
,...<00>
... .,...
, Grade of steel
= Neutral 0.288 0.253 ~.U; ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~ ni
k Axis depth factor
~ ~
~N""""
.",:,,,,:t'! ~~~~~ • .(;NO re~~f;lg
Lever arm factor .. / 0.904
0.439
0.916
0.322
cxi~~~5f ~m~~~ 18$ ....::~ ~.,... ~,......-
M-20
i:
Percentage
....,...~CX)
~~~~G? f:2m(;~~ f;l~ .~ ",,:. ""aOl..o
, 0.533 0.391
Reinforcements M-25
M-30 0.627 0.460
~ ~~~~~.
CO,....~C\I ~~~~no ~~g~sl cxi(;~~~ O) .......
T"'"T"'""
i.
A. ,,
= (M,b / crcoobd2)
0.1304 0.1160
.. ~ .... ;...~~~ ~~,...~~
· . '" . . ~f8l2~~
~go;~~ ~~~ret::
Qb C7! ~.~
.~ Ol .......N
ai~ ro~~~~ ~ ~.g3 g ~
~ ~~~~q ~~~C\f~ ~~~~~
.5
.~ ~~~~~ .g <t f8 ~ ~
In practice. it is advisable to design R.C. sections as balanced or under • .....II)0>
(Q ,..... ,.... ... ..-. ~~g~~ ~~~f2[o
rdnforced since there will be clear warning of impending failure of the ,Of!
" ~
...= ~ ~ ~re~~~ ~ ~.~ re ~ t8m~~~
~Ol(')"""" re5f;"hm~
member in the form. of larger deflections and well distributed cracks with
smaller quantities of reinforcement. Over reinforced sections are not pre-
..
0

II
...:
~.
• • • N II)
(')<00> ....... lt~~~~
Ol ... N~
g ~ l8.~ ~
l'erred.since they require large quantities of reinforcement and the members
Z
~.
.~ ...
<0
;"h~~t::~ ·re0;' ~ g :J ~M<ON,...
11)0 CD .... r::~~~m
under over loads fail suddenly with explosive failures and with negligible Q • • .0 N
NII),... ...... ~~~~~ ~g~~~ ~~~~~
ddlections and very few cracks. ~
~ :g13~~~ ..... ,.... ... ,....
....C\I(")~II)
...- ,...<OOlO ....

.. .~
Typical failure patterns of under reinforced and over reinforced beams ....
0 ...
CD ....N(')(;8
000
N~<Oa:)~
•
. ~:!~~~ ~ct~gjg
..-.--r-C\l(\J

~~~~~
!t
are shown in Fig. 4.7 and 4.8 respectively.
I ~
'Jl,
j -< ~
.... ~f::;~~~ linn;:2 ~
I ..,
-'11} ;"h13u;~m
~"":...tu)"':
• 0 C\I (') II) ~~~c;j~
0).,...."'''''''''''
~~~.~ ~
I

, ~ ,....,....

D -
" ~,...O(")CD
i ~ C\I
~~~f;lff:l ~~~d~ · .lI'll'-: OC!C7!
C\I (') 'OJ'.1I) CD
~~~.~~

,...:NM~'O <0"0')..-..- ... T"'""'-...- T"'" ~~~~~

I. " ' ~
....81<O CDLO(")C\lO
11)(") .... 0>,...
...., o>,...LO"<tN 0>
0
,...11)(') ....
... Ol<OCDtO
1'-:~"'qOC!
~~t'!
· .00,......
.1'-: NM..t..t<ri
.,.-...- .... ,.... ....
O":NMM 'OJ'II)<O'''''''' COO).-T"'""'"

Fig. 4.7 Failure Pauem of Under Reinforced Beam

<0 ~8goili
.,.....-NC\I('J
o I{) 0 II) 0 f;l~~~ur; (;;"h(;t8~
ci"";~C\iN M(")..t..t<ri <ri<o<or-:r-: cxia)oiai~
CD ~~~~~ mSireur;~ ....0l,...1{)"<t
....(')CDOIN f;l~~~:g
~.....:C\iNN (,,)(')(")(")..t ~..tu;<ri<ri
~~
E(Ij
000,.... .....

::JCO 0 ....
.C\I (') "<t II) CD,... <0 Ol 0
CD,...<O(J).,.... .... .,...,.......-('\J
ZO ....C\lM"<t1l) ..... ..- T"'" ...... ..-

Fig.4.8 Failure Pattern of Over Reinforced Beam

Table 4.5 shows the' commonly used diameters of reinforcement along

with the cross sectional areas and weight of bars. Table 4.6 shows the
areas,'perimeters and spacing of round bars.
 .Elr:stic Theory of Reinforeed Concrete' Sections ill Flexur~ ,' 45
, Re!n!or::c.efl.Concrete Design

!:::ro~~;'h ss s e s ~(8txi~~ ;'h~C;;~~

~ g~R<i;i ~,~~~~ ~gret\i~ ~~~~g

~$gP!j;? ~8l16c;l;8 ~~:g~;? R~8$~

.:! ou)":mr-: u)MN":": oo>ma:ia:i r-:r-:r-:cDcD
MN(\J.....-..- ,_.,....,...'_'-

... OlNN(Y) \()vvv'" "' ... N<O(>') (>')"'1'-..-1'-

I'-ON <X>I'- <x>..-\{)O<O NOl<O(>')"- Oll'-\{)"<I'N

.........
o u)M":ma:i r-:r-:cDcDU) u)..t..t..t..t MMMMM

\{)COCOCO<X> (Y)I'-Oll'-Ol m"'<OOl\{) ..-Ol<o'COOl

OM.....-C\lLO Ol(J..-C:OL() (y)T"""O>f'.<.O lO(I')C\I..-O
<X>
...
oa:ir-:cDU) u)..t..tMM MMNNN NNNNN
46 . Reinforced COllcrete Design Elastic Theory of Reinforced Concrete Sections 'ill Flexure 47

• These tables are very useful in design computations of reinforcements Solving n. = 100.2 mm ..
in structural concrete members like slabs, beams and columns.
e) Critical Neutral Axis Depth
4.4 ANALYSIS OF EXAMPLES OFR.C:SECTIONS

4.4.1 Example
.(
A singly reinforced concrete beam with an effective span of 4m has a rect-
angular section with a width of 250 rnm and an overall depth of 550 mm.
Since 11. < lie' the section is underreinforced,
The beam ineinforced with 3 bars of 10 mm diameter FeA15 HYSD bars
at an effective depth of 500 rum, The self-weight of beam together with the
f) Moment of Resistance
dead load is 4 kNhn. Calculate the maximum permissible live load on the
beam. Assume M-20 grade concrete .•. ' ..'
M,=o"A" ( d-3'II,,)
a) Data = (230 x 235.5)(500 - 100.2/3)

Effective Span= 4 m = (25.3 x 101 N.mm

Width of beam 250 mm = =25.3 kN.m
Effecti ve depth = 500 mm r-

Overall depth == 550 mm . ' , 2

g) Permissible Live load
Tension steel (A,,) ::::(3 x 78.5) ;:;235.5 rnm .
Materials: M-20 Grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
Mq = Live load moment = [25.3 - 8] = 17.3 kN.m
If q = live load on beam .
,b) Permissible Stresses

111=13.33
q = e
(8~q) = X4~7.3) = 8.65kN/m

0" = 230 N/mm! 11< = 0.288d .. (Permissible Live load on beam = 8.65 kN/m
4.4.2 Example
c) Loads and Moment
A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section 300 mm wide by 650
Self-weight and dead 10aQ. =s == 4 kN/m.
mm over all depth is reinforced with 4 bars of 32 mrn diameter at an effec-
.. M, =(0.125x4x4~)= 8 kN.m t.ive depth of 600 mm. Using M-20 Grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD
bars, estimate the moment of resistance of the section. .
d) Actual Neutral Axis Depth
a) Data

If ". = depth of actual neutral axis.

:" Width of beam e 300 mm
0.5 b n;::: In.A" (d - n.) =
Effective depth 600 mm

(0.5 x 250 XII;) = 13 'x 235.5 (500 -11.)

 ?:1l~;,~;1;1i~:~~~:nc,;te
. "Area of tension steel=
~"i'''' r, -; \" • '.'

(A,,) :;: (4 X 80M ::;3216 mm ;'>"

, ••• ~\ ,,,,,,,\

'. ' .;
. Elastic Theory of Reinforced Concrete Sections, in Flexure ,49

a) Data
Materials:' M-20 Grade concrete .
Fe-415 HYSDbars. ,. '.,' ·.. i·.
Moment of Resistance =
M, :::65' kN.m

b) Permissible Stresses
Width of beam b =
Effective depth d. =
Materials: M-20 Grade Concrete.
O'Cbc = 7 N/mm2 In = 13.33 Fc-415 Grade HYSD bars.
2
0'.. = 230 N/inm nc=.0.288 d

b) Permissible Stresses
c) Neutral Axis Depth
7 N/mm2 Q::: 0.91.
n. = depth
Ocbc ::;
If of actual neutral axis.
0Sl N/mm2
::: 230 i= 0.90 .
(b 11;/2) = III.AIl (d -Il.) m ::::13.33 b:::0.5d

(0.5 x 300 Il;) = (13.33 x 32.16 (600 -II.») c) Cross Sectional Dimensions
~P"
. '
Solving n;::;295.16 !TIm.
M,= Q.b.d2
I

I
Critical neutral axis depth is (65 X 106) =
(0.91 X 0.5 x d x d2)
I Solving d::: 522.8 .mrn
I
I. 11
c
=[ 1+
1o"
--
'J d =[ 1+ (1_- 230
').33x7
)] 600 = 172.8 .;
.
=
.;. b (0.5 X 522.8)
Cover = 40 mm.
=
261.4 mm

{'.~' "J III '''cbc

r-r, 'r: Adopt a section 265 mm by 570 mm,

j d) Moment of Resistance Provided, d = (570 - 40) ;;; 530 mm.
I

I Since no > 11<. the section is over reinforced ..

I!,r "'." d) Reinforcements
1
I
.. Moment of Resistance is computed as
'1
1 M,:= 0.5'O'cbc.b.li.(d -II.13j Area of tension Reinforc~ment is
.1
6
1 = [0.5 x 7 x 300 x 295.16(600 - 295.16/3)1 . M, ) '( 65 ~ 10 )
I A" '" ( cr".j.d = 230 xO.9 x 530 = 593 mm"
" .1_, = (155.46x 106) N.mm
4.4.4 Example
= 155.46 kN.Ill.

..""."
.. ',':...".....'. A r~inforced concrete beam of rectangular section is required to resist a
4.4.3 Example . service moment of 120 kN.m. Design suitable dimensions and reinforce-
'. mems forthe balanced section of the' beam assuming M-20 grade concrete
The cross section of an R.C.C beam of rectangular section is to be.
. and Fe-415 grade HYSD bars. .
designed to resist a bending moment of 65 kN.m. Assuming the width of
beam as half the effective depth. determine the dimensions of the beam and
a) Data
the area of tension remforcement-for the balanced section. Adopt M-20
Grade concrete and re-415 Grade HYSD·bars.
Moment of Resistance of the balanced section = M,b = 120 kN.m
Width of bearn > b
 ,'-~:
;
, Elastic Theory of Reinforced Concrete Sections ill Flexure 51'

f
:;-.
50 U,';,!I"orcedConcrete D~sigfl
t- 300--t
Effl~cti \'C depth = d
Mlltcrillls: M-20 Grade concrete and FeA15 Grade HYSD bars.
1
~. dc~r "
no 2#16
J,_ -,-,-N~
b) pCl'ntlsslble stresses' d=850
Assume b = (dI2)
'-1-4--1-4....1,
,J . +(O'st 1m) 4-'
2 #20 a. 2 #22
c) Cross Sectional Dimensions
Fig. 4.9 Reinforced Concrete Sectiion
a) Data
FOI'the balanced section (Table 4.4)
Area of tension steel (As,) = 2 bars of 20 mm diameter and 2 bars of 22 mm
(~)::.b.d
(1"",
e, = 0.1301, diameter. ' ,', - " .
~.: A" = 1388 mm "2

120xl06 )=Qb=O.l301 =
Area of compression steel (A,e) 2 bars of 16mm diameter = 402 mm"
, ( 7 xO.5d xd2 , 'Covet to compression steel = de == 50 rnm ' ,
Width'of beam = b ,;. 300 m z
Slll\'ing d = 641 mm.
.., Effective depth = d = 641 mrn Effective depth = d = 850 mm
Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
Cover = 39 mm.
A~lllptl)\'erall depth, D = 680 mm,
Width of section b = 0.5 d = 321 mm. , b) Permissible Stresses

d) R"inforcemcnts ,
Rci\\I\ll\~emcntin balanced section is computed from Table 4.4 as ~
'I'
"
r '
a" == 230 N/mm1 lie = 0.288 d I
-r- . I,

P'b
= (100A,,)
bd
= 0'438
c) Depth of Neutral Axis

100bd) =(0.438 X641) = 901.23 mm.. , '

1 1
A" :(0.438 Xl~l " Let n. = actual depth of neutral axis I
, First momerit of the areas above and below the neutral axis yields the JI'~""
, t
2
!\li1'P' 3 bars of20mm (Asl' = 942mm )
following relation. ' , I
~
,0.5b.n;+ (1.5m - I)A",(II. -de) == mA.ld....: ".) I
I
4.4.5 1\xllntple
(0,5 X 30011;)+ {(l.5 X 13) -1)402(11~-50) == (13 X 1388)(850 ~n.)'
Cotl\p"IC the moment of resistance of the reinforced c~ncrete section
shown 11\Fig, 4.9. The beam section is reinforced with tension and com- ;; ',' ;'i" Solving, n. = 250 mm '"
prc.~S\l"\reinforcement. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and l"e-415 HYSD ,; :;~;,};\ ' 'Sritical neutral axis depth is given by the relation'

bars. ,~':>).' :;,n "'.~e'=['I' + Id~, ]d=[;:·~,]850:;:(O.284~850)~2:41.4'~~'~::

(m"',J + 1l~7 ' ' , " .. ,'
:;52 : 'ReinjorcedConcrete.Design' Elastic' Theory of Reinforced Concrete S~ctiOflS in Flexure, 53

Since n. ;.·nc• th~section is over reinforced. cover or 50 mm. Using M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars
compute a) the actual neutral axis. b) the critical neutral axis 'and c) tti~
:. Moment of resistance of the section is computed from the compression
safe momentof resistance of the section. '
side as
7) A reinforced concrete bea;n 'of recrangulersecnon 306 mm wide by
Mrc = 0.5 O'bc.lI,.b(d -11/3) + (1.5m - I)A",a',bc(d - de) 600' mm overall depth is reinforced with 3 bars of 36 mm diameter at
:::(0.5 x 7 x250x 300) [850- (250/3)] + {(l.5 x 13) - 1]402 x 5.6(850- 50) a-.
an effective depth of 550 mm. The section is also reinforced with 2
"".
bars of 25 mm diameter on the,compression side at an ,effecti ve cover
= (234.56 x I O~ N.mm of 50' mm.Adopung M-15 grade concrete and Fe-250 grade steel,
calculate a) the stresses developed in 'concrete and steel corresponding
= 234.56 kN.m to a service load moment of 175 kN.m. b) Determine the safe moment
. . of resistance of the section.
4.5 EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE
8) , A reinforced concrete rectangular section 300' mm wide by 60'0' min
overall depth is reinforced with 4 bars of 25 mm diameter at an effec-
1) A singly reinforced simply supported beam 200 mm wide by 550 mm tive cover 'of '50' mm on the tension side. Assuming M-20' grade 'con-
overall depth is reinforced with 4 bars of 1~ mm diameter at an effec- , crete ami Fe-415 HYSD' bars."qeterI1,line the allowable bending
tive depth of 500 mm. The self weight of the beam together with the moment .and the stresses in steel and concrete corresponding to this
dead ioad is 3.5 kN/m. Adopting M"20 grade concrete and Fe-415 moment.
HYSD bars estimate.the maximum permissible live load on the beam.
2) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section 300 mm wide by
650 mm deep is reinforced with 4 bars of 25 mm diameter at an effec-
tive depth of 600 mm. Calculate the neutral axis depth and estimate
the safe moment of resistance of the section adopting M-25 grade'
concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars, ' ,'
- 3) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section 250,mm wide by ,
550 mm deep is reinforced with 4 bars of 32 mm diameter at an effec- .
tive depth of 500 mm. Using M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSr>
bars, calculate the safe moment of resistance of the beam.
4) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section 350 mm wide by
750 mm overall depth is reinforced with 3 bars of 20 mm diameter at
an effective depth of700 rnrn, Adopting N~30 grade concrete .and Fe-
500 grade steel reinforcement, calculate the safe moment of resistance
of the section. If the beam spans over 5 m, estimate the safe
permissible live loadon the beam. '
5) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section is to be designed to ,I

resist a service load moment of 200 kN.m. Assuming the width of the
beam as half the effective depth, calculate the dimensions of the beam
,adopting M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
6) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section having a width of
40'0 mm and overall depth 850 mm is reinforced with 4 bars of 25 mm :""":'
diameter both on the compression and tension sides at, an effective
 I Limit State Method of Design
Factor of safety applied to the yield or ultimate
55

Ir
,.
CHAPTER 5 1900-1930
Working or
stress to get permissible. stress .
2 Structu~e designed t~ support working or ser,vice
loads Without exceeding the permissble :
Limit State Method of Desiqn permissible
stressmethod
. stresses in concrete. and stee I,
Inadequacy of the method -
.
Actual safety
'against ultimate loads' not known
1 Load factors applied to working loads to
estimate ultimate loads '
5.1 PHILOSOPHY OF LIMiT STATE DESIGN 1930-1960
. . . 2 Safety factors applied to the ultimate.
Ulfimate -, strength of .malerials
The inadequacies of the elastic and ~ltimate load methods of design paved
load/strength 3 Structure "designed to supper t the desi~n
the way for the limit state method of design with a semi-probabilistic ultimate loads '
.method
approach. Limit state design is a method of designing structures based on a Inadequacy of the method' - Serviceability
statistical concept of safety and the associated statistical probability of aspects such 'as deflection and cracking at
failure. Structures designed should satisfy the dual criterion of service loads are not· considered

a) Safetyand 1960to date 1 Structure deSigned tosatisfyall the limit

states such as
b) Serviceability. Limit state a) :Strength - Collapse. '
, Safety may be defined as an acceptable degree of security against complete method , b) Serviceablliiy .;_ Deflection and cracking
i collapse or failure; which in concrete structures can occur by various ~ 2 .StatistlcQi probability concepts incorporated
Umit state for 'Ioads and· slrengths . . .
"

i' modes such as compression, tension, flexure, shear, torsion, fatigue or their method 3 Char.o.cteri~hc loads .o.nd characteristic strengths
combinations. incorporated obtained by 'applying partial safety factors
in various for load and material 'strengths
Serviceability requirement means that the member or structure should not national codes
iii its intended lifetime deteriorate to such an extent that it fails to fulfil its " ,
This method overcomeS 'the inadequacies of
worki~g .stress and ultimate load methods
function for which it is designed. In concrete structures, this state may be
reached due to excessive deflection, cracking, 'vibration, corrosion of rein- Fig. 5~1 Evolution of Limit State Design Method'

forcement etc,
Limit state design philosophy'" 39,.40 uses the concept of probability and
is based on the application of the method of statistics to the variations that
occur in practice in the loads acting on the structure and the strengths of
the materials. The evolution of limit State method of design ov~r the years
is presented in Fig, 5,1.
S.2 J;..IMIT STATE DESIGN. AND CLASSICAL RELIABILITY'
THEORY
In Limit state design, probabilistic concepts are explicitly incorporated for
the first time. Applications of classlcal.reliabllity theory";" to structural
design require comprehensive statistical data regarding loads and strengths
and their exact shapes of normal distribution curves. At present the proba-
bilities of failure that are socially acceptable must be kept very low (1 ina
million). At such low levels, the probability of failure is very sensitive to
the exact shape of the normal distribution curves. To determine exact.'
shapes of normal distdbutton curves, we require very large numbers of"
',' In
. statistical data and such comprehensive data is not yet avail~ble. In partic-
ular, sufficient numbers of extreme values of the strengths Of complete
structures (to. define accurately the shapes of the tails 'of the 'normal
distribution curves) may never be available, '
, Ina simple example, only' one type of load arid one-strength variables
are used. For a real structure, there will in general be many types of loads
and many modes of failure, normally with complex correlations between
themmaking it very difficult to calculate the probability of failure", Hence
in the Jimit state design, our engineering experience and judgement have
been used to modify and to remedy the inadequacies, of earlier design
.methods and partly use the probabilistic concepts. Hence, it is appropriate
to designate the limit. state design method currently practiced as Semi
pr~bablUstlc approach to structural design. . .
5.3. LIMIT,STATES
~ structure may become unfit for its intended purpose in a number of ways
terms of either Safety or Serviceability. The prominent limit states are:
.
-.i'_
.
.,1
'_
 ~1?:iffl~]~~~?:~~r~
'~,.', <,: " • ' Limit State 'Method of Design .> I
, iW'i';;"~.56+i;I'Remfor,,ced concreteDesign
-::~~~::~ri;k~~~r;.~·~·;»'.:~PilQ;::.dli'J
~.ti 1{I, ;:!!~;\:.....
4! tjl':"f-:!~(".:· •.~.; _ .
strength less than the.characteristic strength. " ' . .' " ;! ,'. . : ':
'.;' .' .:'. : a) Uitlmate or Failure Limit state' In the absence of statistical data. .the characteristic strength of concrete
and steel may be taken as the works cube sfrength and minimum proof or
The structure may collapse due to rupture of one or more critical sections.
yield strength respectively as recommended in the current codes.
as a result of static. sustained. pulsating or dynamic loading .or loss of Since the materials in the structure-are likely to differ in quality from
overall stability. disintegration due to fire or frost. those tested. design strengths are obtained by dividing the characteristic
strength by 1m. the appropriate partial safety factor for the Limit State
b) Serviceability Limit State being considered. The proposed values for the partial safety factors are as
givenin Table 5.1.' " .' '
The structure may exhibit excessive deflections or displacements adversely, In contrast the ACI Code44 provides for these variations in material
affecting the finishes causing discomfortto the users. Also the structure strengths and workmanship in the form of capacity reduction factors.
may suffer excessive local damage resulting in cracking or spalling of
Hence we have
concrete which impairs the efficiency or appearance of the,structure.
I , .. ' _ (Characteristic, strength)
I
Design Strength - Partial Safety Factor
I '5.4 SAFETY FACTORS, .
.~

Table 5.1 Partial safety Factors for MaterIal Strengths (Yr.)

"!'I-.,~'
:~.. ' Safety is expressed in terms of the probability that the structure will not
(IS; 456·2000)
become unfit for its intended function during its useful life that is the
structure will not reach a limit state. The initial idea 'of referring to a single Umlt State
Local Damage
, .~
failure criterion has been replaced by the comprehensive concept of multi- Material Collapse Dellection

ple limit states; With this concept the local or the overall behaviour in all ..<:
':.
Sleet 1.15 1.00 1,00
1.00·or1 ;30
stages-elastic. cracked. inelastic and ultimate-are considered. In the limit, .)., ... Concrete, 1.50 1.00

state approach. a structure-is considered as well designed if it could be'

shown that the probability of any limit state being attained is substantially 5.6 CHARACTERISTIC AND DESIGN LOADS AND
constantjor all the component members and for the structure as a whole '
PARTIAL SAFETY FACTORS
and that consequently. the latter posses adequate and uniform structural
safety. Due to the number of variables involved. a rational determination of The Characteristic loads are expressed as
the safety of a structure, based on probability theory is not yet practical in
the design office. Partial safety factors are therefore introduced for each
Characteristic Load (F) = [Mean Lo~d + k x Standard
.
Deviation] .

limit state and these consist of 1m • reduction factor for characteristic
strength 'of materials and "if ; enhancement factors' for characteristic loads
on the structure. .
5.5 CHARACTERISTIC AND DESIGN STRENGTHS
PARTIAL SAFETY FACTORS·
The variation in the properties of concrete and steel are expressed as char-
acteristic values related to memean values and standard variation.
Characteristic Strength (f) = {Mean strength. - k x Standard Deviation]
Where '/r;' is a factor chosen to ensure that the probability of the character-
'istic strength not being exceeded is small. Many of the national ~des
including the Indian standard code IS: 456 - 2000 have recommended a
value of 1,65 for k so that only 5 percent of the test results could have a
Where k is a factor; which ensures that the probability of the characteristic
load being exceeded is smaIL For the immediate future, the characteristic
, loads can not be assessed in this way-due to lack of statistical information,
about the nature of loads and it is necessary to assume that the characteris- .
AND' tic loads are equivalent to the values of loads currently recommended in
"
"
'
°.
the loading standards IS: 87517•2 The revised code IS: 456-200~
, distinguishes between three types of loading in traditional use which are
dead. imposed or live and wind load. In addition. ioads resulting from the
effects 0.£ creep. shrinkage or temperature ate also considered if their effect
is judged to be significant. .' ' ,
The characteristic loads do not allow for lack of precision in design
calculation and inadequacies in the methods of analysis and construction.
As such the designloads .
are obtained by enhancing the
.
characteristic loads
 58 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Met/rod of Design 59

by suitable partial safety factors for- the various limit .states as given in The characteristic loads and strengths are expressed in terms of the
Table 5.2. Hence we have, standard deviation, mean strength, and the probability factor as,
Design Load= (Characteristic load) x (Partial safety factor) F = F., + 1.650 l._,,":'

Ta ble 5.2 Partlal Safety Factors for Loads (Yr) ,

(Table· IS Of IS: 456·2000)
, ick = L; - 1.650
Where F ;;: characteristic load
Load Limn SI.ale of COllapse I Limit state of Serviceability
F m = mean load
Combination Dl I LL WL DL LL WL

DL+ LL 1.5 - 1.0 1.0 - =

!ek characteristic strength
DL+WL 1.50rO.9· I - 1.5 1.0 - 1:0 fm = mean strength
DL+ LL+ WL 1.2 1.0 0.8 ,0.8 CJ= standard deviation.

Note ~" ..
1) While considering earthquake effects. substitute EL for WL " I,

2) For the Limit states of serviceability. the values of Yr given in this

Table are applicable for short-term effects. While assessing the Long- , I

term effects due to creep, the dead load and that part ofthe Live-Load
likely to be permanent may only be considered.
* This value is to be considered when
stability against overturning or
1
stress reversal is critical. ' I
The interaction between load effects and strength is shown in Fig. 5,2 r'-J.l
,~ • .J<I
where the normal distribution curves for load's snd.marerialstrength are I
superposed. J
l
l
I

::::
...e Characteristic ']b",;
... ~rength

' I , ',
'0
Load . I
:::: I
:a
(7
.a
...
o
0..

fCK
Load & strength variables
10 limit state design
F = Fm + 1'65 O"}For good
fCK = fm -, '·650" design . ,',

jl
Fig. S.2 Classical Reliability Model for Strength Design
 . . ~ . '._ ". : \ .;

.Ultimate St're~giJi oiRelnlo}c~d Concrete Sections 61

•.. , ""'. :.', i"J- ;- I) Plane sections normal to the axis r~main ~l~n~ after' bending. -
CHAPTER 6, 2) The maximum, strain in concrete at the extreme compression. fibre is
assumed as 0.003 in flexure
Ultimate Strength of Reinforced 3) The relationship between' the compressive stress distribution in con-
crete and the strain in 'concrete may be assumed to:~'~'rectangle, trap-
,Concrete Sections ezoid, parabola or any other shape which results, in prediction of' I, '

strength. in substantial agreement with the test results. The

is
recommendedstress-strain curve' shown in Fig. 6.1, -which shows
the characteristic and design strength curves.
6.1 INTRODUCTION

The most common types of structural concrete elements comprise, slabs, , !

beams and columns. which are used extensively in buildings of all types.
Reinforced concrete slabs are primarily subjected to flexure and shear
while beams have to be designed to resist flexure and shear and also tor-
sion or a combination of these forces in some cases. Columns are primarily
designed for compression but in some cases for compression 'and bending,
, which develops in edge or corner columns. The composite action of steel
I a'j{dconcrete is mainly due to bond and anchorage.
,
I This Chapter deals with the theoretical concepts involved in develop-
ing the strength computations of reinforced concretesecnons under differ- ,
I
~1"',.
I
ent states of stress and the basis of the various formulae given in IS:,
~'I "1 456-2000, Section-S, Structural Design (Limit State Method) and' 0·003 0·0035
(€cul
I Annexure-G -containing various formulae for the computation of flexural ' strain
!
strength of rectangular and flanged reinforced concrete sections. , '
1 Fig. 6.1 Characterlstles and Design Strength Curves for
'" '1 Structural designers and students should be familiar with the deriv-
ations to have a better insight into the design process. However practical
, Concrete In Flexural Compression .

designers may use the formulae given in the codes or the tables and charts Characteristic Strength = J.k

i~J
45
of "Design Aids to IS:456" published as special publication SP: 16 , by
the Bureau of Indian Standards. Designers mayalso refer to the Manual for Design Strength =[0.61
Y..
=[0.67 h~];" 0.45 ~
1.5' Jek
limit state design of Reinforced concrete members authored by Varyani
and Radhaji'" which contains exhaustive design tables and charts to facili- The stress block parameters are shown in Fig. 6,2.
tate faster design of Structural concrete members. Area of stress block is the sum of rectangular and parabolic portion and is
computed as '
"I '
6.2 ULTIMATE FLEXURAL STRENGTH OF
A = (0.45 Ie'< 0.42 xu) + (2/3 x 0:45 it X'0.~8 x.) = ,0.36 hk'XU'
RECTANGULAR SECTIONS
where: Xu ,= depth of Neutral Axis.
6.2.1 Assumptions J.k ,= Characteristic Compressive Strength.
'. The following assumptions are relevant in the computations of ultimate "'\'
Posltion ~f'Centrd of compression from extreme compression fibre
flexural strength of reinforced concrete sections as specified in IS: 456- / ,'; = 0.42 Xu
2000 Clause 38,1, ' 4) Th~ tensile .strength of concrete is ignored.
 62 Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 63

t-b--t to·0035+ . t 0·45fck +,.+ Characteristic curve

-r-
I'
- 1--
T d
0'42 Xu

1
.!:z JOO
. Design curve

(d-O·42 xu) 5 2
1/1
Es =2 x 10 N/mm .-
Ast
-;1<-
.,j<- €s -:4-:
T:;AstO'87fy
1- 1/1
GI
L-
V)

Stress ,.
Section strain
.
/
€y:; (0.87 tY.) + 0.O~2
Fig. 6.2 Stress Block Parameters Es
, .
5) The stresses in the reinforcemet are obtained from the stress-strain
curves shown in Pig. 6.3. For design purposes 'the partial safety factor
i
! y, equal to 1.15 is applied to compute the design strength.
strain
1" 6) The maximum' strain in tilt: tension reinforcement in the section at the
tlg.6.3 'Characteristic and Design Stress-Strain Curves for Fe 415 Grade Steel
collapse limit state shall be not less than • . .
j
~ t; + 0.002J
/y ]
Over. reinforced sections are those in which concrete reaches the yield
[ 1.I5E, + 0.002 = [0.87 strain earlier than that of steel. Over reinforced beams fail by compression
failure of concrete without much warning and with .very few cracks and
Where fy = characteristic strength of steel. negligible deflections. Over reinforced concrete beams are not preferred
E. = modulus of elasticity of steel. since they require large quantities of steel and they fail suddenly with
explosive failures without any warning.
6.2.2 Balanced, Under reinforced and Over reinforced Sections
6.2.3 Depth of Neutral Axis
Reinforced concrete sections in flexure reach the failure stage when the
compressive strain in concrete reaches a value of 0.0035 as shown in Consider a rectangular beam section shown in Fig, 6.2.
Fig. 6.2. When the sections are reinforced in such a way that the tension Let . b =
width of section.
steel reaches the yield strain of d == Effective depth.
Ey'" ((0.87fy) I E, + 0.002] ASI =Area of tension reinforcement.
=
and simultaneously the concrete strain is Be 0.0035, then the section is
Xu =depth of neutral Axis.
termed as Balanced. In
Under reinforced sections, the tension' steel . For equilibrium of forces at the limit state of collapse,
reaches yield strain at loads lower than the load at which concrete reaches Total tension (D::; Tota.! compression (C)
the failure strain. , (A" ·0.87 J'y) = 0.36fck·b.xu
When the steel yields earlier than concrete, there will be excessive
deflections and cracking with a clear indicatio~ of impending failure.
Hence it is preferable to design beams as underreinforced since failure will
~) = [ 0.87/y A" .J ... (6.1)
( d. o.ssz,
b.d
take place after yielding of steel with dear warning signals like excessive
deflections and cracking before the ultimate failure. ,:: ~'
~!: .
...;~i(frjr};;': Reinforced Concr<leDe;ign ' Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 65'
. \
\

"." Limiring values of (xJd) to avoid brittle fan~r~is determined from the Eq '(6.3) can be 'used for estimating the flexural strength of sections in·
condition that the steel strain e.u at failure should be not less than the value which (xu I d) .is less than the limiting value given in Tnble-6.1. This equa-
given by tion is specified in ANNEX-G of IS: 456-2000.
Expressing the area of steel as Ii percentage of the effective area. we
eO = [O.87/Y
-- E,,, + 0.002 J have
Sot

Assuming E, = 2 x lOs N/mm2, the yield strain for design purposes for dif- (= [AstJ
bd x 100
ferent grades of steel are given in Table 6.1.
Where p is the percentage of steel. Substituting for (A" I bel). from the
From proportionaliiyof strains, we have the relation, above expression in Eq. (6.3),'we get

(Xu) [ eou ] [ 0.0035 J

d ,., feu + e,u = 0.0035 + e,u
... (6.2)
M.=,0.87IrL~0) [l-f~;oo] bill

Substituting the' various values of esu for different grades of steel, the max-
imum limiting values of (xJd) for different grades of steel are also shown [~~] =0.871r·1~0[1-(i)L~)] ... (6.4)
in Table 6.1.
Po: a.given value of [M.lbd2]./y andlct. the value of 'p' can be computed.
Table 6.1 Limiting values of ("".n", I d)
ThIS IS presented in lS.Publication SP: 16 as design tables. In these tables,
Grade of Concrete 'y Yield strain (~ ....JO) the percentage of tension steel in the beam corresponds to the yield stress
.- (t,u)
in steel when the beam fails by yielding of steel as in under reinforced
Fe· 250 Mild Steel 250 0,0031 0.53
sections.· The design tables 1 to 4 in SP: 16 are very useful for structural
HYSD bars Fe· 415 ·415 0.0038 0.48
0.0042 0.46
designers to compute the percentage of tensile steel for known values of
HYSD bars.Fa- 500 500
(MJbtt) and different grades of steel and concrete. The moment of
resistance of a concrete section can also be determined in terms of concrete'
6.2.4 .Moment of Resistance of Reinforced Concrete Sections strength by taking the moment of compression force about the tension
force in steel, which yields the relation,
The moment of resistance of rectangular reinforced concrete sections can
hk O.42xu}
0

be computed by using the stress diagram assumed at the limit state of Mu = 0.36 bx.(d -
"",.",.

collapse shown in Fig. 6.2. Taking moments about the centre of compres-
sion, = 0:36hk( ~ )[1 ~0.42( ~)] bd1
Mu =T (d - 0.42x.)
If (~ ) =( Xu;'')
Substituting Xu
O.87/yA,,] from Eq. (6.1)
= [ 0.36!ck.
which is the limiting v~lueas given in T3ble-6.1,

b .' then the limiting values of the moment of resistance of the section is given
by, .' .'
and T = (0.87 A".!y) .•
0 •

Hence Mu"" 0.87 A,J y [d - 0.42 (0.87!y A,/0.36!ck b)] M u. lim =0361'
• ick
(x )[1_042(lo,m"')]bd
u max
'
dO. ~ d
1

Simplifying and rearranging, = K.b.d2 ... (6.5)

'., Mu = 0.87 A".lr_.d [ 1 - A".jyJ b.d.hk

0

, .. (6.3) ~here K:;: A constant. . .

F r different grades of steel, the expression for M; for different grades of
Sleel are compiled in Table- 6.2.
 [: Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 67
66 Reinforced Concrete Design
I Balanced percentage of steel, P, lim' evaluated for different grades of con-
Table 6.2 Moment of Resistance for Limiting Values of (x.."''' I d) for different
Grades of Steel crete and steel are shown in Table 6.4. 'f

Grade of Steel Expression for M.

(X'd'"') Table 6.4 Balanced Percentage of Steel, P,.llm for Singly Reinforced
Rectangular Sections (Table -E of SP: 16)
Fe·250 q.53 0.149 f<;k b d'
0~48 0.138 f<;k b d' fe. (N/mm2) ',(NImmO)
Fe·415 :
0.4e 0.133 f", b d' 250 415 500
Fe· 500
15 1.32 0.72 0.57
20 1.76 0.96 0.76
6.2.5 Expression for Steel Area for Balanced Singly 25 2.20 1.1'9 0.9.4
Reinforced Section 30 2.64 1.43 1.13
Equating the compressive force in concrete and tensile force in steel (Fig.
6.2) wehave. 6.2.6 Use of Design Charts and Tables of SP: 16 for Singly
0.87/y A" = 0.36 fck b Xu Reinforced beams and slabs

Rearranging the terms, The Indian Standards Institution's special Publication SP; 16, Design Aids
for Reinforced concrete to IS; 456(1978) or (2000) contains a number (jf.
(A"J
btl
= (0.36 Xu)
0.87 d
(fck) "" (Constant) (f.k)
/y /y
charts and tables for design of reinforced concrete' members. Based on
.Equations (6.3) and (6.6), the various charts and tables have been evolved.
Since (x/d) is constant for a given value oflt The following are the data presented in SP: 16 for design and analysis
of beams and slabs of singly reinforced concrete sections.
IfP, = I .imiting percentage of tension steel.
1) Tables 1 to 4:give the percentage steel re~uired' for various values of
P,
=(lOOA"J
bd (M/bd2) andlt for concrete gradesjl, = 15,20,25, and 30. Three typ-
=
ical tables for!ck 20, 25 and 30 are presented in Tables 6.5; 6.6 and
The Reinforcement Index can be expressed as 6.7 in the text.

( p..fy)
f.k
= 100(0. 36) (~)
0.87 d
= 41.3 (~J
d
... (6.6)
2) Tables 5 to 44 give the moment of resistance per metre width for var-
=
ious thicknesses of slabs (I 10 to 25 cm) for different bar diameters
and spacing for various values offyandlck'
For different grades of steel, the reinforcement index and the limiting 3) Charts I to 18 present the moment ofresistance per metre width for
moment of resistance for singly reinforced rectangular sections are corn- varying depths (5 to 80 ern) and varying percentage of steel and for
piled in Table 6.3. two concrete grades oflck = 15 and 20 using steel grades ofly 250, =
415 and 500.
Table 6.3 Limiting moment of Resistance and Reinforcement Index for Singly' The SP: 16 design tables and charts ,!ire very useful for structural
Reinforced Rectanguiar Sections designers, since the designs of beams and slabs can be quickly worked out
(Table·C of SP: 16)
and checked without using the detailed procedure 'of using rhe design
',(NImmO) 250 415 500 equations.
,
( M .lim ) ·0.149 0.138 0.133
!o;.b.d' 6.2.7 Analysis Examples

(p,.uj~) . 21.97 19.82 . 18.67 1) A singly reinforced concrete beam having a width of 250 mm is rein-
. .I..
forced with steel bars of area 3600 mm2: at. an effective depth of

.1
 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 69
.:' ',"

"'I:
s
Z
o
('I

,II
~. .~.

E (\j..-OCl'lCO
mO",-'_(\J
~-
z
OO(1l(1l(1lCl)
ciocicio
l()01f)..-«)
ll),....coo,..·
~~~~~ ~~11!~~
..-,... ..... -e-- .,....
..... -e-- ...- ..- .,..

,....N,....Nt'

~~~~~ ~ ~ ~·lii ~
,.- ..- ..- ..- ..-
~.~ .,..:'.,..: ...:

fi!~:gl8g ~~$~g
,ft'~:!l~
~~~~~ NNNNC'i NNNNN
r: "1
C'iC'iNNN
1 :

I
o g~~:g~
o 000"-'-
~ l() cicicicici
1
~ " ,..' \0 co N l()
fT·'~.·, ~'18 ~ ~!!3 ~~~l!?~
,.....,...,-..-..- ~C\j~~~
000"-- 000,00
In ., cicicicici 00000
E ....
,....~Ol«)
N If)"'"
,..
lO 138l~~~
00 ......
...-
.....
~- 'i-
C'?~
00000
.~~
"t 00000
.....>.
o
~~~~[;) .~
~T"'"'T-C\lC\J
00000

~~~~~ ~~~~~ ~~~~~

Ol()OlOO ~~~~~ .,....~~..-T"'"' ............ -~~ ..... ,....,.... ...... ..-
~~'<I;'<I;~ 00.00 ....
00000

;,
 .., Reilt/orced Concrete Design ...-,
~~::~~ g~d!;::re ~;qZg~~
I~ ....
70 0 ClOClOCOClOo>
"ti
0 f'-;f'-;f'-;~~
<D <D ................ E::
l()
00000 00000 00000
Ne (3
.EZ
s N '-'
\ . cs :
1.0
II·
~
0
ClO
ClOv..-ClOl()
ONVl{)
(\j0> .....
mON
.......................... ..... .....
ClOCO
~(\j
CD
co
OCO .....
ex)commo>
<DV
ex)0> ...-(')l{)

N
v 00000 00000 00000
II
~
0
~ ..E ClO..........
<DtD <DCD<D .......... ClOm ....
(\jv
.€-
l{) .... 0>
(')l{)..... ..-(')Ii).....
m og:g~e
_-
ClOClOClOClOCO o>mo>mm
¢ .....:...:....:,...:,;..:
''''E l()
Z o 00.0
0 00000
E ....<t -...?-

.\ Z
~ 0 f8ggj~!o ~~!ON~
l{)l{)CD <D
1.0'
g~g:g~
o~f'-;f'-;f'-;~
\ l() ~~~~~ ....:~.....:~~ ...... ...-:,...~,....
0
C\I.....
(')O>l() ::~~g
1";1";1";1":
(\j <r-_~or-_

~ ~~~~~
..- ..... ~..-.- .,....-..-..-
l{)ClO. N l{)0> <tClO(')mv gt;;c;I;;:~
......~(() .......q ClO..-l{)CON
~ ~~~llllll l()<O<OCDI"- "':1':~fX!0!
.,- .- ..... ..-..-
...
NO><O(') N .,.......-.,-,,- ,,_ ~....:....:~....:
- :. -vr .
0 8~~~l8 ClOm ....
I':I':~~
(')

ct 1";1":1':1":1':
..-..-.,-.-T"""
,.-,- ...... ..-
ut.., ~'E ..
l{)0l{)0l{) g~g~g ~Ol()Ol{)
.......... (\1(\1
:0 l{).
<0 <0 I"-l"-

Sla;:g~ ...
f-o :?~ C\iNNNC\i C\iNC\iNc? c?MMc?c?
r: ~"E ~~~::8g
NNNN
i~ ~~
NNNNN !.., 0 12~d!;:g~ g~~to~
..-VCDO>N
mO.-NV
t>I)
0 000...-,.-
,.-N(\jNN

.\ ~¥!~::8~ 9 U) oooqo :;dddd 00000

"l
".,~
0I~0l()'" ~~g~* l()l()l()<O
\I> <0 O;?;(') lllllllllllllfl 00000
,
! .!! § vvl()
00000
l()
000 00
8- IOClO..-V<O m(\jl()OIN
j
,Q
0 ~l3~~~ (')'<I'<O.....
ClO m .....
N(')l()
.- (\jN N 'N
~ *$:g~~ ~ ~ 000'-'-
;;cicicid
I m<o(')o>~
:g:&:oIOU') l{)l{)<O<O<O e.., 00000 00000
0
~
OIl()N~~
cogl()
dOOOO
l{)
00000 00000 ~
.2
..E U') ~O'l(,)""'N
<0...-(0.-(,0 (1')(0
N
.... <0..,...
V <0 ..... ·01.·
m ....(\j'<l' l{).....
ClO0..-
I"-l{)N0je
l()(')"-~",,,
0:
.~ .E-
. Z. ¢ 00 .......
'f"""..- ..-_...-C\lN
00000 00000
(\jC\lC\lN

"'E ~~~I";~
00000
l{) 13$~N~ ~13$t;CD .!! ....>.
.E- .... llllll~<q<q 00000 00000 f.:l
Z
V 000.00 ~ ~VCO""<D
...i- 'E 0 <DClO..-(') g$~~.f8 ~~~f8~
(')vv'<I'
'<I'!O $ ~.~
~U;$~g ."
ee
l{)
N
..... ..-...-(\1(\1
00000
t'!N~~~
00000 00000
0 ~$gg* ~q~or:~ ...-:.....-:~~r: oS
O!O!qqq .,-.- ...... r'-"""'-"'-
<0
N 00"-"-"-
..-,.-
...o
!!
<O ....
l{)O<O ...... ,.....0')
0 ......
~~u:;~g
1.0OIC\1<O 0> :a O'
~~~~~ ~ g} ~ ~ t;)o (')V V '<1'1.0
~~~1B~. ClOOI ....
(\j(') .s '<I'
.N 00000 00000
~
COm""
1"-0
~q
(') <0
(!; t;0
.. ~
..-..-~ ...... :w-
.....:.,;~.....:.,.:
~~~C\lC\!
...-,.. .......".. ...... ..."'...
0:
00000
C\I 0 ...........
..-...-
~I ~E g~~~g <0 0 l()Ol()
l()<OlD .......... g:2g~g
.C\I<t<OCOO 00000 00000 0000"':
o I{) 0 l()g
C\lV<O~O
qqq ."': C\iC\iC\it-iC\i
...-~y-~(\I
'0" .~~

II ~~~~C\)
NC\IC\IC\IC\I Z

\
 1:: .

Design. .... .....

.'
Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 73
..-..
He
§
LON
(')'<t
O!O!
-.:
~ eS 0
~
;q
00
d
._,.
z
In
0
LO
N
II (')~O>
I'-«)<X> II
...!! ~ 0)0>0>
..:!!
000 ~
'"E ,...00) '"E
l(). ~~~~~ .I'-«) «)
..
~- ~ T-~~T-"-
. . .
..... T"'""..- . .... ,.-
~~~
.....,.- .,... -E-. ~
Z
li')

....>. ....>.

II'!'" 0 $a'i8l~gJ
~0)'<t0>l()
.11')
I'-eo 8 ~~;;;~~ 0)11')....
1'-(')
If)
(\J .....
«)«)«)O)O)
~:T"'""'_-""
.0)0) 0) 0)
~....:,....:"..:(\j
00000
C'iNNNC'i
0
~
0) ....
(,)'<t<0
0,...,...
........ ~~
........
C'iC'iC'iC'iC'i(\iN
I'-
.C\Ico (')
'<3"<01'-0>
8 1f)~<D(\j«)
(\J If)~~
g~~~R
-e-- .... ,.-,.... .... 18(')O)<o(')
.~ ~~~~.~ C\J ~~~NC'i NNNNN ~
C\I ....
(')1f) Ol'-g
0 ....
(\j(\JC\IC\I 1'-10
(\J(\J
NNNNN N(\jN
rurn
~. ~1: ON;1;<O<Xl --:-
~NE
tit
I'l
~~~~~ If)~ .~~ :9 O(\J'"
~ ~~
0·
~
~~ ~.~ c?c?c?c?(') C?(')(')(')(')
§ ~~
~~;2;al18
(')(')C")C")(')
1'-1'-1'-
C")C")C") ~
: l()I'-0C?~
I'-Ov«)N
<OO ....(\j~ ...
"!
'0
.!
:a 0
~
l()<O<XlO)
"!"!"!"! . ~~~~~ ~dddo ::0 8 I'- 0) .... I'-C\lI'-rll'- (\J~~~~
~o~<O(')
~~~~~ liLa
4>
t>Il -
3;

~,1 I
'"
!-<
00000 0000_0

(')1'-....
<00
.= II') "1; "1; • "1; If!
00000 00000 00000
10 10
~.
8-
!fV,'1
~
:2~Sl:g~ ~I'-g~~
C\I(\J(\J(")(") (")~~~ . ~:;-~~~ 0 ~~c;~~ O>II')~iD
miD
.... 1'-$ C, If).... c
00000 00000 00000
~ '<3" ll)ll)l(). ;1;~
00000 ~ .~~~ ~
00000 00000
~
E
-E- ._
l() l:;~~~$
~~~~~
~o~~~••
~"1;"1;
<O(\J8lLO~
~~"';;;LO
'"E
-E- l() 0><0(") ....
<0 11')("),...0)1'-
~~~;X;8l
.g
.S
~.'" I

Z '<t 00000 00000 oodoo z ~

;1;W«)O .... ~ll)I'-<Xl0
10<0101'- ":":":":": e
....>. ....>.
o~~~~ ooood 00000 :E.~
0)1f) ...I'-(") O)~Sl~~ (")8<X><O~
0
l()
N
Sp;p~~ CCi ~IOWI'-I'-
doooo
j:::«)b:l)3«)
00000
0 ....
~181'-<O
18~~~~ ..
~
00·000 ~ ~~~~~.
qq.,,": "":,,,":
,.....,.. .-.,..._. ~~~~~ .S
T"" T"" 'P-' .... 'Y"'"

0 g[O~.;::~
10 (").....
0) I'-
:g~~m~ .~
~~~~~ «!cqcq«!O! :a
~ LOLOIf)<OW
doood 00000 00000
0
~ ~~88~
cid.,..;....:~
O)gJo 10.0>
0) ....
~
q"",,: T": -: .•
.,_.-,.....- ,_
;1i:g~~~
"!"!~~
.,....,.....,...,,_ .
.S
,.-
j
~NE
_~ <C!.... <C!,...~ • ....•
l()Oll)R~

II
1I')0ll)~~
q~,,",: .. ~~~~~
.... ..,...,....,... ,... al
-,;E
::!:z .... T"'""..- ......... ~~S!~~_
~"'''''''''N
:g;?!!?~~
NNN~N
g~~~~
NNNNN £
~
 .~~
Reinforced Concrete Design ~,\7 Ultimate Strength (~rReinforced Concrete Sectiol/s' 75
74
'¢OLO.-<O (\ICO!o<o ""'
~ 'I: 0(\1 (l)IJ)(\I0)
o)O(\l'<t1J)
(!)(")-co<o
""0)0(\1"1" g co ~~. -...
o)'¢ 0> 30> <0"" ~
"E 0
(")LO<oCOO) .-(\1
coco coco ~ g~"l"lo?"l 0>0)000 C! q ~ or-: "
E 0
LO
12lD~"..;::: "..".."..".."..
ddddo oddod ::::: ~ 00000 do~"":~ .,.....,....,.... T-
~
odddo o
Z
c \0_1'('1)0') <ONO><O(")
~
'-' '"II ,.....tJ')C"') ...... (J)
c.3
"-
'"II o~n;:;'bro~ .-(") IJ)"" co
~
0
co
'<t
:;;~~~~i.
<or-,,,..""""
ddddd
<oCOO).-N
"..".."..COCO
ddddo
;;!,<O"..O>.-
CO co co 0)
oddod
~ ~o?"lo?"l"l
00000
C!~~~~
...... ~--~ ~re~;'b~
""-:""':~-:._.
-..--..- ,..... ..:
"'E It)LO'll)lt)IJ)<O <0".. COO> 0
co"..".. <0 ll) -Mll)""""m
a NE ll)(,,)
(\I00>
.€- ....
Ol.-(")lt) ,....m-(Y)(J)
;~~::::=:: ~-- ~g~~~
.J(\Ioco<o COO(\l"<tlt) ""O>.-(")IJ) .- .- C'!C'!C'!
ll) co 0) Ol 0) ,0> 0)0)000 z .....
.~
.§_
Z
::; ?!ro&l~g::
doodd ddddo dci~"";""; ..._r.. ...- ...... --'--"_
VJ ,.J.
.,
'"0 oll)CO.-'<tCO C\I<D,-CO_
~~8i~~
~
oS
0
LO
(\I
0) co coco 00
.-"<tr-,o(")
~~''<1;'<1;'<1;
..- .- ..,- ~ .,....
0>0l0.-(\I
, <0 0) (")<0 0>
'<1;"":Lf!Lf!lI'!
..-..-..-..-~
"<t<0 .... 0(\1
(\IIOCO(\llt)
<0<010 ........
..-:...:~,.....:,_.:
(()..-LOCO
~~~~~"l
,... ...... __
..... LO(X)(\IIJ)O)
mO)ooo
..- ~""":NC'JN ~~~~~ I
.~ ~
Cli: I
.... g,~ ~ ~~
-Lt) co ....lO o ffl ~ ~,~ ~ '<to)LO(\IOO
~~~~!:::
ll)(")....
0l ....
.-ll)O>(\I<O I

-.
(1)(\1It)0>(\1
O'll ,"<t3~lD~ C'!C'!C'!(")(") I
,S ~
(\I
~.'<1; ,'<1;"": Lf!lI'!lI'!'-'!"!
.- ..- ..- _.
'-'!~~~~
..... ~.-,.....- ~~~~~~ NNNNN N(\INNC\i I
en ."- ..- e- ...-
.... 4r-
-;-
"b'"
I
~;.... 'S .QE 100ll)0ll) I
......
,;
~\Q "b1;
.Q E LOO12~~
o.nOLtlO
(0000)0)0
C\iC\iNNM
100
0.-..-(\1(\1
MMr?r?r?
LtlO ll)

~
C
Q
:?~
g~~~g
MMMC')C')
lI'!'-'!,'-'! ~
(")(")(")(")(")
~
0100100
~~ ~,~~
"
OJ)Cio.
!!CI) 'i'z ~~NNC\i

='- ~ (00)(\1 lOCO

'" ..,Q
re::;~$R o f;jlBf:::g2 .-N"<t1J)1O C;;~~N~
.C,I
.. I 0
0
O(\l(")Ltl"..
....
00(1)0
000"-"-
.... .,.-..---- §l~~~~
-(\I (\IN(\I '"
j;l gC'!C'!C'!C'!~ (")(")(")(")(") (")(')"<t'<t"<t
~. a.:t

C .,
'"
CIo.j;l <II
to dddod dooOO ododd t!'! 00000 oddod 00000

Qj
c ~'t.t g~~ ~.-"<t .... o o (,,)<OOlNLO 0)(\1<00)(") "..0 '<tCO'(\I

..~
oS
'
0
co
"<t
~~~~~.
00
.d dod
"'-T"""
d.
T""""-"---
oddoo
-(\I(")ll)
-(\1(\1(\1(\1
00000
'~ "!
<O ....
00000
coo.-
C'!C'!~ ~
(\I'¢IO <0 co
(")(")(")(")(")
00000
.00-r-(\J(I')lO
(")'<t'<l'
odooo
.... '<T

c N
'0;
Cli: E OlLO.-"..(")
N

E
<00.00"<" (I) '<t0) "<t,Ol
.§_ LO"<tO)~OLO
0,.- LOCO ~~;:~;'f
t!
I
Ltl ~~~~::; Ltl....
COO-
.-_~NC\I ~.~ ~~~ z (')(")'<1''<1''<1' ~~~~f;j
::I
x
.€-
z ~ 00""-"-'-
doddd dodoo '00 0 ci 0 .....r..
~ddddd 00000 00000

'"
fi: ,.J.
0>(")1'-~c;:) O"<tO)LOO<O .-""(")0>10 (\JCOll)..-co
0(") ......-10 g~g);'};?! It) 0 (\I10 IX) 0 (,)LOCOO('? <OIX)~'<T<O
!6 <>
to
"<t<DCO"-(")
...... ..-....-C\JN
Ltlco 0 M L"l
(\I(\IM(')(") (')'<t"<t'<T'<T (\I "?Lf!Lf!Lf!'-'!
00000
<o<o<o"..r-,
ooocio
r-,I'-COCOCO
doddo
'".,
:c; (\I deiddd oooco 00000

fo<
O>"<t 0-&11 0
~gjt.t~~
OIONCO'<T ....
'<1'(\1.0"..0(') :g l2 ~ ~.~ (')....
Ol<O"<t
0
'¢
~~~~~
l'-..-.-NN
<oo>(\I"<"r--
(\I(\I(")C":e? M'<t '<I'"<t
'<I'
(\jcicici~~ '-'!'-'!~~~ ~~~~g
ooood 00000 00000
(\I dddeio odooO .i:.iI

"b'E
~NE g~~~~
.0 0 LtlC""l
LOu><Dr--:-- g~g~8 .QE
LtlOLOOIJ)
q",-:~,,!~
..-,... -,,_.- ~pq~~~
...-,...,....
...-~ ......
:?lg12~~

:--"E- doooO oodoc oood": :?z -..-..-,....,_

~z

,i
 Ultimate Strength 0/ Reinforced Concrete Sections 77

400 mm. I(M-20 Grade Concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars are used,
compute the ultimate flexural strength of the section.

Method-I (Using IS: 456-2000. Code Equations).

a) Datu
·N
E _v b=250mm'
I/) 0> ...-
~- ~ ~'l: (/=400 mm
~;.
C\I(\JC')C'l
=
A" 3600 mm'
0I/) ~~~~~ ovCOC\l
1/)1/)11)(0
(\J ~~N~N NNNN
b) Material Properties

0
v(\J
81/)l2~l8
v.:$ "'"II) Ii? s
I'-~O~
NNNN
~I'-'
NNNN'C\I lit
.!!
i "b'E
.QE ~~~~'f~ g~~~
{l
E-<
c) Depth of Neutral Axis:-
..;..;..;..;
I:
§, 'i'z ,,;";";";v
]_
If Xu = depth of neutral Axis.
r-
>0 co ..... ~g:$~~ ,.......-I/)g~ y From Annexure G (IS: 456- 2000) Clause G- 1.1.
OIl
0
0
l/)~~
~0000~ 0 ~ .Ii? 11)11)11)1/)1{) ~~~~
00000
. .:

i
.f.<
I{) 00000

CO(\JI'--(O ~c.o_.<O,.... ·i
Q (
:~)_[
d -
0.8710-"
0.36fckb.d
J_[
-
0.87x415x3600
0.36x20x250x400
]-1805
- . :..
0
CO
li:~l£~~
vvvl{)li? t6~m~~ (j)~~lBto ~
v 00000 00000
00000 ~
.E
.:
Ne
E . I.{)
O>(O(\J~~
t6~!OIi?~
gj~mr.?~'
(0 (0 (0 eo ~~~~~
.~:
Limiting value Of( ~) for Fe- 415-~rade steel is 0.48
..... - ~
z 00000 00000
(0
dddoo .!!
f.:!
VI
...}. VI

C\lOco(01{) (,,)(\j.-OO> '8 Since (~ ) = 1.805> 0.48, section is over reinforced .

l£~tsJ::~ C'lU)<o...-v -g .. '
0I{)
~O?O?O?q ~q~r:""": ~~~~~ .S
(\J 0000 .... T""',.....~._.,.... ,-T"'"'''''''_'''''''
~
.~
-e d) Moment of Resistance
0
v(\J
~(j)~~g
0>0>0>0
l!?~~~S!
q-:~r:-r-:
.- ,.... .,....
~C\I(\J(\J~
II) co ....
. "l "l ~ .
...-_.,....-,....
.S
doci~~ ,....-,-
~ Referring to Table 6.2, Limiting value of moment of resistance is com-
i'Q puted as
0 1/)01.{) 01.{)01{)0
I.{)
"b'E o,....~(\JC'\I C'lC')V'v I/)
~

-
.Qe all2~l£8 .N N N N N
,...:~~""':C\i NNNNN Z
'i'z
1
= (0.138 x20x250x400 )

= 1l0.4 x 106 N.min.

= 110.4 kN.m
 78 Reinforced COllcrete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced COl/crete Sections 79
r <.
Mcthod-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Aids.) d) Moment of Resistance

I·
I 100 ASI) _ ( 100 x 3600) = 3 6 Mu = 0.87
A".f,.
f,..A,rd [ J '-b.d.fck
J
!
• t
Percentage of steel = PI '" ( ~ - 250 x 400 . .,

For Fe-415 grade steel andhk T 20 N/mm • Referring to T~ble

2
(Table E 6A- = 0.87 x4J5 x2214 x 700[1 _( 2214 x415 )11
350x700x20 ~
, of SP: 16), maximum percentage of tensile reinforcement PI.Ii", for singly
·i reinforced rectangular sections is 0.96. = (454.6 xI06) Nrnm,
; .
Hence the section is over reinforced. =454.6kN.m
Mu = Mue = 0.138fck·b.d2
Hence,
.~. Method-2 (Using SP: 16Design Aids.)
. ;: (0.138·x 20 x 250 X 4002) ...:",~ ,

Percentage reinforcement in the section.

= 110.4 X 106 N.mm.
_ ..;.(IOOA ..) _( 100 x 2214) _
= 110.4 kNm. -1',- .b.d. - 350x700 -0.90

2) A rectangular reinforced concrete section having a breadth of 350 mm Refer Table 6.5 (Table-2 of SP: 16), and read out the value of (Mibd2)
is reinforced with 2 bars of28 mm and 2 bars of25 mm diameter at an cor:responding tolr = 415 N/mm2 andhk = 20 N/mm2
effective depth of700 mm. Adopting M-20 grade c~ncrete and Fe-415 .
HYSD bars determine the ultimate moment of resistance of the sec- MU2) = 2.64
( b.d
tion.
M; = (2.64 x 350 x 7002)
Method ~1(Using IS: 456 - 2000 Code Equations)
. = (452.7 x 10 6
) Nrnm
a) Data
=452.7 kN.m
b ",·-350 10m
d ;:; 700 rnm 3) A reinforced concrete slab 150mm thick is reinforced with IOmm : .
2
A" ;:; 2 [491 + 616] ;:;2214 mm diameter bars. at 200mm centres', located at an effective depth of
125n\m. If M- 20 grade concrete and Fe- 415 grade HYSD bars are
b) Material Properties used, estimate the ultimate moment of resistance of the section.

fck = 20 N/mm', .[y = 415 N/mm2• Method-I (using IS: 456· 2000 code equations)

a) Data
c) .Depth of Neutral Axis:-
b = lOOOmm
Let Xu ;:; Depth of neutral Axis.
d= 125 mm
Xu) [0.87/yA51 ]_[ O.87x415x2214 ]=0.453<0.48.
(d = 0.36!ck.b.d - O.36x20x350x700 , A =
..
[lOOO(n200'x 10 14)] = 393 m ~
2
2

. Hence, the section is under reinforced. ,

hk = 20 N/mm2, /y = 415 N/mm2.
 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections· 81
.Re!iifor,ced Concrete Design
d= 550mm
b) Depth of Neutral Axis AS(;::(4 x 491) 1964 mm' =
Let Xu = Depth of Neutral axis.
=
let 20 N/mm2 andfy 415 N/mm2• =
Xu)
_ = [0.87J;..A,,].[
~ = 0.87x415x393 =0.157 <0.48 J . b) Neutral Axis Depth
(d 0.36Iek.b.d 0.36x20x 1000 x 125 .

Hence, the section is under reinforced. (Xu)_[

d -
0.87fyA,,]
0.36Iek.b.d
[ 0.87x415x1964 ]
= 0.36 x 20 x 300 x 550 = 0.596 > 0.48

c) Moment of Resistance Hence. the Section is over reinforced.

. .[ A".fy ]
Mu = 0.87 J;..A".d I - b.d.let c) Moment of Resistance

= (0.87 x415 x 393 x 125) [1-( IO~9: ~~l:20)J

Referring to Table 6.2, Limiting value of moment of resistance is

Mu. lim == 0.138 ick.b .d

2

6
= (16.58 x 10 ) N.mm 2
= (0.138 x 20 X 300 X 550 )
= 16.58 kN.rn.
= 250x 106N.mm
Method-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Aids)
= 250kN.m
Percentage reinforcement in the Section
Mcthod-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Aids)
lOOA,,) (100 393) X
"" P, '" ( --;;;t == 1000 x 125 = 0.314
Percentage of steel = Pt. I'om = ( 100A,,)
b.d
'"( 100 x 1964) = 1 19
300x550 .
Refer Table-Z of SP: 16 and read out the value of (M.lb{P) corresponding
=
. to values of p, 0.314,fy =: 415 N/mm2 and!ck 20 Nzmrn'. Interpolating = For Fe-415 grade steel and!ck 20 N/mm2 =
the value, we have Referring to Table 6.4 (Table-E of SP: 16) .
(Mjbd2) = 1.06 Maximum percentage of tensile reinforcement PI, lim for singly reinforced
rectangular sections is 0.96. .
.. M. = (1.06 x 10 3X 1252) = (16.56 X 106) N.rnmlm = 16.56 kN.mlrn. -
Hence the section is over reinforced
4) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section 300mm wide by 2

600mm deep is reinforced with 4 bars of 25mm diameter at an effec-

Mu = Moe::: 0.138.t;kbd2 = (0.138 x 20 x 300x 550 )

tive depth of 550mm, The effective span of the beam is 7m, If/y 415 .. = = (250 x 10~ N.mm = 250 kN.rn
N/mm2 and!ck = 20 N/mm2, find the uniformly distributed ultimate I
If Wu = uniformly distributed ultimate load.
load on the beam.

Method-1 (Using IS: 456-2000 Code equations)

Wu =(8~u) =( 8
X
7
;50) = 40.81 kN/m

a) Data
b =300 mm
D = 600mm
 82 Rein/orced Concrete Design Ultimate Strengtn ofReinforced Concrete ;),'t'l;ctIIS 83

b) Area of Reinforcement
6.2.8 Design Examples

1) Determine the area of reinforcement required for a singly reinforced Refer'Table!.:2 of SP: 16 (Table 6.5 of text) corresponding to L.
2 2 .' ••
20 =
concrete section having a breadth of 675 111m to support a factored =
N/mm ~nd /y 415 N/mm read out the percentage reinforcement p, for
moment of 185 kNm. Adopt M- 20 grade concrete and Fc-41S Grade the required parameter. '
I
·1
HYSD bars.
, M:)
( bd: == 1.35 lind the corresponding value of P, = 0.409 percent.
. ,
Method-I (Using IS: 456 - ~OOOCode Formulae)
_(Ptbd)_[OA09X300X675]_ ~
·1 A" - 100 - . lOa - 828 mm
I a) Data
I = 2
i b =
300 mm .fck 20 N/mm The area of reinforcement obtained by both the methods are same.
d == 675 mm I, = 415 N/mm2 2) Design the minimum effective depth required and the area of rein-
Mu= 185kNm forcement for a rectarigular beam having a width of 300UUll to resist
.. an ultimate moment of 200kNin, using M-20 grade concrete and
-
"
.;
b) Limiting Moment of Resistance Fe-415 HYSD bars .
. ........

For Fe-415 HYSD bars,

Mcthod-l (Using IS: 456 - 2000 Code Formulae)
2
Mu•llm == 0.138J;k b.d
, a) Data

I = (0.138 x 20 x 300x 675l)10-6

= 377 kN.ril > M. == 185 kN.m

b= 300mm
Mu =200 kNm
ick = 20 N/mm
. .t;. = 415 N/mm2.
2

I
,. Hence, the beam is under reinforced.
b) Minimum Effective depth
"
I

c) Area of Tensile Relnforcement:-

For Fe-415 HYSD bars, limiting moment of resistance is given by I
, •• 11'
2 -~l '"
Mu•1im = 0.138 ick.b .d . X<lII
I
1--
A". 415 )] Mu,lim
(185 x 106) == 0,87 x415 xA"x675 [ 1- ( 300x675 x 20 d == 0.138 x20x300 =492 mm .
. 0.138 J;k.b

Solving A., = 830 mm", c) Area of Reinforcement

Mcthod-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Tables)
Mu = 0.87 /yA."d [ A,JyJ
fck .
1 - b ,d

a) Design Paramctcrs
200 X 106 = 0,87 x 415 xA" x 492 [1- ( A"A15 )]
300x492x20
(Mu)
bd 2
=( 6
185 x 10 ) = 1.35
300 x 6752 . Solving.

,,'
~::~&~;
.::(.:'
 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced COli crete Sections 85
. ", . ~..
,:,:.

"l bt
1+1
Method-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Tables)
Of Xu

Referring to Table-D of SP: 16 forlck = 20 N/ml1!2 andfy = 415 N/mm

2\
. - - ;=-+--,.J:+
Mu. ~~) '" 2.76 (d-0'42 x.ul
( l1.d2 d

J.q'''~
i\
f
t'
f:'
6
200 X 10 = 492 mm
2.76x300
1 T = O-S7Ast ty
~L
Referring to Table-2 of SP: 16 (Table6.5 of text), read out the value of

percentage reinforcement P, corresponding to the parameter( ~;2)= 2.76

Fig. 6.4 Stress Block Parameters' for Tee Beam (xu< Dr)

.. p,=0.955
"
Mu :; 0.&7 /y.A".d [A1- -b ...I /Yr ] (6.7)
" r'( 'Jc~

"A .. = (Pl.b.d)
100 =
(0.955 x 300
100
X 492) _ 1410
-
2"
mm . -" 6.3.2 Neutral Axis falls outside the Flange (Did :j> 0.2)

6.3 ULTIMATE FLEXURAL STRENGTH OF FI;ANGED When the neutral axis' falls outside the flange and the ratio (Did) :t> 0.2,: the
SECTIONS moment of resistance can be computed using the stress block parameters
shown in Fig. 6.5. The stress blocks are separately shown for the rectangu-
The flexural strength of flanged beams (Tee and Lvbeams) depends upon lar portion and the flange portion. The moment of resistance of the section
the position of neutral axis. The Indian Standard Code IS: 456-_2000 'pre- '-. of the Tee Section is computed by the relation,
scribes it method for computing the ultimate moment of resistance of
flanged sections for different cases as detailed below: -

-
bl

6.3.1 Neutral Axis within flange

+Of
I
I II
I
-,I<-
Referring to Fig. 6.4
Let br = width of compression flange. d
- t- - -- (d -0·5 Of)
bw = width of rib.
d
Dr
AS!
=
==
Effective depth.
Depth of flange.
Area of Tension Reinforcement.
1 -•••
As!
T,
"I
1
Xu "" Depth of Neutral Axis.
When neutral axis falls within the flange, the moment of resistance of the Fig. 6.5 Stress Block Parameters for Tee Beam (xu> 0/)
section can "be calculated by the same procedure as that of rectangular sec- "
tions.
Hence when Xu < Dr the moment of Resistance of the section can be com- Where

puted by the relation,

 86 Reinforced COllcrete Design . Ultimate Streng til of Reinforced Concrete Sections 87

-+
'rr
C2.= 0.45 ick.D,.(b!- b.:). For (Dlxu) < 0.43 . t-O_'45fck l' -t-O_'45fck
'.
.. M. = 0.36 ick'xu. ",,,.bw (d - b
O.4hu. "l>') + (l:45 fc_k (br":': w) D~d - 0.5 D,)

This equation can be recast as that given IS: 456-2000 (ANNEX-G), in

t- - .
0..1:
··1
the form,

- 6 -d-
M.=O.3 (Xu ... ,,) U
[1 -.042(X-d-' '""')]J: <k' b w' d
2

... (6.8)
- O_'57xur If------,,J
_. /

J----
..
08"

Note: (Q) IS: 456.,99 .(b) Whitney

For Dr I xu.> 0.43, Dr to be replaced. by Yc Fig, 6,6 Equivalent Stress Bll)cks

6.3.3 Neutral Axis falls outside the Flange (Dr I d > 0.2)
=
A 0.15 and B 0.65. =
Hence, Yc =' (0.15 Xu + 0.65 Dr)

When the neutral axis falls outside the flange and the ratio iD, I d) > 0.2, '. The Indian Standard code further stipulates that for xu,max > Xu > D, , the
we cannot assume that the flange is uniformly stressed as in case (2). .moment of resistance may be calculated by the equations· (6;8), when
. (D/xu) does not exceed 0.43 and when (D/x..) exceeds 0.43, the moment of
Hence the expression for case (2) is modified by substituting Yc for Dr in
'resistance is computed by the equation (6.9) by substituting xu•ma• by XU' .
Eq. (6.8) where
. "
Y =
(0. I 5 x.. + O'(?5 Dr) but Yf should be not greater than Dr· Hence, the 6.3.4 Computation of Tension Reinforcement in Tee beam Sections
e:~pr~ssion for moment of resistance is given by the relation, .
."
e:
Case- 1(xu < Dr)
Xudm,,) [ 1-. 042 (Xu.
T. ma,)] r b d2
Mu=O.36 ( hk' w'
In this case of Tee-Section the area of tension reinforcement can be com-
+ 0.45/c;.(br- bw)y~d - 0.5 y,) ... (6.9) puted by treating the section as.rectangular and using the equation 6.7 and
! solving As, for a given value of M. expressed as .-
Where Yr = (0.15
+ 0.6~ Dc) but not greater than Dr·
Xu

The equation Yr = (0.15 Xu + 0.65 Dr) is based on the Whitney's stress .

Mu '" 0:87 .{yA".d
[A" ...fck{y ] .
I - br.d
block shown in Fig. 6.6.
Let Xu = Depth of Neutral Axis .. ' Knowing the value of Xu'
Dr = Depth of flange.
Let Yr=Ax.+B Dr (6.10)

The constants A and B are solved by specifying the following two condi-
tions to be satisfied by this equation.
I} When D, 0.43 Xu' = Yr= 0.43 Xu
2} When o, Xu = Yf::: 0.80 Xu For a given value of Mo' evaluate Xu by using Eq. 6.8·and replacing x.j,.. by
Substituting these conditions in Eq. (6.1O) the constants A and Bare eval-: XU'Referring to stress block parameters shown in Fig. 6.5, force equilib- .
uated as ~ium yields the following equations» .
 :::.;\'..::~.:~:
\~<:/<{" :'.'::::
',,8'8 'R~;'if~j'ced COII(:/i!e Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 89

T, "C1'

(A"w,Q,87 fy) '" 0,36 i; bw'x u

Case-4 [~< > Dr and ( i) > 0.2]

_r 0,36fckbw,Xu]
Similar II.) esse (3)
,A"w - L, 0,87fy ,
6.3.5 Lse of Design Aids (SP: 16) for Design of Flanged Beams
Also
In most cases of tee beams used in buildings. the neutral axis falls within : ~
(A.wO,87 fy) '" 0,45 fck (br - bw) Dr
the flange m)j the computation of steel area can be made as in the design of , "

,
..~

= [0.45 !ck(bf - bw)Df] rectangular beams using Tables I to 4 of SP: 16. In the case of tee beams in .~
'0"·;
A"r 0,87 fy which tho: neutral axis falls in the rib. design Tables provided in I.S. Spe-
cial puNk:ltitm SP: 2414 (Explanatory Hand Book on IS: 456) are very
Hence, the total tension reinforcement in the Tee Sections is given by useful in computing the area of reinforcement for a given tee beam to resist
A" :: [A,,~ + A"r1 a specified bending moment.
SP: 16 designs Tables 57 to 59 are also useful to compute the limiting
= [0.36fckbw,Xu] +[0,45!ck (br-bw)Pr] moment of resistance factor (Mu";,,, I bw • d2 • .fck) for singly reinforced Tee
A" ' 0,87/y 0,87/y beams. The tables cover different grades of steel (250. 415 and 500) and
ratios of lOr'.;) varying (1'0111 0.06 to 0.45 and ratios of (blb,v) varying from

Case-3 [Xu »D; (j )} 0.2 and (~J > 0.43]

I to 1O.111o:~tables arc presented as Tables 6.8. 6.9 covering Fc-415 and
500 grade steels in the text.

For a given value of Mu. evaluate Xu by using Eq,6.9 and replacing Xu.", ax by:
6.3.6 Annl~~isExamples
Xu' Referring to stress block parameters shown in Fig. 6.6 in which the,
depth of stress block-is .: I) Deicnuine the Ultimate flexural strength of the T-beam having the
following section propertlest- ' '
Yf = (0.15 Xu + 0.65 Dr) but not greater than Df·
Width "I' flange ::: 800 mm
Force Equilibrium yields the following Equations> -
Depth of flange = 150 mrn
TI :: C1 Wid,n of rib = 300 mm
fek bw.x Eft\~t"~ depth = 420 mm
(A"w,0.87/y) :: 0.36 u
. A~'" of steel = 1470 mm?
'" [0.36!ckbw.Xu] M-25 Gm,tc,,'Oncrete and Fe-415 GradeHYSD bars. .. ~
A"w ,O.87jy 1
Method-t tt'slng IS: 456-2000 formula)
Also
= 0.45 fe~ (bf - b) Yr a) Dahl
l 2
= [0,45 !ck(bf - b,,)Yr] b., = 800mm A .. = 1470mm
A"r 0,87 t, o, = 150ml1\ .fck = 25 N/mm2
d == 42011\1\\ I, = 415 N/mm2
b", = 3001\11n
 90 Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Callcrete Sections 9l
...-,
"e "ti Ne
z
e 0
0
(\I OHO ~ 0> LOT"""<o,-L()
1Il0>(\I<D0>
1Il1ll<o<O<D
O>N
(\JWO>(\IW
(0

1'-1'-1'-0000
00 ....... 1'-00000>0>
~~Sl~~
:::: E 0 0>00001'-8
000(\1"<1" l2~~~H5 OOW "<I"(\10>
"""O)'t"-(,,)oq'
I'-65 0....
<0
,00
..... g
".,

'<t
M~~'<tU;
0' 00 d 0 00000 00000 00000 6
'-'
Z
::l
0 0>000
ci"":"';"';"';
~r:r:r:",,:
..- ~ T""" T""" .......
~-r:~"!~
..-,..... 't'- .............. ~~~!3 ..
'<t
II II
~ 0
0
WO>(\I~J:::
~M~ '<t ~~~g~ ~~"':"':"':
~~~filg ~~~mle
~~~~~ ~ 0
0
'<t(\jO><OC')
0> ....(\J''<t<0
Ol'-'<tO<O C')o>:.tow
00 0>"'" C') "<I"81'-cn .....
(\j
-<ON,.....
"<I"lIll'-ooo
......
0) ~G!C1!C1!G! cno>ooo .~q""':-r:
odod? doddd 00000 0000'0 0)
0000,0 cid_:_:""; .............. .- ..- .,.... ""':~""':~~
,_ .........................
.j
! ~ 0 00>~8~
~~C')'<t'<t
~g~~;::: ~~0>~8
'<t'<tlllllllll lIlw;'2;Wl'-
(\jM1riffl65
1'-1'-1'-1'-1'- 0
01ll01ll0
o.,...(")"I!::tCO
1Il0'<t0>C')
"'_--O>0 .....
I'- .....
lI)O>(\j
C'),'<t WI'- 00 0 <O~(\jll)oo
'\ ai
ooood ooodd odooo doddd ai 000000<000
dooc::io doood
<ooocno>o> 0>0>0>0>0
dddd"": ~ .~~~ ...- ...... T- ............

~ ,~
~ 0
'<t0> ~'oo (\j,<oo~I'-O>
0> ..... WO> ,....~ 000 ~';'jIj Ie g: ~ OO ....lI)OO(\J
(,)lIlWl'-O>
0 ~~M~[O M~t2IO~
g(\j(,)'<tw
1'-1'-1'-1'-1'- ~:~~~~
WW<OWW
.: r...: <'! "! . "! "! '<t '<t'<tll) "l"l"lll'l~ doddd r...: doocio <000<00000 oogo;Sl~
000,,00 doodd 00000
. ,.) dciddd doddd ddddd
~"~
""-
fjZ fflm8lg~ 12g8l~~ ~1t)8~~ ;1;~J:::~8
i

'<tlt)lt)w<o
....(\j(\j~;'jIj w <D,<0 W It) 1t)1t)65(')(')
.....
(\jC')'<tll)

,,~
0 1t)1Il1ll1t)<D 0 ,.....(\JWI'-<ocno
('t).
(\I(\J(')et)et) .(')C')'<t'<t'<t '<t~1Il1t)1t) 1'-1'-1'-1'-1'- <OJ::: 0>\0
"

~
i~ cD
ooddd doood oddod doddd cD <D<OW <D ~~~~"':
doci'oo 00000' doddd
I'- 1'-1'-00
oddod
~:~
~ A!I ., .if
~. .if
,~

Ill:: ,~ :0-- c :(3--

.... f-< .vl .-WOIt)O> ....OO>CXlI'- 0
cn<ow'<t(\j OOO<O'<t(\j
2]'3 q (\Jm~o;~
~(\J(\j(\J(') ~~t2~~ ~~~~~
I'-oo<omo
'<t'<t '<t'<t,1t)
:'';,
0 ~~~~u;
1Ill{)lI) I{) t2:g[o~ffl
00 (\Jet) 0~1t)(\J0
.....
<D W <O'UJ <D ;'2; It)Wl'-
W<D<O
1Il ddddd ododo It)
~ ,~ oodod ~~~do 00
o.Q ddodd dddoo ddddd doddd
'S 0 I
o13.!! '..!!
~ ·01 .t:J .D
WCO ....et)1t) OOIt)(\jCXIlll
~
C4)1lI::~
>.~
0
(\j~~~re
f:::~o~~
(\J(\jet)(')et)
~<O[offl~
(')~(')C')et) ~~~~~ ~ 0
~OJlt) .......
(() ~g~~~, lI) ..... I'-(')OO
oocnO>OO ;!~~MI'-
-.i oddod ,-.i '<I;~~~~ '<t'<t'<t'<t'<t '<t'<t'<t1t)1{) 1Il1{)1t)1t)1ri
:§~ ooodd ddddd doddo 00000 dddod ddddd dddod
. iii
....l ...
J,~ 1t)00'<too(')
OCOl'-lIl~ M~~;'jIj~ ~r:::Q!;a;~ 00,.....,.-(\1
6 I'-"'w~~
(\j(')(')
0>et)I'-.,...1t) 0>'(') J:::.....
<0 ~ m~~8'<t
~ 0
C')
0>0>0..-
........-(\J'" (')(')(')C')(")
C') <'? "l "l . <'?
~lIlll)UJ<D <01"
. "l "l "l "l <'? "l "l <'? . (,)(,)(,)'<t~
~ oodod ~~~~~ ~~~~~ doddd 00000 00000 00000 odddo
Ii: :\
~ '<t 1'-....It) co ....'<t<DOOO ',i
.!! 0 ;'2;ffl~~g 65~Sl~8 oo~,_._
(\j(\J(\j(\j(\J ~~~gj~ 0 ~~M~~ ~~~~fil ~13lOlB;:::
.t:J (\j
T""" _~

dodoo
T""" ....... "t-T"""..-,.....(\I
doodo doddd do odd :i. (\j (\j(\J(\J(\j(\j (\J(\j(\j(\j(\j ~~~~~ <'!<'!<'!C\!<'!
~ ddddo ododd 00000 0,0000

q ~~~~~ ~~~~~
.- ....... ,........- ...- ,..... -.,.... ..... ,.... ~~~~~
,....,.-...-.,... ,.... ~~~~~
.,.- T-' ...... ..-..- q ~~~~~
.,......-._.- ........... ~~~~~
._ .- ..... ,..... ...... ~~~~~ ~~~~~
ddddo ododd doodd ddodo dodQo ddodo ciciddci dddci~
.:~

.,...(\j(,)'<tl{)
,
~ .,...(\j(')'<tll)<01'-000>0 ~ ~~~;~
~,
UJI'-oo 0> 0 <D .r-, 00 0> 0 UJI'-ooo>o
a- :;gg:;; ..-
odddo
~ ...- ._. or- --,,-'_'~C\I
ddood
<'!C\!C\!C\!C\!
00000
.
(l' C\!C\lC\!C\!<":l
00000
M~~~~
dddoo
(')(')(')(')'<t
00000 dodod

"

'.... -:.;
.,( ·.i~~l:·f
,~;' ,:
"

~:\~~.~.
 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 93'
92 Reinforced Concrete Design

M(')(\J(\J.- o 0) <X) I'-'l() M.-o)l'-l() (\J01'-""0

0 <D 00 0) .... ,M 10 I'- <X) 0 ,N
'\:; 1'-"" ....00"" o <D ....<0 a ""I'-.-MO
0
I'-m ....Ml()
O)mOOO
I'-MO(\J""
r:"":"'":C\!~ "! "! "! "? <'1'
~~r:"",:"'":
S 0
d ~~~~U;
l()<X)(\Jl()0)
ll'lll'l~~tq ~lt2~~~ cid,....:....;~
r-~ __ ._ ~ 'r""'''- __
...-,.-...-- ..--
Z oodod 00000 ddcidci
8
V) O)IO.-I'-(\J <x)MCO"" co
Ol'-IO(\JO'> <D M'O <D M
II co 0'> ...M''''' <D CO,O ...M ""<D<X)O) .... N""I/ll'-CO
,....,.......,....,.... ...-
..; 0
....""I'-O(\J
""1'-0""1'- ~~tD~re
1Ott'll()l{)<O
00001'-1'-
I/l co ......
<D<DI'-I'-I'-
....
""I'-
0
oi COCO 0'>0'> 0) 010)000
eidocici do,....:,....:~
~~~q..-:
..- ..- ._ _ T""' ,....,.....,.....,....
,
...-'
m C')M""""""
ciciocici cieicieiei cieicieici
""0l(\J<D0 oo:tl'-O(Y)<D
<DNI'-(\JI'-
~go;~~ *~o;8~ (Y)'<I'<DI'-O'> o ....M'<I'1O
tt'l;(')"-o f?l~~~~ (')m~o
0'> .... ....
1'-0'>
0 CO co <X) 0'> 0) OlcrtOlOl"l qq ~q q'
il' ~ 0 .... 1'-0(') tt'l<D <D<D cO oeidcid 000,00 ,..... ...... ,....":""" ..-
cO M (')'<t"" ""'<I'I/ll()l{) cicicidd
dcidcici
'\ ddciod ddeicici
') co 0 C')tt'l<Xl 0(\J'<I'<D<Xl m ....(\JC')LO
(\J(')'<I'l{)<D I'-O'>O.-N
'i q ~~~~S5
~L()CO-"d"
......
(')1/l<X)0
('..O')....-c-')T"""
(\J""I'-Ol,-
o,~:B~~~
,-.: ~ ": I': ": ": ~~~~g co co co co <Xl CO<XlOlOlm
cicidod
(\J(')(')C')C') IOLOLOLO<D
'<I''''''<1'''''tt'l 00000 cicicicid doddci
,: I'- dcicidd cicicicici
OM dcidcid
tJ e 1.{)(Dl/llOlO I.{)'<1''<1'
C')M
&!,g .-O<O(D(\J 0 g::~~f~~ '<I'VI.{)~l{)
1/l(D1'- 0'> o..-C\l(')"¢
lt2R~~~
2;:Z 0 ~~~~~ 12~~~~
(') (') '<1', ""
<0000'> ....(')
'<t "<t'<t""l()tt'l
<O<D<D<O<D
<D dcicidei <0<0<0 <D
cidcicid
1'-1'-1'-1'-1'-
dddeici cicideid
,<0 "!"!"?"?"? dddod dciddd
.fle~
c: '"
,::a ~ :e
00000

~~ .d .-Oll'-l()(') o 00 <0 C').-

~
.... E-oVl
,
"
eo.. :a-- 'I'-"" 0 <0 eo
00 '<1'0 I/l,-
......
(')tt'l<D<Xl
<o.-I/lO(\J
0l ....(\J'<I'L()
0
(O\Ov(\J..-
O.-(\J(')""
OOO<Ott'l(')
l()I/lIDI'-<Xl 0,>0l0 ....(\J
I/ll/ll()l(jl.{) L()I/lID<D<D
tt'll.{)l{)tt'ltt'l
to ciciddei
~~;2;12~
0"0'" 0 (,)!OI'-<XlO
(\JC\I(\J(\JC"Y (,)C')(')M(,) (')""'<1''''''<1' ddcidci oeiddci dcidod
.... .. 0
c"'.:..
to ddddd deiddo ciddoci
QI .... _0
e <2 I

::;
° I': ~
'0) ~ O ....(\J(')(\J 0
(')0<0(')0>
.-N(\J(')(') ~filffl$R R~~~8
<D(\J<XlMOl
o,.-..-C\lC\I
l()1/ll{)IOLO
c.o~ E-o
....M<DOOO ~~~~~ ~c;~~M <i "f'<l''<t'<l''<t '<I''<I''<I''<t
deiddd eieieidci doddd
'<I''<tv'<I'lO
C ;.., '-'
0
..,f (\j~~~g:J N(\J(\JM(,)
odddci dcidtici
dddciei
',::l- doodd
'8 ,~
,~ Vl N<OOl(')1'-
O'<t<XlMI'- ....<DO'<l'<Xl (\J<OO'<t<Xl
...l .... COOO<XlOlm
I':!~°
;b(\Jo)<D(\J 0 (\J(\JC\lC')M '<t'<l'l()l!)lO <o<D1'-1'-1'- C')C')C')C')(')
I
a
~(')(\J0<X)
0>0 ......
"'- g:J~~~[;:; 1'-1'-000'>
(\J(\J(\J(\J(\J M M(,)(,)(,)C') MMC')MC') MC')MMC')
odood doodci
~ (\J(\JC\I(\J(\J eicicicici dodoci
..
><
~
M
.............
doddd
C\I(\J(\J
dod do dciddo
,.....m..-(t)U')
<Dm.-C')lO 1'-00 ....Ml() COO(\J'<I'lO l()lO<D<O<O
a C\lNC')C')M '<I'l()l!)l()lO
~ O'>C')I'-.-I!) m(')I'-,-L()
8l~8~~ ~~~~~ (\JC\lC\I(\/(\J (\J(\J(\J(\/(\J

~
0
..---..-
I!) <0 <0 1'-1'- 1'-00000l0>
C'i cicddd
,....,.....v-r-_
..-
dcood
.-(\J(\J(\J(\J
ddccd
N C\I(\JC\I(\J(\J
cccicd 00000 coccd cdcdo

'"
f-o
(') C')C')C')'(')

q ~~~~~or-
or- ,_ ,.... ...-
~~~~~
...- r- ..- ......
,...
MM(,)C')(')
MC')(')C')(')
..... __ ..-- ...- r-
~ ~gn1~~
,......_ ..... ...-.-
dcddd
~~~~~
_,.....,.....,....
ddccd
- C')C')(')C')(")
-r- __
oodc:!c
"--
~~'~~~
...-...-.,....,..--
odddd
oococ ocdcd dodcei

"0
a
<oI'-OOOlO
0000
ddccc
....
..-(\IC"JVl().
._

ocddc
,.- ...-.,.... T,"'"
(£)1'-000l0
""",-T""''T'''""C\I
ddddc
a ~I'-OOOlO
NC\lC\I(')
ccodd
.-(\jC')'<I'tt'l <OI'-OOOlO
C')(')(")(')C') (,)C')C')M'<t
occcd oddoc,dd
....(\J('f)vL()
'<1''<1'
'<t v'<I'
eicio
 ,. 94· Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 95
I
Width of rib = 325 mm
I", b) Depth of Neutral Axis Effective depth = 600 mm
2
! Area of steel = 4000 mm
• c ..
~)=( 0.87!.} .. )=( 0,87x415x1470 )=0.175 M-20 Grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars,
(d 0.36 !ek,br,d .. 0,36 x 25 x 800 x 420
Method-l (Using IS: 456-2000 code formula)
.,! Xu= (0.175 x 420) = 73.5 mm < Dr

Neutral axis falls inside the flange, The section can be considered as a a) Data
= =
rectangular section with b or 800mm. The section is under reinforced "c
b, = 1300mm ·.fck = 20 N/mm2
~~(~<~8 . Dr ;;;; 100mm
b; :::;325mm
I, = 4i5·N/mm2
As, = 4000 mm
2

Hence, the ultimate flexural strength is computed as, .d :::;600mm:

Mu = 0.87 !.}..[d -:-O.42xJ· b)' Depth of Neutral Axls»

= (0,87 x415 x 1470)[0.42 x73,5»)
Assuming Neutral Axis to fall within the' flange, compute the depth' of
'" (206.52 x 106) N.mm
1.- •• ...J

: Neutral axis.
= 206.52 kN,m Xu) (0.87 irA,,) ( 0.87 x 415 x 4000 )
(d = O.36!ek.b.d := 0.36x20x 1300 x GOO =0,257 It..~

Method-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Aids)

xu:;; (0,257 x 600) = 154.3mm > Dr
Percentage Reinforcement in the section (Assuming b, = b for the rectan- Hence the assumption that Xu < Dr is not correct. Neutra-l Axis falls outside
gular section) the flange. ..
_(100A ..) _(100X 1470)_
p,- ~ - 800x420 .-0.44
1
(i) =(!~) =0.166 <0.2
rr.··.,~
Refer Table-3 of SP: 16 and read out, the value of (M.tbd ) corresponding
The neutral axis depth can be determined by referring to Fig. 6.5 and by
to
compatibility of forces as shown below.
fy = 415 N/mml =
and.fck 25 N/mm2
(Mjbd2) = 1.47
[C,+CJ = [T,+T:z] ::T

Mu = (1.47 x 800 x 4201)10-6

. = 207.4 kN,m
Assuming (~r) < 0.43

C, = Q,36!ekbwXu'
2) Calculate the Ultimate moment of resistance of a tee-beam having the
following section properties. := (0.36 x 20 x 325 xx.) = 2340 Xu N

Width of flange = 1300 mrn C2:= 0.45!ek(br- bw)Dr

Thickness of flange = 100 mm
= (0,45 x 20)(1300 - 325)100 '" 877500 N.

.: .... _. __ .-:_--:
 'of , .• , :,' •

-. ',',;' '.::;.
i,
Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 97 t,
:96: :.ReiT.lf()r.cedConcrete Design c.. :> .. ' . (

!
T=0.87 !yA" d = 565 mm
b; = 250 mm
= (0.87 x415 x 4000) ASI =
1256.6 mm"
= 14442000 N.
a) Depth of Neutral Axis
2340 x. + 877500 = 1444200
Assuming neutral axis to fall within the flange, the depth of neutral axis is
~'.
x,,=242.18mm .
. $.
, computed.

(
'Dr)' = (~) = 0.413 < 0.43 Xu)
( _-
(0.87!yA,,) - (0.87X415X 1256.6) -016
xu. 242.18 ' d - 0.36fck.br.d - 0.36x 15x950x565 - .

xu. max '" 0.48 d = (0.48 X 600) = 288mm. Xu = (0.16x565) '" 90Amm > 80 mm
Hence according to cl~use G-2.3 of I.S 456-2000, the moment of resistance Hence, the assumption that x" < Dr is not correct. The Neutral axis falls
is computed by replacing Xu by xu•m,. in Eqn.6.S. outside the flange.

Mu = 0.36 (J) [1- (J)].t;k.bw.d2 0.42 + 0.45.t;k(br- bw}DJd - 0.5Df) (Vi)

d '"(80)
565 =0.14 <0.2

1 Neutral axis depth is determined by referring to Fig. 6.5 and by compati-

= 0.36 x (~~~) [ 1 - 0.~2 ( ~~~)] (20 x 325 x 600 )
bility of forces as shown' in figure we have
t +[0.45 x 20(1300 - 325)100(600-0.5 x 1(0») [CI + CJ = [TI + TJ = T.
""~1
r,.. \t'l
tlr.~1 (Dr). < 0.43
.
= (764.84 x 106), N.mm = 764,84 kN.m.
, Xu

Method-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Tables)

c. = 0.36J.k b; Xu = (0.36 x 15 x 250 x xu) = 1350 XU'

Tables 57, 58 and 59 of SP-16 give the values of (Mu•lim I b; Jl J.k) for sin- C2 = 0.45 J.k (br - b Dr w)

gly reinforced T-beams. These tables can be used wfien x, Xu,m ax in which =
!

= (0.45 X 15) (950-250) 80

case the limiting moment of resistance can be computed. In the present = 378000N.
example Xu < Xu,m ex and hence the tables cannot be used for computing the ,";!""':'-"';:"'" T = 0.S7/y A'I
moment ofresistance as the section.is under reinforced section. = (0.87 X 415 x 1256.6)
3) A singly reinforcedT- beams has a flange width of 950 mm,thickness . = 453695.43 N.
of flange 80mm, width of rib 250 mm. Effective depth 565mm." = Hence we have (1350 Xu + 378000) = 453695.43
Area of tensile reinforcement 1256.6mm2• If M-15 concrete and Fe- , . :. Xu = 56.07 mm < 80 mm.
415 HYSD bars are used, estimate the ultimate flexural strength of the'
section using IS: 456-2000 code provisions. Therefore
,
the assumption that I

, Method-l (Using IS: 456-2000 code provisions) . , :,';' (~) < 0.43 is wrong and ( ~) will be > 0.43. As such value of C2 will

. Change.
a) Data
b, ::: 950 mm
Dr::: SOmm
 Ultimate Strength o/Reillforced Concrete Sections 99
98 Reinfqrced Concrete Design
Mcthod-l (Using IS: 456-2000 code provisions)
C2 ::: 0.45 fc~ (b, - bw) y, _--_

Yr::: (0.15 Xu + 0.65 Dr)

a) Data
::: (0.15 Xu + 0.65 X 80)
::: (0.15 Xu + 52) b, ::: 900 mm
C ::: 0.45 X 15 (950-250)(0.15 xu + 52) D, ::: 150 mm fck :::;20 N/mm2
2 I, = 415 N/mm2
::: (708.75 Xu + 245700) d ::: 650 mm
bw ::: 300mm
[1350 Xu + 708~75 Xu + 245700] :::453695.43. A" :::4000 mm'
Xu::: 101.03 mm > 80 rnm.
b) Depth of Neutral Axis
Dr) '" (~_) '" O.SO>0.43
( Xu 101.03 Assuming neutral axis to fall within the flange, the depth of neutral axis is
X = 0.48d '" (0.48 x 565) = 271 ~2mm, computed.
u,rn~ . . . '

~)"(_0.87f.,A,,
(d 0.36fc~.br.d·
)=(' 0.87x415x4000 )-034
0.36 x 20 x900 x 650 - .
Hence according to Clause- G.2.3 of I.S.456-2000 the moment of
xu'" (0.36 x 650) '" 221.mm > D,
resista~ce of Tee-section is computed by replacing xu•max by Xu in Eq.(6.9).
Hence the assumption that X. < D, is not correct. The neutral axis falls out-
'M
u
= 0.36 (XU~"l)[1 - 0.42 (Xu;'i<)] fck.bW.d2+ 0.45fck(br - b.,)y/.d - 0.5 Yr) -~
side the flange.

~) =(101.03) = O.IS and Y,'" [O.l5xu +0.65DJ

(~f)'"(~~~)'" 0.23> 0.2
(d 565·. .
Neutral axis depth is determined by referring to Fig. 6.5 and by compati-
Yr" [(0.15 x 101.03) + (0.65 x SO)]= 67.l5mm < Dr
bility of forces as shown below.
2
u, :::
0.36 (0.18) (1-0.42 X 0.18] (15 X 250 X 565 ) [C.+CJ =[T.+T~ =T
+ 0.45 X 15 (950-250) 67.15 (565-0.5 X 67.15)
C. == 0.36f.:kb.,.x~ .
=: (240.03 X 106)N.mm

=: 240.03 kN.m == (0.36x20x 300 xx.) == 2160 xU'

C1,,0.45f.:k(b,';' b.,) Y,
Method 2 (using SP: 16 Design aids)
Yr=0.15xu+O.65 o,
In the present example, Xu < Xu•mox and hence.~p: 16 Design tables 57,58,59
. = 0.15xo + (0.65 x 150)
cannot be.used to compute the moment of resIstance.
4) A singly reinforced T-beam has a flange width of 900mm, thickness = (0. 15xu +97.5)
=
of flange is 150mm width of rib 300mm; Effective depth 650mm. = C2", [(0.45 x 20)(900- 3(0)(0.15xu +97.5)] = [S10x~+526500]
Area of tensile reinforcement::: 4000 mm'. M-20 grade concrete and
Fe-415 HYSD bars are used. Estimate the ultimate flexural strength of T = (0.S7fy•A,,)= (O.87x415x4000) = 1444200 N
the section using IS: 456-2000 code provisions.
(2160x. + ~lOxu + 526500);" 1444200
 I: n~ ~ i
: fff:·:·· ". ·100 Reinforced Co~crete Design
Ultimate ST1'r.l8th'of Reinforced. Concrflte Sections '101
[:
: "I :'
:~~.:.~ I.
~)
:,:1. '
Xu) (O.87.t:.\..' ,(, 'O.87'~415x5520 ')' "
(d = 0.36f... v: = 0.36 x 20 x 1200 x 750 = 0.307 I
'!.
,
,·f '
I

Xu. no" = 0.48d '" 312mm

x. = ((l.~:-'i50) = 230.25 mm > Dr'
Hence, the assumption that .r, <. D, is not correct. Compute the neutral axis
Hence, according to Clause-G.2.3 of I.S: 456-2000, the moment depth by force compatibility _..-the section; ,
resistance of tee-section is computed by replacing xu•m•x by Xu in Eq. 6.9

Mu = O.36(J) J[I -0.42( )]f.k.b d2 +0.45 f.k(b,-bw)y~d

W. - 0.5y,)
})=U~~)=0;2

Refer Fig. 6.S and by equ;lIir,? the compressive and tensile forces, we have

(J) =(!~~)
= 0.475 and y,= (O.lSxu + 0.65D,)
the relation

y,= (0.15 x 309) +(0.65 x 150) = 143.85mm < Dr

2
Mu = [0.36 X 0.475(i - 0.42 x 0.475)20 X 300 X 650 J == (0.36 x 20 x 300 xx,,)::= 2160xu
+ {(0.45 X 20) (900 - 300)143.85(650 - 0.5 x 143.85)J
C1 == 0.45.f.:k(b,- bw)D,
:: (796.05 X 106)N.mm
= 0:45 x 20(1200 ':"300)150:= 1215000 N
:= 796:05 kN.m
r = 0.87_(y.A"
5) A tee-beam is singly reinforced and has the following sectional prop-
erties. Estimate the ultimate moment of resistance of the section using T = (0.87 x415 x ,5520) ,
I.S code provisions. = 1992996 N
Width of flange :::;1200 rnm
[~IN1'(._12150oo1= 1992996
Thickness of Flange =
150 mm
Width of rib:::; 300 mm .t:. = 360mm > Dr
Effective depth » 750 mm
Area of tension reinforcement:::; 5520 mrrr' For Fe-415 HYSD bars, X,.,.n :'0.48 d:::; (0,48 x 750) = 360 mm.
M-20 Grade Concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars

Method-l (Using IS: 456-2000 Code Provisions) .

and Di] = (150)
1-
(x, -
,750
=02
.
a) Data
be = 1200 rnm AS! = 5520 mm
2

Dr :::;150 mm ick = 20 N/mnl The moment of resistance is computed by using Eq. (6.8)
h; = 300 mm k = 415 N/mm2
d = 750 mm x, =X~",,, = 360 mm &(~) = 0.48

b) Depth of Neutral Axis

.,
Mu = 0.36(~)[ 1-OAi(~lJ::,,'~.d2+0.45f.k(b,~ b~P~~-0:5D,) ,
Assuming neutral axis to fall within the flange, we have,
 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 103
I .lO2 Reinforcf!cl COflcrete Design '
I, ..•.
"::::0.36 X 0.48[1 -
'
0.42(0.48)]20 x 300 x 750
2 Xu) (0.87/:;11,,) ( 0.87x415x3966 )
( _d == 0.36.fck.br.d = 0:36 x 20 x 900 x 600 =0368
.
I
j- +0.45 x 20(1200 - 300)150(750 -0.5 x 150) Xu = (0.368 x 600) = 220.8 mm > Dr'
:: (1285 X 106) N.mm Hence, the assumption that Xu < Dr is not correct. Compute the neutral axis
:: 1285 kN.1Il depth by force compatibility of the section.

,Mcthod-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Tables) , (~r)::::H6~):::: 0.25

Refer Fig. 6.5 and by equating the- compressive and tensile forces, we have
'Refer Table~58 of SP: 16 [Table 6.7 of text]
Corresponding to the ratios of the relation

(~I)::(~~~) =0.2 And UJ =c:OOOO) =4

and Fe- 415 N/mm2 and read out the value of ratio. == (0.36 x 20 x 300 X xu);: 2160x.

[
M•.~im ] ~ 0.379 (:2 = 0.45fc.l«br - bw)Dr
bw·d ·i'ck ,
= 0.45 x 20(900- 300)150
M.: 1im
= [0.379 x 300X 7601x20j == [1279 x 10' N.rnrn = 1279 kN.m
= 810000 N
,6) Determine the ultimate moment of resistance of the tee beam having
T = 0.87Jy.Ast
the following section properties:-
.wldth of Flange 900 mm= = (0.87 x415 x 3966)
Thickness of Flange ==150 nun == 14,31,924N
=
Width of rib 300 mm
Effective depth= 600 'mm ' (2160x •• 8IO,000) = 19,92,996
2
Area of Tension Reinforcement = 3966 mm
x. = 288 mrn > Dr
M-20 Grade Concrete and Fe-41S HYSD bars ..
For Fe-415 HYSD bars, the limiting depth of the neutral axis is given by
Method-l (Using IS 456-2000 Code. Provisions) the expression, xu•max = 0.48 d ::::(0.48 x 6(0) 288 mm. =
a) Data and (~l== (~~~) == 0.52> 0.43
hr =900 mm A'I = 3966 m)112
Dr = 150mm . ick '= 20 N/mm2
b; = 300mm fy ==415 N/mm2 also , d' = (150)
'(Dr) 600 == 0.25 > 0.2

d ==600mm Hence according to Clause G.2.3 of IS: 456·2000, the' moment of

resistance is computed by the Eq. (6.9)
b) Depth of Neutral Axis
u, = 0.36 (Xu; .. ) [I -0.42( XU~7x)]fck.bw.i+ 0.45fc:(br-bw)y~d::' 0.5~r)
Assuming neutral axis to fall within the flange thickness, we have,
 'WD,"r~)rr"fl Concrete Design' Ultimate Strength of Retnforced COllcreteSectiOlls 105

, •. y~.. ·(0.15x. +0.65D,) =' (0.15 x288) +(0.65 x 150) = 140.7mm < p,= 150mm .. M•.Iim = [0, 138fc~bw,d2+ 0.45fck(b,.~b~)D~d - 0.5Dt») , .: :
2
M. = (0.36 x 0.48) [1 - (0.42 x 0.48)] (20 x 300 x'600 ) = [(0.138 x20 x 300 x 6002) +0.45 x 20(750 - 300)i20(600- 0.5 x 120))

+(0.45 x 20)(900- 300)140.7[600 - (0.5 x 150)] = (554x 106)N.mm

= (700 x 106)N.mn't=.700kN.m Since M.=.(3OOx 101N.mm<M u, 1im

x. < 0,48d
Method-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Tables)
.,.
Assuming Xu < Dr. compute the value of Xu from moment equation
Refer Table-58 of SP: 16 [Table 6.7 of text] Mu = 0.36fc~~brXu(d- 0.4~.)
. (Dr)
d = (150)
600 = 0.25 And
'br) =(900)
( b", 300
=3 (300 x 106) '" (0,38x20 x750xx.)(6oo-0.4~.)

M.,li,. ] 3 [x: - 1428.5xu + 1.32 x 105) '" 0

Read out the value of [ b .d2.fck = 0.32
w Solving Xu ::: 99 mm. Hence, Xu < Dr
6
M.,li,. = [0.323 x 30Qx 6002 x 20J :: (698 x 10 )N.mm::: 698 kN.m
c) Tensile Reinforcement

6.3.7 Design Examples The section is considered as rectangular and under reinforced
1 1
1!II'V,1 :
1) Determine the area of tensile reinforcement required in a flanged
Mu'" 0.87 f,A'l'd
A"./Y)~~
[ 1- ( b.d.f<~
beam having the following sectional.dimensions to support a factored
moment of 300 kN.m
Width of Flange (b,) =750 mm (300 x 106)= (0.87x415 xA~ x 600) [ 1-( 75;~::C:~20)]
Width of rib (bw) =' 300 mm
Thickness of Flange (Dr) =120 mm Solving A'I = i493 mm2 .
Effective Depth (d) = 600 mm
. M-20 Grade Concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars .Method-2 (Using SP~ 16 Design Aids)
, .

Method+I (Using IS: 456-2000 Code Provisions) Since neutral axis falls within flange, the section is considered as rectan-
gular. . '. .

a) Data Referring to Table-2 of SP: 16 (Table 6.5 of Text)

( M.) _(
'1,

br =
750 mm !ck = 20 N/mm2 300x 10
6
) _ III
',1 ..:-
b; =300mm fy = 415 N/inm2 bd2 - 750x6002 - •.. ,
t,.,.· '9 ;
D, =
120mm M.=300kNm Read out percentage reinforcement P; corresponding to I;> 415 N/mm2
D =600m yielding PI::: 0.33% .

A =(P,.b.d) =(0.33 x750x 600) =1~85 mm'

""1"''''';1 b) Limiting moment of Resistance (-;) = ( ~~~) = 0,2' 01 100 . 100

2) A tee-beam has the following dimensions>

 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 107

c) Area of Tension Reinforcement'

Effl.,'1 j\,' \\ :,hh of flange (br) 2000 mm =
Tl1idlll'~ "( Flange (Dr) 150 mm =
Widlh ,,!-ri:-'lr.):;;; 300 mm
Effl'diu' ,:<;,'['tl1(d) = 1000 mm
M.20 t '1':'),).;: Cl)ncrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars
~[(0.36!ck bw.xu) + (0.45!ck (br- bw)Dr)J
O.87ft 0.87/y
'lll' 11'-' Iimiuna moment of capacity of the section and the corre-
C IIIell.l ~ e .
spol1ding :\I't~ of tension reinforcement. A J(0.36 x 20 x 300 x 480) (0.45 x 20{2000 - 300)150J _ 2
,,~ 0.87x415, + 0.87x415 -9227 mm

Method -I trsing IS: 456·2000 Code Formulae)

Method-2 [Using SP: 16 DesignTables]
II) 1)11'"
Of =2000 mm Ick = 20 N/mm2 Table-Sf of SP: 16(Table 6.8 of text) is used to compute the limiting
=
Dr 150 mm f1. :;;;415 N/mm2 inoment of resistance. The parameters are
= (150) (br) = (2000)-
.(Df)
0.. 300 mm
d = 1000 mrn d, = lOOO = O.IS and b
w
300 = 6.66

b) Nl'ull";\\ axis Depth ,Read out (M-d .) u,Um

2
•
corresponding to the parameters
, bw- lct
Fill'_'; ::::.lIS i'/mm2, limiting depth of neutral axis is
Xu = 0.48 d = (0.48 x 1000) = 480 mm [
MU'~im ] = 0.490
bw·d '!ck '
(i) =( 1
1 0
g0 0)= 0.1S < 0.2 Mu,lim = (0.490 x 300 X 10002 X 20) = 2940 X
6
10 N.mm = 2940 kN.m
3) A tee beam has a cross section as detailed below.-
(~) =( !~6)=0.31 < 0.43 Effective Width of Flange = 1500 mm
'J Thickness of Flange =
200 mm
'f 11) l\ tlllm'nt l\{' resistance 'Thickness of rib'" 300 mm
i Effective Depth e 750 mm
HCJ\l'l'. E~. t(\.$) recommended in IS: 456·2000 yields, = =
Iflck 20 N/mm2 and/y 415 N/mm2, design the tension reinforcement

M. '" ll..-:vl'J) [1-O.42( J) }c~.bw.d2 + O.4Sfc~(br"':bw)Dt_d -O.SDf)

'required to resist an ultimate design bending moment of 1600 kN.m

,Method-l [Using IS:· 456·2000 Code Provisions]

Th is l"l.'l\l:'lti.. '\:l ...
ran be recast as
M "llU_~~,>\J + 0.45fct(bf- bw)D~d - 0.5Df)] a) Data
u

.. WU."~"~1x300X 10002) 0.45 x20(1000- + 3OO)IS0(1000- 0.5 x 150)]

b, =
l500mm !ck ;::20 N/mm2
b; ::::
300 rom fr - = 415 N/mrri2
,,(~~~h If!"'!N.mm d ::::750mm M; = 1600 kN'.m
Dr =
200 mm
'" ~l)$I.)l.~.\tt
 .. , .' Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections , 109
/Reil!tdrced Concrete Desig~ '':'':,;';:....,,'(: I.', \ .
=[' 0.36.x 20x 300 x 273.]. "[0.45 x20 (1500:'"'300)(0.15 x273 +0.65 X200)]
. .' ' '.; ~~'.;
" " .. ' . A, 0.87x415· + .: . 0.87x415
b) Llmltlng Moment'ofReSistante: .

(J) ~G~~)"'0.26>0.2 Method-z (Using SP: 16 Design tables)

x '" 0.48(/ = (0.48 x 750) '" 360 mm
d,m'llt SP: 16 Design tables cannot be used for the computation of area of tension
Using IS: 456-2000 Code. Equations given Under Clause G.-2.2.1 for reinforcement in tee-beams. Tables 58 and 59 of SP: 16 (Tables 6.8 and 6.9
. the ratio of (Drld) > 0.2, . . . of text] can be used only for determining the limiting moment of resistance
(M.,lim) for known value of parameters (DId) and (bib.,) and /yo
M. ~ 0.36 (Xu;ax) [1- 0.42 (Xu;>X)]fck.b",.d1 + 0,45fck (b,- b",)y~d -O.5Yr) , .
6.4 ULTIMATE FLEXURAL STRENGTH OF DOUBLY
Where Yr= (0. 15x. + 0.65Dr)but not greater than D,. REINFORCED CONCRETE SECTIONS

Y,'" [(0.15 x 360) +(0.65 x 200)] 6.4.1 Design principles

i H

~~ = 184mm<D,=200mm
t~: ,Iii Reinforced concrete beam; with compression reinforcement will be
'1
.• Mu =-. [0.138 fck.b",.d2 + 0.45fck(b(- bw)y~d - O.5Yr») required in cases where the depth of the beam is restricted and the singly
reinforced section is insufficient 'to resist the moment on the section.The
= [0.138+ 20x 300 x 7S02] +0,45 x 20(1500- 300)184(750- 0,5 x 184)]
I
:behaviour of R.C.C. beams 'with compression steel for ultimate load design
I . is sometimes referred to as the Steel. beam theory. The final beam section
t '= (1773 x 106) N.mm
fmlt.l ..'with tension and compression steel is assumed to consist of two separate
WIJ1 = 1773 kN.m > M. = 1600 kN.m .beams consisting of
c) Determination of Neutral Axis:- ; a) A singly reinforced . section' which reaches its limitingvalue of

..c,
I
I
I
moment of resistance expressed as M.,um'
For the known value of Mu. compute Xu by replacing x u, max by X., in the A steel beam without any concrete but reinforced with tension and
1 moment equation. compression steel.
f
2 The moment of resistance of the doubly reinforced section will be the
.. (1600x 106)=0.36(~)[1-0,4;(~)1
750 750l .. x750
J (20x300 )
. of themoment of resistance of the two different sections specified in
and(b). ..... - .
+ (0.45 x 20) (1500- 300) [0.15x. + 130] x [750 ~·0.5(O.l5x~ +'130»)' ..

Simplifying we have (x; .,...2500Xu.,.+ 620700) =~. Design Equations

~' --'

(DI) (QOO) the doubly reinforced concrete section split into two parts as
x. = 273 mm ·anL... ' Xu ::: '273 = 0.73 >- 0.43 in Fig. 6.7. . .
i .
M. = moment of resistance of the doubly reinforced section.
d) Area of tensile reinforcement
., M., = M u. I;;" = the limiting or the maximum moment capacity of the
singly reinforced section [Eq. 6.5] .
A" = [A"w + ASlJ
. Mu2 = moment capacity of the steel beam neglecting the effect

r
A = 0. 36fc\bw •
0.87 x 415
$I
x.] + [0,45!ck(br - b..,) (0.15x + 0,65Dr)]
0.87/y·
u
of concrete
= I; A", (d -: d') : r·
"_f:

.,>\
"~I
 Ultimate Strengtli of Reinforced COl/crete Sections 11 I

Table 6.10 Stress in Comprcsslou Reinforcemcru (/.,) in Doubt)' reinforced Beallis

_._. 'A:,c with Cold Worked Bllfs(Table-F of SP: 16)

r,(N/mm') (d'/dJ
0,05 0.10 0.15 0.20 ._ ....:

+ (d-d' 415
500
355
.424
353
412
342
395
329

__
370

st~.
. 1A! TI =:CI
I- .h

(Ast'x 0.87!,) '" (0.36 hkbx",lim)

Mu Hence, we have, As!! = [0.36 ick b Xu.lim}!(0.87/y) .:_- ,
, , '

Fig. 6,7 Doubly Reinforced Section Where TI and CI are the tensile and compressi ve force capacity of balanced
singly reinforced section.
where j, =
the stress in the compression steel corresponding to the strain
reachedby it when the extreme concrete fibre reaches a strain of 0.0035. 2) Mu2 = (M; - Mu.,im) = foe Ase (d - d')
Hence. we have the relation,
Hence we have. Asc ::::[Mu/f.e (d - d')}
Mu =M u•llm +!.eAse (d-d') =
" 3) T2 C2• Hence. we have (0.87 /y Ad ::::(t.e Asc)
, Where, =
A ~ area of compression reinforcement ,
Therefore ASI2 :::: ((f.e Ase ) I 0.87 fy]
d:::' effective depth to tension steel Where T2 and C2 are the additional, tensile and compressive force carrying
d'= depth of compression reinforcement from compression capacity of section.
face'
A$I' ::: area of tensile reinforcement for a singly reinforced sec- 6.4.3 Analysis of doubly Reinforced Sections
tion.
=
A s.2 area of tensile reinforcement required to balance the Method-l (Using I.S. Code Formula)
compression reinforcement.
Ail = (Aul +A,,2):: total tensile.steel, 1)' As a first trial, assume Xu = Xu lim' and calculate strain in concrete at the
level of Compression steel (Esc) computed as .
The value of stress in the compression reinforcement (!se ) depends upon :.:
the ratio (d'!d) and the grade of steel as shown in Table 6.10 based on Esc = 0.0035 [Xu•lim-dllxv,lim

SP:16. . 2) For mild steel bars. if Esc < 0.00125, where 0.00125 is the yield strain
For values of (d'ld) up to 0.2, the stress in concrete in the extreme fibre of mild steel. We have the stress in mild steel as,
is equal to 0.45 fck and for mild steel reinforcernentji, would ~e equal to t~e
t; = (0.87 E, E,c) :; (0.87 x 2 x lOSE,) . l.:- __.r.:.i
design yield stress having a va.lue o~ 0.87 fy. W~en, th~ reinforcement IS,
cold worked bars. the design stress 111 compression reinforcernent ji, for 'Eoe > 0.00125, then I., = 0.87 /y
different values of (d'ld) is shown in Table 6.10, based on SP: 16.
The reinforcements ,A"" A,s2 and As< in the doubly reinforced' section is For HYSD bars, obtain the value of!sc from the stress-strain curve shown
in Fig. 6.3. (Fig. 3 of SP: 16-1980).
computed using the following steps.
. 1) Equating tensile force in steel and compressive force ill concrete, we 3) Calculate the value of As'2 using the relation ASI2 [(!s~ Asc)! 0.87/y) = ..J

) Obtain the value of ASII = (Asl - As(2)

have
. 5) Calculate the value of Xu using the relation,
Xu:::: (0.87/y ASH)! (0.36fck b)]
 Reinforced Concrete Design Ullin/me Strength of Reinforced Concrete S;ctioJls 113

Considering this value of Xu , repeat the steps' 1 to 5 to obtain constant" This method of computing the moment of resistance is referred to as the
~~~~ .. . .'
strain compatibility method or force equilibrium method and it gives a
7) Comparing this value of Xu with Xu,lim' calculate the value of M.. X~Yli.f:Il:~t correct value of the moment of resistance of the section.
8) If Xu < Xu,lilll' compute the value of the moment capacity of section as·
6.4.4 Use of Design Aids (SP: 16) for design of
M. ;= [O.87fy4"1 + f,p,e(d - d')]
Doubly reinforced Sections
9). If xu> XuJi"" compute the value of the moment capacity of section as
Mu;:: [0.36!ck Xu,lim b (d - 0.42 Xu,lim) +i.e A", (d - d')] The tables and charts of SP: 16 are very useful in the analysis and design of
doubly reinforced beams.
The moment of resistance of a doubly reinforced section can be
Method-z expressed in the form, .
. . "".',,';,.,'v.,', .•. "".,
Alternatively, strain compatibility method may be used to analyse the:: .' M".= [Mu•lim + Pl2bd(O. 87J.) (d - d')J
doubly reinforced sections as detailed below: 2
(Mjbd ) = (M.,li,ibd2)+ Pe2(0.87!.) [1 - (d'ld)] 1100
1) Select a trial value for Xu, the depth of neutral axis. Assuming that the .:..
. extreme compression fibre in concrete fails at a strain of Ecu 0.0035, :. = Where P'2 = additional percentage of tensile reinforcement
determine the strain in the tension reinforcement by the relation, c. , :.
,', ,."., .." ....... v
expressed as (100 A ..21 b d)
p, = total percentage of tension reinforcement
E" ;= Ec. (d - d')!xu
P"lim = percentage of tension reinforcement for the singly
2) Compute the stress in steel if., <fy ) corresponding to ESI by the ",U\'''''-·; ..'' reinforced section ;:: (100 A.,i b d)
strain curve shown in Fig. 6.3. =
Hence, we have P,· (Pi,lim + PI2)
3) Total tension in steel is computed as T=!.,A., =
p, percentage of compression reinforcement e (100 A,d b d)
4) Compute the strain in compression steel using the relation'
SP: 16 design tables 45 to 56 present the percentage of tension and com-
Esc ;= [O.0035(x. - d' )lxJ . pression reinforcements (P, and Pe) for different ratios of (d'Id} varying:'
5} Read out the compressive stress!'e corresponding to the strain Esc
from 0.05 to 0.20 and for various grades of concrete (fck ;;;; 15 to 30 N/mm2)
Fig. 6.3.
=
and different grades of steel (It 250,415 and 500 N/mm2) covering the
6) Compute the compressive force in steel as C, =I; Ase moment of resistance factor (M.lb{P) varying from 2.24 to 8.30. .
7) Using the standard stress block for concrete on the compression Some of the salient tables covering M·20, M-25 and M-30 grades of
compute the compressive force in concrete as . Co~crete and Fe-415 grade steel are reproduced in Tables ·6.11, 6.12 and
6.13 of the text. .
C, ;= 0.36 J;~b x.
8} Determine the total compression as C;;;; (C. + Ce) ,
6.4.5 Analysis Examples
9) Check whether total tension T is equal to the compression C,(T ;::
If T;:: C, the assumed neutral axis depth Xu is satisfactory. Ifn~:rWJ.'"
1) Determine the ultimate moment of resistance of a doubly reinforced
chose another trial value of Xu and repeat the steps from (1) to (8)
b~am of Rectangular section having a width of 300 mm and reinforced
the value of T = C. with 5 bars of 25 mm diameter at an effective depth of 600 mm. The
10) The ultimate 'moment of resistance is computed by taking' . compression. steel is made up of 2 bars of 25 mm diameter at an
moments of forces C, and C; about tension steel yielding the effective cover of 60 mm. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and fe-4i5
M. = [Cc(d - O.42xu) + C,(d - d'»)
HYSD bars.. .

..(;
:.-:
 ':,
I
i i 14 i?eil!foJ'cedConcrete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections llS
I
"e "e '"'
"'ti
1-i E e MIO;J1;MC\I .~ 0 0> 00 .....
...,.~OO(\J ~:g~g~
.-000>00 .j .....
COIO~M
1000Mr--.--
CO,...0·0>00
1000MCOO !;j:l8~;'b8 ~CONg~ gsJ::~:2~
zz 0
0.." 0...
0000""
0> M
cicicicici cicidcici
.....
.....
C\lC\lC\lM M~~~1O
cicicidd
fgg;2ilOt::
ciddcid ~
Cj
r--r--cocoo>
ddcidd
0>0>00 .....
r: r:<'!<'!~
ci ci ,....:,....:
. ......,.... y- ......"-"
~~"":"":"":
.... ._,_.T-_
It!lt!<q<q<q
,... -.- ~..-
~8 \f'I
<'!
0
'-'
II II II
~~ "0
~ .-100100> ~O>MOOM r--C\l<O ....
<O 0100~0> ~8MOO(\J
,.......,..<0..-1.{) Oll)O>~Ol
.r-- ~r-- ....~0()~1000
"0 0>0)8~M
(('IO<O ~~J::~~
00 r-- -:""':"""':"!C\!
CO..-I.()CO,- lI)OO(\JIOO> C\I<OOlM(O
<q<q<q,,:":
OMr--O(')
CX!CX!CX!~~ 0> 00 ..... ,r:<'!C\!"! ~~~~~
0l0>
.......... ._ ,.... .,-
"!~~~"":
.... ..-...- .... ..- "":"":ll!lt!ll! ow- .... ,.... y- ..... .,... ~ .- ..... ...- ":NNNN (\JC\lC\I(\J(\J NNNININ
dci~~""; T"""T"""'-'- ....

...~
,~

..i::
fJ)
~ ,-W--""'(\J r--C\lCOMO() go>~OlIO g~gl8o ~;:~~J:: ~~12~;)1; O>~O>lI)O
O()(\JlOo)M
....
1000C\l
cB
c IO
.....
o
c, 000
8MO>~0l
,.......::t

dciddci
,.... ;'/;g~g~
.... ,....,.....(\JC\I(\J
ciddcici
M<OOMr--
M(,)'<I"'<I"~
ddcidd
o~r--
ddcicici
.....
IOlI)lI)(O<O
~ <or--r-- .....
dcicicid
O() CX!~~~q
0.000'-
qQ""':~""":
..-..-..- -...... <'!<'!<'!~~
.-..-..-,_,_
~"":"":"":lt!
..-,....,- ..... ,_.
'0)
~ d
II
R "0 O(\JlI)O()O
,Q
::I
~ O>oo,....~(O (\J~r--OC\l
(0 (I).
(\J(0 0>
IOr--OMlI)
C\lIOO>C\110
O()·O M (0 0() _MCDOlT-"
O()(\JlI)O()..... ;'!~~~~ J::~~~~ '<I"r--o(') .....
0 't:l (('10<00 co 8lC:;;'bS;g)
ll!<q<q~,,: ~~«!~~ ~~~qq O...-..-..-N C\IC\I(')M· (')
~..
.~ Ie
0>(1)0 0
oci~""":"";
q""":""':r:<"'!
..- T"" .- or'''-
"!"!~~~
..- ..- ._ .,- ..-
"":"":"":ll!ll!
-_...-,.-.,...
.. ,. , "";'
,.....,... T""" ..... ,.... ..... ,... ,... .,-.-,-C\lC\J NININNN INNNNN

..
Ill'",.
en l!-
'E!

2
c
e
<OCOOMIO
tlfJ)
c ....
... Q
(\J(\JIOJ::O>
!l'0 ....
.000
'<I" 0
0 ~
(\J~""'O>""
~r--OMr--
...-..-(\JC\lC\I
~<O(I)'-M
M(oOM
(,)MM~~
<OCOOMI{)
<OOlMCOO>
'<1"'<1" I{)lOll)
....... co 0 C\I!Or--
(\J<0 O>.(\J10
<q<q~,,:,,:
~~;1;.!X;~
,,,:~~~~
fi!tli~~~
0>0>000
c:io_:""':~
'<I"(Ooo .....
r: "'":-:~~
M
,-""I;t"t--.,_.v
~~~~~
.,- ,_ ~ ...... ..- ..- ,.- ..- ,_.,.....
~o
.. lIl
I!-I
.. Cl
,...
d
dciddci ddddci cidddci dddcici
..
':.c
.:lj
0.0000 00000

..5~~
'C:E II
'1)
c-- 0000000>0 .....
C\lC\lM'<I" 1O(O·<or--CO o>mO,...C\I
(l)C\I(OOlC\l
.~
MM'<I"IOCO l80l0
r--..... <oC;;~frl! '<I"
It) co r--co
,...
~r--O.M l88lg<o~
i:: "0 (('1{)(D(I)C\lCO
0>0l0>00
OlC\lIOCO.--
q~"",:,,,,":~
'<I"
r--o MCO
"!<'!~~~ ~"":"":"":lt! ~~«i~~ ~~":~~
..-,......-,... ...- <X?<X?~~~
000,-..-
..- .- ,.... . ..- ..- INNN.NN
~""":C\f~~
C\lC\IC\I(\J(\J
cB 000""':"-: T"'" ..... ,... ........... .................. '.,,_ ..- .,-..-...-...- ,.... T""" ,_ ..- ..- ..-

c
'ij
tl'.
.f!.::I
~ It)
C\I.....
a.."~q~~~
(\JC\lM ~;'b~~t2
,...T""'..-~C\I
cidddd
In <0 co co·r-- r--cococom
co,...~r--~
"!~~~
00000
MCO(l)(\JlI)
, "":"":"":ll!ll!
00000
0>000..-
COC\lIOCO,...
IO<D co <Dr--
ciddoci
.-(\JC\lC\I(')
;:!:J::~gl8
dcicidd
~~;J1;:2~
«!~~~q
0000 ....
~r--o(')<o
........
.q -_
1O<o<or--r--
or: """: ....
or:
r--cocoo>o>
O>(\JIOCO.-
r:<'!c\!<'!~
..- ,.- .- ..- T'""

...
....
0
ci
00000

.c II
'1)
~ ~ 0010 co 1t):2 gOl co r--<o ~g~~~ 1O~~lR~ ~C\I;:8g ~~~~~ :g~~~""
.-.,_ ~
~
'1)
n:- It) 0> C\I
0>0>0>00
tli~~;:8
q",",:",":,",,:C\! <'!~~~~
~:g~!2~
~"":"":"":"": ll!ll!ll!<q
~..-..- ........ , ~~":":":
,_,_,... ... ..- <X?~«!~~
...... .,.....,....,.-.-
0l0>000
"_:"-:C\iC'\JC\i NNNNIN
........

cidci"":W-: ..--.-..-,.- .,... r" .............. ,.....,.-..- ..... ....-

R~~8~ 00000
Rgg8~
..t..t..tll)lli ~~~fi!~
",81: J::-g~8~ ~g~gg
00000
.....
000>0.- ~g~g!il R~~8~ 10 10 10 llillillilrilri It) It). ~~~~~ lrilrilrir-:r-:
NNNC')C') C')C')C')C')C') C')C')C')..t..t ..t..t..t..t..t
~~
 ,'.'" 117
Uitimate Str~ngth vj Reiliforced.Concrete Sections
.Reinjorced .C~ncrete Design ,".

. (\J'~ _. 0 0')
l8 ~ ~ ~ gJ' ~ ~ ~'g~ IOIO~(,,) 1Ll00(,)l'-O

d~~~~ 0)000.-
d-="':"":"';
~m~n:$!
""':"'"':"!C\!~
..- ,... ~ yo- ..-
..
~O)
(")
-...-.
,...
ILl
'.
-.,....
"l"l~~":
r"''''-_r"''''-

P6C5~):?8
(") ..... (\1 .........
~ .....
,...~CXl $!~:g~;'JI;
O)~CXlC')OO
CXl(\lIOO">(\I ~S;~l8o
1010 co 1Ol'-
«!0l00l .• oo...-~...- (\1(\1(\1(")(") (")~~~IO
..-~,_..-(\J N ("Ii N N N NC'l.iC'l.iNN NC'l.iNNC'I.i C'l.iNC'l.iC'l.iN

........
(\ICXl(")
0">(\1<00)(") P6<:!i~K!:: <0 (\ICXl(")0"> ~OILl""<O
~CXl.-IOOO
q~~,,",:ro: ~~gpq~ o~.....
(\I ..... (")~~

"": • '<t; If! .

.
~I'-:I'-:I'-:«! (00)0)0)0 ,....,-..-....- ~
ILl 00000 cicidd"'; ...-,... T""""""" ,.... ..- ,.... ... yo-

.-
ei
II
1:1 (")1000.-(") C\I~""'O(\J
c- gC\lIOCXlO
(00)(\110 0">C\l1.00"> (\I m~"";'JI;$ ~i'ii~~~ ~~~~<O
1:1 . «! «! «!-Ol ~ ·0">000 .... ,-,-~(\I(\I ~~~'<t; .
...... ..- ...-...- .- "';NC'l.iNC'I.i NNNNN (\IC\I (\I(\I(\I NC'I.iC'l.iC'l.iC'l.i
ic
0
~.~ S!. ,...(")<.00>..-
~[(;*~~ to~~~~
.'·r
:,.... ~ ~ro8~~
... mgl6~re
CD ...............
I'-:«!«!~~
10 0) (\IILl0">
~~qqq .,.-.-,....C\lN C\!~~~'<t;
deiddd 00.000 ~...;.....=~~ .,- ,,- ,_ T"'" ..-

-~ ~~ '45 00,..."""""
j!
.-." .•... )~~: J:j

'"
!-<
·cO 10 .....
000">0 0-(\1(')(1)
10 10 <0 .....
~,_.,...-,-~ ~~~~~
~.~ ~ Oi "":""':C\iNt\i
0) 000
.0) ~8~~~
C'l.iNNC'l.iN
~rec;;(J;~
NNNNN
~~~~If!
(\I(\IC\I (\IC\I

~
ci
II
~"

1:1

.1\

~~s g goo 0 o-g ~:=iS g g s s 8 ~s g ~ :=is s g g ~ 8 ~~g ~ g s s s ~s ~.~g

ori .0 o.ri ori 1li ori cD cD <Li <Li <Li <Li <Li cD <Li cD"':"':"':"":
~ fiS s ~ g
,...:,...:.,.:,...:".:
MMMMM ~~:;;:~..t ..t..t..t..t..t ..t..n.o.o..n
I

; ..
 Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced COllcrete Sections
118 119
.--.. r,

NeNe ~
e e ~~~~~
0> co
.....
,....1t)0)(") ....-1t)0>(,,) ....
co co .....f:::(l)(l)101t)
~~~~~ 1t)1O<D<D ..... I:::
(,,)'<I''<I''<I'1t) :g;:~(1;~ ~~~SjM ,..0000>
....-1t)0>C\I0> co co co .....10
..... ~IO'<I'lOll)
ZZ ooq"""':""":
00000 00000 00000 00000 6 .....
cocoCOO> 0>000..- "":<'lc\!<'l<'1~~~~~
.....
~ ..... ,,_..- -._ tq
,...,... • ~.... ~~
"" ..,.-
0"'> 00000 0';";"":"":"":
0
'-' ..-- ...... T- _..-
,... ....
II .11 II
~~ 'lJ
e- C\I........
IO(;; 1t)8~al8 Ol(")COC\lj:::
'lJ (\J(O..-«)O It)0 '<1'0>'<I'CO(") .....
C\I......,... co,..... tf)O
-I
i :g a:- ~~~~~
""",,.-or-,...."-
.......... .-.,...
~~~al
.-..-
.....~~~~O!
..- ~,_ ....... ,,_.
~S;880
"";~NNN
..-...,-OO
...-_..-C\J(\I
.... l() COC\lIt)<OC\I
C\I(")(")(')'<I'It)O>(\J
~~tqtqlf!
<0 0>
~mR~j::: :g~~8~
CO co co 0>0>
0 (\jNNNN NNNNN (\J(\JC\lC\IC\I NNNNN_ NN(\j(\j(\j
~
Vl
-~ ~~mSj~
(")O>It)O(o '<I'CO(,)OlIt) NmSjgJ;b
0>1t) .........
(\J CO'<l'OIt),... 10 .........
(')0) '<I'glO(\Jr--.
i:: Q. ooqq-: (O~~~g ~[;;~~~ .It)It)It)10 <0 ........
L()COC\l r;:;g?~~8 (").....0'<1' .....
.g ~~j:::g.~
.~~ ...0
It)
00000 60000 00000 000-00
00000
<0 0> 0l0l 0 qq",",:",,:<'f
0000"': ..... ~-.,....,.... <'lC\!<'1<'1<'1
"r""_~,,-
!:i;~~~~
"7- <r-."- '-.~
,,'. ' .
II
.!:;o 'lJ I
;:-.. (")It)<0.-(") (0 co ....'<1'.(00).-'<1' ..... 0>
'€I <OC\ll()cog fg_-.:too,- (\J'<I' .....
O(\J 1t).....
0(')l() CO.-(,,)<DCXl y-vcom..- I,
'lJ
a: ~~~~p~ ... ......
~~~~~ ~(1;S;88 .....
0(") ..... 0 (')(00(")(0
..
~.
o~
tq -~~~":
T""',.... ... ...- .,- ..... ,.- ..... .,.- .... .- .... ,...;~......:NC\i o..-..-..-(\f
~~~~~
Ol(,,)<DmC\l (OO>(\JItlO)
(\J(\J(')(")(') ,,?~'<1;~tq 1tl1tl<D(O(O
N(\jN~~ .(\J(\J(\J(\J(\J NNN~N
~r;:;8l~~
...............
COo:)
N~~(\j(\j
I.
I
I
=d ~ ..""
"''''
~:;
t>.O~
.1:
·0
i
!lVl
5'0 C\I~~~~ g~~~co ~~g~~ fX)::~~~ ~ 0..,. .....IOm(\Jlt) .....0(,)<D0l(\J
(\JL()CO..-("I)
~ ..... o(')(O
,.- .,- C\f "! .,,! (")(")(')"<t'<l'!;;:l()lt)lt)C!l

~
~N
",to
.I,
0,.... a." 8000,,":
00000 00000 00000 00"':00 ~
,.;
..,......
<DIO ...............
oci.ooo 00000
g~lOg~ S!~n~~~
0.,.....,.-.,....,-
(00(')(0
~~C\fc:\!~
,.......--.,.....-
~M~S;g
...... <'l"?,,?,,?'<1;
..- ........... ..- ...-
0 ~
s:1:E II :c
I~
.8
'lJ
;:-..
'lJ
a:
C!l....N(")::j:
....~~~Ililf!
...- ..- ,_ .-
~~~~~
........ ...- ..... -
mOlO
(\/1t)0)(\/1t)
..........
.... (\J
",.co co ~O!O!O!q
.,...:~,....;....:.,....:
~~::tl!?8
...-.....-,-..-C\J
.,
~
<0 .....
coO>...<0
(')<00>
000(\/....-
0 0 ...(\/(')'<1'
O>(\JItl<O ... ::tl!?8~~
....-C\J(\/(\/(')
"? <'1''<1;
co 0> o ......·,_
0)(\J100)C\I (\/$'<1' It) in
~ '<1;~tqtqlf!~ l2 r:::~j:::
(\jN~~N ~N~~N (\/(\/(\J(\J(\/ (\J(\/(\J(\/(\/ (\j<VN~N
~I
t C:O 0) m 0....-(\1
1t)1tl<O .....
a.. a."
(\/.....
0..-...,.
0000
.........- ....
coO)o .-~!1Cb
... ;:~t\I(\/<'l &!~~~~
00000
~ ..... ..-..,.r--.
'<I'1()1t)L()
00000
'.~
.•.. 8~<b(1;re r--.cocoo>o
IO<DUlC!l .....l!?rea;~:g ;:~~8~ 1tl<O<D .....
CO
C!lO>(\/IOCO 0>00· ...(\/
fi:
..,...
It)
q 00000 00000
doood doooo O!O!O!qq
000.,.- .- .
qQ",:,,-:~
'-"_'__'r-T-
~~~<:?~
,_,... ...... ..-_
0
~ II
~ 'lJ
;:-..
:c C')C\I.-..-O

~
'lJ <O'-0gJ~
a: .....
~~~tqlf!
.,... ....... ,... ,....
~.~~~~
_','_
_'<I'j:::0M
.- ..... .,... ..- ,.... -
..-,_
O):g~~~
I': I': . «! ~ :f!~0!0!0! ..... T"""' .......... .....-

~:.
8~~SjN
0000,...
(\j~~~~
LOggs~!O
,.......t\I(\/C\I
~~N~~
gne It) ~ ~
<'l,,?lqC\!~ ~~~~~
.(\J(\J(\/(\/(\J
(\1 ..........
~ .........
.....
~<DI/)0
(\J(\/t\I(\/(\/ N~(\j~~
00>

! J
:

....
00000 00000
",81: ~~g~~ ~~g~g CO .....
<Xl 0>0

I ~1':~O!q ~~g~g 00000 00000

~~
..f..f..f-i,..,. It) .0 ..; .0 .0 .0 .o.o.o.ot6
'<1''<1''<1''<1'
tdt6tdtdtd
<D .....
como
tdtdtdt6,...: '":<'l"?'<1;lf! gRggg
..... r--. ...............
"":"":"":"":cO
~~g~g
cO cO cO cOcO

't. ,.

:: /.::
 . ". .

Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 121

Reinforced Concrete Design ..

Second Trial

Method- (Strain compa~ibility) Assume Xu =·250 mm

Esc :: [0.0035(250 - 60)/250] ::: 0.00266
a) Data
f == 20 N/mm2 From Fig. 6.3, read out the value of!'e :::;345 N/mm2
b == 300 mrn Jck
f =415 N/mm2
d :::600mm· Jy C. :::(345 x 982) 10-3 = 338,8 kN
·d' !:60mm 2
As, ::: (5 x 49i) 2455 mm = C, = (0.36 x 20 x 300 x 250)10-3"" 540kN
A", :: (2 x 491) == 982 mm'
., Hence C :::(C. + Co)= (338.8 + 540) ""878.8 kN

b) Neutral Axis Depth Ell = [0.0035(600 -:-250)1250] == 0.0049

As a first trial, assume the neutral axis depth as Tension steel yields and henceJ.,: 0.87 fy
~ := X :: 0.48d == (0.48 x 600) == 288 mrn
3
Tensile force T= (0.87 iyA,,): (0.87 x 415 x 2455 x 10- ) 886.4 kN. =
u u, max . Since C is nearly equal to T, compute the moment of resistance of the
c) Strain in tension reinforcement is computed as section by taking moments about tension steel.
Mu:: Ce(d - O.42xJ + C,(d - d')

== [E,.(d -'xu)] :::[0.0035(600 -: 288)J :::0.00379

= (540(600 - 0.42 x 250) + 338.8(600 - 60»)10
3
£" x 288. . ',: .... " ,. ",
u \

From stress-strain curve [Fig. 6.3] read out,fs, = 0.87 fy :::(450.25 x 1O~ N.mm

""450.25 kN.m
d) Total tensile force
3
Method-2 (UsingIS: 456.2000 C~de Formula) .
T :::0.87 J./o" '" (~.87 x 415 x 2455 x 10- ) == 886.4 kN
e) Strain in compression ~te~l is computed by the equation First Trial

=
a) . Assume Xu Xu:lim = ( 0.48 x 600 ).= 288 mm
: Esc ~ ( 0.0035;~u - d'») = (0.0035;!~8 .:.60)} = 0.00277 , b) Ese;::; [0.0035·(~'lim - d')] I XuJim' .: : '.
== [0.0035 (288 - 60)] 1288 ::: 0.00277
t) Read out the value of!'e from Fig. 6.3 asJ.e = 350 N/mm2 c) From the stress-strain curve (Fig. 6.3) read outJ.e 350 N/mm2 =
3
d) A$l2 = [(J.. As<) J (0.87 [y)] ::: [( 350 x 982) I (0.87 x 415)] 952 mm" =
g) _Forcein compression steel = C. =!.e A se ::: (350 X·9~2x 10- ) = 343.7. e) A,II::: (AS! - A,I2)::: (2455 - 952) 150Jmm =
2
. .

h) Compressive force in concrete = C, ::: (0.36 x zn x 300 x 288) f) Xu = [(0.87 hAsH) r(0.36!ck b)] .
:::;[(0.87 x 415 x 1503) I (0.36 x 20 x'3bO)] :::251.23 mm < 288 mm
:::622 kN
i) Totafcompi'essive force: [es + Cc] ~ (343.7 +622] = 965.7 kN Second trial
j) For equilibrium of forces at the section, C =T a) =
Assume Xu 251.23 mm
Since C::: 965.7 kN and T== 886.4 kN, C> T b) Esc == [0.0035 (251.23,- 60) I 251.43] 0.00266 =
• Hence reduce the value of Xu and repeat the steps (b) to (j ) c) From stress-strain curve read outf,,;: 34~ N/mm2
d) A"2::: [(345 x 982) I (0.87 x 415)] 938 mm" =
"::i
 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced COliC rete Sections 123
I
I
122 Reilljorced Concrete Design b) Neutral axis depth
I·
I
I
e) A"I = (2455 -
938) = 1517 mrrr' x. = X.Jim ::: 0.46d ::: (0.46 x 500) = 230 mm
I
I
f) Xu= [( 0.87 x415 X 1517)1 (0.36 x 20x 300)J I~. '.'
= 253.6 mrn which is nearly equal to the assumed value E,c = [O.0035(xu.1im - d')/Xu,linJ ::: 0.0035(230 - 50)/230 = 0.00274
j.
I
and Xu < Xu.lim and hence the section is under reinforced

I
'1
g) Mil::: [0.87 fy A"I (d - 0.42 xu) +!.e As<: (d - d')] c) Stress in steel' I
Mu::: [(0.87 x 415 X 1517)(600 - 0.42 x 253.6)] 10-6 I
· ~, .,
+ [345 x 982 x (600 - 60)] 10-6 Refer the stress-strain curve (Fig. 6.3) and read out!.e :::;410 N/mm2 . I
'1. = 453.24 kN.m .
· I·

.1.
Hence, the two methods yield nearly the same moment capacity of the d) Check for neutral axis depth
section. A" = (f,c AK)/(O.87 fy) :::;(4iO x 400)/(0.87 x 500)::::;377 mm"
2
=
.
.: I:
A'II ::: (All - A,'2) :::;(2450 - 377) 2073' mm"
Mcthod.3 (Using SP: 16 Design Tables)
Xu = (0.87/y ASlI)/(0.36fcl: b) ·
:::;[(0.87 x 50Q x 2073) I (0.36 x 30 x 280)]
a) Compute parameters for use of design tables.
:::;298.2.mm > Xu,lim :::; 230 rnm ......
u
(d'fd) t:: (60/600) ;:: 0.1 Hence; the section is over reinforced
.Pc:: (lOOA,e)f(bd)::: (100 x 982)/(300 x 600) ::: 0.55
e) Moment of resistance
P, :: (1 OOA,.)f(bd) :; (100 x 2455)/(300 x 600) ::: 1.36

a) Refer Table-50 of SP: 16 corresponding to!.k = 20 N/mm2 and/, = 415 M; ::::0.36lck Xu.lim b (d - 0.42 XU.li~) +t; As< (d - d')
1
N/mm2, read out the ratio' (Mu 1 bd ) for (d'ld) = 0.1 y = [(0.36 x 30 x 230 x 280)(500 - OA2 x 230)'+ 410 x 400
(500 - 50)]10-6
(Mu 1bd2) = 4.45 = 354.37 kN.m
=
Hence M; (4.45 x 300 x 600 ) 10-6 443 kN.m
2
=
The moment of resistance computed is nearly equal to that computed Method-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Tables)
by the rigorous methods of analysis. .
a) Compute parameters for use of design tables
2) Determine the ultimate moment capacity of a rectangular beam having
a width of 280 rnrn and overall depth 550 mm. The tension and com- (d' I d) :::;( 501500 ) ::::;0.1
i
<.
pression reinforcements provided at an effective cover of 50 mm are =
P« (100 x 4~)1 (280.)< ~oo):::; 0.285
:1 2450 mm2 and 400 mm' respectively. Assume m-30 grade concrete PI = ( 100 x 2450)J (280 x 500):::; 1.75
2
1\ and Fe-SODHYSD bars. b) Refer Table-56 of SP: 16 forlck:::; 30 N/mm2 andfy = 500 Ntmm
For (eft{/) :::;0.'1 read out the ratio (Mjbd'-)
\1 Mcthod-l (Using IS: 456-2000 Code Formulae)
".'
(Mjbd2)::::; 5.00, p, required is 1.698
I: p, provided is 1.75% which is only slightly higher than P, required
a) Data Hence, Mu::: (5 x 280 x 5002) lO-6::::;350 kN.m .
b =280mm fck = 30 N/mm2 .}: .;»

The ultimate moment capacity .of the section computed using SP: 16
d =
500 mm I; = 500 N/mml
d' :::50mm E, = 2 x lOS N/mm2 design tables is nearly the same as that computed by rigorous methods.
2
A" =2450 mm' A,e = 400 mm

" :
 ·-'/.

" ';, '124 .. ,' Reinforce(i COllcre;e,Design .: Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 125'

6.4.6 Design examples Method-2 (UsingSP: 16 Design Tables)

1) A rectangular reinforced concrete beam: of width ,~O~ mm and. effec- a) Compute parameters to be userlin SP: 16 design tables.
_ tive depth 600 mmisto be designed to support an ultimate momen~ of [M~ 1bd1] ::;:[600 x 106J/[400 x 6001 = 4.16'
600 kN.m. Using M-20 grade concrete and Fe-~15 HYSD bars design
suitable reinforcements in the beam at an effective cover of 60 mm.
b) Refer·Table-50 of SP: 16 corresponding tOlck 20 N/mm2./y = 415 = "

N/mm2 ' , " ,

Method-l (Using IS: 456-2000 Provisions)

And (d'ld) = 0.10 ' n
Interpolate the value of percentage ofreinforce~ents Pt' and P« corre- it
j .:
sponding to the parameter 4.16.
a) Data ·ff;

Ick = 20 N/mm2 p, = 1.386% and Pc = 0.452% i

b =400mm
d =600mm
J:y = 415, N/mtn'2 , A" = [(P, b d)1l00] = [(1.386 x 400 x 600) 1100] = 3326 mm'
d' =60mm u, =600kN.m Asc = [(Pc b d)/1()0] :;::[(0.452 x400 x 600)/100] = 1085.mnr'
The results ofreinforcements from SP:16 design tables are nearly the
b}Limiting Moment of Resistance same as that obtained by using IS:456 code provisions.
The limiting moment of resi'stance of singly reinforced section is 2) Design the reinforcements for a doubly reinforced concrete beam sec-
2 tion to support a' factored moment of 1000 kN.m. Assume b = 400 mm,
M • =
u 1im
(0: 138lck b d2) ::;: (0.138 x 20, x 400 X 600 ) 10-6::;:397 kN.m
=
d 550 mm, cover (/' = 50 mm,lck:;: 30 N/mm2 aud/y;;; 415 Nzmrrr',

c) Reinforcements' Method-l (Using IS: 456.2000 code provlslons)

A c:: area of tensile reinforcement for a singly reinforced section for
.!I ,
a) Data
Mu•llm ' , '
:: [0.36 Ick b (0,48 d) ] I (0.87 /y) , b '=400mm Mu= 1000 kN.m
:: [0.36 x 20 x 400 x 0.48 x 600] I (0.87 x 415) =d =550mm !ck = 30 N/mm2
'= 2297 mm' d' = 50mm r: - 415 N/mm2
y -

[M u - M u.lim' ] = [600 - 397] = 203 kN.m.

, , '

b) Limiting HbMom<lnt of resistance

But [Mu - Mu.1im] = [fsc As. (d - d')]
esc = [0.0035 (xu•ma, - d')] I xu•m ...
= [0.0035 {(0.48 x 600) - 60}] / (0.48 x 600) Mu.1im= 0.138!ck b d2
= (0.138 x 30 x 400 X 5502 ) 10-6
, = 0.00277
=501 kN.m·
From stress-strain curve (Fig. 6.3) read out fsc ::;:350 N/mm2
Hence, Asc ::(Mu -Mu.;imJ 1[fsc (d - d'n C), Reinforcements
= [203 x 106] I [350 x (600 - 60)]
, ,I
= 1072 mm' A", = [0.36lck b (0,48 d)] I 0.87 fy
As!2 = (Asc!.c) 1 (0.87 /y) = [0:36 x 30 x 400 x 0.48 x 550] 1 (0.87 x 415)
= [IOn x 350] 1(0.87 x 415) = 3159 mm"
= 1039 mm' (Mu-Mu.lim) = (1000 - 501) = 499 kN.m
Total tensile steel = A ! = [Asll + A"2] = [2297' + 1039] = 3336 mrn" esc ;;; [0.0035 (xu.",,, - d')1 xu,ma.]
. Compression steel= Asc •
= 1072 mm 2 ;;;[0.0035 {(0.48 x 550) - 50}/(0.87 x 415)]
;;; 0.00207
 126' Reinforced Concrete Design
Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections

-.....:
.
127
From stress-strain curve (Fig. 6.3) read out the value of stress. I.c = 330
I ,,'

1- 'N/mm2 (~ ',)

Asc = [Mu - Mu•lim] I [I.e (d - d')] 2

=
Ase ;:: [499 X 106] I [330 (550 - 50)] 3024 mm

.Method-z
ASl2 = [(A sc /'c) 1(0.87 fy)]

A" =
=
= [(3024 X 330) I (0;87 X 415)] 2764 m~2
(A,jJ+ A,'2) ;:: (3159 + 2764 ) = 5923 mm

(Using SP: 16 design Tables)

.

0 f '

-,.......
Diagonal
,~tension

Tv
cracks

Compute the parameters to use SP: 16 design tables.

[Mjbd2] = [(1000 X 106) I (400 X 5502)] S:.Z6 = Fig. 6.8 Diagonal Tension In Beams
, 2
Refer Table-52 of SP: 16 for ick = 30 N/mm ,f.; = 415 N/mm'2 and (d Id) ;::
I

1) Shear-Tension or Diagonal Tension

-O.J and interpolate the values of P, and p.. . .
2) -Plexure-Shear
PI = 2~70% 'a~d Pc::;: 1.35% 3) <Shear-Compression
All::;: [(2.7 X 400 x 550) 1100] =
5940 mnr' 4) 'Shear-Bond.
=
As<::;: [(1.35 X 400 x 550) 1100J 2970 mrrr'
Th~ \ypes of cracks developed and the failure modes are shown in Fig. 6.9
The reinforcement values. are nearly the same as' those obtained by
; (a to-e). The four different types of shear failure modes depend upon the
I
method-I,
}}.f ratio 'of shear span to effective depth.' The transverse shear force ill a
6.5 ULTIMATE SHEAR STRENGTH OF REINFORCED tlexur;e-shear rnode is generally resisted by the following major rnecha-
I! CONCRETE SECTIONS nisms as outlined in Fig. 6.10. '
I) Shear resistance Vc of the uncracked portion of concrete.
6.5.1 Introduction 2) Vertical component of the interface shear (aggregate interlock)
,. force V.
Investigations over the years have shown that there are two major modes 3) The dowel force Vd developed due to the tension reinforcement.
of shear cracking in structural concrete beams":". Near suppo,rts of rein- 4) The shear resistance V. developed in the shear reinforcement.
forced concrete members, the shear stresses developed are accompanied by In the case of very deep beams having shear span/depth ratio (aid) <1
diagonal tension as shown in Fig. 6.8. ~s concret~is weak in tension, if the without web reinforcement. inclined cracks from supports develop trans-
tensile stresses developed exceed the low tensile strength of concrete. forming the beam into a tied arch which may fail by yielding of longitudi-
diagonal tension cracks develop near supports as shown in Fig. 6.8. Hence. nal reinforcement or due to crushing of concrete of the compression chord.
beams are invariably checked for safety against 'shear failure'. If the nom-
inal shear stress is excessive, steel in the form of vertical stirrups or bent up, :.. :'~'. Normally short beams have the shear span/depth ratio (aid) greater than 1
bars should be designed to resist the large shear forces. Limit state design .•~ .":;;'.L ' but less than 2.5. In such beams the failure may be due to
of reinforced concrete beams comprises of the design for flexure at centre ; a) Crushing of reduced concrete section above the progressing diagonal
of span and the design for shear in the vicinity of supports. tension crack' under combined shear and compression. '
6.5.2 Shear Fallure.Mechanlsms '.'. b) Secondary cracking along the tension reinforcement termed as shear-
bond failure.
The major types of shear failure modes encountered in reinforced concrete c) Failure may also be initiated by flexure-shear cracking mode.
beams are identified u'n-derthe following groups: -
- • ,-. - • ~ •• -f ". ~~
 , . . Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sec/ions 129
...'Rell~Orced ConderiDesigfi , .:,~. ::-' . I"~ .•..•

In most of the normal cases of beams, the shear span Idepth ratio (aid)
will be greater than 2.5 but less than 6. The 'limiting (aid) ratio above
which flexural failure is certain is dependent upon the area of tension rein-
o forcement and the, compressive strength of concrete and it is generally
common when the (aid) ratio is in the neighbourhood of 6.
In beams with (aid) ratio between 2.5 and 6. flexural cracks develop
-:If''---- a -''l,j<..k
first and the failure is due to propagation of flexure cracks as flexure-shear
(a) Shear $P'cio in Beams
cracks. If web reinforcement is provided, the shear strength of such beams
can be considerably enhanced.
In the case of I-beams with thin webs, failure due to. web crushing of
concrete is common and this type of failure can be prevented by proper
designing of web reinforcement and using high strength concrete.

6,5.3 Nominal Shearstress

. The theoretical shear stress distribution in a rectangular reinforced con-

crete section in' the elastic and ultimate stages vary parabolically in the
(b) Dicqonc! Tension Crocks (c) Flexure-'Shear Cracks
compression zone assuming that concrete below neutral axis is ineffective
[2·5 < (aid) < 6) . [1 < (aid) < 2,5)
..due to cracking and neglecting the tension in concrete. For the sake of
simplicity the nominal shear stress across the cross section of a beams is
. computed as the average shear stress on the section and evaluated as fol-
lows: -

~y=(;;)
-, Vo::: ultimate shear forceat the section
'tv ::: nominal shear stress
b::: breadth (width of rib for flanged beams)
o

(d) Shear-Compression Cracks (e) Shear-Bond Cracks· t 0 d :::effectivedepth

Fig. 6.9' Types of She~r Failures Incase of members with varying depth.
z, , ~v=[V.±(M::) tan ~]
I---c
. tvc ' Where;
,.
_ p:::
inclination of flexural tensile force to the ho~izontal.
M; ::: factored bending moment at the section, '
Negative sign to be used when M; increases in the same direction as the
. depth and positive sign when·M. decreases in this direction.
-
.6.5.4 Design shear strength Of concrete
'. V
Experimental investigations have shown that the resistance of reinforced
Fig. 6.10 Shear Transfer Mechanism at II Flexure Shear Crack
concrete beams to diagonal tension failure depends upon,
 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 131 .
I ....

a) Tilt' gl':lde N' concrete (fck) O.8!ck]

~) 'I'ju' jH\IWl1t3:g~ of tension reinforcement (A,,) in the beam. Where ~:;: [ 6.89 p, but not less than 1. "
.1
1'abh'.ll) M IS: ~56-2000 and Table- 61 of SP: 16 and Table 6. J.t of the .....,..
p,=[I~~"J
~'

l.
text glVl' the ulrima~eallowable shear .stress 'tc• termed as design shear
strcltgth of c....)a.:-ret~ In bea~ls as a function of concrete grade and percent-
I
age of H~l\sionreinforcement. =
0.8 ick Cylinder Strength in terms of cube Strength I
, '1'11(\ IS: Code Table-19 is based on the research investigations of the
study !troup of the Institution of Structural Engineers London, (U.K) in
0.85:;: Reduction factor similar to (IIYm)
I·
~
l·.
... ".

. Table-19 of IS: 456-2000 is applicable for sections with effective depth I·

19(,1), I
. 300 mm or more, For smaller depth (R.C.Slabs), the strength is larger as I.,
given in clause 40.2.1.1 of the IS: 456 code which suggests the shear
.I
l)1Nt 6.14 Ocslgn Shear Strength of Concrete (t••N/mml)
strength as 'k:tc' where k is multiplying factor depending upon the overall "-1... ,.:
, (Table-19 of IS: 456-2000) '.1
depth of slab as given in Table 6.15. . . '; - ~.
1M) Concrete Grade
,.-- Table 6.15 Multiplying Factor (k) for slabs
_
I·
r M-15 M·20 M·25 M·30 M·3S M·40 and above I.
.. _. ....
Overall depth 300 or
.J~) ! (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
of slab (mm) more 275 250 225 200 175 . 150 or
. ,s
0.29 0.29
__ -
:0.15 I 0.28 0,26 0.29 0.30 Less
I l\,~5 ( 0.35 0.36 0.36 0.37 0.37 0.36
,.,.-- k 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20 - 1.25 ·1.30
i (l.tiO \ 0.46 0.46 0.49 0,50 0.50 0.51
1 0,54 0,56 0,57 0.59 0,59 0.60
I
l\15
........ - I !Jo:I"al
It is important to note that there is a limit to the maximum nominal shear

1.
,
I
1,(\,1
....... -- i 0.60 0,62 0.64 0.66, 0.67 '0.68
111:>&1
stress value for which the beam can be strengthened by shear reinforce-
1 \'L~
.,
.".....
I 0.64 0,67 0.70 0.71 0,73 0.74 I
ments. Beyond these values, diagonal compression is prevalent even ifthe I
I
r.so i 0.66 0.72 0,74 0,76. 0.78 0.79 I
'I
;
1 __ ...... --' _ ......
,
..... -._'
':'~ I 0.71 0.75 0.78 0,80 0,82 0.84
diagonal tension is resisted by shear reinforcements. Hence the maximum
nominal shear stress computed should not exceed the maximuin shear
e.oo
......
j 0.71 0,79 0.82 0,84 0.66 0,88·
stress in concrete ('tc.ma,) given in Table.20 of IS: 456-2000 and Table 6.16
~'.~'!' ! 0.71 0.61 0.65 0.66 0.90 0.92
of the text. According to SP: 24 these values are computed by the empiri-
e.so I 0.71 0,62 0.86 0,91 0.93 0.95
. cal relation,
,!
"
....................
~.-:5 I 0,71 0.82 0.90 0.94 0.96 0,98 I·

Table 6.16 Maximum

~,\.~~l~j ;\t-)\\> .. J 0.71 0.B2 0.92 0.96 0.99 1.01 Shear Stress in Concrete (1:<,m •• )

."~,,,_ The term A. is the area of longitudinal tension reinforcement Concrete Grade M-40 and above
which continues at least one effective depth beyond the section t.",.,. (Nfmm2) 4.0
t-eingc.onsldered except at support where the full area of tension
tdnforcement may be used provided the detailing conforms to 'fe, max = 0.83 ...g; N/mm2 ... (6.12)
A'
(buses 26.2.2 and 26.2.3
__

Where!c :;: cylinder strength of concrete by applying a reduction factor of

0.85 to convert the cube tocylinder strength and a partial safety factor for
'l."IK ~'I\.t,~TI.'Uprecommended an empirical equation for the computation material strength. Ym == 1.25. Theempirical equation expressed in terms of
1
..'i. ~')s~t strength, concrete as cube strength is given as, .

" ='[0.85<./.(0.8 fck) -./(1 + 5~)

'c . .. 6~ .'.
-1] ."" .
.:.. (6J 1)
..c.n .... = 0.62 ..[J::. ... (6.13)

If the value of the nominal shear stress 'tv = (Vlbd) exceeds the values of
132 R~i1iforced Concrete Design , ;,1 ,., ,) , .:~, Ultimate .Strength of Reinforced
,
Concrete ..Sections; '133
.. \ , '

't • ", , the section should be redesigned by enhancing the cross sectional ' '.
cm
f
dimensions. '
..

6.5.5 Design of Shear'Reinforcements

~
The various types of reinforcements used to resist shear can be classified
under the following two groups> l

1) Vertical Stirrups. '

2) Main tension reinforcement 'bent up near supports.
The, typical arrangement of these types is shown in Fig. 6.11 (a), (b)
T, (a)' ,Vertical Stirrups
Inclined stirrups are also used but they 'are not preferred due to practical
difficulties.
At the Limit state of collapse in shear, the forces are resisted by the
combined action of concrete and steel.
If Vu;;;; total Shear Force.
Vo ;::shear resisted by concrete
Vu• ;;;; shear resisted by reinforcements (Links or bent up bars) ,

Then ,V~, ;::;(Vu - Vc) I

= ('t...
-'to) bd I·
i
Where i ...;::;nominal shear stress. _ i
r, :;;;design shear stress of concrete (Table 6.14) i-
(b) Bent up Bars, i
As. ;;;;total area of the legs of shear reinforcement.
.!
Let Fig.6.11 Types of Shear Reinforcements
S. =
spacing of the links.
d ;;;;,
e ffective depth of section. Equations (6.15) and (6.16) are recommended for the design of shear rein-
The number of stirrups links cut by a 45° crack line is given by forcements in IS: 456-2000 clause 40.4. '
N = (dIS.) Eq. (6.15) is recast in the form.

Hen~e, ~l~etotal shear resist~nce, of the vertical stirrup system acfss the: •'
,(Vu.~~ (A,. (0.87J.)I = [Shear carri~d by steel]' (6.17)
d) s; r') Dept~ 10 em.
section IS expressed as ' , _:"
Ta~le-62 of SP: ,16 adopts this equation facilitating the direct design of two
v, ;::0:87 It A.. (dIS.) legged stirrups for known values of (Vu/d) expressed in (kN/cm). This
Hence, the spacing of vertical stirrups is given by the relation, table is reproduced as Table 6.17 in this text. The design table covers, two
, grades of steel Fe-250 and Fe-415 and diameter of stirrups of 6,8,10 and
S"~ [O,871~;·:4] , 12mm. The spacing of stirrups. can be directly read out for -a given

The shear force resisted by the bent up bar inclined at an angle 'rx'to 'the
shear/depth ratio." ,-, ', ' ' ' '
Table-63 of SP: 16 gives the shear resistance of single bars of diameter
,
,I
horizontal is expressed as, ranging from 10 to 36mm which are bent up at (X;;;; 45· or 60· and covering
Vu, == O,87/y.A,., sin ex .. ,(6,16) steels of Fe-250 and Fe-415 grades. This table which is useful in designing

'/
 134 Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength 0/ Reinforced Concrete Sections

I.I ~~!:;~~
~ ....r--OO'lt"""
~~~~~ r--~~C\JIO 'It ....
({)
I
!
C\J .«i~~~~
({)(')-o'
'ltOOC\JOO'lt
• "":({)({)l()ui
~001000
l()-i'<i..j-i
C\Jr-- 000
............ ..-.,...01CO
C')C\iC\iC\i"': b
({)

1I({)~r--":"(')~~f6!;;:ki
1';110
•. , OOIOC\I ..
• , ·OO(')C\J •••....OO
~c.oC"),....,..... 0>00000 ~~~~~;::~~~C:;
C\J C\I C\I 0> '(\I-
;;I;100 00 °
r-- C\JC\I({)I000
~~LO:2~
10(') ....0>00
(()O>C\I .....
C\JOO({)'ltC\l
({)
.. ,! "e
~
° 'It ....o(')({)
"":aitci"":({)l()
.....I'-:<'?C!I'-:
ui'lt'lt'lt(') C')C')C')C\iC\i N~"':""":""':
~.

...
on ~
lz
'<t eos 0>1O({)01O ~ ~
II i5 :RO>:2!:;~g ~t(JSl~~ (0('1')..-,...
C\J ..... OO>OO
...... ~~!:;~~
",,:C\!q~~.
'<t
~ 00 C\I~ .....
100({) C\!C!I'-:ICl"': NC\J(',j~~
II
~
"":({)l()..j-iC')
.... .'...:
(')(')C\JC\lC\I
,.
rT-"'-OO
~ Q)

] :g~~S;N:g~~~P~~
a~
a ~ (')(')r--C\JO>(\I <o-,-CO,.....
1eE;;I;~~ ~co~e~ ~otci....:-io,...:~[O:gm
C\lC\JIOCOOOO> __ C\JC\I oS
....
t
~
<If
(l.
co
gsO_IO({)..,.
."":0l1ClC\!C!
'<t(')C\I(\IC\JC\I
100r--IOCO
~1'-:1Cl",,:<,? qC\!r;C!C!
...... ,........-,.... ,.- "'-""7""""'''-
00(0
00000
10 10 'It
5
II
1';1 0
(/) jIQ ~ .~
(/j

n~ .~ 0. -
"Eli.: '"
::J~
~~ i
1
II.)
<ii
<urn
~° ~8~:!:g ~~~&lg fei oS
- 00 o·({) 0 00
:>'a OC\JIO<O(\I
~~~~~
<:
-e
IN .!!
0
C\J
CX?C\!C!r;",,:0l 'It ....r--IOC\I
-i.,fMC')M
OOOr--IO'It
M C\i C\i.C\iC\i ,.... ... ,......-~ ...
0
'iii,
... b c
~
"''0
)l! I
./::..!!
~
...
.2
o>oor--({)ll)'<t
' '"..
~(2
./::.1
(/)
.$2
;;!
(()

IImor--(')OOotOoom(')
~
~
(/).&:1
....0 til'-:<'?IX!Olr;~",,:~:::: .0
-~
~
'"
.... E-<
;!
"<:I

.... Me
C':)..::t.,.. ..... «>CO tOr--reooo
O'<t ~~~~gs
~r--C\I ....0 oo.r-- r-- (') ..... !O~1e~:R ~~
~t, .,
V>
"""..-f".
,... (\I ('I')
......m...-N,....I()(7)
..q lI) ,..._m ,..... .-.,.... c..
....::Jc
I

:E 0 E
E
° ~ffi:8~~~
({)l()..j..jC')M
....oo({)
C')C\iC\iC\iC\i ciN,....:~~
<»00
,....:~cioci
......
<u
:t!i
"
rca
:> "s II.)

~ !3 ~ .0
" ~
'(;l !i II.)

> on
C'l e ~
~
oS
II
~Cl
.~
CO
~~~~ru~
(1') "",,,,,,,,-.q,.....
00~C\JC\J00
~~~~~
$(()IO
<O..-lt)O)
<,?C\!C\!r;C!
(') 100l1Or--({)
.....
r--C\JC\J'lt00
oor--<Dl{)'<t II
C
II.)

-iMMC\iC\iC\i ,.....,....,.....,- ..- ...... ,.....,......- ,.... 00000 ~ II.)

~
Q)
(')<»t\I'<t~~~~ffi;1j
0('1')0)- .• .0
~C\i~oai~tcil()~~18 Q)
COIO<Dmo _...-(1)(,,) lOr--.. ,.....,.....
oor--r--r--o
(()l{)IO(')tO(') ....C\J..,.r--C\J m~~!;;:~ ~~LO~~ 11 "'E"o
to .....
0<»0000 r-- r-- to to to . 'It '<t (') eo t\I
",,:C!":ICl<'?C\! o 0 0 0 ci 0 0 0 0 0 1:1 ~
N(\J'_~'-"- "':""'=000
II.)

oS
a.di
.~
.~'~5 IO<D ......
COO>~
....(\I(')'<t1O
,... ,.... ...... ,_ 't-'
to ......0:) Ol
,.......-,.-...-(\1 ° ~g~~~ lii
.... 0.; EOC\J({)OOO~l()o:)t\I~
tS
(jj~ "'E E""-"-"-"-C\I
10",
NC\I("), ....0
.~

(5 Z
 i,'iS
' •• !

, , Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections -137

value and in members of minor structural importance such as lintels, tlie
provision of minimum reinforcement may be waived.
This equation (6.18) can also be written as
6.5.6 Minimum Shear Reinforcements ...!,
(As.) _ ( O.4bd.)
s, - 0.87 !r.d
... (6.20)
IS:-456-2000 clause 26.5.1.6 stipulates that all reinforced concrete beams
should be provided wiih at least some minimum shear reinforcements even Comparing this equation with.Eq, (6.15) it can be seen that providing for
if computation does not require them. - nominal reinforcements is-equivalent to designing the shear reinforcement
_ The minimum shear reinforcements are required to prevent the follow- for a shear stress of
ing types of failures:« (tv - 't.) = 0.4 N/mm2
I) Brittle shear failure cracks which can occur without shear reinforce-
and ... (6.21)
ments.
- 2) Sudden failure due to, bursting of concrete cover and bond to the ten- This concept is useful while designing nominal shear reinforcements using
sion reinforcements. SP: 16 design tables.
':,
3) The shear reinforcements help to hold the main reinforcements while
concreting. forming an effective cage. 6.5.7 Enhanced Shear Near Supports
·I!-:
4) Formation- of cracks due to the thermal and shrinkage stresses are
minimized. Investigations on shear failures of beams and cantilevers without shear
5) Shear reinforcements act as effective ties for the' compression steel reinforcement indicate that shear cracks develop on planes inclined at an
and make them effective. angle of 30° as shown in Fig. 6.12(a). Hence if a-section is considered near
The minimum shear reinforcements to be provided in all the beams is the support, it is customary to enhance the shear strength capacity, the
computed by the relation, common examples being the design of brackets, corbels etc. Hence, the
design shear strength is different when beams are supported on members,
A.v) ( 0.4 ) ... (6.18) which are in compression as shown in Fig 6.12(b) and when supported on
( bS. :i?; 0.87/y
members which are in tension such as that shown in Fig 6.12(c).
Where As. ;;::total cross sectional area of stirrup legs effective in shear. The following specifications of IS: 456 Code are useful in the design of
S. =
spacing of stirrups. _ shear reinforcements in the vicinity of supports.
b =
breadth of the beam or breadth of web of flanged beams.
1) Inthe simplified approach, the IS: 456 code speclflesthat the critical
/y =
characteristic strength of stirrup reinforcement in N/mm2
, - 2 section for shear is taken-at a distance equal to the effective depth 'd'
which shall not be taken greater than 415 -N/mm .
from the face of support when the beam supports uniformly distrib-
The spacing ?f the stirrups can also be expressed as; - uted load or a concentrated load farther than 2d from the face of
support.The value OfT. is calculated in accordance with Table-19 and

I sv= 543

S. = 902 [
[A;.J for Fe-250j
iv] for Fe-415

Also, the spacing of the links should not exceed 0.75d or 300mm which-
... (6.19)

ever is less. The IS: 456-2000 code also specifies that in cases where the
- appropriate shear reinforcements are designed at sections closer to the
support without any further check fo~ shear at sections closer to the
support.
2) The enhancement of shear strength may be taken into account while
designing sections near a support. The value of Te is enhanced by a
factor and is given by the equation,
maximum, shear stress (1'e,"",x)computed is less 'than half the permissible
Enhanced shear strength = (Te.2e1)/ aJ ...(6.22)
r, 138 Reinforced Concrete Design
Ultimate Strength o/Reill/orced Concrete Sections . 139

.This area is provided within a distance of 0,75 a.. If a; is less than effective
depth. horizontal shear reinforcement will be more effective than vertical
steel since the action is similar to that of deep' beams.

6.5.8 Influence of Axial Force on Design Shear Strength

In general, the actual shear strength of concrete is improved in the presence

of uniaxial compression and weakened in the presence of uniaxial tension.
The design shear strength of concrete is based on a safe estimate of the
limiting nominal stress at which the first inclined crack develops.
(a) Beam The presence of tension accelerates the process' of cracking and also
increases the angle of inclination. of the shear cracks while the presence of
uniaxial'compression has the opposite effect which is generally prevalent
in prestressed concrete heams".
Hence the IS: 456:2000 code (Clause 40.2.2) specifies that the design
shear strength in the presence of axial compression should be taken as S'c'
the multiplying factor S is defined as ....... thl

3Pu] ... (6.24)

5= [ 1+-
A/ck .

(bl Face of Support in Compression Or 1.5. whichever is less

Where =
P; factored compressive force (Newtons)
Ag:;;;; gross area of concrete section (mrn')
2.
ick = characteristic strength of concrete(N/mm )
The Indian Standard Code does not mention the case of axial tension
which evidently reduces the design shear strength. However the American
Code ACI: 318-8950 specifies the multiplying factor as

(e) Face of Support in Tension

[ Pu]/
5 = I + 3.45 Ag for Pu < 0
... (6.25)

Where P~ = factored axial tension (N) with a negative sign.

Fig. 6.12 Crllical Sections for Shear

Where a; = l.ength of that part of a member traversed by a shear plane 6.5.9 Analysis Examples
called the shear span as shown in Fig 6.12(a). . 1) A reinforced concrete beam has a support section with a width of
If shear reinforcement is required, the total area of this reinforcement is 300mm and effective depth of 600mm. the support section is rein-
given by

I '
A == a.~b
SY

. ~ (OAa •.b )/0.87

.

(t.,; - ~~-rc)I 0.87 fr

t;
I
..
.. :(6.23)
forced with 3 bars of 20mm diameter at an effective depth of 600mm.
8inm diameter 2 legged stirrups at a spacing of 200mm is provided as .
shear reinforcement ,nea('supports using M-20 Grade concrete and
FeA15 HYSD bars, estimate the shear strength of the support section,
 ,1.40 ;Reirlforced'Con~."ete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 141

Method"':'l(Using IS: 456-2000 Code formulae) corresponding tof.; ;;::;415 N/mm2 and diameter of stirrups as 8 mm and
spacing S; = 200 mm (20 ern),
... :
a) Data
b ;;;;300mm [;,) = 1.815 kN/c~
d ;;::;600mm
A" ;;::;(3 x 314) = 942 mnr' vu, = (1.815 x 60) = 108.9 kN.
S, ;;::;200 mm
c) Total Shear Resistance 'j' .
b) Percentage Reinforcement .. J i
Vu = (Vue + Vu,) = (86.4 + 108.9) = 195.3 kN.
= ( 1DOA,,) J 100 x 942) = 0.52 2) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section has a width of
P, l bd l300x 600
250mm and an effective depth of 500mm. The beam is reinforced :'lith i:.
; • l

Refer Table-19 of IS: 456 (Table 6.17 of text) and read out the design 4 bars of 25mm diameter on the tension side. Two of the tension bars
'. i shear strength of concrete r, corresponding to ick ;; 20 N/mm2•
, 'tc ;;::; 0.48 Nzmm'
are bent up at 450 near the support section. In addition the beam is '
provided with two legged stirrups of 8mm diameter at 150mm centres
rL::,,;
near the supports. i(fck = 25 N/mm2 andfy = 415 N/mm2, estimate the
c) Shear Resisted by Concrete ~'.- o~

ultimate shear strength of the support section. '. :.:

!5
Vue:; (r, b d);:: (0.48 X 300 X 600) 10-3 = 86.4 leN Method-l (Using IS: 456-2000 Code Formula)

d) Shear resisted by Stlrrupsr- a) Data

b ,; 250 mm ick = 25 N/mm2
_[A .. (O.87/y)d]
Vo" - S;
_ [100XO.87X415X600]
- 200
-3_
10 - 108.3 kN. d ;;::;500mm h = 415 N/mm2
A" =
(2 x 491) , Sy, = 150 rnm
e) Total shear resistance of support section:- ;;;;982 mnr'
Vu = [Vue + Vu,] = [86.4 + 108.3) :; 194.7 kN Asy = (2 x 50) ;;;;100 mnr'

Method-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Tables) b) Percentage Reinforcement

a) Shear resistance of concrete ) =( 100btlAs) Jl25Dx500

/,
100X982) = 0.78

Refer Table-61 of SP: 16 (Table 6.14 of text) and read out the design Refer Table-19 of IS: 456 (Table 6.11 of text) andread out 'to correspond-
strength of concrete as ing tof...~= 25 Nzmrrr',
'Cc = 0,48 N/mrn1 for P, = 0.52 r, = 0.584 N/mm,2 I
,
l
!) Vue = (T:e.b.d) = (0.48x 300 x600)W3 = 86.4 kN
c) Shear Resisted by Concrete
... '
.f. "
1'1',:'
r. '
~} b) Shear resistance of two legged vertical stirrups
Vue = (-tc.b.d) '" (0.584 X 250x 500)1O~3= 73.0 kN
Refer Table 62 of SP: 16 (Table 6.17 of text) and read out the ratio (Vu/d)
"
 142 Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections " 143

d) Shear resisted by Stirrups Method-l (Using IS: 456·2000 code formulae)

_ [A,/0.87/y)d]:=[ 100 xO.87 x415 x 500] 10-3:= 120.3 ~N ,a) .Data

V., - 's v
150, b = 300mm =
.f.:k 25 N/mm2
d = 600mm. fy = 415 N/mm2
e) Shear resisted by bent up bars A, :=: (4 x 491) = 1964 mm' Vu =400 kN'
Vuw ;; A,(0.87 /y) sin a b) Nominal Shear Stress
3
;; (982 xO.87 x415 x sin45~ 10-
Vu =400 kN,
;; 250.7 kN ..
.. /
( bdV)
3

f) Total Shear resistance of Support Section t =

y
......!. = (400 X 10 )'
300 x 600
= 2.22 N/mm 2 <'Co . max = 3.1 N/mm. 2

, Vu ,;, [Vue ~ Vu, + Vu.J := [73.0 + 120.3 + 250.7] ;: 444 kN.

c). Shear resisted by concrete.-
. !

Method-z (Using SP: 16 Design Tables)

) ,,;( 100A,) = ( 100 x 1964) = 1.09
,. bd 300x600
a) Refer Table 61 of SP: 16 (Table 6.14 of text) and read out "0 = 0.58
=
N/mnl for Pc 0.78 and.f.:k :25 N/mm2 = , Refer Table-19 of IS: 456-2000 and read out "c' corresponding to p, and
i;
.. Vue;; ('Cebd) := (0.584 X 250 X 500) IO-~:= 73.0 )<N
.• 'Cc = 0.658 N/mm
2
< 'C.
b) Refer Table 62 of SP: ]6 (Table 6.17 of text) .and readout (Vu'/d) =
Hence, stirrups are to be designed.
2.420,
V",::: (2.42 x 50)::: 121 kN. Vuc ;; (tcbd) = (0.658 x 300 x 600) 10-3 = 118,4 kN
I' , c) Refer Table 63 of SP: 16 (Table 6.18 of text) and readout Vusa for " Balance shear is given by
single bar in kN as
Vu,:= (VU - VoJ = [400-118,4J = 281.6 kN.
Vu,,, = (2 X 125.32) = 250.64 kN.
d) Total Shear Strength = Vu::: (Vue + Vu, + Vu,,,] = [73.0 + 121 + 250.64] d) Design of Vertical Stirrups
=444.64 kN
Using lOmm diameter 2 legged vertical stirrups, spacing is given by
6.5.10 Design Examples
S -
_ [0.87f .A .d] _- [0.87 x 415 x 2 x 78.5] x 600] _-.7120
y sv 7
mm
v Vo, 281.6 x 10'
I) A reinforced Concrete beam of rectangular section 300mm wide is
reinforced with four bars of 25mm diameter at an effective depth of Sv, max = 0.75 d == (0.75 x 600) = 450 mm
600mm. the beam has to resist a factored shear force of 4~0 kN at
support section. Assllming/..k = 25 N/mm2 andfy = 415 N/mm , design Also Sy::S; 300 mm
vertical stirrups for the section. . ..Provide 10mm diameter 2 legged vertical stirr~ps at 1,20.mm centers at
: support section..
 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 145
:Reinjorc.ed concrete Design . .

, Method-2 (Using SP: 16 design Tables) ,

s, :.:(A".0.87/y) = (2 x SOx 0.87x 415)
O.4b . 0.4 x 300

Compute the ratio (~s) kN/cm ==( 2~~6) == 4.69 kN/cm

:: .. :.:300.8 mm < (0.75d)::: (0.75 x 600)

Use 8 mm diameter 2 legged stirrups at 300 mm centres.

= 450 mrn.

: .':
Refer Table-62 of SP: 16 (Table 6.14 of text) and read out the spacing cor-
responding-to fy :: 415 N/mm2, IOmm diameter stirrups and (Vu./d) ::::4.69 Method-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Tables)

:. S;» 12 em= 120 mm

Provide 10 mm diameter 2 legged stirrups at 120 rnm centres.
SP; 16 requires the computation of the parameter ( ~7) kN/cm.

2) D~sign the shear reinforcements in a beam of rectangular section hav- Design for nominal steel is equivalent to designing for a shear stress of 0.4
ing a width of 300 mm and effective depth 600 mm. the ultimate2 shear N/mm2 (Refer Eq.6.18) -
at the section is 100 kN. Use!ek:: 20 N/mm2 andfy:: 415 N/mm • The
beam 'is reinforced with 4 bars of 25 mm diameter in the tensile zone. , (Vu,)
d
=(0.4X300X600)_
1cYx60 -1.2

Method=I (Using IS: 456-2000 Code Formulae) Where VI" is expressed in kN and 'd' is expressed in cm.
Refer Tabl~-62 of SP; 16 (Table-6.17 of text) and read out the spacing
corresponding to/y:::; 415 N/mm2 and diameter « 8mm and (V,,/d):::: 1.20
a) Data
{' :::20 N/mm2 , S; :::;30 em = 300 mm
.b ::::300 mrn Jck
r ::::415 N/mm2
Jy
d :::600mm Adopt 8mm diameter 2 legged vertical stirrups at 300 rnm centers.
As :: (1964 mrn') Vu ::: 100kN
3) . A.reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section 350 mill wide is
1'.' reinforced with 4 bars of 20 mm diameter at an effective depth of 550 .
b) Nominal Shear Stress mm out of which 2 bars are bent up near the support section where a
factored shear force of 400 kN is acting. Using M-20 grade concrete
v, = 100kN and Fe-415 Grade HYSD bars design suitable shear reinforcements at

1:
v
=(~) =(
bd
100 x LO))'" 0.55 N/mm2
300 x 600
the support section. , ', '.:

Method-l (Using IS: 456-2000 Code Formulae) -

c) Shear Strength of Concrete
a) Data

_ (IOOA,) "'( 100x 1964)::: 1;09 b = 350 mm f.k ::::20 N/mm2

PI- btl 300x 600 d = 550mm /y ::::415 N/mm2
A, ::::628 mm2 V" f400kN
Refer Table-19 of IS: 456-2000 and read out 'Ce, corresponding to p, and!ck'

'tc ::::0.658 N/mm2 > T" b) Nominal Shear Stress'

Hence, nominal shear reinforcements arc to be designed. Vu ==400kN

t, ",(~) _( 400 x 101) ,

d) Nomlnal Shear Reinforcements b{1 - 350 x550 ==2.07 Nzmm"

Using 8mm diameter two legged stirrups the spacing is computed

Eq.(6.18)
 146 Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 147

a) Design of Vertical Stirrups:-

100A.) _(100X6281 = 0.32
PI:;: ( bd - 350X550)
Shear force to be resisted by vertical stirrups is Vu• = [323-160] :::162.6
, 9 f IS' 456-2000 and read out 'to corresponding to P, and!ck leN.
Refer Table-l 0 .

I . 't = O.40 Nlmm

' 2 < 1
y
< 1c.!'1aJl' '= 2.8N/mm2 . Compute the ratio (;') kN/cm:

~en:e, shear reinforcemen~s have to be designed.

-/
(:w):;( 1~~.6)
:. 2.96 kN/cm
",.! ..,~ ..

c) Shear resisted by Concrete

Using lOmm diameter 2 legged stirrups, ReferTable ~ 62 of SP: 16 and
3
, Vue= (1.bd) == (0.4? X 350 X 550) 10- == 77 kN. =
read out the spacing S•• corresponding to 4> 10 mm and,(y = 415 N/mm2

..
, ." l i .V - [V - V J = [400-77)
Shear to be earned by stee IS us - u uc
= 323 kN.
'
and the ratio of (V.ld)
S.:: 19cm = 190mm
d) Shear carried by bent up bars .. Adopt lOmm diameter 2 legged vertical stirrups at 190 mm centres.
.,
..n
V.,,, == A,(0.87fy) sin a
1
6.6 TORSIONAL STRENGTH OF REINFORCED CONCRETE
ee(628 xO.87 x415 x sin 45°) 10- SECTIONS ;/
= 160.3 kN. , 6.6.1 Introduction
..
. d by Vertical Stirrups is "(323.:.160.3J
Shear to b e carne ' ..,'
= = 162.7 kN.
In reinforced concrete members, torsion generally occurs in combination
e) Dcsign of Vcrtical Stirrups with flexure and transverse shear. PUre torsion (metallic shafts) rarely
develops in reinforced concrete. Several investigations have revealed the
Using 10 mm diameter 2 legged stirrups, the sracing'S. is calculated as complex behaviour of interaction between flexure, shear and torsion.
Based on various experimental investigations, the national codes prescribe
O.87/y.A,v.d] =:(O.87X415 x2 X78;5 X550] = 192.8 mm
simplified procedures combining the significant aspects of theoretical con-
S; = [ V 162.7 x 10
siderations and experimental results.
<'300 rnm ~se IOmm diameter 2 legged stirrups at 190 Several types of loading produce torsion in' reinforced concrete
S; < O.75 d an d S v •

mmcentres. . structural elements. The resultant torsion in classified under two main
'groups".
Method-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Tables) a) Primary or equilibrium torsion
b) Secondary or compatibility torsion
The shear to be can
··Iedby bent up bars and vertical stirrups = 323 kN.
6.6.2 Primary Torsion
a) Shear resisted by bent up bars

.' f 20mm diameter are bent up at an angle ex. :::: 45° near support sec- Primary or equilibrium torsion is induced by eccentric loading. the com-
~ baISc~ml)Ute the shear taken by bent bars using Table-63 of SP: 16 cor- mon examples being,
tion. '
a) Cantilever Beam with slab
responding to , b) BowGirder ',
45° Va:::: (2 x 80.21),;'" 160.4 kN.
iy = 415 N/mm2',$ = 20 mrn and ex.:::: , us
c) L-Beams

.0 ...... :.
 Ultimate Strength "OJ Reinforced Concrete Sections· . 149

example of compatibility torsion is shown inFig. 6.14 in which the sec!

The loading on these elements developing torsion is .shown in Fig.
6.13. In all these cases the loading is eccentric to the line of reaction at
supports. The total torsion is equally distributed to the support sections
equilibrium or primary torsion is induced by eccentric loading and equi-
librium conditions are sufficient to estimate the torsional moments.
ondary beam AB is monolithically connected to the main beam CD at A
and B. The beam AB rotates at the junction due to loading on AB.
Corresponding to the angle eM a torsional moment will develop, at A in
beam CD and a bending' moment will develop at A in beam AB,
o

I
I
I E
L:- -.,- - - - - - --

(a) Canopy Seam

:.'~." .
"j
')TOrque

Fig. 6.14 Typical Example of Comp;lIlbility Torsion

(b) Sow Girder The bending moment will be equal to and net in a direction opposite to the
torsional moment to maintain static equilibriu~l. The magnitude of rotation
eA and the torsional and bending moments at A depends upon the torsional
stiffness of beam CD and the flexural still'ness of beam AB.

6.6.4 Torsional shear stress

The theory of torsion52•53 of prismatic homogeneous members of different

types of cross section is welt' established and described in detail in books of
(c) L- Beam
mechanics of materials.54•55 The effect of torsion is to induce shear stresses
and causes warping of non-circular s~til)l\~,IThe failure of a plain concrete
Fig. 6.13 Examples of Equilibrium Torsion
member in torsion is caused by torsional cracking due to the diagonal ten-
6.6.3 Secondary or CompatibUity Torsion sile stresses. Due to torsion, a plain ('(In':I'Cterectangular member develops
diagonal tension cracks.in the inter fibres :1S shown in Fig, 6, I5 leading to a
In compatibility torsion, the torsion is induced by the application of an . ,.' . sudden failure of the entire section due to IO\~strength of concrete in ten-
angle, of twist such' as the rotation of a member and the resulting torsional ". sion. To improve the torsional strength of rectangular concrete sections
moment depends upon the torsional stiffness of the member. A typical .. -: . torsional reinforcements are generally pnwided in the form of longitudinal
and transverse steel, the former in the form of bars distributed around the
 . 150 Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections .151

Potential
Torque en Torque (T)

. ~~
I
\

Fig.6.15 Torsional Shear Stresses and Cracks In a Beam of Rectangular Section

Twist (9) Twist (e)

cross sections close to the periphery and the latter in the form of closed
.rectangular stirrups, placed perpendicular to the axis of the beam, the lon- (a) Plaine Concrete (b) Reinforced Concrete
gitudinal reinforcements resists the tension and the transverse reinforce-
\ Fig. 6.16 Torque-Twist Characteristics of Plain and Reinforced Concrete Members
ment is required to resist shear.
The torque-twist characteristics of torsionally reinforced concrete =[J.6(TJb)] ... (6.27)
members is similar to that of plain concrete until the formation of the first 'tl b.d
torsional cracks as shown is Fig. 6.16 (a) and (b). The value of cracking
torque Tcr is practically the same for both plain and reinforced concrete
[f VI = shear due to torsion, the expression specified in IS: 456-2000 code
members. When cracking develops, there is a large increase in twist under is given by
constan! torque due to drastic loss of torsional stiffness 56. Post cracking
behaviour is influenced by the magnitude of torsional reinforcement in the
VI = ('C,.b.d) = 1.6(~) ... (6.28)

member as shown in Fig. 6.16 (b). Increase of torsional reinforcement wili

also increase the ultimate torsional strength and the ductile failure is prec-
This is similar to the expression for flexural shear stress, 'tv (Vjbd) =
Hence for a section of overall dimensions band D subjected to shear Vu
eded by yielding of steel, which can be realised only at very large angles of
and torsion Tu the equivalent shear Vq is calculated 'from the relation as
twist. However, the increase in strength is limited- since failure due to
specified in IS: 456 code as,
crushing of concrete may take place prior to the yielding of reinforcement
V. = Vu + 1.6(Tjb) ... (6.29)
in tension.
For rectangular. sections subjected to a torque Tu, using the sand heap
analogy,s7.s8we can express the torque in terms of the torsional shear stress 6.6.5 Reinforcement Design for shear and torsion
tl and the cross sectional dimensions 'b', 'D' and 'd' as,
Reinforced concrete'members, when subjected tor~ion and shear have to be
suitably reinforced so that the equivalent nominal shear stress 'tve expressed
t, = :~' ((j) ~.(~)) ... (6.26)
as
. 2Tu ( 1
= b2~· Constant
)
'tve
=[V + u
.
1.6(Tjb)]
bd
... (6.30).

-Iowever, the constant [(DId) - (bI3d)] has a value in the range of 0.8 to lies betwee~ te.
the· permissible she~~ str~ss giveriin table 6:14 and. t,he
1.15 for most of the rectangularsections '> ' ... ' .

l
in practice; Selecting an average maximum shear stress 'tc;nl.x compiled in Table 6.16. :
/alue for the constant and applying a correction factor for the assumption If the shear tve exceeds the value of 'te.mixl -the section has tp be suitably,
If full plastification of the section the final expression reduces to redesigned by increasing the cross sectional area and-rot increasing th~.
 'iS2 Reinforced Concrete Design ',: ,','; Ultimate Strength of Reinforced COllcre.~e.Secijons 153

grade of concrete. If'tve is less than the design shear strength 'tc' ultimate shear (Vu)'
shear reinforcements has to be provided conforming to the equation (6.1 =
Ther~fore Vu• 0.4 v,
explained in section 6.5.6. Using this relation, Eq (6.30) reduces to

6.6.6 Torsion-Shear Interaction [(;J +( 2.~~J] = 1 ...(6.32)

The design of reinforcements for' torsion and shear is based on the interac- " If S. = spacing of stirrups (Fig. 6.18)
tion curve for concrete with web steel under shear and torsion as investi- ; AIV ;;;cross sectional
.
area
.
of web reinforcement
gated by HSU.l9, Collins et al60,who formulated the Space-truss analogy
Tuo
skew bending theory. The interaction curve for concrete with and wi.ht'\,,,,,,;,,
web steelunder combined torsion and shear is shown in Fig. 6.17 (a) and' 0'
(bi'. '
lY. lY.
, Tuo Tuo

.. .•.
-.1
/
1·0 /
..
",,, .-..
-,
•••
• o~ ~~ • __~_
0, 1·0 ~
Vuso
t::: b
'*'
Fig. 6.18 Space Truss Model for Torsion In R.C.C. Beams
. (0) Without Web Steel (b) With Web Steel .:.(6.33)
Then, Vuso ::;0.87/y Asy (dIS.)
Fig. 6.17 Interaction Curves for Torsio~ and Shear
Where d = effective depth , ,
The interaction relation shown is Fig. 6.17 (b) for beams with web Using the thin walled tube model shown in Fig. 6.l9, the she~r fl.ow q
reinforcement can be assumed to follow the conservative linear relation (force per unit length) across the thickness of the tube (Ref. 58)_ls given b~
given by the equation.

Where
T; = torsional moment in the section
Vu, = shear force shared by web steel out of the total shear force in the
section (Vu)
Vu,o == shear strength of reinforcement assuming no torsion is present.
Tuo =: Torsional strength of reinforcement assuming no shear is present.
Based. on experimental investigations, it can be safely assumed that the
shear carried by the web reinforcement (Vu,) is about 40 percent of the
Fig. 6.19 Shear Flow in Thin Walled Tube
 I 154 Reinforced COlicrete Df::.:gn

...(6.34)
And
Ultimate Strength of Reillforced Concrete Sections 155

... (6.41)
Where Ao = area enclosed by tie centre line of the thickness.
But Ao=o: d, In practical examples, it has been found that equation (6.40) results in very
large values of spacing and hence Eq (6.41) is generally used for designing

I
I
Where hi and d, denote the ce:-.ue-to-centre distances between th .
. h di . f' wi
b ars in t e irections 0 width ~d depth respectively.
e comer the transverse reinforcements for beams subjected to combined torsion and
shear.
-I Accordingly, we have
q = (T,,/2b1d,) .
6.6.7 Design strength in Torsion combined with Flexure
'" (6 .3 5)
Assuming torsional cracks (pure torsion) at 45' to the 10 it di I . When a section is subjected to torsion (T.u) and flexure (Mu)' experimental
the b (F' 618) d ngi u ina axis of
ea~ Ig,. an considering the equilibrium of forces I investigations by Iyengar etal?' have shown that the interaction behavior
the section (Fig. 6.19), . norma to of rectangular sections under torsion and flexure following a parabolic .
relation is influenced 'by the magnitude of longitudinal reinforcements
qSy = A,(O.87/.) ... (6.36)
provided in the flexural tension and compression zones. Warner and Ran-
~here AI =
cross sectional area of the stirrups = (A /2) f t I gan" have investigated the different modes of failure of rectangular rein-
stirrups. Substituting in Eq (6.34), we have . s or wo egged forced concrete members under combined flexure and torsion. They have
T =; 2A .b .d (O.87/y»)
1 l l
identified three different modes of failure depending upon the various
variables and their combinations as shown in Figs. 6.20 (a), (b) and (c) and
00 ~ s,
(d).63
or T
uo
Jt (J.87ft1iV.bl.dl)
s, ...(6.3i) . a) Mode-l Type Failure
Substituting Eq. (6.33) and (6.37) in Eq, (6.31) we have the final e .
for the web reinforcement given by the relation, quanon The most common type of failure encountered i,nbeams is the mode-l type
failure which occurs when flexure is predominant over torsion. The mem-
A == t.s ) ( v: S )]
'01 U' V,
ber fails by skew compression at top as shown in Fig. 6.20 (b). This type of
'v ~(b,.dlJ.87 fr + 2.5d.O.87fr . ...(6.38) failure is often referred to as modified flexural failure.
Which is the same equation specified in IS: 456-2000 for the co .
of transverse reinforcement for combined torsion and sh . l~p~tatlOn b) Mode- 2 Type Failure
design. ear 111 rm It state
In the case of beams having a narrow section with depth exceeding the
Also clause 41.4.3 also spccifies that the transverse steel should natu
width 'and when torsion is greater than flexure, mode-2 type failure char-
rally be not less than that required to with stand the f II . I -
given by the relation. u equiva ent shear V, acterized by. .the compression zone skewed to the side of the' member as
shown in Fig. 6.20 (c) generally occurs and this type of failure is also
A
'v
== [('tv.0.87
- 't<)b.S,,]
fr ...(6.39)
referred to as lateral flexural failure.

It is mO.reCOII\,~l1iellt
to r~cast the equations (6.38) and (6.39) . c) Mode-3 Type Failure
~:et~e~a~tnr (~ s)lIl~ethe diameter and hence the cross sectionat:::~n~~ In rectangular beams having longitudinal top reinforcements much less ";,

see " • IS generally assumed and the spacin is

Hence, we have the equations for the spacing S; as g I computed. than that of the 'bottom reinforcements, mode-3 type failure, also termed as
negative flexural failure develops with the compression zone occurring
S" = [( A.vbld~O;87~!) ;e:v:,2.5d~~~.~~;~!)
J .. :..(6:4'0) towards the soffit of the member. This type of failure is shown in Fig.
6.20(d).
 Ultimate Strength of ReinjoYced Concrete Section! ·1:> I.
',0' -: ',":-i ,~~.;"
... (6.42)
!'(
.c"
~" '

. .» ;:;
(
For mode-3 Failure, ';

'~, '
j: I;,:] .
(Tu)2
- - (A ..) (Mu)2
- - :<;;].
... (6.43)
r i.~.
TUt A", M". ': '

Bars in
tension
(b) Mode·1
(01 Beam. Section
(Modified Flexural
(Flexure -Torsion) Failure)
III
1'1

Bars in
tension

~'I!I" eMu/Murl
Flg.6.21 Torsion-Flexure Interaction
Compression
zone Where A" ;:;:Area of longitudinal steel in the flexural tension zone ..
(c) Mode-2 (d) Mode ~3 Asc ;:;:Area of longitudinal steel in the flexural Compression zone
(Lctercl Flexural Failure) (Negative Flexural Failure)
Fig. 6.20 Failure Models of R.C. Beams Under Combined Flexure and Torsion . The flexure-torsion interaction curves based on the above relations are

The ultimate strength of rectangular reinforced concrete section sub- shown in Fig. 6.21 for the ratio or( ~:) varying from 0.3 to 1.0.
jected to combined flexure (M) and torsion (Tu) is generally described by
the interaction diagram shown in Fig. 6.21. . For low values of the ratio (Mu),
M u,
the torsional strength is margin~lIy high~r: When
.

Let Tu, ;:;: pure torsional strength

Mu, ;:;: pure Flexural strength
61
(::}='l, mode-l type failure generally occurs with the ~ielding of tension re.infor~e-
1 Based on experimental investigations, Iyengar et a1 have suggested the ment, In general, presence of torsion reduces the flexural strength of the
t
i following interaction formulas: member.
I
For mode-l Failure,

,
 158 Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength 'of Reinforced Concrete Sectio~ls 159

6.6.8 Reinforcement design for Flexure and Torsion 8) If'tve > r, given in Table-19 of IS; 456 and < 'te, max given in Table-20
of IS;456. then assume diameter of shear stirrups and compute their
The revised Indian standard code clause 41.4.2 IS: 456-2000 recom- spacing using the equations:
mendations are based on the skew bending approach" in which the tor-
sional moment T; is converted, into an effective bending moment M, a) S; = (A, •.O.g7
,(,t
y• 'tc)b
-
h) ,
defined by the relation.
: = {Tu(l+Dlb)} .. :(6.44) b) S. = [(A,y(O.8;:)b,d l) +(A,y(O.8~)2.5d,)] .t.

MI, 1.7' ,

=
Where D overall depth of the beam. The spacing S; selected should be th~ smaller of the two values from
The longitudinal reinforcement is designed to resist an equivalent bending (a) and (b). Also S; should not exceed bl or [(b, + dl) 14} or '300 mm
moments Mel and Me2expressed as, which ever is less." ,'
, ...(6,45)
M., =(Mu+MJ
Me2::;(M, - Mu) ...(6.46)

For values of M, ~ Mu, the longitudinal reinforcement is designed to resist

the equivalent moment Mel with the, steel located in the flexural tension
zone. For values of M, > Mu. the reinforcement is designed to resist Me2
I with the steel located in the flexural compression zone. ,
In the case of pure torsion (Mu '= 0), it follows that equal longitudinal
I
i, steel is required at the top and bottom of the section.

6.6.9 Design of Reinfor.;:cments for Flexure, Shear and Torsion

Also compute
accordingto IS: 456 - 2000 Code Speciticatioiis,
The procedure outlined in the following steps may be followed to design , " , For known values of the ratios. read out the diameter of stirrups and their
sections subjected to combined bending, shear and torsion. spacing from Table-62 of SP: 16 or Table 6.17 of the text. '

Design Steps , 6.6.1I Analysis examples

1) Compute design moments Muand Tu'and design shear force Vu
2) Calculate equivalent moment , 1) A cantilever canopy is made up of monolithically constructed beam Of
,

8m span with a cantilever slab..of 4m~"The beam section is 400mm

Tu(1 +Dlb)}
Mel::;:(Mu+M,)::: {M; + 1.7 wide by 1200 mm deep. The live load on slab is 1.5 kN/m2• Determine'
the torsion and shear due to live load for which the beam should be
3) Design tension steel for Mel designed. '
4) If M, > Mu then compute Me2 = (M,-Mu)
5) Design steel on compression face for the moment Me2 a) Data
6) Compute the equivalent shear force as
Span of beam » L = 8m
, V. = Vu + 1.6 (TuI b) .l,; <:!,'._.

Cantilever slab span = 4m '

7) Determine shear stress 'tve = (V. I bd).',~Check that the shear stress is Cross. section of. beam.e 400 mm wide by 1200 mm deep
=
Live load 1.5 kN/m2

,il,::
less than the maximum shear stress 'rc.~ ;'
 Ultimate Strength of-Reinforced Concrete Sections. l,61·.
. "I' ..,):
..
" ..':.,. ,'., . c) Equivalent Shear Force
Live load ori beam = (1.5 x 4) 6 kN/m) ( . ','=.: . "'.( .'

at
Maximum shear' support ::;;V= (6 xO.5 x 8) =24 kN
v. = v. + I.{~)~[I50+ 1.6( g.~})-=246kN .
c) Design Torsion in beam The cross-section has to be designed for an equivalent bending
moment of 203 kL'i.mand an equivalent shear force of 246 kN.
To-rsion per metre length of beam = (1.5 x 4) (0.5 x 4) =.12 kNnv:m . 3) 'Determine the design torsional resistance of a reinforced concrete
Torsion is zero at centre of span and maximum at the two fixed ends .~~.•• beam of rectangular section using the following data. The beam is
beam.', .... . ,
reinforced using Fe-415 HYSD bars. Adopt IS: 456-2000 code provi-
Design torsion at support section is sions. .
T= (12)<0.5 x8) = 48 kN.m
a) Data
d) Design shear b = 350 mm b, =300mm
D =900 mm d, =800mm
. V. = v'+ 1:6(~}:[ 24+ 1.6(~,~)] ~ 'i16 kN. ::~.I". ":;~.~I~"·"
i~'i
..
=
A sv (2 x 79)
,;, 158 mnr'
S, =150mm

2) A circular R.C.C. girder has a rectangular secti?n with a ~idth of 500 .

mm and over all depth of 1000 mm. At a particular section, the fac- b). Design torsional resistance
tored values of bending and torsional moments are 150 and 30 kN,m ,:::
respectively, The ultimate shear force at the section is 150 kN. «' According toIS: 456-2000 code, considering the ~hear-torsion interaction
Analyse the design moment and shear for which the' beam has to ,~ " );('. (Eq.6.38] with Vu = 0, which corresponds to the space truss analogy, con-'
designed. sidering the contribution of the transverse reinforcement only-(Eq.6AO] the
. ultimate torsional resistance is computed as. .
a) Data
Mu::;; 150kN.m b '=500mm
Tu =( 0.87f~: •.b•.d,) =(O.87X4ISX lI~~x 300x 8(0) = (86:65x 10 = 86.65·kN.m .
6)

T; ::;;30kN.m D ==1000mm
4) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section' has a width of 350
.Vu ::;;150kN
. mm and overall depth of 700 mm. The beam is reinforced with 2 bars
of 25mm diameter both on the tension and compression' faces at· an .
b) Equivalent bending moment
effective cover of 50mm. The side covers are 25mm .. 10 mm diameter
two legged stirrups are provided at lOOmm centres. The section is
Mel = eMu +Mt) subjected to a factored shear force of 200 kN. If Fe-415 HYSD bars

Where M,=Tu [
(1 +Dlb)]
1.7 =30
[(I + 10001500)] _ 53 kN '
.1.7 - .m
are used, estimate the torsional resistance of the beam using I.S. code
provisions. I

Me. = (150+53) =203 kN.m. . .,.

b :::350 rum bl =)OOmm I .
D' == 706 mm dl.==600mm : :i
!.
Vu = 200 kN As.= (2 x 79) = 158 mm"
S; == 100 mm
 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 163·
'.
b) Torsional Strt:fY,-*, rMllliduing V. =0 Solving T= (9.2 x 106) Nmm = 9.2 kN.m

T =(0.117 hA" ..b:4. ,,((~E/415 x 158x 300X600) = (102.6x 106) N.mm d) Maximum torsional capacity of the section (Torsion + shear)
u . S. J 100

= 102.6kN.m 'Refer Table-20 of IS:'456 and read out the value. of 'te•max. for !ok = 25
N/mm2
c) 'TorsIonal strtn'~ ttJMfdmng V. 200 kN = 't<..... =3.1 N/mml

); ;( T.,S. ) ( VUSy )J It T = Maximum allowable torsion, then

"0 '" ~; "£,.4l).87 fy + 2.5d.O.87 fy
[v.+ ~!(Tlb)] = 3.1
1C' r( T x 100 ) ( 200 X 10
3
X 100 )]
...~ ""i_! Y/Jx~xO.87X415 + 2.5 x600xO.87x415 (120X 103) + 1.6(T/400)] = 3.1
[
Solving. T. = (781) / HI') !i.mm = 78.6kN.m. Hence, torsional strength is 400 x 800 , .,
·smallcr of the two 'I~Ji~l.
Solving T= (218 x 106) N.mm::: 218 kN.m
5) A reinforced C'}fY.%':1.I; rectangular beam has a breadth of 400 mm and
6) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section With.a breadth of
effect ive de~h of ~//;mm.It has a factored shear force of 120 kN at a
350mm and overall depth of 800mm is reinforced with 4 bars of
pnrticular rectif1l'J, A\wming thathk 2S N/mm2 andfy 415 N/mm2 = = 20mm diameter on thetension side at an effective depth of 750mm.
and percentage (;1 ~mHe steel at that section as 0.5 percent, determine
the torsional fj'Mf:l;nt tl':e section can 'resist for the following cases.
The section is subjected to an ultimate moment of 21? kN.m. If.fck =
30 N/mm2 and /y =
415 N/mm2, estimate the ultimate torsional
Casc- I: If no aclditV~1 relr.forcement for torsion is provided. moment that can be allowed on the section. .
Case' 2: If the JW;T.imlJrti 1.t!-~1for torsion is provided in the section.
Adopt IS: 456 CC'k pr(rtj~i(lTI~ for the analysis. a) Data
a) Data b = 350mm J.ok = 30 N/mm2
d =750mm I. =415 N/mm2
b :: 4(1) mm hk= 2S N/mm2 D =800mm AS! =
= (4 x,314) 1256 mm''
d = 'IIfJmm h= 41S N/mm2
b) Neutral axis depth
b) I'Cfll1isslble ~bt:<lr~tr~~ Xu ..... = (O.48d) = (0.48 x 750) = 360 mm
I', = 0.5% It:-
For and r. 25 N/mm2 referring to Table-19 of IS:456 code
't«ri••= 0.49 N/mm
1 But
_[0.87
Xu -
fl-"J
0.36 !ck.b
=[0.87 x415 x 12i6] =.120 mm
0.36 x 30 x 350
<.<"""
Hence, the beam is under reinforced

c) Equivalent Ultimate moment capacity of section

= 0.49
;!1 T..:~L
V." V.... I.6(Tlb) .. (:;)

~V.+ 1.6 (Tlb)] _ 0 49 Me = O.87!yA".d

, [.1-(A,,[y)J
bd!ct,
L-- bd - .

[()!!'X 10')
400)(800
+ 1.6(T/400)] = 0.49

iii.
 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced.Ccw;rete: Sections J65

.'. ..' .... [ (1256,)(415)] ..' 6 '., n :;.' . d) Longitudinal reinforcements

M.~O:87X415X1256X750 1- 350x750x30 =(317xl0 )N.mm , .... ':
Since the equivalent bending moment M. = 4.41 kN.m, design the longitu-
== 3i7 kN.m .. dinal reinforcement for this moment.
,
r • The section is under reinforced since the steel requirement to resist the
d) Allowable torsional moment small moment will be less than the minimum.
.
s ...'
\
~'.
t.....
.. .
M.=(Mu+M,)==Mu+Tu
.. (1 + (Dlb»)
1.7
_ -
M.-O.87f/all.d [(1-. -bd!ck
A.Jy)~
, '

317 =21
'5'-r; (1 + (800/350»)
1.7 M.=O.87X415XA"X350[1~(
.
415A.t.)].
200x350x25
Solving T.= 62.2 kN.m [A! "':4218Ast + (1.47 x lOS)] == 0 .
I
1." 2
6.6.12 Design examples .• A.. =36mm
It<!I'I~i
•~ "1' ;
.. Providing minimum reinforcement of
j \r 'An R.C:C. 'sectfon 200 400 mm is subjected to a cnaracrensuc
X , '. A' ~(O:8Sbd) =(O.85·~200X350);" 1'43 2
torsional moment' of. 2.5 kN.m and a transverse' .shear of 60 kN. • ,fy' 415 mm
Assuming the use of M-25 grade concrete and Fe·41~ HYSD bars, Provide 2 bars of 10mm diameter as tension reinfqrcement' and 2 hanger
determine the reinforcements. required according to the IS: 456 code bars of lOmm diameter on compression side at an effective cover of
provisions, using the following data. . 50inm(A,t = 158 mm2).'

Method-l (Using IS: 456 Code Formulae) e) Permissible 'shear stress

( v.) =
a) Data
(80X ItY ) 1
b -==200mm !ck == 25 N/mm2 . 't.. = bd 200 x 350 = 1.14 N/mm
2
fy == 415 N/inm
d ==350mm
D ==400mm b, = 150mm P, =
lOOA,)= (100
( bd x i58)
200 x 350 = 0.225
T; == 2.5 kNm a, =300mm
v, ==60kN Refer Table- 19 of IS: 456 and read out 'tc corresponding to!ck:::25 N/mm2,

tc = 0.34 N/mm2
b) Equivalent shear force . .:: .
'tve>"c and "v <
e, 'te•in". = 3.1 Nmrn' (Table-20)

V.~Vu+1.6. (Tu)
b =60+1.6 (2.5)
0.2 =80kN . .. Design transverse reinforcements. using t~e IS: code recommendations.

c) Equivalent bending moment t) Trarisverse reinforcement

ToO +Dlb) 2.5(1 +4001200)
M.=(Af..+M,)==Mu+ 1.7 =0+ 1.7 =4.41 kN.m Using 8mm diameter 2 legged stirrups with side covers of 25mm, the .. ~
spacing' is given by
I~
I· Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 167
I
I
166 Reinforced Concrete Design
moment of 100 kNm together with an ultimate bending moment of
I" s _(A,y.O.87/Y) = (0.87 x 415 x 2 ~ 50) = 225mm
200 kN.m. Adopting M-20 Grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars
I
• - (tYO-'tc)b (1.14...,0.34)200
and assuming top and bottom covers of 50 mm and side covers of 25
TuS. ) (.. V.Sy ] mm, design suitable longitudinal and transverse reinforcements for the
A '" [( . + =100
Also, sv bld,0.87/y. 2.5d,O.87if . section.

100 =[( 150 x 3~~ :~~67X415) +(2.5 X3~~: ~.~7 x 415)] S.. · •• < .....

.:;
',
Method-1{using IS: 456 code formulae}

Solving «« S; = 266mm a) Data

. i>"'~" '
b =350mm . hi = 300mm
Adopting the smaller of the two values, use 8mm diameter 2 legged stir-
d = 650 mm dl = 600mm
rups at a spacing of 225mm.
D =700mm ick = 20N/mm 2

Method-2 (using SP: 16 Design Tables) Mu = 200kN.m fy = 415 N/mm 2

t; = 10OkN.m
,;l~~.,i;"
a) L9ngitudinal reinforcements
"",', b) Equivalent bending moment and shear forces
Equivalent bending moment = Me = Mu = 4.41 kN.m M =M T [I + Dlb] = 200 + lOO[ 1 +700/350] = 376 kN.m
6 .• •+. ·1.7 1.7 .
. (M.)=(4.41X10 )=O.l8
2
bd2 200 X 350
1.6(~ ) = ° + 1.6"(~~)
.
V. = Vu + = 457 kN
Referring to Table~3 of SP: 16 (fck 25' N/m~2) the minimum' value of the =
parameter (Mjbd2) listed as 0.30. Hence, the table cannot be used. The longitudinal reinforcement is designed for Me and transverse rein-
Provide minimum longitudinal reinforcement of PI 0.20 percent for fy = forcement for V.
= 415 N/mm2, as worked out in method-I.
c} Longitudinal reinforcements
b) Transverse Reinforcements
2 6
Mu = 0.138fck.b.d2 = (0.138 x20x350x650 ) :.=408x 10 N.mm> M.
Compute the parameter

( A.v(~~7Iy) ) = [( b~~.)2.~~.)]+( = [( :~~ : !~~

)+'{ :.~ : !~~
)]= 135.5 N/mm
Hence, section is under reinforced

Refer Table-62 (SP : 16) and read out spacing of 8mm diameter two legged
M. = 0.87.fyA,,·d [(1 - bd!.~
A.Jy)1~
stirrups at 27cm = 270 mm.
6 . [ (. 415 A., )]
Also
( Sv »)
A,.(0.87iy
=('t ve -tc)b
.
=(1.14-0.34)200= 1600N/mm= 1.6 kN/~m
(376xIO)=(0.87x415xA"x650) 1- 350x650x20 .

Refer Table-62 and read out spacing of 8mm diameter two legged stirrups
Solving As, = 1940 mm"
as 22.5 em '" 225 mm. Provide the smaller spacing of the two values which =
Use 4 bars of 25mm diameter (Au 1964 mm') on the tension side and 2
is 225 mm. . hanger bars of 16 mm diameter on the compression side with effective

!l,
" .::..
2) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section with a Width of covers of 50 mm.
350mm and over all depth 700mm is subjected to an ultimate torsional "., .,';
 • '."", "4:

··.,r~~;;~~.

'Reinforced Concrete Design.; . ", •• J

':. ;', '(
i;
Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections '169
.J, "

P, = 0.857
'. '. . :. . (IOOA,,)
J;d = 0.857
d) Transverse Reinforcement

"vo
=( v.) = (
bd )
457 x 10
350x650
3
) =2 N/mm;
.
A '= (0.857 x 350 ~ 650)
" . . '100 . .
=
I
'950"
n)m
2

_ ( lOOA,) = ( 100 x 1964) = 0.86 b) Transverse Reinforcement

P, - bd 350x 650 Compute the parameters given by ..
Refer Table-19 oftS: 456 and read out permissible shear shear stress as 'tc
= O.59·N/mm2 • 'tve> r, but less than' 'tc.m..
2
2.8 N/mm • Hence, shear = (
Asv(0·.87
s,
fy») '= [(' .~)
b-d,
+ (~)]
zs«,
J(~ 300 x 600
6
100 X 10 ) +(o)J .
reinforcements are required. Assuming lOmm diameter 2 legged stirrups,
the area of shear reinforcement is computed by using the equation speci- = 555.5 N/mm ;;;5.55kN/cm
fied in IS: 456 code, clause 41.4.3. Refer Table-62 (SP: 16) and read our spacing of 10mm diameter 2 legged

r,( TuSv ) ( V.,S'v ) J . stirrups as S; = 10.2 cm 102 mm. =

Asv = U b,d,O.87fy + 2.5d 0.87/y I
Also
A,y(0.87/Y»)
S; = ('tve-'tJ b= (2 -0.59)350 =493.5 N/mm = 4.93 kN/cm
158 =[( lO~;O106) J
+ (0) 600XO~~7 x415
(

Refer Table-62 (SP: 16) and read out spacing of l Omm diameter two
Solving S; = 102.7 mm legged stirrups as' . -.
S; = U.5 em =1l5 mm. Provide the smaller of the two spacing, S; =
Also,
100mm.
A,v.O.87 /Y) 3) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section with a width of 35.0
Sv:Jo( ('tv. - 'tc)b
mm and overall depth of 800 mm is subjected to a factored bending
158XO.87X415):t> 115.6mm moment of 215 !eNm, ultimate torsional moment of 105 kNm and
S; :j> ( (2 - 0.59)350 . ultimate shear forcec of 150·kN. Using M~20 grade concrete and Fe-
415 HYSD bars and side, top and bottom covers of 50 mm, design
Hence, adopt JOrnm diameter two legged stirrups at a spacing given by
suitab1e reinforcement in the section.
smaller of the above two equations which is 100 mm.
a) Data
Mcthod-2 (using SP: 16 Design Tables)
b :::350'mm hi' = 250 mm
a) Longitudinal Reinforcements d =750mm dl ::: 700 mm
D = 800 mm . .. Ick .::: 20 N/mm2
Me = Mu ::: 376 kN.m· b = 350mm Mu =215kN,m It =415 N/mm2
Ick :;; 20 N/mm2 hi 300rrim= =
Tu . 105kN ..m Vu =1150kN
It :::415 N/mm2 d, 600mm =
b) Equivalent bending moment and shear force

Computeth:
.
p,:::~"m(m bd'Mu 2
) = ( 376
350x650
x :;;.~): 2.54. .
Refer Table- 2 (SP: 16) and read out the percentage reinforcement P, for Ick
= 20 andlt::: 415 N/mm2•
 ., ; Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 17 i I
I
I
Solving Sy = 8~.2 mm
M," M. + t; [J.iJ!lb] = 215 + 105 [1 + 800/350J = (2i5 + 203) = 418 kN.m
1,7 1.7 .. '
. ~:.
Also the spacing should conform to the equation, ·t~
A,v,0.87/Y)· (158XO.87X41S) 88.5 mm .
v. = Vo + 1.6 ( ~u)= 150 + 1'.6 (~.~~) =630 kN
Sv:} ( ('tv.- 'tc)b 1- (~.4- 0.56)350 .1-

Hence, provide lOmm diameter 2 legged stirrups at a spacing of 80mm

.. I

1.1~'Vtudinalreinforcements are designed for the equivalent bending moment M e- centers.

C) r....
mgltudinal relntorcements . Method-z (Using SP: 16 Design Charts)
S;u.e M, > Mu, de~jgnreinforcements for M. only.
a) Longitudinal Reinforcements.
My,lif" ::; 0.1381ck h.tfl
:: (0.138 X20 x 350 X 7502) Me =Mu =418 kN.m b =350
:: (543.3 X 106) Nmrn ict=20N/mm2 d =750mm
:: 543.3 !<N.m > M. /y . =415 N/mm2 bl =250 mm
Ifl;{ICC. section is under reinforced d, =700 mm

M •.= 0.87 fy\,,·d [ 1 -l:;2J J Compute the parameter

'(Mu)_(418X10 )_212 6

bd 2 - 350x75<f - .
(418 x 10") =O.87x4l5 xA" X750[ 1-(350 :1;:~'X20)]
, Refer Table-2 (SP; 16) and read out the percentage reinforcement p, for
SrJlving All =
I H02 mm2
2
Pf()vidc 4 bars of 25 mm diameter (Ast = 1964mm ) ./y = ,415 N/mm 2
, as PI::;; 0.685
. it = (0.685 x 350 x 750) = ~798 mm2
d) Transverse Reinforcements .1 100 .

b) Transverse reinforcements
't.. =( v.) =.(
bd 350x750
3
630 X 10 ) = 2.4 N/mm2
. Compute the parameter given by

I'I
P,
:::(lOOA,,) :::(100 x 1964).= 0.75
bd 350 x 750 (
A,lO.87/y»)
S.
='[(~)+(~),l,J(
b.d, 2.5d, ~ ~ 250 x 700
6
105 x 10 ) 103)~IJ = 68S.7 . N/mm
+.( 2.5150xX700
Refer Table-19 (IS: 456·2000) and read out r, for ick = 20 N/mm2 as Refer Table-62 (SP; 16) and using lOmm diameter two legged stirrups

'to= 0.56 Nmm < 'tv. 2 =

read out spacing S; 8.8cm ::;;88mm.
Also'
. 2
unci 'tve < 'te, max = 2.8 N/mm
( A,v~~~7/Y»)= «,_'t.)b = (2.4 - 0.56)3S0 = 644N"~m = 6.44kN/cm
transverse reinforcements are required. . .
I-lclltC. '.
Using 10illm diameter 2 legged stirrups spacing is computed as Refer Tablc-62 (SP; 16) and using 10mm diameter two legged stirrups,
. ruSy
A.v= [( b,d,O.87fy -: 2.5d,~.81.t;
) ( V.,sy )J
.
read out the spacing as
.
Sv = 8.5cm = 85 mm
105X 106) (ISOX 10
3
)] Sy Adopt smaller of the two spacings, ( S; = 85 mm).
(2x79)= [( 250 + 2.5 0.87x415x700
 ..,,:~e!4or~~iCon~reteqesigll " .,
Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections _ 173
.•.BOND and ANCHORAGE IN REINFORCED CONCRETE
1) Flexural Bond stress
MEMBERS
6.7:1 Introduction:' ' Flexural bond stresses develop in a member under flexure due to variation
.."~. . .;
f . "

of ~ending moment or shear at a section. Referring to Fig. 6.22, the differ-

'The composite action of a reinforced concrete member is mainly dueto the ". ,fl,·.
bond or the adhesion between, the reinforcing steel' and the surrounding
' .. '!
ential moment dM from section X to Y causes the additional tension dT
expressed as '
concrete. Bond between concrete and steel facilitates the transfer of axial
force form a reinforcing bar to the surrounding concrete and bond ensures (jT= (dM I jd)
strain compatibility and composite action of the composite material. The Where jd = lever arm,
assumption of plane sections remains plane even after bending in the sim-
This unbalanced bar force is transferred to the surrounding concrete by
ple bending theory is valid only when there is effective bond between con-
means of flexural bond developed along the interface.
crete and steel. The stress in a reinforcing bar can vary form point, to point
along its length mainly due to the bond resistance. If there is no bond, the
I: =
r, flexural bond stress, then the 'equilibrium of forces yields the rela-
non '
stress in the bar will be constant along its length as in the case of a straight
II
cable used in a prestressed concrete member.
;j

6.7.2 Bond Mechanism

Where :EO = total perimeter of the bars
~~.

;y .. ~ = (dmltlr»)
Bond between concrete and steel develops due to the following three i' l> (r.O).jd
mechanisms: - • w w
a) Chemical adhesion is the grip developed due to the gum like property ,. t,("
of the hydration products of cement in concrete. _, . K
<,.:,., :j\
.~~'i
b) Frictional Resistance developed due to the relative movement
between concrete and steel bars depending upon the surface charac- .
teristics of the bar and the grip developed due to shrinkage of COn- i":":
<, ',,-ii,
crete. .', ' " . to: v v
c) Shearing resistance or dilatancy due to mechanical interlock devel- (0)

oped as a consequence of surface protrusions or ribs provided in

deformed bars.
Plain bars cannot develop, the bond resistance due to mechanical interlock
and the development and widespread use of deformed bars is attributed to
their superior bond resistance. The present trend is to prefer deformed bars
for main rein~orcements and plain bars for ties and stirrups.

6.7.3 Bond Stresses

(b)
01
Perimeter
(c)
= ~o

The tangential or shear stress developed along the contact surface of the
reinforcing bar and the surrounding concrete if generally termed as 'Bond
stress' and is expressed in terms of the tangential force per unit nominai
surface area of the reinforcing bar. T
:t~-=-t
--.____ ~ ~ - T+ dr
i

Depending on the type of Load situations the following types of bond , 'lb
stresses develop in structural concrete members. , (dl .,
Fig. 6.22 Flexural Bond Stress

But V::; (dm I dx), Hence we,have

 174. Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 175.

... (6.47) are high. Hence, it is preferable to limit the magnitude of local bond stress
b~ using a larger number ~f smaller diameter bars than using a few large
The flexural bond stress is higher at locations of high shear force but it diameter bars. However, With the development and wider use of deformed
can be reduced by providing an increased number 'of bars of smaller diam- or high bond bars, more emphasis is laid on anchorage or development
eter yielding the same equivalent area of reinforcement. . length requirements than the local bond stress. Hence, the Indian standard

I The actual bond stress is influenced by flexural cracking. local slip and
other secondary effects which are not taken into account in Eq.[6.47]
code IS: 456-2000 does not specify any permissible values for the flexural"
or local bond stress.

·1 2) Anchorage (Development) bond stress

Flexural Concrete
crock
The anchorage bond stress is the stress developed in the vicinity of the
extreme end (or cut off point) of bars in tension or compression. '
, Fig. 6.24(a) shows a cantilever slab in which the tensile stress in the bar
varies from a maximum (cr.) at the continuous end B to a value of zero at
(0) Constant Moment Region Between Flexural Cracks the end A. Since the moment is maximum at B, the tensile stress is also
maximum at B and to develop the maximum stress (o, the bar requires a •. 00ti

certain length (AB), which. is termed as anchorage, or Development

Length. Also, the stress is zero at the discontinuous end A.

A'I~
11 J!l2 ,"lo,l

i.,U

(b) Variation of Tensi?n in Reinforcing Bar

A B
)1

• :1
U:liII

(a) Cantilever Stab

'lbd
A---- .......e
-c- -.- --- __"""'T=AscTs
'; .. i~

.~ .

(b) Variation of 80nd Stress (c) Average Bond stress.

(e) Variation of Flexural (Local) Bond stress
Fig. 6.23 Varlatlon of Flexural Bond Stress Between Cracks
The effect of flexural cracks on flexural bond stresses in the constant
moment region is shown in Fig. 6.23{a).The variation of tension in the
reinforcing bar is shown in. Fig. 6.23(~r and the bond stress variation in
Fig. 6.23(c) Experimental investigation~ have shown that splitting cracks
develop in the vicinity of the flexural cracks where the local bond, stresses
Fig. 6.24 Anchorage Hond Stress
The variation of bond stress from A to B is shown in Fig. 6.24 (b). A simi-
'Iar situation.exists ill the bars terminated at- the supports of a simply sup-
ported beam.. For design purposes an average bond stress assuming
. uniform distribution over the length AB [Fig ..624(c») is specified in the
Indian Standard Code IS: 456-200.0. The average bond stress 'tbd can be
 «::«. i\":

'.::,Rtinforced'ConCl'ete Design Ultimate Strength oj Reinforced Concrete Sections 177-

•expressed in terms of the.diameter of the bar <1>: ~he.stress in steel cr. and ;.' anchorage in terms ofdeve!opment length given bY,Eq.6..49.
anchorage length Ld" by considering the equlhbnum of forces shown !n ",'" ;'·'l:'"..,-",.:;,·, The code prescribes that deformed bars may be used without end
Fig.6.24(c), . anchorage provided, 'the development Length- requirements is satisfied.
Hooks are normally provided for plain bars in tension, Bends and hooks
(nct>.Ld)tbd = (n$2/4)0,
shown in Fig. 6.25 should conform to the specifications of IS: 2502-196364

($0,)
and SP: 34(1987). .
tbd =: 4Ld

~ .' -

'0

,
i0
., 0
:.. i:
=-1 :

(a) standard 90' Bend (b) Standard U-Type Hook

Fig.6.25 Anchorage Lengths of Standard Bends and Hooks (SP: 34)
Table 6.19 DesIgn ]!ond stress in Limit state mctbo'd for Plain bars in Tension'
6.7.5 Reinforcement Splicing
M·25 M·30 M·35 M·40
Grade of ~A·15 M·20
Splicing of reinforc~ment is required when the bars are to be extended
Concrete
1.4 1.5 1.7 1.9 beyond their available length as in the case of column bars in rnultistoried
Design' Bond 1.0 1.2
buildings. It is recommended that splices in flexuralmembers should be
stress
'tbd (N/mm2)
kept away from sections with high bending stresses and shear stresses.
Also the splices should be staggered in the individual bars of a group. The
I.S. Code recommends that "Splices in flexural members should not be at
a) For deformed bars conforming to IS:
sections where the bending moment is more than 50 percent of the moment i ;'
increased by 60 percent. t. ,'.
b) For bars in compression, the value of resistance, and not more than half the bars shall be spliced at a section" .
When splicing in such situations becomes unavoidable, special precautions
increased by 25 percent.
such as a) increasing lap length and b) using spirals or closely spaced stir-
rups around the length of splice, should be-adopted,
6.7.4 Code Requirements for Bond
The various types of splicing of reinforcement are:
The design for safety aginst bond failures requires the consideration of, :
I) Lapping of bars (Lap splice)
both flexural or local bond stress and the Anchorage or development
2) Stirrups at splice locations.
stress. Due to non uniform distribution of actual bond stress and
factors influencing bond strength and despite checks provided by the com- •.,
3) Staggered splicing.
4) Mechanical connections.
.i H'
I
putations, localized bond failures which occur do not sicnificantly - t,
5) Butt welding of bars. I
!
the ultimate strength of the member provided the reinforcement a~e :: t:
6) Lap welding of bars.
properly anchored at their ends. In addition the wide spread use '...:,
d~formed bars in place of plain bars, the design emphasis is centere~; •. The different types are shown in Fig. 6.26(a to f)
around the anchorage or development bond stress rather than the flexur .. 'i: In the case of beams, particular care has to be taken in providing sufficient
anchorage or development length near supports to limit the magnitude of
or local bond stress.
Hence, the Indian Standard Code IS: £!-56-2000 prescribes a check on bond stress, If the bond stresses are excessive, horizontal cracks at the
 I 178 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 179

/. (a)

I
cross section
I
of R.C. beam ~....
I '·1
I.

craCks at

.
. .'
rry,y
,.
6 mm spirals @) 100 mm
rry
pitch
lf side faces
of beam
l.-
I·.
I·

IOZJpm nAg » (c)

. Mechanical joint "=craCkS'at soffit

11>' 36 mm ~ Fig. 6.28 Typical Crack Pattern due to Failure of Bond Bet ween Concrete and Steel
<f' ~--= Cd)
. 6.7.6 Use of SP: 16 for checking Development Length

j. . ~. (e) .Development Length can be easily checked by using the Tables of SP: 16 .
I The Tables 64. 65 and 66 of SP: 16 (Tables 6.20.6.21.6.22. of text) cover
plain and deformed bars and different grades of concrete from M-15 to

C:=t===::::::~=~~~:.=:J
< 5¢-M- -+. +->5~
(f)
M-30. For a given bar diameter varying from 6 mm to 36mm the develop-
ment length required for bars fully stressed to design strength of 0.87 /y in
tension or compression can be directly read out from the appropriate
Fig. 6.26 Splicing of Reinforcement Bars ~~. .
(0) Splicing of Bars, (b) Stirrups at Splice Points,
(c) Splici!1gUsing Spirals, f1 > 36 mm, (d) Mechanical Joint, In general
(c) Ifutt Welding, (f) Lap Welding of Bars.

level of reinforcement are formed at such locations, Typical horizontal

.
Ld (Compressiony =
(Ld(TeIlSiOIl»)
1.25
cracks developed due to the failure of bond between concrete and steel bars
in beams are shown in Figs. 6.27 and 6.28. . For any other design stress level less than 0.87/y. the development length
L'd required is computed using the relation. ..
W

I (
L d = 0.87/y
v. ) i; ... (6.50)

R.C. Beam Where cr. = design stress in the bars.

Plain steel
cracks due 10 bond failure
.,
Fig. 6.27 .Typical Horizontal Cracks due to Bond Failure
Table 67 of SP-16 (Table 6.23 of text) gives the anchorage value of hooks
bars and bends for tension reinforcement. The effect of hooks and bends, if
provided can also be considered as development length. However. in bars
under compression. only the projected length of hooks or bends are con-
sidered as effective towards development length.
...•.:,

»
S·:
 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections'. 181:
,Reinforced .qoncrete Design

..
·4:~·~\::.'
 Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 183
182
6.7.7 Analysis Examples
NS
e -0 CO 0 (")lI) O(,,)lI)CO <o1I'!C!1I'!
..... (D 0
Z (\J
~ C;;gi~~,t f8lfi~g! ~~::~ 1) A cantilever beam having a width of 200mm and 'effective 'depth
8
II")
. 300mm supports a uniformly distributed load and is reinforced with
II four bars of 16mm diameter. If the factored total load is 80 kN, calcu-
~
lI) (")~co<O _0'>1'-",," ~~"1~ late

.i
!a ~
~ ~
(\J
~
C':i"";,00 <ri
N (")'(")-e- ~m~~ 'CO",,"O'>
I'-O(\J(")
O)~.,- ....
~
'"
.D a) The maximum local. bond stress.
o
'" U
._ c
0
<U b) The anchorage length required.
....0 .c
~
or
~
~
...
",
g]
.. 0 N(")(")",," lI)<O<Ol'- (,,)O'>O~
C':i<rit.tiC':i
.....
,5
c) If the anchorage iength provided is 900 mm, the average bond
'0 N (\j"":ciai
I'- ex) 0'>.(» ~(\J",,"<O
stress,
'"e uo ~ ~~~~ ~ ._ ........... ~
r-
.g 00 Assume M-20 Gradeconcrele and Fe-4l5 HYSD bars,
Q '" ._
0

aI II) g ...
I!l <q1l'!'l;"1
(\J(")",,"lI)
00)<X!<q
' 'WO)
O)(")oco
t.tiN-i.o
0
<Il
Method-l (Using IS: 456-2000 Code Formulae)
E
fJ)
<J
S
''::;;
-~ (.")"""I!l<O ~b;~;::
(.")lI)I'-O'>
.- ._ ..... ..-
V)

~en
:§ §' .,'" a) Data
, . ""
6.:
....0
CI)
(J

.S
-0 (\J(")(")",," 1!l<O<OI'- (")0'>0,-
(o;j
....
.£ b =200mm
•
J.k = 20 N/mm
2
.~'-~
(")«0.0(") /y = 415 N/mm2
~; ;"" :g ~
.,'"
(")
~ ~~~~ ~«iggi ,-(\J"-<O
..- .,... ._ .- ~ d =3OOmm
.:

.c:!
onI:: J, .a '"
<U
As!' ::: 4 bars of 16min diameter. 't';;' = (1.6 x 1.2) = 1.92 N/mm2
=
..
'"
...l
J5
~
'">
""~
:l !l I!l
N
....COll)(.") ~'l;--:~
'l;0'!"':<x!
~lI)lI)",,"
.0
>
o·
'"
c
LO 4 (n x 16) = 201 mm Ld = 900 mm

..
~ gi~~f8 b) Maxiinum Local Bond Stress
!:! r:::·1'-1'-0 (\J(")lI)l'-
Q,
.t:J
!a <J ~ CO.O) ... ..... ,...~.T-' (IJ
C ~ !Xl
c
0
>
> 'bi>
'" g~ <Il
3
Q 'Vi 0 .s: = [.~];,,[ 80 X 10 ] = 1.32 ~/m~2
M
M '"'" ~f!
l- 0
N
0(")<00
-i.o«ooo
<oq~<q <0<0(,,)0'>
• (\J (") """ ~cri""':C"')
.,-I!lWO
Co
C
Tb 'LO.d 201 x300
..0
., 0 ~ (")",,"lI)<O °O~(\J
CJ)'_T-~ ..... T"'"" ....... C\I .2 c) Anchorage Length
:;:; ~
(OJ c::
!-< (IJ

l{) CO ",,"0<0
ci-ioo"";
W(,,)O'>I!l
OONt.tioi
ON("),,,,"
(»(,,)l{)1'-
gg~~
E
c,
~>.
i, = (4j)(JsJ
4'Cbd
=( 16 x 0,87 x 415) = 752 mm
4 x 1.92
~ .,-l{)(l)CO ,.- ....... T"'" 'I""'"" T"'""T"'""C\J(\J
(IJ
"0
<U d) Average Bond Stress
~ .c
$ r-<
~ Q)
(Il
E
E E
CIl(ll
<OCX)~~
<OCDO(\J
_ ..... C\JN
l{)CO(\J(l)
(\J(\J(")(")
0
I
<U
Tbd
=( 4>0,)
44cJ
=(16 xO.87 X415) = 1.6 N/mm2
4 x 900
i:5 Z
Method-2 (using SP: 16 Design tables)

Refer Table 65 of SP; 16 (Table 6.21 of text) and read out Ld for 16mm
bars (M-20 concrete) as Ld 752mm, =
2) A reinforced concrete beam of 6in span js .uniformly loaded and is
 ...: .' .:: '.;~' ,', {

Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections "185

reinforced with 5 bars of 20mlll diameter on the tension .side at an b) Computation of Lap Length (L)
effective depth of 400mll,l;'Find the distance from the center of the L = Development length of bars (only projected length of hooks and bends
<, beam where one of the bars can be curtailed. Adopt M-20 grade con- is considered)
crete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. Average bond stress 'tlld in compression (Table 6.19 of tex t)

II) Data = (t inTension) x 1.25

bd
~.:...
L =6ffi Ick = 20 N/mm2 = (1.6 x 1.4) x 1.25 = 2.8 N/mm2
d =400mm /y = 415 N/mm2 Ld =( $0,)·=(iflXO.87 X415) = 32.2 41 = (32.2)36 = 1160 mm.
<l> ,=20mm 't'bd = (1..6 x L2) = 1.92 N/mm2 4-rbd 4 x 2.8 '
From Table 65 (SP: 16) Read out Ld = 1161 mm.
b) Theoretical cut of point from Bending Moment considerations

Let x =' Distance of cut' of point measured f~om center of span. c) Method of Reducing Lap Length

Then
(wL 2/8)
2
(wL 2/8) -(IVX 12) =(~)
5
Shorter lap length can be used with welding. Using a lap length of 15<1>
together with lap welding at 5$ intervals, the welds are designed to resist
.. Solving x = 1.34 m = 1340 mm the equivalent force (F) for a lap of[32.2 - 15] <1>;:: 17.2$
, 2
F = (0.87 X415)(1tX 36 )'( 17.2) N::: 196306 N = 196.306 kN
'c) Development Length for Maximum Tension at Centre in Fe·415 , 4 32.2
grade steel
4) A simply supported beam of 8' m span is reinforced with 6 bars of
t-"'S ••
Ld ::; ($Os) = (20(0.87
4'tbd
x 415») == 940 mm
4x 1.92
25mm diameter at center of span and 50 percent of the bars are con-
tinued into the supports. Check the development length at supports
assuming M-20Grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. The beam
d) Physical cut of point (PCP) supports a characteristics total load of 50 kN/m.

The theoretical cut off point (TCP) is larger of (b) 0,' (c). a) Data

=
PCP Tep + d or 12$ L ;::::8m. Ick ;::::20 N/mm2
, = 1340 + 400 or (12 x 20) which ever is higher w =50kN/m I, ;::::
415 N/mm2
= 1740 mm. No. of bars at center of span = 6. 't'bd = (1.6.x 1.2) =1.92 N/mm2
.:.
':" No. of bars at supports = 3
Hence, one bar. can be curtailed at 1.74 m from center from span.
.<1> =2'5mm
3) A reinforced concrete, column of a multistoreyed building is rein-
forced with 36mm diameter longitudinal bars and with ties at regular b) Bending Moment and ShearForce
intervals. Assuming M-25 Grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars
calculate (i) the lap length required and (ii) specify the method of Design Load = IV. = (1.5 x 50) = 75 kN/m.
reducing the lap length to reduce the quantity of steel. ' Mm.,x == (0.125 wu.L2);:: (0.125 x 75 x 82) = 600 kN.m
Vmax = (0.5 wu.L) == (0.5 x 75 x 8) = 300 kN.
a) Data
Diameter of bars $ = 36 mm.
Ick = 25 Nzmm'
t; = 415 N/mm2
 186 Reinforced Concrete Design ULtimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 187

c) Moment of Resistance of bars continued into supports

t-300+
3 .
M, = '6 (600) = 300 kN.m.

d) Development Length of 2? mm diameter bars f~···t

+~
.. -L
I d =550 600
Using M-20 Concrete and Fe-415 grade HYSD bars.
'I J)
q,o.)
L~ =( 4tbd =(25 xO.87 X415) = 175
4 x 1.92· ,1 mm \i\:Contilever beam Section at
Face of Support
From Table-65 (SP: 16), read out Ld = 1175mm. R.C. Column

e) Check for Development Length at Supports Flg.6.29 Cantilever Beam

According to
clause 26.2.3.3. (IS: 456) assuming 30% increase in devel- b) Limiting moment of resistance
opment length computed as (M,/V) we have .

1.3M1) =( 1.3 x 300X 10

6
) =.1300 mm
Mu•11m = O.l38fck.b.cf = (0.138 x 20 x 300 x 5§02) = (250 x 10 6
) Nrnm
( V 300x 103 .
=250kN.m
Since M; < Mu•1im• section under reinforced
Condition to be satisfied is given by

[ Lo + ( 1.~MI) ] > La where Lo = anchorage beyond su~port line.

c) Reinforcements

[Lo+ 1300) ;'1175

.
Mu = (0.871;1.,.d.){ 1 -
r (ASI.1Y)~Jbd'!ck
Hence, Development length is satisfied without any anchorage value.

6.7.8 Dcsign Examples

(200 X 10 6
)= (0.87 ~ 415 x A" x [1- (300: I::~,x JJ
550) 20

Solving AS! = 1181 mm'

I) A reinforced concrete cantilever beam of rectangular section 300mm :. (Provide 4 bars of 20mm diameter (A" = 1256 mrrr')
wide by 60Dmm deep is built into a column 500mm wide as shown in
Fig. 6.29.The cantilever beam is subjected to a hogging moment of
d) Anchorage Length
200 kNm at the function of beam and column. Design suitable rein-
forcements in the beam and check for the required anchorage length.
Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. 0.871Y] .
Ld=
[ -4- q,
'rbd
Method-J (Using IS: 456 code formulae)
. Using 20 mm diameter bars, 4> = 20 mm . .
a) Data =
For bars in tension, "'bd (1.6 x 1.2) =1.92 N/mm2 and M-20 Grade Con-
b = 300 fck = 20 N/mm2 crete
d = 550 fy ;: 415 N/mm2
Mu = 200kN.m .
Ld =[0.87 X415]
4x 1.92
1)1:: 47$ = (47x20)=
. .
940mm
, ~:188 "Reinforced Concrete Design Ultimate Strength of ~einforced,Conc-'ete Sections .18,9

, The bars are extended into the column to a length of 400 mm with a 90' a) Data \.
bend and SOOmm length as shown in Fig. 6.29. Diameter of bars: 25 til at G.F J.k == 20 ~Umm2
Anchorage Length provided e [400 + (8 x 20) + 500) ::= 1060 mm > 940 I' = 415 N/mm2
20 <II at F.F . Jy
111111
'tbd == (1.2 x 1.25) = 1.5 N/mm2

Mcthod-2 (Using SP: 16 Design Tables) b) Lap Length

Refer Table-2 (SP: 16) ahd read out the percentage steel corresponding to At location of splice, smaller diameter bars (20~m diameter) are adequate
theratios, in providing the desired strength. The lap length is based on smaller diam-

( M.)
6 eter bars. '
= ( 200 X 10 ) = 2.2
2
bd 300x55d L = L,j or. 304> . whichever is greater.

Hence PI~C~~")=O.717 L =[0.87/y] =[0.87X415]4>=604>

~ 4..bd 4> 4x15
-;.:..;-'

A =[0.717 x 300 x 550].= 1183mm2(Adopt 4 bars of 20~) L = Ld = (60 x 20) = 1200mm

$I 100
From Table-65 (SP: 16) for /y == 415 N/mm2 and 20mm diameter, the c) Staggered Splicing
=
required anchorage length Is Ld 94 cm == 940 mm
Hence, the bars are built into the column and bent at"90· for the According to IS: 456 Code (Clause 26.2.5.1) the splicing of bars sh~uld be
required total anchorage length. t
ideally staggered withminimum centre-to-centre spacing of
2) A reinforced concrete column subjected to compression combined ,
l.3L =, (1.3 x 1200) = 1560mm
with flexure is shown in Fig. 6.30. It is required to reduce the longitu- .~ .. ,""';.:i;',Ii~r
dinal reinforcement diameter from 25mm in the ground floor to 20mm ; The lap length and staggering of spacing is shown in detail in Fig. 6.30
in the first floor. Design a suitable lap slice. Assume M-20 grade .\ 'xi!!iJN:;nOU: 3) A doubly reinforced beam of width 300 mm and overall depth 500mm
concrete and Fe-41S HYSD bars, - is built into a column having a width of 600 mm as shown in Fig. 6.31. '
The section of the beam at supports is reinforced with 3 bars of 16mm
diameter to resist the hoging moment and 2bars of 12 mm diamet~r
on the compression side, UsingJ.k;;:; 20 N/mm2.andfy 415 N/mm, ,=
design and detail the anchorage length required at the junction of col-
umn and beam.

a) Data
b =
300'mm I'
Jck =20N/mm
,
2.

d =500mm fy =i 415 N/m~2

Au == 3 bars of 16 «I> 'tbd = 1.2 N/mm
AI< = 2 bars of'12 q,
b) Anchorage Length for Tension bars (top)

Ld = (0.87f Y) $ = ( 0.87 x415 ) $ = 47Ql= (47 x 16) = 752inm

4 x 1.2 x 1.6
Fig. 6.30 Typical Lap Splice
4'tbd -
..
:
 I:
I
190 Reinforced Concrete Design
l Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Sections 191

I-
I .....
..
'c;> t- -t 600
Tension bars
N t\J<O
(')
..
....
1{)t\J
1{)
J!
~
.:
N oq-

~500
3 #16
·' 300-+ . :: I , ~' .

o
ffi
ID
~ ••
t 500
~ ..
.:

o ~·l·
_.__~ ~
~
I/)

Q
z Fig. 6.31 Anchorage Details In Doubly Reinforced Beam
w
a:I
Anchorage Length Provided == [500 + (8 x 16) + 20.0] ~ 764 mm
f Q
Z
oot
lit: c) Anchorage Length for Compression bars (Soffit)
o
o
::r:: 'tbel can be increased by 25%
Q
a:
~
Ld = (47~)O.8 = 37.6 $ = (37.6 x 12) = 451mm/
z
Provide an Anchorage length Ld ::: 500 mm as shown in Fig. 6.31.
~
(/)

i .lot!
o 6.8 EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE U
J ....

I o
::z:
o
a: 1) A rectangular R.C.C beam has a width or20!) mm and is reinforced
.nll

I
I _Li . 1/)
with 2 bars of 20 mm diameter at an effective depth of 40.0 mrn, If
M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSn bars are used. estimate the
ultimate moment of resistance of the section .
A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular. section 20.0.·mm wide by
550 mm deep is reinforced with 4 bars of25 mm <liameter·at an effec-
tive depth of 500. mm, Using M-2D grade concrete and Fe415 HYSD
bars. calculate the safe moment of resistance on the section.
3} . A reinforced c~ncrete beam 300 mm wide is .reinforces 1436 mm2 of
Fe-415 HYSD bars at an effective depth of 500 mm. If M-20 grade
concrete is used, estimate the flexural strength of the section.
", : ." . . . . : . '.,
4j Determine
... 1~...
the
."
area of reinforcement required for a. singly-reinforced
..• •
.
.:j concrete, section having a breadth of 300.rnrn and an effective depth of
. '690 mmto support a fractured moment of 200 kN.m,j -,;'. .i.,
5)
. :(:;;;::':~:::,';'::':',.
-.

,#e.iriforc'dCQ~F"" lli:tig". ,.. .

Determine the minimum effective depth required and the correspond-
.• :1~1~
.:~:~-.~.':!\'h'1:~f·:;:

:' (,
s:
Ultimate Strength of Rejnfor~ed Concrete Sections'

M~20 grade concrete and Fe~415 HYSD bars; estimate the flexural
strength of the 'section using IS: 456-2000 code specifications.'
1.93

, ing area of tension reinforcement for a rectangular beam havin? a

width of 200 mm to resist an ultimate moment of 200 kN.m, Using 11) A doubly reinforced concrete section has a width of 300 mm and is
M-20 Grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars .' reinforced with tension reinforcement of area 245S mrn' at an effec-
2
tive depth of 600 mm. Compression Steel of area 982 mm is provided
6) Determine the moment of resistance of a tee-beam having the follow- at an effective cover of 60 mm. Using M-20 Grade Concrete and
I'

ing section properties: Fe-415 HYSD bars.: estimate the ultimate moment capacity of the
Effective width of flange= 2S00 mm section.
! '

Depth ~f flange= 150 mm .,.,"..•

f
li

-:'_.
;: 12) A reinforced concrete.beam has a support section with a width of 250
Width of rib ::::300 mm '.

mm and effective depth of SOOmm. The support section is reinforced ..•.

·t··
Effective depth » 800 mm
with 3 bars of 20 mm diameter on the tension side.8mm diameter two "',
Area of steel: 6 bars of 2S mrn diameter I."
legged stirrups are provided at a spacing of 200 mrn centers. Using
Materials: M-20 grade Concrete .
M-20 grade concrete and Fe-41S HYSD bars, estimate' the. shear
Fe-415 HYSD bars.
strength of the support section. .
7) Calculate the ultimate flexural strength of the tee-beam section having
c 13) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section with a width of 300
the following section properties .. ~': .... ":"'~ ~~~. mm and an effective depth of 600 mm is reinforced with 4 bars of 25
,. Width' of flange =1200 rnm l~': mm diameter as tension .reinforcement. Two-of the tension bars are
. Depth of flange= 120 mm
bent up at 45° near the SUPPOl:tsection. The De-limis also provided with
Width of rib 300;mm = two-legged vertical llnks of 8 mm diameter at iso mm centers near
Effective depth= 600 mm
. 2 supports. Using M~25 grade concrete and Fe-4J5 HYSD bars, com-
Area of tension steel ::::4000 mrn
pute the ultimate shear strength of the support section. Using IS:
Materials: M-20 grade Concrete
Fe-415 HYSD bars, ", .' J,\ >. ~\' 456-2000 code specifications.
8) A tee beam has an effective flange width of 2500 mm and depth. (if .> ":<:;:
150 mm. Width of rib e 300mm. Effective depth r= 800mm.Usmg: ': . ~;.
i~ 14) A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section having width of.
300 mm and overall depth 600 mm is reinforced with 4 bars of 25 mm
M-20 grade Concrete and Fe-41S HYSD b~rs, estimate the area o~. ,> -. 1 diameter, distributed at each of the corners at an effective cover of 50
mrn in the depth direction and side covers of 25 rnm in the width
tension steel required if the section has to restst a factored moment of. _".'f:' ¥:.
direction. 8 mm diameter 2 legged stirrups are provided at 100mm
1000 kN.m .,." ~'.
centers
9) A tee beam has the following cross sectional details: - . ~J.. Estimate the torsional strength of the section adopting Fe-41S HYSD
Effective width of flange= 2000 mm ly; bars for the following cases: -
Thickness of flange= 150 mm ~:" a) Factored shear force is zero

:r~~~i~!~:P~h3::;: mm . .~
15)
b) Factored shear force is 100 kN
A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section with a breadth of .
Calculate the limiting moment capacity of the section and the corre-' ", ~,;,.',',(C 300 mm and overall depth 850 mm is reinforced with 4 bars of 20 rnm'
spending area of tension reinforcement. Adopt M-20 grade concrete
diameter on the tension side at an effective depth of 800 mm. The
and Fe-41S HYSD bars. ~r
r
I . section is subjected to a factored bending moment 200 kNm. If fck ::::
10) A doubly reinforced concrete beam having a rectangular section 2S0 415 Nzmm', calculate the ultimate torsional resistance of the section.
mm wide and S40. mm overall depth is reinforced with 2 bars of 12 ,i ~.".~.,~,
'.:,.,.,:
.. 16) A beam of rectangular section in a multistorey frame is 2S0 mrn wide
rpm diameter on the compression face and 4 bars of 20 mm diam~ter ._. ..,
by SOD mm deep. The section is subjected to a factored bending
on the tension side. The effective cover to the bars is 40 mm. Ustng ,••'.
j
 194 . Reinforced Concrete Design

moment of 55 kN.m and .torsional moment of 30 kN.m together with

an ultimate shearoforce of 40 leN. Using M-20 grade concrete and and CHAPTER 7
- FeAIS. HYSD bars design suitable reinforcements in the section

I "'. assuming an effective cover of 50 mm in the depth and width direc .•

dons and using IS: 456.2000 code specifications. .
17) A cantilever beam having {a width of 200 mm and overall depth 400
Serviceability Requirements of
Reinforced Concrete·Members
.. / mm is reinforced with 3 bars of 20 mm .diameter as tension steel and 3
bars of 1:2 mm diameter as compression reinforcement. The beam
supports a total uniformly distributed factored load of 100 kN over a
span of 2 m: Using M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars; 7.1 INTRODUCTION
compute the anchorage length required for the reinforcements.
. . . . . "" .,'. ,,' Reinforced concrete members should be designed to conform to the limit.
state of strength and serviceability. In addition to
the linnt state of strength .
outlined in Chapter-S, tb.e members should also satisfy the .serviceability
conditions under the action of dead and Jive loads. The primary service-
. ability conditions are:- .
. 1) The member should not undergo excessive deformation under service
loads. This limit state is. generally referred to as the 'limit state of
deflection' .
2) The width of cracks developed on the surface of reinforced concrete 'L~.iJo'
i
members under service loads should be limited to the values pre- . k,,;;sJ
I
scribed in the codes .of practice. This limit state is refetred to as 'limit
state of cracking'. ,.
I

Depending upon the environmental conditions and type ofstructure,

.. ;; / other limit states such as durability and vibration should also be consid-
. ered. These limit states' are also important 'for structures .like bridges
located in marine environment. . .1
·1·
IS: 456-2000 code has specified the partial safety factors for load·
combinations under which the deflection and cracking are to be checked.
Table-If oflS: 456-2000 code (Table-5.2 .of text) outlines the combi-
nations of loads for serviceability conditions. The largest value should be
used for the computations. The load combinations are as follows:
. 1) 1.0 p.L + LO L.L
2) 1.0 D.L + 1.0 W.L
3) 1.0 D.L + 0.8 L.L + 0.8 W.L (E.L)
Generally the codes specify the following two methods for control of
deflection. . .
a) The empirical method in which the span/effective depth ratio of the .
structural members are limited to specified values in the codes .
J.',
.:.

"

:-., '.-
 ';R~~inj'Orizea
Concrete Design Serviceabllity Requirements oj Reinforced Concrete Members 197

The theoretical method in which the actual deflection is computedand

,checked wit~,the codified permissible deflections,
,' , I .
-- s =(3~4)(~~ 4) ='(18) (~L2)(~;)
For control-of crack widths also, two methods are specified.
a) The empirical method which requires the detailing' ~f reinforcements, =(~)(M;u)(~l)
according to the codified provisions, such as minimum percentage of
steel in the section, spacing of bars, curtailment and anchorage bars,
, lapping bats etc.
Substituting (~)=(~) =(~) and y

b) the theoretical method of computing the actual width of cracks and

checking them with the codified requirements for the specified envi-.
ronrnental conditions. '
Wehave (t)=(:8)(~)(~)=(~4)(~)(~)
In this relation, it can be seen that the ratio of deflection/span is a function
The widespread use of high grade steels like Fe-415 and Fe-500 with", of span/depth ratio and the values of c and E can be suitably assumed.
higher allowable stresses replacing the Fe-250 grade during the 'last few, =
For example, assigning the values for o 5 N/mm2, E = 10 kN/mm2
, I
decades coupled with the use of high performance concrete generally" =
and (o/L) (1/350) , ,
-- '1Il1~ results in slender structural elements necessitating greater, attention to" The span/depth ratio is obtained as
~.'1'.'~
, deflections and crack control in the modem methods o~ design of rein-:
-j

forced concrete structures, - _(!:.) =[24(10 x 10 3

)] = 27
d 350x5x5
1
'1 7.2 CODIFIED DEFLECTION LIMITS This relation indicates that assuming certain terms as constants, the per-
I
I missible deflection/span, ratio can5controiled by span/depth ratio. The
Wo't{
Deflections of flexural members like beams and slabs if excessive causes, IS: 456 code recommendations are based on this principle.
distress to users of the structure and also likely to cause cracking of parti- ;
tions. As given IS: 456 code Clause 23.2, the accepted limits to permissible ' 7.3.2 -Baslc Span/Depth ratios,
deflections are given as,
a) The final deflection including the effects of all loads" temperature, l\ The following factors are considered' in the specifications, of basic
creep' and shrinkage of horizontal structural members should not ,; s~an/depth ratios recommended in IS: 456 codes,
exceed the value of span/250. _', a) 'The span/effective depth ratios'
b) The deflection including the effects of temperature, creep and shrink- ' b)' 'Percentage tension and compression reinforcement in the section
age occurring after the erection of partitions and the application of ,1 c) Type of beam (Rectangular or flanged)
finishes should not exceed span/350,or 20 mm whichever is less., ', d) Type of supports (simply supported, fixedor continuous)
Table-Z.I gives the basic span to effective depth ratios to be used for
7.3 DEFLECTION CONTROL IN B,EAMS AND SLABS beams and slabs with spans up to 10 m. For spans greater than 10 m, the
(EMPIRICAL METHOD) ratios have to be multiplied by a factor F = (1O/span) in metres, A graphical
representation of the basic span/depth ratios is shown in Fig. 7.1. , ~

7.3.1 Theoretical Basis of Emplrical Method

The empirical method is based on the principle of expressing deflection'
, span ratio of beams in terms of span/depth ratio and assuming constant
values of material properties. The deflection of a beam or slab supporting _
uniformly distributed load can be expressed as
7.3.3 Modification Factors for Basic Sparilpepth Ratios
Modification factors have to 'be applied to ,the basic span/depth ratio to
account for the percentage of tension and' compression reinforcements in
the section and also the type of section such as rectangular or flanged. The
final expression of the 'span/effective depth ratio can be expressed as'
 , 198 Reinforced Conc,.ete Design Serviceability Requirements of Reinforced Concrete Members 199

~~C~on~t~in~u~o~u~s
__ ~~ --;
26''''

, ..
, .•.. e: i::.

I
I
o
:;; I
i ,_
CI
I,
I
I
10

.' " ,rI ' :',.:~.

'
Contllever

00~--~0~.4~~O~.~8-,
~~~~~~~~~~7-~~·2·8·

I
P.ercentage tension' relnforc.ement
°OL~--L-L-~~10~L-~J-~~20
Fig. 7.2 Modificatio" Factor for Tension Reinforcement (IS:456·2000)

b,
Spon (m)
1·5
i Fig.7.i Basic Span.Depth Ratios for Beams and Slabs ~
.

/"
,

II Table 7.1 Basic Span-Effective d~pih Ratios for Beams and Slabs.
(Clause 23.2.1 of IS: 456·2000) - u t· 4
Rectangular Sections Flanged Sections =.. V J
Type ot Support'
Multiply Vatues tor .§
/
'.
::1

-
7 1·3 1
Cantilever
20 rectangular sections by e V 1

I' •
Simply supported
Continuous 26 factor K, (Refer Fig. 7.4)
/ t s., ~;

v '~UIl
.,1
.,.1.
, (LId) = [(Lld);"'1c x K, x K., X KJ /: ·..;f

Where (L/d)basic is as given in Table-7.l

K,:;; modification factor for tension reinfoi:cement (Refer Fig. 7.2)
K~:;; modification factor for compression reinforcement (Refer
1·0
. 0
V 05
,

. 1·0 1·5 2·0 2-5 3·0

Percentage compression reinforcement
Fig.7.3) . .
Flg.7.3 Modification Factor for Compression Reinforcement (lS:456.2ooo)'
Kr:;; modification or reduction factor for flanged sections (Refer
Fig. 7.4) (lO/span) in metres, except for cantilevers in which case deflection com-
In general, higher percentages of tension reinforcement are associated, putations are required to satisfy the limit state of deflection. .
with lower values of K, and higher~values of Kc' For Fe-415 gradeHYSD In the case of flanged beams (T and L beams), the modification factors
bars, the value of K, is unity corresponding to the unit percentage of ten- K, and K. should be based on an area of section b, d (flange width x effec-
sion reinforcement. ' , . " :" ' . tive depth) and the calculated (ut!) ratio is further modified by a reduction
For spaps,',a.bove 10 m, the (Ut!>b8,.iC y,al',1~s~ave to be .multiplled by . factor which depends on the ratio (bjb() as shown in Fig. 7.4 (Fig.6 of IS:
456 Code). ' '. . -, .. .
 .,.' ,
;\ ~~jJfoi2JdConcr:ete Design
'

. Servlceability Requirements of Reinforced Concfete .Members :~Ql

. . . ..
._. J·O 0

0·9 5
L cons.iderations. For two way slabs ~(: spans-not exceeding 3.5 m and for ",
loading class not exceeding 3 kN/m2, the span to overall depth ratios ~ec~ ,
ommended by IS: 456-2000 code, are compiled in Table-7.2

/
:' /
7.4 DEFLECTION
METHOD)
COMPUTATIONS
"
(THEORETICAL

1'<
; ..
I
,~t
l;
I.
g 0,8 5
:;:
'~.
GO
:0: 0·80
/
The. defle~tions of reinforced concrete members are influenced by the fol-
lowing sahent factors:
1)
2)
Self weight and imposed loads
'

Strength and modulus of elasticity of concrete

i ,;:'
J .:;
...:;

3) Reinforcement percentage '

4) Span of the structural member
0·75 5) Type of supports (simply supported, fixed or continuous)
6) Flexural rigidity ,
0·70 7) Creep and shrinkage of concrete
o 0·2 0·4 0·6 0·8 1·0
Ratio of web width to flange width The computation of deflections are generally considered in two parts.
Fig.7.4 Reduction Factors for Ratios of Sp~n to Effective Depth for Flanged Beams Instantaneous or short term deflections occurring on, application ~f load.
. (IS: 456·2000) . Long. term_de~ection resulting from differential shrinkage and creep under
sustalll~d loading. Annexure-C of IS: 456~2oo0 code presents a method of
The codal procedure yields anomalous results in the case of flanged: computing short and long term deflections as outlined below: >-
beams as outlined in the explanatory handbook to the code". Hence it is;
preferable to consider the width of the web b.; in place of b, in. computa-' a) Short 'term deflectio~ .
tions and this procedure yields conservative results. ' .:-:«: -,:::'-': •• .': •• ,1("
The short-term deflection is computed using the elastic theory and short-
" The empirical procedure recommended for control of deflection in ~erm modulus of elasticity Ec and an effective moment of inertia I which'
slabs is the same as in beams, i.e. to limit the' span/depth ratios and the use IS expressed as ,.,' .tt
of same modification factors.
For preliminary proportioning the thickness of slabs using Fe-415
HYSD bars, it is recommended to assume 0.4 percent value for PI which
It' gives a value of K, of about 1.25 and the corresponding (lid) ratio being
But I, s I,ll ~:;]"
25. .
Table 7.2 -Span I Depth Ratios for Two Way Slabs
Where I, = moment of inertia of the cracked section
. (IS: 456·2000 Clause 24.1) M, == cracking moment, equal to' [lfc, I,,)f'YI]
Span/Overall Depth Rallo
fe,= modulus of rupture of concrete '
Support Conditions 18, = moment of inertia of gross section about centroidal axis
Fe·250 Grade S~e91 Fe-41S Grade HYSD bars
neglecting the reinforcement '
35 28
Simply Supported SlabS
. y, = distance of extreme fibre in .tension from centroidal axis.
40 32
Continuous Slabs M = maximum moment. under service loads
In the design of beams which carry heavy loading, it is preferable to z = lever arm
assume span/effective depth ratio in the range of 10 to 12 from practical x = depth of neutral axis
d = effective depth
bIM = breadih.of web
b = breadth of compression flange
 Serviceability Requirements of Reinforced Concrete Members "203
202 Reinforced Concrete Desigll
. f I: 'g"1'en in IS' 456 is l-:Iscd on the earlier version of the ae«pelllll = initial plus creep deflection due to" permanent loads
The expressIOn or <If v . . obtained using an elastic modulus of elasticity 'Ecc =."
7
British code BS: 8110-1985 • [E)(1+9)] &" .
Hence the short-ter1n deflection is c:\l'r('s~edas
. (11'/:'1 e= creep coefficient
aad ::: «; ~~j::rJ ai(penn) = short term deflection due to permanent "load using Ec .
The deflection ·due to creep depends upon the effective m6d~i~~' of
where K; = Constant d~pendillg Upl.\\\ the type of load and support elasticity and creep coefficient. It is based on the assumption that the total
conditions strain in concrete (i.e. initial elastic strain plus creep strain) is directly pro-
s, = 5000-vr::. 'portional to the stress induced by the permanent 10ads'4.. _-

w = total load on the bClIm 7.·S- CONTR9L OF CRACKING IN R.C.MEMBERS

L = span of the bcarn
7.5.1 Cracks in Reinforced Concrete Members
b) Shrinkage Deflecdon ". "
Cracks in Reinforced Concrete Members develop due to various reasons",
The deflection due t~-;hrillkage (CIt\\ls(' C-3 of IS: 456-2000) is expressed The main causes of cracking are due to
a) 'Excessive flexural tensile stresses due to bending under applied loads
as"
since the tensile strength of concrete is only a tenth' of its compressi ve
an ..,.k.1 "r... l.:
strength.
k3 = a constant de)lendin~ IIl'-"Ill the support conditions b) . Differential Shrinkage, Creep, thermal & aggressive environmental ".
Where
= 0.5 for cantilevers " effects. .' <-,.
= 0.125 fOJsil'tply S\1pl')l~i members c) Settlement of supports & excessive curvature due to contin-uity
= 0.086 far members 1.'I.\lIthlU\.'lUS
at one end and. effects.
::: 0.063 for fully. cl)lIti1Hl("~ n~mbers . "d) .Shear & diagonal tension cracks
IVe. = shrinkage cmvntun.' ::: (.,.1.:f:,JD) -- . e}' Splitting cracks along with reinforcement due to bond and anchorage
ee, = ultimate shrinkage str~il~,),f concrete (Clause 6.2.4.1 of failure. .
where
IS:456-200{) The various specifications prescribed in the codes regarding' detailing
D = total depth of soction of reinforcements are generally meant to reduce the width of cracks to

k
4
:= o.n[ P?, ] ~ 1.0 (P,-PC>f,"\r (1,:5'5, < 1.0
.allowable limits. According to the specifications '0'( IS: 456 Code Clause
35.3.2 cracks in concrete should not adversely affect the appearance or
.durability of the structure. .
:=0.6s[J>i]Sl.\) 1X \.1'.-PJ;::l.O 7.5;2 Codal "Crack Width Limits

P, = (IOOA./bd) :11,.'1 !,~"{lOOAjbd) The IS: 456 Code recoin mends a limit of. O.3mm for the surface crack
where
widths of reinforced concrete members. This limit is adequate for the pur-
IIl1d L ::;span of the 1lll'l\~'Ir pose of durability when the structural' member is completely protected
The expression for shrinkage dctl,-,'tl,)r. :jl\~"';'\'ingshrinkage curvature IVe, . . against aggressive environmental conditions". For particularly aggressive
environments, (Refer Table 2.4 of text or-Table-5 of IS: 456) a more strin-
is based on e!1lpirical fits with the tt$l dJll:i·..·
gent limiting crack width of 0.004 times the nominal cover is prescribed;
Using a nominal cover of 25mm, the limiting crack width works out to 0.1
c) Creep Deflection :mm .. This limiting crack width is generally. prescribed in most
The creep deflection due to pcnl\:\Ilt'nt1..'-"'~~iPmnl may be e:xpress~d as " ~national codes where. water tightness isrequiredl~.:.For structures -"~'''.W:''''"
to moderate environmental ·conditions,. the limiting crack width
 :. ' :.';:-:~>/./ .;;~,:,S(~·'·:

,I
, .' ·:i.'Rei~jorce4Qollcrete Design. '., ,''\ -,'.,"','\\>,;1,', Serviceability Requirements of Reinforced Concrete Members 205

;.taken as 0.2mm.; , ' ,';:' '" ,

IS: 456 code clause-tLl does not require explicit calculations of crack
widths in the case of normal flexural membersin which the spacing and
.. (
cover requirements of reinforcements specified in section 26 of the code
are adopted. In special structures and in aggressive environments, crack
tsftst
widths should be calculated by the method specified in Annexure-F of the
code. i 8 8 8
7.5.3 Empirical Method of Crack control
8 8 8
The empirical method of crack control renders the structures with cracks
well within the permissible limits by detailing the reinforcements accord-
ing to the specifications of the code of practice. The following factors are
considered in this method." . \ '
1) Maximum and Minimum spacing of reinforcements
The horizontal & vertical spacing of bars are specified in Clause26.3.2 &
26.3.3 of IS: 456 Code. The minimum spacing requirements are detailed in
00 00
Fig. 7.5.
The maximum spacing requirements in the tension zone is a function of
the stress level in the steel and the redistribution of the moments to and S < Diameter of largest bar
from that section. It should not be more than the values specified in <I: (maximum aggregQte size t 5mm)
Table-I5 in IS: 456 Code. (Table 7.3 of Text). Tht" spacing depends upon 9 <I: 15mm
the grade of steel and percentage redistribution of moments. In the case of <I: Diameter of lor9,est bar
<I: 2/3 the maximum size of aggregate
negative redistribution' (the moment of the section is distributed to another
section) the actual working stress in steel is higher than that. with no redis- Fig. 7.5 Maximum Spacing Between Group of Bars
tribution and hence the difference in spacings shown in Table 7.3. . \. and temperature (distribution bars), the horizontal distance is limited to
five times the effective depth of the solid slab or 450 mm whichever is
Table 7.3 Clear Distance Between Bars (mm) smaller (Refer Fig. 3.1 for details). .
(Clause 26.3.3 & Table-IS ofIS: 4S6)

Percentage Redistribution to or from the section considered ' 2) Side Face Relntercements:
Clear distance between bars (mm)

'. (N/mm') -30 -15 0 +15 +30 According to Clause 26.5.1.3 of IS: 456 code, if the total depth of beam is
250 215 260 300 300 300 greater than 750 mm, side face reinforcements of area not less than 0.1
415 125 155 11)0. 210 235 percent of web area should be distributed equally on two faces at a spacing
500 105 130 , 150 175 195, not exceeding 300 mill or web thickness whichever is smaller as shown in
Noto: The spacings given in the table are not appHcable to members subjected to particu- Fig. 7.6. ' I
tarty aggressive environments unless in the catculatton of the moment of resistance. fy has
been limited to 300 N/mm2 in the limit state design and 0'" limited to 165 N/mm' in working The British code BS: 8IlD1, limits the spacing of side face reinforce-
stress design.
ments to 250 mm and the diameter of the side face reinforcements (4))
should be not less than the value in rnrn given by the expression
In the case of slabs, the horizontal distance between parallel main rein-
forcement shall not be more than three times the effective depth of solid ,.. {7.l)
'slab or 300 mrn whichever is smaller. For bars provided against shrinkage
 206 Reinforced Concrete Design Serviceability-Requirelllems of Reinforced Concrete Members . 207 ...
.. "

Assuming the lever arm, (I ::: 0.7 d, and in rectangular beams, the 'ratio of
I·I total depth to effective depth is very nearly unity. Hence replacing effec- i

1I 1
t·~···I.TJ
tive depth as total depth, the moment of resistance is expressed as .1
·1
M.=(A.O.87/ya) ... (7.3; I
·1
Equating . Mu =M({ : I
I
= 0.7 {1;. (bd /6)
... ·'t,.c. ..,
2
AiO.87/y) (O.7d)
O>750mm
:.".

(:;) =( O.l~~) :1
, ~.

l~'.'J-
Fig. 7.6 Spacing of Side Face Reinforcement
For .r.~= 20Nfmm 2

(:;) =(°1
A, = (0.85
5
)

bd) ... (7.4)

'.

,. t·
J
,
t
~
L..

...,

Where Sb = vertical spacing (mm) /yo

'b = breadth of beam (mm) This value of minimum tension reinforcement is prescribed in IS: 456
fy = characteristic strength (Nfmm2) -code clause 26.5.1.1. Provision of this magnitude of reinforcement will
This provision is made to guard against the bar yielding locally at a crack. 'prevent the failure in tension zone when the first cracks develops in con-
The side face reinforcement should invariably be provided and is manda- crete.
tory on the tension zone of deep beams below the neutral axis as shown in . ~ In th~ case of slabs the ratio of total depth to effective depth, compared
Fig. 7.6, to beams is as large is 1.25 so that the coefficient worked out in the equa-
tion of the beams will be much smaller. In addition, the loads will be better
3) Minimum percentage of steel distributed laterally in slabs than in beams. Hence the minimum
reinforcement (0.15 percent for mild steel and 0.12 percent for HYSD
The minimum percen·tage of steel prescribed in the IS: 456 code is derived bars) specifiedin the IS: 456 code is based on shrinkage and temperature
by considering the probability of cracking of the beams on the tension side effects rather than strength considerations.
when the tension in concrete reaches a stress equal to the modulus of rup-
ture. Hence the main criterion for minimum percentage of steel is 7.5.4 Calculation of crack width
expressed as
The, empirical method of controlling crack widths to permissible limits is
[Strength of reinforced concrete beam] > [Strength as plain concrete
sufficient for most.of the reinforced concrete structures. However in spe-
beam] cial structures and in aggressive environments, crack widths should be cal-
According to IS: 456 code, clause .6.2:2 , the modulus of rupture of culated by appropriate methods. The Indian Standard code IS:456-2000
concrete is computed by the empirical relation, prescribes an analytical method for estimation of design surface crack
7
t;> 0.7.g;;_. and Mer = I; Z . width which is the same as that specified in British code BS: 8110-1985 •
The for~ula recommended by the ~ritish cod~ BS: 811P-19~5 for.the
For a rectangular section having width 'b' and overall depth 'd', the value estimation M surface crack WIdth We, IS based on the research mvesnga-
2
of section modulus, Z = (b d f 6). tio~s of Beeby" and the same has been used by author'" in the computation
2
. Hence Me,'" 0.7 -:fk,(bd f6) ... (7.2) of crack widths in Prestressed concrete members.
I '.-'The empirical formula for the design surface crack width Wee is
expressed as
 ~~
.,'

Serviceability Requirements of Riinjorced Concrete Members . 209

'.
'.
, , [3ae,',,] . /.
It is important to note that Eq.(7.6) is empirical, based on test data and
: 'J': ',"W e,= 1+2(~'~-~:ml'l dimensional homogeneity. The constant 3 in the denominator has the
,'::..
inverse unit of stress. .
Where aer. = distance from .
the point
.
considered to the surface of the near- If the crack width is measured at the soffit of the beam, then Eq.(7.6)
est longitudinal bar can be motlified as follows:
Referring to Fig. 7."1

a<r == [(0.5 S) +
2 2 lO.S
eminl a'=11 and EI=~[~=;J and

, ,"'" s
m
=J.. ["
E,s d=x
-X'J[ /"._ b,(113A-X)] ... (7.7)
, . Ii

where !.:::; stress at the centroid of the tension reinforcement

expressed in N/mm2 units.
In flexural members, the maximum widths of cracks are generally
(d-x) encountered at the soffit of the beam and at sections wherethe moment is
maximum and at points mid way at soffit between the reinforcements and
-+/ L_I.-_--l
at corners.

. ' tEm-t 7.6 Examples

.+-€1-+ 1) A simply supported rectangular beam of 12 m span has an effective
Fig. 7.7 Parameters for Crack Wldlh Compulation
depth of 800 mrn. The area of tension reinforcement required to sup-
Where S = .spacing between bars port the loads is designed as 1.6 percent. Check the deflection control
Cmin :::; minimum cover to the longitudinal bars of the beam by empirical method if a) Fe-4I5 grade HYSD bars are
x :::;depth of neutral axis . used and b) Fe-SOOgrade bars are used.
h = Overall depth .of the member
e = average strain at the level of steel where cracking is a) Data
In being considered and calculated by allowing for the stiff- ' L 12 m /y:::; 415 N/mm2
ening effect of concrete in the tension zone and obtained d = 800mm /y = 500 N/mm2
from Eq.(7.6). AS! ::: 1.6 percent
' __ {b,(II-X)(O'-X)} ... (7.6)
ern - e. 3EsAs(d - x) b) Actual span/depth ratio

where £1 :::; strain at the level considered, considering a cracked sec- (LId) = (12/0.8) = 15
tion ,I

b, = width of section at the centroid of tension steel c) Allowable span/depth ratio

a' = distance from the compression face to the point at which
crack width is being measured. (Ud) = [(Lld)basl< x K, x Kc x KrJ
E, :::; modulus of elasticity of steel (N/mm2)
Since A".:::; 0, K, := 1 .,
~ As.;::; area of tension reinforcement
=
"

Since the beam is rectangular, K, 1

 Serviceability Requirements of Reinforced Concrete Members 211
210 Reinforced COlicrete Design
(J L.,,; (20xO.95 x 1.1 x 1.0)';'; 20.9 > 16
From Table-7.1, (Ud)bas;C:::; 20
=
From Fig. 7.2, K, 0.9 for Fe~415 steel Hence, the beam is safe with regard to serviceability limit state of deflec-
:::;0.8 for Fe-SOOsteel
tion.
Case (a): (Ud):::; [20 x 0.9 x 1 x 1] ::: 18 3) Check the deflection requirement for the following tee-beam continu-
Case (b): (Ud):::; [20 x 0.8 x 1 ~ 1] :::;16 ous over 10m spans and having flange width of 1200 rnm, web width . I

Since permissible span/depth ratio is greater than the actual, of 250 mm and effective depth = 400 mm, Area of tension
reinforcement =1500 mm2, Area of compression reinforcement == 960 ·1
deflection control is satisfactory.·
2) A doubly reinforced beam of rectangular section 250 rnm wide by mm', Adopt Fe-4l5 grade HYSD bars. '
mrn overall depth is reinforced with 4 bars of 22 mm diameter on
tension face and 2 bars of 16 mrn diameter at the compression a) Data
The effective cover is 50 mm, The beam spans over 8 m. If Fe~4 L == 10 m (Continuous beam)
HYSD bars are used, check for the defleCtion control using the .. bi :::; 1200mm
d :::;400mm
ical method.
a) Data
A :: (4 x 380)::: 1520 mm' bw :::;250mm (b w
) (250)
be :; 1200
b=250mm sl
Asc::;; (2 x 201):::; 402 mrn' 1
d=500mm ASI == 1500mm
Fe-41S HYSD bars 2
L=8m Asc == 960mm

b) Actual Span!D~pth ratio . b) Percentage reinforcement

~) = (80~0) := 16 100A,,] [lOOX 1500]·

( d ",ual ¥
.r~.
5 0 PI='.[ == 1200x400 =0.31

c) Allowable span/depth ratio

. [lOOXA",]
Pc=- b.d
[lOOX960]
=- 1200x400 =0.20
. ~:;.~I.'i

(~). =(~) .:
d rna. d baste
x K, x s, X K{ c) Actual span/depth ratlo

~) . ""20 from the table·7.1

.[L]_ - [10000)
~- .
-25
( d ac'oal - 400 -
d ba'lo\C

P,
J~ 100A,,)
bd
=(WOX 1520.
250x 500
= 1.21%"
') (1) Modification factors

= (lOPA,") ",(lOOX402 ""0.32%" From Fig.7.2,K, == 1.50

e; bd 250 x 500 ') From Fig, 7.3,Kc == 1.00
From Fig.7.4,Kf == 0.80
From Fig. 7.2,K,:::; 0.95
Fig. 7.3,Kc:::; 1.1
Fig. 7 A.Kf:::; 1.0
 Serviceability Requirements of Reinforced Concrete Members 213

It = Moment of inertia of cracked section

Let x =, depth of neutral axis, then

[!::] =[!::].
.','.
xK.xKi;xKr··· 0.5 b x2 = til A,,(d -x)
dm ••. db",c . . .:(,
. (0.5~200XX2)= 13x600(420-x)
:::[26 x 1.50 x 1.00 x 0.8]
Solving x = 146 mm
:::31.2>25
Distance of centroid of steel from neutral axis is obtained as
" Hence, th~ tee beam is safe with regard to th~ limit state of deflection.
.'~§"'" ~:~
.-
r::: (d ':',x)= (420-146) = 274mm
",'f ',' .r·
4) A rectangular section beam 200 mm wide by 450 mm overall depth is
reinforced with 3 bars of 16 mm diameter at an effective depth of 420 "

3
mm. Two hanger bars of 12 mm diameter are provided at the corn- . = ( 200 ~ 146 ) + (13 x 603 x 2742)
pression face. The effective span of the beam is 5 m. The beam sup-
ports a service live load of 10 kN/m. Iffck i::: 20 N/mm2 andfy::: 415
Nzmrrr', compute a) the short-term deflection b) the long term = (7.95 x 108) rnm"

deflection according to IS: 456 code specifications.

.18'~:'{b~3) =UOO;245~) = (15.18 x 108) mm"
a) Data
2
b
D
:::

i:::
200 min
450mm
fck = 20N/mm
fy ::: 415 N/mm2
M, = (f;,g') =( 3.13~;~.~;;
8
1'0 ) = (O.211 X 108) N.mm
It"·, d ::: 420mm u; ::: 5000{k , z = lever arm = [d - (x/3)] = [420 - (14613)] = 37 J.34mm
L :::5m ::: 5000...[20::: 22360 N/mm2
q ::: lOkN/m
M = (0,125111e) = (0.125 x 12.25 x 52) = 38.3 kN.m = (0.383 x 108) N.mm '

A" ::: 603 mm

2
fer ::: 0.7 {k
!.
Asc::: 226 mm
2 ::: 0.7...[20= 3.13 N/mm2
til ::: 13

b) Service loads on beam ,jj

,., ., (7.85 X 108) s (9.037 x 108):5 (15.18 X 108)
. ,i~"
"
Self weight e g ::: (0.2 x 0.45 x 25) == 2:25 kN/m Maximum short-term deflec~ion is computed as , . .:
::
Live load ::: q::: 10 kN/m
Service load::: lV::: (g + q)::: (2.25 + 10)::: 12.25 kN/m =
.
12.25 N/mm '. .a
. 1("",,:,)
=[ 5wL
4

384Elcrr
]=[ 5xI2.25x5000
384x22360x9.02x
4

108
]=494mm
• t •
....
",
I
c) Maximum Short term Deflection , \
d) Long term Deflection

au = (Short term deflection) + (Shrinkage deflection) + (Creep deflec-

I
i
I

tion)
aLd::: [al(pe"n) + ac, + accipe(m)J
where .,

. ," \~
. .~~:-
 214 Reinforced Concrete Design Serviceability Requirements of Reinforced Concrete Members 215
".
Shrinkage'Deflection .. Permissible deflection = (span I 250)= (5000 1250) = 20,!llm
Actual deflection::: 13.664 mm .
2 Hence, the beam satisfies the limit state of deflection. ....:;
acs = kJ '1'., L
~here k3 = a constant = 0.125 for simply supported beams 5) A simply supported beam spanning over 8 m is of rectangular section
with a width of 300 mm and overall depth 600 mm. The beam is
\If•• ::: shrinkage curvature = k4 (eclD) reinforced with 4 bar's 0(25 rnm diameter on the tension side at an
where e" = ultimate shrinkage strain of concrete = 0.0003 effective depth of 550 mm. Two nominal hanger 'bars of 12 'mm
diameter are provided on the compression side. The beam is subjected
O.72(P,- Pc)] , 25' ( ) 10 to a service load moment of 140 kN.m at the centre of span section.
k4 =
[
{/;. s 1.0 for' 0. s PI - P. < .
Assuming M-20 grade concrete and Fe:4l5 HYSD bars, check the
beam for the serviceability limit states of deflection and cracking
100 x 603) _ " ' ,= (100 X226) = 0.269 ':;" .' :~
PI"" ( 200x420 -0.71 ,and ,~. 200 x 420 using the following methods: .
I) Deflection control (empirical method)
(P _ P.) == (0.7 I - 0.269) = 0.441 > 0.25 and < 1.00
I 2) Deflection control (Theoretical.methodl
...
=[0.72 X0.441] = 0.377
3) Maximum widthof cracks (Theorejical method)
k4 VO.71
.-- ....
Data
'I'.! = k, [fe/D] "" 0,377[0.0003/450] = (2.51 x 10-
7
) b ::: 300mm lek = 20N/mm 2

D ::: h:::600mm h = 415 Nzmm". (..

•.i~

a es == [k 3 'If L2]:= [0.125 x 2.51 x 10-7 x 5000~ '" 0.784 mm ::: 550mm m = 13
•• 'f'cs d L t/.
M ::: 140kN.m e, = 5000 fiO = 22360 N/mm 2

Creep Deflection As( ::: 1963 mm" ' ler =

0.7;{iO = 3.13 N/mm 2

A.., ==226 mm" E. ==(2 x lOs) N/mm2

a . ::: Initial + creep deflection due to permanent loads obtained by L ==8m
I.«(pcrm) • • E [E I( 1 8)]
using the effective modulus of elasticity as co::: c' +
where e= creep coefficient = 1.6 ( at 28 days loading) 1) Deflection, Control (Empirical,Method)
, - [ 5wL 4
]
and E :=
[
--
Eo ] [Ec]
:= -
a"cc(perm) - 384 E«lerr ee 1 + 1.6 2,6 _( 100Au) _( 100 >< 1963) _ .
P,- bd - 300x550 -1.19,
. a ::: 26 (short term deflection) :::(2,6 x 4.94) = 12.84 mm
•• ',cc(pcnn) • ,
Hence the creep deflection due t<;>'perrhanentloads may be obtained from = (lOOAs<) = (100 x 226) = 0
Pc bd 300 x 550 .14
the relation,
'.a) Modification Factors
acc(pcrm)::;; [a'.cc(pcrm) - a, (permjl ='("12.84 - 4.94) = 7.9 mm
Total long-term deflection is given by the relation, ' From Fig. 7.2,K( = 0.95
au = (short term deflection)+(shrinkage deflection)+(creep deflection) , From Fig. 7.3,Ke ::: 1.05
From Fig. 7.4.Kf::: 1.00
= a" + ae• + ace, (perm)
I
(penn)
= (4,94 + 0.784 + 7.9)::: 13.664 mm b) Span/depth Ratio
According to ~S: 456-2000 code. the maximum permissible long-term

I
deflection should not exceed the value of (spanl250). ' Allowable span depth ratio is expressed as
 1;',"'" ',':.

Serviceability Requirements of Reinforced Concrete.Members 217

(Lid) ;: (Lld)t>a,'io x K, x K, x KJ e) Short term Deflection. :") .':.

= (20 x 0.95 X 1.05 x 1.00) 5ML2] = [ 5x1AXI0 x8000. 8 2

]. ..:»
a.d= [ --48EJdr 48 x 22360 x 38.2 x 10 8
= 10.92mm
= 19.9? '.',
t) Shrinkage deflection
=
Actual span/depth ratio (L 1 d) = (89001550) = 14.54 <. j 9.95
Hence the deflection control- is satisfactory.

2) Deflection Computations (TheoreticalMe\hod)

IV =k(
os . '-DEel)
{p,- PC>;: (1.19-0.14);: 1.05> 1 ! : .!~' ., ,

a) Neutral Axis depth

.. k 4 =0.65 [p,-{p.Pc] = 0.65 [ "1.19
1.05 ]
:. 0.626
Let x = depth of neutral axis . .
. r;:: (d - x), neglecting the compression steel in computations, For simply supported beams
IV" = 0.626(0.0003/600) = (3.13 x 10-7)
0.5bx
2
= "jA,.(d - x)
k)=0.125
(0.5 x 300 xx2) = [13 x 1963(550-x)
a•• '" [k3lJ1e,L1;:'(0.125 x 3.13 x 10-7 X 8000i] ;: 1.5 mm
Solving x = 233 mm and r='(550 - 233);:: 317 rnrn
g) Creep deflectioli .
Lever arm;; z;; [d - (xI3)] ;; [550 - (233/3)] ;::472.34 mm

b) Moment of Inertia of Cracked Section

s; =C e) !c =(:.~)
:, •• al,cc(perm) ::: (1 + 9) (asd) == (2.6 x 10.92) = 28.~mnl·
Deflection due 10 creep only is
,W""
acc.(perm) = (al.;'(pe,m) -al(pennJ = (28.4 - 10.92):= 17.48 mm .... -. ~
= [(300 x 2333)/3J + [13 x 1963 x 317~ ;: (38.2x 108)rrim
4

h) Long term Deflection

.,H', ,
"<,
c) Moment of Inertia of Gross Section aLd:= [a'd +a" +aCO,(pcrm)J ";-(10.92 + 2.5 + 17.48):= 30.9 mm ·1 t oJ:

i) Check for DeflectlonControl

d) Effective Moment of Inertia . Maximum permissible long-term deflection is given by the expression
a';m;,;ng =.( ~a;);:(~:):=32mm ...: . '. .
Mr= lfc)gr)/YJ ;: (3.13 x 54 x 108)1300] = (0.563 x J08) N.mm
Actual deflection is = a~ ~ 30.9 n:iin < mm . 32
Hence the deflection is within safe permissible limits.

3) Maximum Width of Cracks

'.) Assuming the spacing of tension steel (25 (1) at 60 mm centers, S = 60 mm

Cover = Cm;n= (50 - 12.5) = 37.5 mm

';i
I·

I
 218 Reinforced Concrete Design Serviceability Requirements of Reinforced Concr~te Members 219
OS 2 l,O.S
a
a
= [(O.5Sf + COti"l ' :: [(0.5 x 60) + 37.5
.
J = 48 mm diameter on the tension face and 2 bars of 16 rnrn diameter at the
compression face at an effective cover of 50 mrn. The beam spans
Crack width will be maximum at the soffit of the beam. over 6 m. Using Fe.415 grade HYSD bars check for the serviceability
a'=h =600mm limit state of deflection using the empirical ~nethod. 1••• ;":.

e.
;
:::f[1r -x]
E, d x r
'. 3) A tee beam continuous over 8 m spans and having a flange width of
1200 mm and web width 300 mm, effective depth of 500 mm is rein-
forced with tension reinforcement of area 1600 mm'. Adopting Fe-
415 grade HYSD bars, check for the limit state of deflection using IS: .: ~...... ;

t.="i[~:J where y=r=317mm

456-2000 code empirical method.
6
::: 13[140 x 10 X317]::: lSI N/mml 4) A simply supported reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section .~;.
38.2x 108 . 250 mm wide by 450mm overall depth is used over an effective span ,
"j t.., .:oi
of 4 m. The beam is reinforced with 3 bars of 20 mm diameter Fe-415
f,
=( 151.3 )[600-233]:::
2x lOS 550-233
(8.74 x 10"")
'.
HY~m grade ~ieel at an effective depth of 400 mm. Two hanger bars .,
","I

(.

of 10 mm diameter are provided. The self weight together with the

_ _[bl(h -x)(a' -X)]' , dead load on the beam is 4 kN/m
f.. - E. 3E,A,(d -X) Service live load 'is 10 kN/m. Using M-20 grade concrete.tcornpute . tH•..ll
:a) The short term deflection
"" [300(600-233)(600-233)J -4 b) The long-term deflection according to the provisions of the
=(S.74XlO )- 3x2xlOS1963(550-233) = (7.66 x 10 )
IS: 456-2000 code. I.
, __:.;1!iI

A simply supported beam of rectangular section spanning over 6 m i

..
W
.. [
r,:: -~I
3(/"£,,, ] [3 x48 x 7.66 x 10",,]
,;;;-:-a: =
1+ 2 ·A~-j
:;r ~)
1+ \ 6OO~2)J
= 0.104 .mm
: 5)
has a width of 300 rnm and overall depth of 600 rom. The beam is :~ J
.;I.
·.1~
.
,

reinforced with 4 bars of 25 mm diameter on the tension side at an ,t

According to IS: 456 code clause 35.3,2, under general (normal) condi- effective depth of 550 mm spaced at 50 mm centers. The beam is sub- ,I

tions, jected to a working moment of 160 kN.m at the centre of span section.

t ....-,
~.
Maximum width (If crack j- (0.004 x Cmi.) Using Fe-415 HYSD bars and fvf-25 grade concrete, check-the beam
l' (0.004 x 37.5) for the serviceability limit state of cracking according to the provi- JtUl
r
! . t- 0.15 mm sions of the Indian standard code IS: 456-2000. I..
Since We, 0.104 = I1Ull < 0.15 mm, the serviceability limit state of crack- 6) A simply supported beam of rectangular section 300 mrn wide by 700
ing is satisfied. inm overall depth has an effective span of 8 m. The beam is rein-
forced with 4 bars' of 25 mm ~iameter spaced 50 mm apart on tension
7.7 EXAMPLES F'OR PRACTICE side at an effective depth of 650 mm. Two nominal hanger bars of 12
mm diameter are provided on the compression side at a cover of 50
'"........
.1

.I

1) A simply sup('l~rtedbeam of 8 m span has an effective depth of 800 mm. The beam is subjected to.a service load moment of 140 kN.m at
mm.Thc beam is reinforced with tension steel of 1.5 percent. Check 'centre of span section. Using M-25 grade concrete and Fe-4'I5 HYSD
the deflection "')OIIOI of the beam by empirical method using bars, check the beam for the limit states of deflection and cracking
a) Fe-415 HYSD bars and using the following methods:
b) Fe-500 gr.'ll,k steel bars a) Deflection control using empirical method
2) A doubly reintl.)l\.'edconcrete beam of rectangular section 250 mm b) Deflection' computations using the theoretical method.
wide by 500 nun effective depth is reinforced with 3 bars of 20 mm c) Maximum width of cracks using the theoretical method.'
,,;
.. ,
 Limit Slate Design of Bea1~s 221
Table 8.1 SpanIDeplh ratios for Trial'Secllon"" '
• : ~I
SI, No. Span Range Loading
, , Span/Deplh ratio-
(Ud) ,
, t,
I',
r- Llmltstate Design of Beams' 1 3t04m Ught 151020
2 51010 Medium 10Heavy 121015
3 >10m Heavy 12

8.1 INTRODUCTION
The design of a reinforced concrete beam element to resist a given system
of external loads involves the material properties 'and the skeletal dimen-
sions such as width and depth are assumedbased on
specific guidelines.
The cross sectional dimensions generally assumed to satisfy; tpe
serviceability criteria and housing of reinforcementswith suitable spacing
and cover is required to estimate the dead loads and moments. In designing
II the reinforcements for flexure and shear. the bending moments
i1 forces along the length of beam must be obtained fromstructural
The designed beam should satisfy the limit states of safety and service-
ability discussed in earlier chapters. ',' , '
In contrast to the analysis 'problem. the design problem does not have a,., >:
unique solution since the flexu!:a_lstrength of a section ,is governed 'by .its ,'"""V"""']ll{.'
cross sectional dimensions, material properties, and magnitude of rem-: '
II forcements in the section. The desired strength can be obtained by several
combinations of these variables. It is possible that different designers may
produce different solutions all of which may satisfy the design criteria. ' cent of the overall depth.
A comprehensive design of a beam requires the considerations
safety under the ultimate limit states of flexure, 'shear, torsion and bond
together with the limit states of serviceability criteria by empirical, meth-
ods,
',;
8.2' GUIDE LINES FOR SELECTION OF CROSS, , RECTANGULAR BEAMS
SECTIONAL DIMENSIONS AND DETAILING. '
OF REINFORCEMENTS
,2) The minimum percentage of tension steel should be around o.s per-
,cent. Generally the depth of the beam should be such that the percent-
age .of steel required is about 75 percent of that required for balanced
section. , '
3) The minimum number of bars, usedas tension reiforcement should be
atlest two and not more than si~ bars should be used in one layer in the
beam.
4) The width of the section should accommodate the required number of
bars with sufficient spacings between them and a minimum side cover
of 2?mm to t?e stirrups. The minimum spacing between groups of
bars IS shown In Fig: 7.5
5) The .diarneter of hanger bars should be not less than of lOmm and that
of main bars 12mm. The normal, diameter 0[- bars 'used are
08,10.12.16.20.22,25 and 32mm. If different sizes of ba~s are used in
one layer. the hanger bars should be placed near the faces of the beam.
In flanged Tee-beams, the depth of the slab is usually taken as 20per-
7) AThegenera.1widths of beams used are 150.200,230,250 and 300mm.
Iso the WIdths of beam should be equal to or Jess than the dimension
of the columns supporting the beam.
8.3 DESIGN OF SINGLY REINFORCED
1) Design a singJy reinforced concrete beam to suit.the following data:

The following guidelines may be used to select the cross sectional ll, ",, Llvll-,

sions of reinforced concrete beams.

Clear span e 3m
I) The depth of the beam is fixed based on span/depth ratios to satisfy •
Width of supports e 200mm
the deflection requirements. The ratio of overall depth to width should',' ,
Working Live load e 6 kN/m
be between 1.5 and 2.0
M-20 grade concrete
Table 8.1 shows the trial section(span/depth) ratios to be assumed as a Fe-415 grade HYSD bars
function ofspan and loading.
 222 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit Stale Design of Beams 223

Method.1 (Using IS: 456 Code provisions)

u,::O.87!y.A".d
. .
[I- Alli]
. b.d·fck
a) Stresses
(13.1)(.lO~=(0.87X4l5X~"X160)[1- A"X415 ]
.fck = 20 N/mm2 . . . . . ." 200 X 160x20
=
fy 415 N/mmm2 . Solv~ng A.t :::;;2"'~ ~2 > A.~mlft:::;;[(0.85 bd)if..]Y . .
. Load Factor = 1.5 for dead-and Live Loads. Provide
10' di3 bars" of 12mm dilame t er (A II -. - 3'3 9 mm)2 and 2 hanger 'bars of
rom iameter on compression side.' .
. b) Cross Sectional Dimension
0' ·Check for Shear stress
Refer Table-Bvl and adopt a span/depth ratio of 20 for the given span and
range of loading. .t;::'" (Y.)::(16·S9
2 = . x 103)"~O.51
;_ '2

Effective depth = d ;,.( s~~n)= (3~~O)= 150 mm

bd . 200x160 N/mm .

Adopt d = 160mm
_(lQOAjl) (lOOX339)
. ': . . PI ~ lid ~ 200 x 160 = 1.05
D=200mm
Refer Tal?le-19 of IS:456·2ooo,a (T bl'e-ti.l lof text) and. read out the design
. shear
/. b=200mm s•..i.ngth
u';'
f
0 concrete as .. . .
.. Effective Span= [Clear span + effective depth] = (3 + 0.16) = 3.16 m .
i
'
'tc = 0.62 N/mm2 > 'tv'

Center to center of supports = (3 + 0.2) = 3.2 m ~;intr:;inal.shear reinforcements are provided, Using 6 mm diameter two legged

Hence L = 3.16 m.
. ~y~(·JyO.87·/Y)·!::(·2X28·XO.87X2S0)_' .
. . 0.4 b . 0.4 x200 - 152 mm
c) Loads
.ButS
~ . y :j. 075d (O~5
: .... = .. 1 ~.l
60')= 120mmand Sy l> 300mm.
Self weight = g :::;;(0.2 x 0.2 x 25) 1.00 kN/m = ~dopt spacing of stirrups as 120 mm. .
= =
Live Load q 6.00 kN/m
Total Load = w =
7.00 kN/m g) Check for Deflection Control
= =
Design Ultimate Load w. (1.5 x 7) :::;; 10.5 kN/m
Pt = 1~05. From Fig.7.2 read out the modification factor K, = 0.95.
d) Ultimate Moments and Shear Forces

=
M. (0.125 wuf/) =
(0.125 x 10.5 x 3.162) 13.1 kNm. =
(J) =(;;)max basic
«s.cx,»:«,
V. == (0.5 w. L) = (0.5 x 10.5 x 3.16):;; 16.59 kN. ~ (20 x 1.1 x 1x 1) = 22

e) Tension Reinforcements (L)d = (3.16)

016 = 19.75 <'22.
H'.' '.' ~ro"ded ..
ence, d~flectlOn control IS satisfactory ..
. Mu•lim = 0.138.fck.b.d2
= (0.138 x 20 x 200 X 160
2
) 10-6
I = 14.13 kNm.

I Since M; < Mu,lim' section is under reinforced.

."j
224 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit-State Design of Beams .ns
Method-z (using SP: 16 Design Charts). Method-I (using IS: 456 Code Formulae)
~. . "

( - ) = ( 200 x 1606)
Mu 13.1xlO· 255 a) Stresses'
a) Compute 2 '" •
bd2

b) Refer Table-2(SP: i6) or Table-6.S of text lind read out P, = 0.861 };k = 20 N/mm2, 1; = 415 N/mm2
Load factor = 1.5 for dead and live loads.
:. A" = (O.861X200XI60)
100 = 276 mm 2(p rovi'd e. 3b nrs of 12 mm d'iameter )
b) Cross sectional dimensions

us
c) Compute par~meter (Vd) kN/cm i.
Refer T~ble-8.1 and adopt a span/depth ratio of 15 for the' given span ani
range of loading.
Where v••= (D.4b d) = (0.4 x 200 X 600) I0-.1= 12.8kN Effective depth = =
(span/15) (5000/15) 333 mm. =
Adopt effective depth d 350 mm = =
.(Vd =( 12.8)
u.)
16
=(
l,R
Overall depth D = 400 mm= .. :-...
Width of beam b 200 mm .= =
Refer Table-62 (SP: 16) and read out the splicing of 6 rnrn two legged stir- =
Effective span [Clear span + effective depth] .~
".

rups ::: [5 + 0.351 :::L 5.35 m . =

=
As S, = 25 em 250 mm. But S; :» 0.75 d (0.75 xJ~O) 120 mm ..., = = 1.') Loads

d) The detailing of reinforcements are shown ill Fig. 8.1.

=
S~lf weight of beam = g (0.2 x 0.4 x 25) = 2.00 kN/m
LIve load q = =
ID.OO kN/m .
Total working load w = 12.00 kN/m=
Design ultimate load;::: Wu = (1.5 x 12) 18.00 kN/m = .. -".
d) Ultimate Moments and Shear Forces

Mu = (0.125 Wi'L2) =(0.125 x 18 x 5.352) = 64.4 kN

I'"*:----Clear span(3 m)--_~ Vu::! (0.5 Wu =
L )::: (0.5 x 18 x 5.35) 48.2 kN
.,j<---- Effectivespan ()·16m) ---f-.
Reinforcements
Fig. 8.1 Reinforcement Details in Singly R"II\t\l\'~cd Rectllngulllr Beam

·2) Design a singly reinforced concrete beam of clear span 5m to .,Limiting moment of the section is
a design working live load of 10 kN/m. Adopt M-20 grade ""n,I'''o,,,,· . ~u;:::
2
O.13.8.fc~ b d = (0.138 x 20 x 200 X 3502) 1O~ = 68 kN.m
SmceM u <M u.lim' the sec tiIon IS
. un d erreinforced
.
and Fe-415HYSD bars. . I

Data: M. = (0.87f/o"d) [1 -( :;1J]

Clear span = 5m
Working live load 10 kN/m = (64.4 x 6
10 ) = (0.87 x 415 xA x 350)[1 _( 415A" )]
M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. " 200x350x20
 I: /\I'I'I~,ti"l·t'r. Concrete Design Limit State Design of Beams 227 I

I 22(,
• I 1111' .\
,

=024 mrn'
,

.... , ,.' ' Method-2 (Using SP:' 16 Design Tables)

I
~..
I

I· !-III V '.~ 'II srs of 20 mm diameter (Asr = 628' mrn') as tension reinforce:
Pl'llvhll'" ' \;~tn', of 10 mm diameter as hanger bars
.• . id
"
I
I

I on compression SI ,e. I

( bMu) (64AX 10 6
11I1~1I111111 I -
. t ... oU.
' , . " a) Compute the parameter, -2 ,., 2
)
= 2.62 I
d 200 x 350
f) CIIl'\'k t\\r Shear Stress ,', " I

b) Refer Table-2 of Sf>: 16 (Table-6.5 of text) and read out PI correspond.

ing to the parameter (Mu'fb d2) and t; ::::
415 N/mm2• "
',I

·1
......... p, ::::0.892 ::::(lOOA.lbd) , ':":;':,l~':'
<+
ASI:::: [(0.892 x 200 x 350)/(100)] ::::625m~2 •/L
2(10 x ~~) ~ 0.68 N/mml . c) Compute parameter (V.ld) kN/cm /jL. ,,;
ll\\~) = (100 x 628) = 0,89
(Vu/d) ::::
(7/35):::: 0.2 . .'~4..
.
l
,\ ,. ·i.i
""t \,.,_
200 x 350

19 of IS'456 (Table-6.11 of text) and read out the design' shear

Refer Table-62 of SP: 16 and read out the spacing of 6'min diameter two
legged mild steel stirrups, S~::::300 mm. .
"
,I,
.,),

l{t'II'r
SIl'\'11.} \
I" ""
111 I't'".....
'ncrcte as 'tc::: 0.59 N/mm .
. f . d.
,
2',
Sut Sv.mlU > 0.75 d= (0.75 x 350):::: 262.5 mm
',:'1
t,
( > ~
S It\l'(' \ - ".:-'..
shear rem orcements are require
. Adopt a spacing of 250 mm 'I

=
, "' ~~'\tr, VU1 [Vu -, ('tc b d)] ":'
=
,t:
\ d)' The detailing of reinforcements are shown in Fig. 8.2.
I II III \ . = [48.2 _ (0.59 x 200 x 350) 10-3] 7 kN . ,~

1
'1 ,,,
l~II),"
,,\11' diameter 2 legged mild steel stirrups,
"\:. , ':'1
. _[0.87 t.,Aild] =[0.87 x250Xlx28
.\ ..
~
V 7 x 1000
. ",
x 350],::= 609 mm .
'
,,cl
j
Ii
••. ""',.
l'I\WI"I' ",
'" t\ i ~.i :::(0.75 x 350)
'" 1\\\\\

)l) c.. ~ht~-lI.I\ll" deflection Control

= 262.5 mm and als~
Sv':I> 300 rnm ,
diameter 2 legged stirrups at a spacing of 250 mm centres.
..' '
,,~~
';:;~ ,

1\ MI.,
\ ~'o) 'F\wn Fig. 7,2 read out the modification factor K, :::0.99
' .
:;_
Clear span (5m) ++:
,l EffectJvespan (5'35ml-+
(!:.)d max
=(J). basic
xK,xKcxK( Fig. 8.2 Reinforcement Details In Singly Reinforced Rccta~gular Beam

= (20 X 0,99 X 1 x l) = 19.8 8.4 DESIGN OF DOUBLY REINFORCED

RECTANGULAR BEAMS
(!:.)
,d provided
=(5.35)
0.35
= 15,3 < 19.8.
1) Design a reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section using the
following data:
Hl"~~'\,kt\~tion control is satisfied.
Data:
Effecti ve span:::: 8 m
Working live load:::: 30 kN/m

,',
 .\.: ....
. "~

'%If
, .... . .

::}\:'Re;IIf(.'rCf~d,···C~,ji::reieDesign

Overall depth restricted to 650 mm ..' ~; .

But/ se ~ 0.87/y;: (0.87 x..415) ';"361 N/mm2 \
'.

M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars : :'. ; ~"

6
A ,=[(Mu-Mu.iinJ]=[ 120x 10 ] =604 mm2
Assuming width = b'= 300 rom • • Ie f~(d - d') . 361 X 550 ..
Effective cover = (1'.z: 50 mm " '

Effective depth d;:: 600 mm = Provide 2 bars of 20 mm diameter (A = 628 mm') se

Method-J (Using IS: 456 Code provisions) A"2= [A.eiu;]

0.S7/y
[604X361]
= O.87x415 =604mm
,

f·
a) Stresses =[0.36X20 X300XO.4SX600]
, '

=[0.36!ck b(Xu.1im>] = 1723 mm'

A"I 0.87 iy 0.87 x415 ,
lCk = 20 N/rrih12
It =415 N/mm2 :. A" =.(A"I +AII2)';" (1723 + 604)= 2327 mm'
Load factor =
1.5 for dead and live loads. Provide 5 bars of25 mm diameter [Au= (5 x 491) = 2455 mm ]
2

b) Loads : f) Shear Reinforcements

=
Self weight = g (0.3 x 0.65 x 25) 4.875 kN/m =
=( Yu) =(209 X
1
= 1.16 N/mm'
Live load =
q = 30.000 kN/m 'tv bd
10
. 300x600
)

Total working load w 34.875 kN/m = =

= =
Ultimate Design 'load Wu (1.5 x 34.875) 52.3 kN/m = , = (lOOA,,) = (100 x 2455) = 1.36
. P. bd 300 6UO X

c) Moments and Shear Forces Refer Table-19 (IS:: 456) and read out -te = 0:70 N/mm2

M. = (0.125 x 52.3 x 8 )2
= 418 kN.m Since 'tv > 'te• shear-reinforcements are required.
V.= (0.5 x 52.3 x 8) = 209 kN Yu, = tvu - ('tc·b .d)]

d) Limiting Moment of Resistance = [209 - (0.70 x 300 x 600) 10-:;

::83kN
Mu, 1im = 0.138!ck b d2. . ,
.. ' ti'.
;"
= (0.138 x 20 x 300 X 6002) 10-6 = 298 kN.m < M~ t·
Using 8mm diameter Zlegged stirrups
,-.;:

Hence design as doubly reinforced section.

:1..:,:
'~j, =[°.87 iyA,y dJ =[0.S7X415X2X 50 X600] == 261 mm
, t" s, V
vs
83x 101

e) Main Reinforcements ,(,.' f ?i,

S; :t- 0.75d = (0.75 x 600) = 450 mm
","'. ~;,
, 'f.!, Also S, :l> 300 mm
(Mu-Mu.11m) = (418-298) = 120 k.~.m
Adopt spacing S~ ;;::260 mm near the supports and gradually increasing to
300mm towards the centre of the span.
_ [0.0035 (xu, max
i",-
- d')] E,
XU. max g) Check for Deflection Control

., = [0.0035[(0.48 X 600) - 50) ] (2 X 10'):: 578 N/mm2

(0.48 x 600) (!:.)d actuel
= (SOOO)::
600
13.33
230 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design 0/ Beams "231

"
.(~) :=(~)'.. xK,?<Kc.xK, . # 8-260c/c 2 #20, f300~" .

t
.... 6;

P, = 1.36 and
max basic

100)<628)
Pc = ( 300 X 600 = 0.34
r:;::::::;:::::;:::::::;i:::::;::::::;:=:;:;:::;:=~=ri'
6SO
t'
600

Refer Fig. 7.2, K, == 0.9

Fig. 7.3, K.. == 1.1
~====:;Z:::::===========;~ L
5 #25
+.'
Fig. 7.4, K(= 1.0
. -.t',l__ -....;·'EEffective
span (8ml-----.I'-
.. (!:.)d max
= [20 X0.9 X 1.1 X 1.0] =19.8>13.33
Fig. 8.3 Reln.Corcement Details in Deubly Reinforced Beam
·.·.1··.
"<.,'
Hence, deflection criteria is satisfied
a) Data:
Method~2 (Using SP: 16 Design Tables) ..~.~.
b =250mm fck = 20N/mm2
a) Main Reinforcements D =550mm /y = 415 N/mm2
'.
"1

. [M.I bd2] = [(418 x 106)1(300 x 600

2
= 3.87 and (d'/d) = 0.1
d = 500mm q =
20kN/m '::':i
,

Refer Table-50 (SP: 16) and read out the values of PI andp, .
)]
d' == 50mm
g2 =15 kN/m
L =7m
=
L.P 1.5 for dead and live loads
;'~t'·
., ....."I
',.' ".(1
'P, = 1.297 and Po = 0.359 ':'1
b) Loads

A"
=[ 1.297 X300X600]
100
= 2335
mm
2 '
Self weight Of beam =
s,» (0.25 x 0.55 x 25) 3.44 kN/m =
=[0.34 Dead load == g2 = 15.00 kN/m=
As<
xO.359
100
X 600] = 646
mm
2
Live load q = 20.00 kN/m=
Finishes etc = L56 kN/m
The tension and compression reinforcements are similar to that obtained Total service load ",;40.00 kN/m
from method-l , = =
Ultimate design load Wu (1.5 X 40) 60 kN/m =
b) Shear reinforcements c) Ultimate Moments and Shear Forces

(Vu/d) = (83/60) ='1.38 kN/cm Mu = (0.125 x 60 x 72) = 367.5 kN.m

'Refer Table-62 (SP:
i6). Using 8 mm diameter two legged stirrups, spac- Vu = (0.5 x 60 x 7) = 210 kN
.' .'.;'
,:
ing is nearly 260 mm. '
d) Llmltlag moment of resistance
c) Toe reinforcement details in the beam is shown in Fig. 8.3.
2) A rectangular beam of span 7m (centre to centre of supports). 250mm
Mu.iim = 0.138fck b tf = (0.138 x 20 x 250 X 500 2
) 10~= 172.5 kN,m < Mu
wide by 550 mm deep is to carry a uniformly distributed load (excl- Hence the beam is designed as doubly reinforced.
uding self weight) of 15 kN/m and a live load of 20 leN/m. Using
M-20 grade concrete and Fc-415 HYSD·bars. design the beam section
at mid span. Check the adequacy of the section for shear and perform
a check for deflection control." ' '
 .. ·r:;!;
. Limit State Design of Beams ·233 :!
:,
',g) Check for Deflection Control t , ',' "
. ~
.....

(Mu - Mu,,,";) =,(36?,5-::..~72.5) ==195 leN.m

(L)d max= (L)d basic xK,X KcxKr "
. [O.0035~u. max- d') ] ,', . ~
..
IS( == E,
,

For P, :::::1.97 and Pc::::: LOO

Xu, max
FromFig. 7.2, K,::::: 0.82
== [0:0035 {(0,48 X 500) -' 50} J (2 X 105) Fig. 7.3, K.::::: 1.24
IS(. (0.48 X 500)
Fig. 704, K(::::: 1.00
== 554 N/mm21> (0.87x415) = 361 N/mml
6
.(J) ~ mu
(20 x 0.82 x 1.2~ x 1~OO):., 20.33
.
i ==[(Mu-Mu.lim)] ==[ 195x 10 ]:: 1200 ~m2.
I",cd - d')
Provide 4 bars of 20 mm diameter CA sc
S( . 361 X 450

;' 1256 rnm')

(J)' . =(~:)'"
. pro'tidecj .
14 < 20.33
.

A"2:::
A,e/'c]
[ 0.87./ =
[1200 x 361J
0.87x415 :::1200mm
2
Hence, deflection control check is satisfactory

y
h) The reinforcement details in the beam are shown in Fig. 804.
=[0.36hk b(0,48d)] = [O:36X 20 X 250.x 0.48 x 500J::: 1197 mm2
A", 0.87/y .0.87x415 . ~ 10-250 c/c

.. A" = (A", + A"2) :: (1197 + 1200) ==2397mm2

Provide 4 bars of 28 mm diameter (A'I == 2464 mm')
1f"'1
==( lOOA,,) ==( 100 x 2464) = 1.97 ~j:
PI bd 250 x 500
\ ,'_,', ¥~
,
Pc
==(100Ase)
bd
=( 100 x 1256) ==1.00
2S0x500
-.!'-1l_- Effective span' C7ml----:'1,j<-l
f) Shear reinforcements
Fig. 8.4 Reinforcement Detall~ in Doubly Reinforced Beam
't ==(Vu)==(210XlOJ)= 1.68N/mm1
y bd 250x500 .8.5 DESIGN OF FLANGED BEAMS
For PI::::: 1.97, read out from Table-19(IS: 456), ';c::::: 0.79 Nzmm'
8.S.1 Introduction
V., == rvu- ('tc.b.d)] ==[210 -(0~79x 250 x500)1O-J_J= III leN .

Using 10 mm diameter two legged stirrups When a reinforced concrete slab is cast monolithically with the beam as in
the case of beam supported floor slab system; the beams can be considered
. =[~.87 irA,. dJ ~[0.87 x415x 2x79 XSOO]== 256 mm as flanged beams with slab acting as an effective flange on the compres-
s, V., .
III X 10)
sion side. It is 'important to note that continuous T or L beams act as
S; :j> (0.75d)::::: (0.75 X 500) == 375 mm and S, 1> 300 mm flanged beams only between the supports where the bending moments are
negative (saggingjand the slabs are on the compression side of the beam!
Provide spacing of stirrups = 250 mm.
" .
In the vicinity of the supports where the bending moments are nega-
itivethoggingj.the slab is on the tension side and hence the beam acts as a
 234 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Beams 235 I

I' I
. I
i
rectangular beam with the tension steel located in the slab portion of the stress distribution, which is not suitable for computations.
! beam. Hence at the locations of negative moments, the beams have to be'
I
I
I' designed as singly or doubly reinforced rectangular beams b) Effective depth (d)

,8.5.2 Design Parameters The basic span/effective depth ratios specified for beams and slabs in
IS:456 code (Clause 23.2.1 or Table.7.1 of text) can as well be used for
Fig. 8.5 shows the salient design parameters of flanged beams using the flanged beams along with the mcdlfication or reduction factor K, (Refer
notations used in IS: 456 code. Fig. 7.4 of text). However for purposes of design, the span/depth ratio of
the trial section may be assumed in the range of 12 to 20 depending upon
the span range and type of loading as given in Table-8~ 1. .
t-bf-t I

c) Width of web (bw)

The width of web generally depends upon the width of column on which
the beam is supported. The normal range of values being 150 mm to 400
mm.
Fig. 8.5 Parameters of Flanged Beams

a) Effective width of Flange (br)

The effective width of flange should in no case be greater than the breadth
of the web plus half the sum of the clear distances to the adjacent beams on .;',

either side.
i) For T'-beams, b(:::; [(Lj6) + b ; + 6 Del ~Effective width--t
ii) For L-beams, be= [(Lj12) + bw + 3 Dr] -+-~---Actual width----+
iii) For isolated beams, the effective flange width is computed as,

T-beam, be= {(Lj~) +4 + b~}

T-beam, 0.5Lo }
b, = { (Ljb) + 4 + b;
Where Fig. 8.6 Compressive Stress Distribution In Flange of Tee Beams
b, ::: effective width of flange
L; :::;distance between points of zero moments d) Thickness of flange (Dr)
bw '" breath of the web
Dr :::; thickness of
flange and The thickness of flange is governed by the thickness of slab which ~s con-
b ee- actual width of flange' tinuous over T-beams. The slab thickness is influenced by the spacings of
. .
T-beams and the/type of loading,'and generally governed by the basic
The effective width of flange is the assumed equivalent width of slab
s(latl/d~pth ratios specified in the IS: 456 code.The thickness of ~ange
with uniform sti"e~s distribution shown in Fig. 8.6' to replace the actual
.' ,.' -, ,- -', ,t.'. . ,', . generally~ariesfroml00to200mm. ' . .." :,:".""
\ .'
 Limit State Design of Beams 237 " ~ .

: ,:236' Reinforced ConcreteDesign

"
. .;~.~
'1"

'ifl,i,n, 150mm and with the area of main reinforcement of the slab(parallel to' the
" ~
, , e) Minimum and Maximum Reinforcementin Flanged Beams .,,,' }: beam) at its middle is 500 mm2tm, the transverse reinforcement required
.
':~:
s·
'according to the provisions of the IS:456 code will be equal to (0.6 x 500)
The minimum percentage of reinforcement to be provided in a flanged
beam as per IS: 456 code clause 26.5.1.1 is to be computed using the width
= 300mm2/m.
of web and effective depth. The code recommendation gives the minimum
8.S.S Design of Tvbeams Using SP: 16 Design Tables
reinforcement as '

(b~~) (OtS)
= " ¥-.
The limiting moment capacity of a T-beam section (by failure of concrete
in coinpression) can be computed by the design equations presented.fn
Using Fe-415 grade HYSD bars, the minimum percentage works out to
section 6.3. The moment of resistance factor based on the IS: 456 code
pro~isions h~ve been tabulated in SP: 16 usi9g the parameter [(Mu.l;m) / (lck
about 0:2 percent. Also, the maximum percentage of tension reinforcement
b; d )] for different values of the ratios (blb~) and (Did) in Tables-58 and
in T-beams (based on web width) is limited to 4 percent.
'.;
.,,',
59 of SP: 16 for the two different grades of steel Fe-415 and Fe~~OO
respectively.(Tables 6.8 and 6.9 of text.) , .,
8.5.3 Expressions for Mu and A,. for Preliminary Design
The amount of reinforcement required to resist the limiting moment, is
not given in these tables. However the tables are useful to estimate-the
The moment of resistance, of a T-beam section can be expressed by a sim- .~.:
maximum moment the T-beam can resist as singly reinforced beams WIth
ple equation by assuming the neutral axis to coincide with the bottom of
failure of concrete in compression. In most cases of practical design
the flange and the lever arm length is (d - 0.5 Dr). Accordingly we have
examples, the moment capacity of the T-beam will be considerably greater
the relation,
-~-. than the applied moment and the steelrequirement will be much lower
M; = 0.36!ck b, Dr (d - 0.5 Dr) than that required for the limiting moment. Hence the tables are useful
The area of flange width required for the neutral axis to be at the soffit of only to check the capacity of the concrete. section. In cases where the neu-
the flange can be expressed as ' tral axis falls within the flange, the section can be treated .as rectangular
beam and the percentage of reinforcement can be readily obtained from
2M" ] Tables-I to 4 of SP: 16 for different grades of concrete and steel.
br= [
0.36 !ctD~2d - Dr)

This required width is compared with the effective width of T'-beam to

~ .r
8.5.6 Design Procedure for L-beams
ascertain whether the neutral axis will be within the flange or below the
flange. An approximate estimate of tension reinforcement required to resist ~n the case of beam and slab floor systems, beams are spaced at regular
the factored moment M" can be evaluated using the simple expression, intervals, The interior beams which are cast monolithic with slabs on both
sides of the rib behave as T-beams. The edge beams which are cast mono-
A" = [0.87 /y;~ O.SDr)}
lithic with slabs on one side of the rib only are termed as L:beams. Due to
eccentricity of the load comingon the flange as shown in Fig. 8.7, torsional
moments are induced in the L-beams in addition to the bending moments
.j
8.5.4 Transverse Reinforcement and shear forces. ' ' ' , ,I
Torsional and hogging bending moments are maximum in thevicinity
The' compressionflange of a flanged beam should be adequately reinforced of the column supports where theLbearn is built into the column while the
for effective T-beam action. According to IS:456 code clause 23.1.1, the' , sagging moments are maximum at the centre of-span. The support section j

transverse reinforcement in the slab should be not less than 60 percent of .I

of the L-beam is the most critical section which is designed for combined
the main reinforcement at mid span of the slab and the reinforcement torsion, bending arid shear forces according to the IS: 456 code provisions.
should extend to a length of at least one fourth of the span of the slab on
either side of the beam.
For example, the transverse reinforcement in a T-beam with Dr ""
 238 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Beams 239 I
I ..

,~
Adopt d=700mm, D=750mm and bw=300mm I

c) Effective span

The least value of

;',.-
i) Centre to centre of bearings = (10 + 0.45) ;;;;;10.45 m
j;.
=
. .Ii) Clear span + effective depth (10 + 0.70);;;;;10.70 m
-I s: ., . Effective span = L = 10.45 m

\', d) Loads

Self weight of slab .= .(0.15 x 25 x 3) = 1I .25 kN/m

Floor finish = (0.6 x 3 ) == 1.80 kN/m
Bending =
Self weight of rib (0.3 x 0.6 x 25)= 4.50 kNlm
moment =
Plaster finishes 0.45 kN/m
=
Total dead load g= 18.00 kN/m
.
., = =
Live load =q (4 x 3) 12.00 kN/m .
Design Ultimate load = w. = 1.5 (18 + 12) = 45 leN/m
I
i
. Fig. 8.7 Mome~ts and Forces at Support Section of L-BcIlDl
e) Ultimate Moments and Shear Forces
I 8.5.7 Design Examples
I 1)
. '
A T-beam slab floor of reinforced concrete has a slab 150 mm thick M; = (0.125 x 45 x 10.452) = 614 kN.m

I spanning between the T-beams which are spaced 3 m apart. The

beams have a clear span of 10 III and the end bearings are 450 mm
Vu = (~.5 x 45 x W:452) = 235 leN

2 f) Effective width.of Flange (hr)

thick walls. The live load on the floor is 4 kN/m • Using M-20 grade
concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars, design one of theJnterrnediate

.. T-beams. (Lj6) + b.; + 6 Dr]

b, ;;;;; .
,
Method-I (using IS: 456 code equations) '=(10.45/6) + 0.3 + (6 x 0.15)] = 2.94 m < 3.00 m
b, = 2940 mm
a) Data:
g) Moment capacity of Flange section ( MUI)
Clear span = 10m i'ck =
20 N/mm2
Bearing thickness = 450 mm fy =
415 N/mm2 MuF 0.36 ict b, Dr (d - 0.42 Dr)
Working live load = q = 4 kN/m2 Dr = 150 mm = (0.36 X 20 x 2940 x 150) (700 - 0.42.><150)]
Spacing ofT-beams = 3 m
= (2022 x 1O~ N.mm
= 2022kN.m
b) Cross sectional Dimensions Sin~ ~u < M.r, x. < Dr '.-'
1 . (span) X 10 )(10 3 =
Hence the section is treated as rectangular with b b, for designing rein-
I· Assuming effective depth = Is = .' 15 . = 666 mm forcements.· . .
 Limit State Design of Beams . .~..
241
:;/{11il'll'nrl:ed.: conc~eie:.6esi8f1 - .-
hj Tension. Reinforcements . - -.
(~) - - =(
d provided _
10450) = 14.92 < 32
700
\

M; = (0.87 iy A" d) 1 - [ ( bA"Ir)J

d !ek Hence, check for deflection control is satisfactory.

(614 X 10 6
)=: (0.87 x415 XA'I x700)
-
[1-( 415A'l
2940x700x20
) ] k) Details of relnfercements

The reinforcement details in the T-beam are shown in Fig. 8.8.

Solving A" == 2492 mrrr' _ _ _
Provide 2 bars of 32 mm diameter and 2 bars of 25 mm diameter
=
Total A" 2590 mrrr', # 8- 250 clc

i) Shear reinforcements

't =(~)=(235X103)=119NI 2
y bwd 300 x 700 . mm

/),-
~(JOOA,,)
bwd
.; ('100
-
x 2590) _
300x700 -1.23
2#32
2 #25
2
Refer Table-19 (IS; 456) a~d read out the value of 'to::i: 0.67 N/mm •
Fig. 8.8 Reinforcement De~lllls-in'rc,e-Beam
·, -"I Balance Shear « Vu, == (Vu - (r, b; d)]
== [235 - (0.67 x 300 x 700)] 10-3 == 95 leN Method-2 (Using SP:-16 Design Charts)
Using 8 mm diameter 2 legged stirrups, spacing is given by
a) Tension Reinforcement
0.87X415 X2X50X700]
I ~,,,, ",

s, ::[ 95 X 101 = 2~6 mm

Since Xu < Dr. the section can be treated as rectangular and Table-2 of.
Provide a spacing of 250 mm at supports and gradually increasing to 300 SP:16 can be used.
I
1
1
I
rnm at centre of span.
(~)=(
brd1
6l4x
2940 X 7002
10 )=042
6

•
Also /),=0.120= (lOOA,,)
M
1 j) Check for Deflection Control
A = (O.l20X2940X700) =
24'70mm 1
100 A,,) ( 100 x 2590)
'PI~ ( b;d ;: 2940 x 700 =0.126
" 100
b) Shear reinforcements
- (bjbr):: (30012940) = 0.102 -:
Refer Fig. 7.3 and read out K, = 2.0
Fig. 7.3 and read out K; 1.0 =
(~,)=(~~)= l.35~/cm

Fig. 7.4 and read out K, == 0.8 Using 8 mm diameter 2 legged stirrups and referring to Table-62 (SP:16)
Spacing S; = 26 em = 260 rom.
" (~l)
(.. nux
=(~) _
~ baste
xK,xKcxKr
..
The values of tension and shear reinforcements are almost the same as that
obtained by method-I.
= (20 X 2.0 X 1.0 X 0.8)'''' 32
2..t2 Rein/orced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Beams 243

3) Design a L-beam for an office room floor to suit the following data. i) be = [(LJ12) + b; + 3 Dr]
= [(6300112) + 300 + (3 x 100)] = 1125 mm "

11) Data ii) be = b; + 0.5 (spacing between the ribs)

= 300 + (0.5 x 2450) == 1525 mm
Clear span = 6 III .. br= 1125 mm
Centre to centre of supports = 6.3 m
The I,,-beams are monolithic with R.C. columns t) Ultimate bending moment and shear forces
. Spacing of beams =
2.75 m c/c
Loading (Office floor) =
4 kN/m
2
At support section,
Thickness of slab =
100 mm :- u, = 1.5 (w L2/12) ~ 1.5 (14 x 6.32)/12 = 70 kN.m
Width of column == 300 rom Vu = 1.5 (0.5 wL) = 1.5 (0.5 x 14 x 6.3) = 66 kN
Material~: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
At centre of span section,
b) Cross sectional Dimensions Mu:;:; 1.5 (w L2/24) :;:; 1.5 (14 x 6.32)/24 = 35 kN.m
Since L-beam is subjected to flexure, torsion and shear forces, assume a " g) Torsional moments at support section
trial section having span/depth ratio of 12. .
to dead
.. d == ( 6~~O )= 525 mm Je
Torsional moment is produced due lo~d of-slab and live load on

(Working loadfm-rib self weight) = (14-3.75) 10.25 kN/m =

Hence adopt d == 550 mm, D = 600 mm and b; = 300 mm. i'. Total ultimate load on slab =
1.5 (10.25 x 6.3 ) = 97 kN
Total ultimate shear force = (0.5 x 97 ) :;:;48.5 kN
c) Effective span . .' Distance of centroid of shear force from the centre line of beam (Refer
Fig. 8,9) = 0.4125 m
Effective span is the least of Ultimate torsional moment is computed as
i) Centre to centre of supports = 6.3 m .t. = (48.5 x 0.4125) = 20 kN.m
ii) Clear span + effective depth = (6 + 0.55) = 6.55 m.Hence.L = 6.3 m
~b =1125
d) Loads I ....k--412·5

Dead load of slab= (0.1 x 25 x 0.5 x 2.75) = 3.43 kN/m -.

.
Floor finish = (0.6 x 0.5 x 2.75)
Self weight of rib =
=
Q.83 kN/m
(0.5 x 0.3 x 25) = 3.75 kN/m
Live load = (4 x 0.5 x 2.75) = 5.50 kN/m
T I
1!
600 '
Plaster finishes etc == 0,49 kN/m
Total working load = w = 14.00 kN/m

e) Effective Flange width .1--300-+

Fig.8.9 L·Beam Loads !Support.sedion)
Effective flange width (be) is the least of the following values:
 Limit State Design ofBeams 247

I i) .... = ::S; ....))+ to) = 280 mm =

.... depth = (span/7 ) (250017 ) 357 mm. =
r
I
l
ii)
iii)
r:.:.. - ::, I.!} = (280
3)~mn
+ 530)/ 4] = 202 nun Adopt effective depth = d 400 mm
= =
Overall depth D 450 mm
=
A6.:p: mnunwn spacing S, = 200 mm.
= =
._Width b 300' mm
~"f~" .:e:enfi.'£'.:l!ments are shown in Fig. 8.10.
c) Loads
1) ~ rue Ddlection Control .
Self weight of beam =
(0.3 x 0.45 x 25) = 3.375 kN/m
!:'~'l'-:;) .!.Cd p, = (100 Ajbwd)] :::[(100 x 402)/(300 x 550)] = 0.24 Live load =20.000 kN/m
Finishes =. 0.625 kN/m
(bjb() == (300/1125) c 0.266 Total working load = w = 24.000 kN/m

Refer 'Mf. '7.': K, = 1.30 I'

(I) Ultimate moments and shear forces
'F5f "':3. K, = 1.07
hf- -..-1-. Kf= 0.80
M.= 1.5[0.5I11L1 = 1.5[O.5x24x2.51 = 112.5 kN.m

(~)
tI\!I~
= (~)
boule
xKI'x x, x x, Vu= l.5[w LJ = 1.5 [24 x 2.5] = 90 kN
1.
= (20X·1.30x 1.07 x 0.8) = 22.2
e) Main Reinforcements
.i
(L)d _ = (6300)
provukd
550 = ll.4S < 22.2
Mu•J;", '" (0.138fek b d
2
)

Hence. In: ~k for deflection control is satisfactory. = (0.138 x20 x300x4U(2)lO-6

8.6 DE$lG~ or CANTILEVER BEAMS '" 132kN.m

Since M; < Mu•1im• the section is under reinforced.

Design a ,::s1rile,cr beam to suit the following data:
Mu' =0.87 !y~0l d [ 1- (A'./1)'l
bdfek ~
a) Dna

Cle.ar~.u:t = 2.5 m =(O.87X41~A'IX400)[I"':(

.'
415A'I'
300x400x20
).J
\Von;)1'J; lin! load = 20 kN/m
Canrilewr beam is monolithic with R.C. column 300 mm wide and Solving A'l = 928 mnr'
450 rum .:k~ =
Provide 3 bars of20 mm diameter (A'I 942 mm') on the tension face (top)
.f'l = :.'ll ~!mm-: and fy = 415 N/mm 2 and 2 bars of 10 mrn diameter as hanger bars on the compression face.

t) Shear keinforccments
,b) Cross ~tional dimensions

For can:i1ewr beams, the trial section is based on the (span/depth) ratio = (Vv) =( 300x400
90x 10 = 0.75 N~mm21
)

on. .' .' . 'tv bd

_" ~ . .

= (tOOA'I) = (100 x 942) = 0.785

Pl' bd 300 x 400 .
. .
 ~r~~w~:~~~~?/,\\ii\:::
' ..:c'''' . . .
.'keinjorced C~n:Cfe.te Design 'Limit State Design of Beams 249

i (L)d . =. (2500 4' .: .

1
Refer Tabl~ 9 (IS: 45~) arid read out 't". :: 0.56 N/nun < 't".
Hence, shear reinforcements are required. pro'i~ 400) = 6.25 < 7.175

Balance shear = V
us
= [V
,u
- t b d)
",
= [90 - (0.56 x 300 x 400)] 10-) = 23 kN }:
Hence, the deflection criteria is satisfied. I;
• ' t:

Using 8 mm diameter 2 legged stirrups, the spacing S. of the stirrups is ;'

i) Thereinforcement details in the cantilever beam are shown in Fig. 8.11. .

given by
i
. . _'[0.87 hAs. d] =[O.87-X415 x2 x50 X400'] = 631mm 8.7 DESIGN OF CONTINUOUS BEAMS !
. S. -: . V .. 23 x 10J
us

.
"
=
But S. ~. (0.75 d) (0;75'x 400) 300 mm .
Adopt 8 mm diameter 2 legged stirrups .at 300 mm centres.
= 8.7.1 Bending moment and Shear Force Coefficients

In the case of muitistoried reinforced concrete framed structures, the floor

;
.'

g) Anchorage length at supports

slabs are cast monolithic with secondary and main beams continuous over U
. several spans supported on columris at regular intervals, The continuous i
beams framing .into the columns are designed for maximum bending 1
Anchorage length required is given by ~: I·
I; moments and shear forces developed due to dead and superimposed loads. I

L - 0.87f.,CP)
_- = (0.87><415 X20) -- 940 mm r Rigorous analysis of moments and shear forces in continuous beams is I
~- ( 4 tbd . .. 4 x 1.2 x 1.6 .,
generally made by using the classical methods such as moment distribution
The main tension bars are extended into the column to alength of 400'mm method, Kani's rotation contribution method, stiffness or flexibility matrix
and bent at 90· and extended up to 500 rnm as shown in Fig ..8.11. . methods which involve lengthy computations. However the IS: 456-2000
code permits the' use' of moment and shear force coefficients shown in
Tables 8.2 and 8.3 of the text (Tables 12 'and 13 of IS: 456 code) for como'
puting the design bending moments and shear forces. in continuous beams'
supporting substantially uniformly distributed loads over three or more

t
500
spans which do not diff~r by more than 15 percent of the longest span.
However redistribution of moments are' not permitted when using these
:
1
coefficients, .
t-
'

8.7.2 Effective Span I '. j

j1

j
According to IS: 456-2000 code clause.22.2, for a continuous beam having 1
Fig. SIll Reinforcement Details In Cantilever Beam a support width less than 1112 clear span, the effective span shall be as per j i
freely supported beams, i.e. clear span plus the effective depth or centre to
centre of supports' whichever is less. If the supports are wider than 1112the
!
I
I
h) Check for Deflection Control ,
I 1.
clear span or 600 mm whichever is less, the effective span is computed
using the following specifications. . .I ,
PI"" 0.785, From Figs. 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 read out the mqdification fac- -1
a) For end span with one end fixed and the other continuous or for inter-
tors
K. = 1.025, K.= 1.0 and K( = 1.0 mediate spans, the effective span shall be the clear span between the
supports.
(~) =(~).
d milt d . baste
xK, x x, x s, = (7 x 1.025 x LOx 1.0) = 7.715 b) For end span with one end free and the other end continuous, the
effective span shall be equal to the dear span plus half the effective
 250 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Desig1l of Beams 251

Table 8.2 Bending Moment Coefficients span/depth ratio of 26, results in shallow depths requiring high percentages
.'(Clause 22.5.1 of 18:456.2000)
of tensile and compressive reinforcements tending towards over reinforced
Span Momenls Support Moments sections. The span/depth ratios are modified using the modification factors j ••.• ;:;..

Type of Load Near middle of Ai middle of AI support next 'AI other Inteiror .:~: explained in section 7.3.3.
end
,.t,

end span Interior span to support supports .-:.

Dead load and I 1 J J
Imposed load (fixed) +12 +16 -iO -12 8.7.4 Design Example
L • .i
Imposed load (not .. I I I I
fixed) +iQ : +12 -9 -9 .1) Design a continuous reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section
Note- For obtaining the bend.ing moment, the coefficient shall be multiplied by the total. to support-a dead load of 10 kN/m arid live load of 12 kN/m over 3
design load and effective span
spans of 6 meach, The ends are simply supported. Adopt M~20 grade
concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. Sketch the details of reinforcements
Table 8.3 Shear Force Coefficients inthe beam. .
I ..

Typeo. Load . At End At support next to ttie end sup- At all o'ther'
port
a) Data
Support interior.
..... ..'
,

r Oulerslde Inner Side supports

0.6 0.55 . 0.5
,,::.-~ "
Effective span::: 6 m ick' ::: 20 N/mm2 r.t".'.tl
Dead load and ~,.. 0.4
Imposed load - "
Dead load =
10 leN.m h = 415N/mm2
(fixed) Live load= 12 kN/m
Imposed load (not 0.45 0.6 0.6 0.6 . Concrete : M-20 Grade
lixed) / Steel: Fe-415 HYSD bars
Nole:· For obtaining the shear force, the coefficient shall be multipHed by t~e total design
foad b) Cross sectional Dimensions
r.

-depth of beam.or the clear span plus half the width of the discontinu- As the continuous beam supports heavy loads, span/depth ratio is
assumed as 10
ous support whichever is less. '..
c) In the caseof spans with roller and rocker bearings, the effective span .: Effective depth ::: d = (':n):::(~) ='600 mm
. shall always be the distance between the centers of bearings.
d) In the case of continuous monolithic frames, the effective span of
,;. .'
:. Adopt d.;; 600 mm
continuous beams are taken as the centre line distance between the D =
650mm
members b =
300mm
•·.... Ja
Cover to.tension steel « 50 mm
8.7.3 Span/Depth Ratio
c) Loads
The span to effective depth ratios has an important influence on the
deflection characteristics of the beams. The vertical deflection limit of
spari!250 specified in 'IS: 456 code (Clause 23.2) may generally be
=
Self weight of beam (0.3 x 0.65 x 25) = 4.875 leN/m
Dead load e 10.000 kN/ffi
assumed to be satisfied if the basic span/depth ratio of continuous mem-
Pinishes e 0.125 kN/m .
bers are not greater than 29. For spans greater than 10m, this value is
multiplied by the ratio of 10/span in metres. . ~ _. •. '. :
= =
Total Dead load g 15.000 kN/m ,,;'

Live load::: q = ):~fkN(m .

. In general; continuous beams. carry: h~ti'y.)lA~a9..·~~~c superimposed
loads and consequently the, ~pahi'depth:niti6s' recommended, in'. practical
: :_. <.
.' ~
.:
,",-.i
designs are normally between 10 to.·,1"5. The use of upper' limit of
~\{ii•
.'; !
...... .~;.~~
 ...Reinfoi'~ed:Concrete' Design, Limit State Design of Beams 253

(I) Bending Moments.and Shear Forces, Vu• [145.8.- (OA9x 300){600)W~ '", 57.6 kN .
. .:
, . '"

Using ~ mm diameter 2 legged stirrups, the spacing near supports is

Referring to the bending moment and shear force coefficients (Tables"8.2,
and 8.3) , ' s, =[0.87 f.).,.,dJ =[0.87 x415 x 2 X50X600]:= 376 mm
Negative B.M at interior support is computed as, Vu, 57.6x 103 ,

,
, Mu(-v~)== 1.5 glO
[L2 +~
L2] ==1.5
[15X6 12X6 ]
"l(j+-9-
2 2

==153 kN.m
Adopt 8 mm diameter 2 legged stirrups at 300 mm centres throughout the
beam.
Positive B.M at centre of span is computed as, ,.
h) Check for Deflection Control
,:' '.'. [[}. L2]' = 1.5 [15X6 12X61]
,>
2
i,
M (+ve)==
15 L+L. --+-- :::132.3kN.m
'. .', 12, 10 ,,12· 10""" " PI = 0.54. ' From Fig. 7.2, read out the modification factor K, = 1.2
Maximum Shear force at the support section is given by Neglecting hanger bars, K; = 1.0 and K, = 1.0 '
= = 145.8kN
Vo 0.6 L (g + q) 1.5::: (0.6 x 6)(15 + 12) 1.5
{. '(J) ,
tn."
:=(~) ,xK,xKcxKr
bute
e) Limiting Moment of Resistance i:
, :: (26 x 1.2 x 1.0 x 1.0) ;; 31
2
M •lim::: (O.l38!ck b d2) = (0.138 x 20 x 300 X 600 ) 10-'6= 298 kN.m ~.
(!:.)d.""", ,;,(6000):= 10 < 31
u

Since Mu < Mu•lim, the section is under reinforced. 600

f) Main Reinforcements i) , The reinforcement details in the continuous beam are shown in Fig
8.12. '
u, = (0.8? IrA" d) [1-(bdt)] 2 #25 # 8-300 C/C

, ' ,[ ( 415A )~
(153 x 106)::: (0.87 x 415 A" x 600) 1 ~ 300 X 60~IX20 IJ
2
Solving Asl::: 780 mm
Using 2 bars of 25 mm diameter on the tension side (Asl 982 mm') at =
supports. For positive bending moment the area of steel required is 6~5
mrrr'. Hence provide 2 bars of 22 mm diameter on the tension face at mid
span. "
;

, g) Shear Reinforcements

,tv
=( =( Vu)
bel
145.8 ~
300 x 600
10))'" 0.81 N/mml
,

= (100 As,) '" (100 x 982) '" 0.54 . .sl'ction~YY S~clion- X X

p, bd' 300x600
. .
Refer.Table-D (IS: 45~) and read out thepermissible shear stress in con-. Fig. 8.12 Reinforcement Details in Continuous Bellm
crete, as ~c ;" 0.49 'N/Il!m2. Since ,"C; > "Co;shear reinforcements are to be'
designed to resist the balance shear computed as
 254 Rei~iforced Concreie Design Limit State Design of Beams 255

8.8 EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE 6) Design a L"beam for an office floor usin.g the following data:-
! Clear span= 8 m
.. .'. I inforced concrete beam to suit the following data.
I" 1) DesIgn a smg y rei . Thickness of (lange.= 1:50mm
=
Clear span. 4 m '. . .: . =
Spacings of beams 3 m centres I .... ,

=
Width of supports 300 rnrn brick walls =
Live load 4 kN/m2 .

Service live load = 5.kN/m . Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. The L-beams are
Materials: M-20 grade concrete monolithic with columns 300 mm wide. Design the beam and sketch I

Fe-415 H'rSD bars the details of steel reinforcements in the.beam. I

'1,
• t'
2) A remlorce co
d ncrete beam is to be designed over an effective span of
. f 8 kN' I Ad' t M 20 7) a
Design cantrlever beam to suit the following data.
'·1..
I
5 m to su port a design service live load 0 . 111.. op .- Clear span:::: 1.75 m . . I
. P . d Fe-4i5 HYSD bars and design the beam to satisfy . . ~
grade eoncrerean . . . .. .' =
. Service load live load 18 kN/m I-
,
th~ limit states of collapse and ServlceabIhty.. . Cantilever beam is monolithic. with reinforced concrete column 250 '1·' .,
• .. c. reed concrete b'eam of rectangular section using the mm wide by400:mm deep. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 . ::,
3) Design a reJl110 . '. . .
HBD~t ' .
following data:- ·1
"
I

Effective' span = 5 m .8) A cimopy of the entrance of a building comprises of cantilever beams I
Width ofbeatti =250 mm supporting al 'reinforced concrete slab. "The cantilever 'b~ms ·are .,~.....
I

Overall depth = 500 mm '. spaced at 3 m intervals and have a span of 3 m. The thickness of the
=
Service dead and live loads including self weight 40 kN/m . . .slab is 120 mrn.The live load on the slab may be assumed as. 1.5 I
=
Effective cover 50 mm .' kN/m2; Using M-25 grade concrete and Fe-500 grade reinforcements.
Materials: M-20 grade concrete design a typicalcantilever beain and sketch the details of steel rein- .. ' ft... "i
'Fe-4l5 HYSD bars . '. forcements in the beam. . Iil·.. H
k or deflection control and sketch the details of rem- I
~~ h b am f
te~ ,.' . '. 9) Design a reinforced concrete continuous beam of rectangular section /
forcements. . . to support a dead load of 8 kN/m and service live load of 15 kN/ni f·
I b flo'or of an office'.' comprises of a slab . 150 mm thick
~.) A tee b earn sa. f I' overa spans of ~ 'm each. Assume the ends as simply supported.: I
. . bet een ribs spaced 3 m centres. The effective span 0 t ie

~".
C Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. Sketch the details-.
~mu .
= .
2
sbPannt.ng8m wService Iive.load on floor 4 kN/m • Using M-20 grade
. d' t of reinforcements in the continuous beam. . .
. d F 415 HYSD'bars design one of the mterme late ee
concrete an e- ". . 10) A three span continuous beam is to be designed to support an imposed
beams and sketch the details of reinforcements. .
dead load 15 kN/m and a service live load of 15 kN/m. The three
5)' The floor of a school building is made up of tee beams and slab with spans are 8 m each. Adopt suitable load factors as specified in IS: _
the following data:« . . 456-2000 and design the beam. using M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415
.Clear span of tee beam 7 m = HYSD bars.
=
bi~tance between clc of supports 7.45 m
I.

Spacings of tee beams = 2.75 m c/c

Width of rib = 250 rom .
=
Thickness of slab 100 mm 2

=
. Service live load on floor 4 kN/m
Floor finish= 0.6 kN/m2 .!
Materials: M-20 grade concrete
.' Fe-415 HYSD bars , .'
Design an intermediaJ:~ ~ee b.e:~m.and sket9h. t.~~details of reinforce-
ments.
 I..

" Limit State Design of Slabs' 257

resisted by concrete a 1one WIt . h out any extra' shear reinforcements..

. ' The
-,
,CHAPTER 9 shea~ enhancement factor (k) specified in clause 40.2.1.1 of IS: 456 code
varYI.ngfrom I to J.3 depending upon the thickness of slab will Consider-
Ie
I
Limit State Design of Slabs ably increase the permissible shear stress in slabs when multiplied with the
L values of shear stress given in Table-19 of IS: 456- 2()OO.
I
I' In slabs, shear reinforcements may be allowed if the thickness is 200
11 mmor mor e b U t Ini no
., case the maximum
. shear stress in slabs due to ulti-
1
I 9.1 INTRODUCTION mate load exceed one half ofthat given in Table-20 of IS: 456-2000 .
r
I' , The most common type of structural element used to cover floors and roofs
. ~n the case of slabs the depth selected is usually greater than ·the
mmimum depth for the balanced section and hence the steel required may
"".,,..J, of buildings' are reinforced concrete'slabs of different types, One-way slabs be calculated by the formula given in IS: 456 or by use of SP-16 charts and
I are those supported on the two opposite sides so that the loads are carried ~a~les. The designed slabshould be checked for shear stress and deflec-
,I
t along one direction only. A common example 'of one way slab is the lion control. '
I
t verandah slab spanning in the shorter direction with main reinforcements
and distribution reinforcements in the transverse direction. 9.2.2 Design Example
Two- way slabs are supported on all thefour sides with such dimen-
sions such that the loads are carried to the supports along both directions. ~esign. a simply supported R.C.C. slab for an office floor having clear
Two-way slabs are common in the floors of multistorey buildings. dimensions of 4m by '10m with 230 w.aIls all-round. Adopt M - 20 grade
Cantilevered slabs are generally used for chajjas over windows & in bal- concrete & Fe-415 grade HYSD bars. '
conies'projecting from 'the buildings, In Tee beam-slab floors, the slab is
continuous over tee beams and designed as a continuous slab with positive a) Data
moments at mid span and negative moments over supports. .
Flat slabs are generally. multispan slabs, which are d!~~c_tJysupported Clear span = 4 in
on columns at regular intervals without beams. In thecase otbasements Wall thickness» 230 mm
where headroom available is limited, flat slabs can be conveniently Live load e 4 kN/m2
adopted. Fiat slabs are commonly used for garages where limited head- Floor finish = 0,6 kN/m2
room is available. .. =
Irk 20 N/mm2
<,
=
/y 4J5 N/mm2
9.2 DESIGN OF ONE- WAY SLABS "
b) Thickness of Slab "
9.2.1 Design Prlnclples
Assume effective depth = d = (span) = (4000) - 160
25 25- =
Reinforced concrete slabs supported on two opposite sides with their
longer dimension exceeding two times the shorter dimension are referred' dAdopting
. b a clear cove r 0 f 20 mm and using
. 10 fn'D. diameter bars the total
to as one-way slabs. .
=
epth IScomputed as D J85 mm.
One way reinforced concrete slabs supporting floor or roof loads are'
generally designed as beams of unit width. For a given type of support c) Effective span
condition, the span/depth ratio applicable for beams in IS: 456 is also valid .
The least of
for slabs. Since the percentage of reinforcements in slabs is generally low ,
in the range of 0,3 to 0.5 per cent, a span/depth ratio of 25 to 30 is more i) (Clear span + Effective depth) e (4 + 0.16) =
.!:._:-:-' ill
appropriate by considering the modification factor K. (1.2 to 1.4 for Fe,-415 ii) (centre to centre of supports) = (4 + 0.23) =..!..:.: ::.:
steel) Normally the thickness of slabs is so chosen that the shear can be
" L=4.16rn
 I.
Limit State Design of Slabs 259
d) Loads
_(lOOASI) _(100 X 531 x 0.5] _
Self weight of slab e (0.185 x 25) :::4.625 leN/m2 p,- bd - .1.0QOX160 -0.166
Finishes e 1.500
Permissible shear stress in slab (Refer Table-19 of IS: 456) is computed as
Live load e 4.000
Total service load == 10.125 leN/m2 . . . .. he = (1.23 X 0.293) ~ 0.36 N/mm2 > 'tv
. 2
., Ultimate load e 1.5 (lq.1-25)::: 15,}9 leN/I?
Hence the slab is safe.In shear.·

e). Ultnuate Moments and Shear Forces

-: j) Check for deflection control

M.::: (0.125w u.L2)::: (0.125 X 15.19x4.16 2

)::: 32.86 kN.m
(~) .. :::(~) ~~KeXK(
V~::: (0.5I1'u.L):::: (0.5 x 15.19 x4.16)::: 31.60 kN ; . max bade .

~f) Limiting Moment of Resistance Refer :fig. 7.2, R; =.1.4 for p;'::: [(100 x 531)i(1000 x 160)J ;,. 0.33 percent.
. Fig. 7.3, Kc = 1.0 . .
M. lim ::: 0.138 J.k b.d' ::: (0.138 X 20 X 103 X 1602) 10.-6::::70.65 kN.m =
Fig. 7.4. Kf 1.0 '
Since Mu < MU,liiri, section is under reinforced

g) Tension Relnfozcements
(~l"" =(20x1.4xlxl)=29

.( bA,,[y
M.::: (0.87 A,,/Y,d) [ 1-. d J.k )J ,(~)
pro\'lded
::::(~~~)=26<29.
. .

(32.86 X 106) =: (0.87 X 415A,t x 160)[1-( 3

41SA.t
10 ><160x20
)J Hence, the deflection criterion is satisfied.

. k) Design using SP: 16 Charts

Solving. AsI::: 531 .nm2> A,,(min) = 216 mm2
Using 10 mm diameter b~fs. the spacing of the bars is computed as
Referring to Chart-p ofSP: 16. for d = 160 mm and M; == 32.86 leN.m
S =( 1000a,,)::::(
A"
1000X78.5) = I~7 mm
531 PI = 0.3625 and A'I = 580 mm 2·.

Adopt a spacing of 140 mm. Alternate bars are bent up at supports. Spacing of 10 mm diameter. bars is [(1000 aSl)IA.t1 =.[(1000 x 78.5)1580] ==
135 mm .
h) Distribution Bars
Which is almost the same as that of analytical computations.
=
As, 0.12 percent = (0.0012 X 1000 x 185) == 220 mm2
I) The reinforcement details in the slab are shown in Fig. 9.1.
Provide 8 mm diameter bars at 230 mm centres (Ast = 217 mrrr').
9.3 DESIGN OF TWO WAY SLABS
I) Check for Shear stress

9.3.1 General Features

'tv
=( Vu) = (
bd
3
31.6 X 10 ) ~ 0.198 N/mm2
1000 x 160 .
", ... -:.~

Reinforced concrete slabs supported 'on'ail the four sides with their. effec-
tive span in the longer direction notexceeding two times tilt! effective span
in. the -shorter direction are ~esign~~ }Isi.~.~o~way s!abs.:Two-way. slabs
262 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Slabs 263

Where M; and My are the design moments in the x and y directions:

=
w uniformly distributed load on slab.
L, and Ly are the short and long span dimensions of the simply supported
slab.
The values of' coefficients ax and o.y are compiled in Table-9.1.
(Table-27 of IS: 456)
, These coefficients are 'due to Rankine-Groshofftheory" in which the
slab is divid~d into a series of orthogonal beam strips and the load is
apportioned to the short and long strips such that there is compatibility of
deflection at the junction of strips. ' '
1Z~
00'00
ro~ IDLO~~
00 00
s s .s
00 10
d d d 0 0 0 0 0' do' 0
Table 9.1 Bendlng Moment Coefficients for Slabs spanning in two directlons at right
to,.....
..... 0). (V')r-... rc-') Q)V 0>
angles, simply supported on four sides (Table-27 of IS: 456-2000) IO(")IOV <ov r-, 1() I.{)V 1<0
o 0 .C! q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
do 00 od 00 do d

(~) 1.0 1.'1 1.2 1.3 1,4 1.5 1.75 2.0 2.5 3.0

0.062 0,074 0.084 0,093 0.099 0,104 0.1·13 0.118 0,122 0.124 .
<Xx
0.062 0.061' 0.059 0,055 0.051 0.046 0.037 0.029 0,020 0.014
ay'

Clause D.2.1.1 of the IS: 456 codes specifies that at least 50 percent of the'
tension reintorcement.provided at mid span should extend to the supports. ,..:
The remaining 50 percent should extend to within 0.1 L, or 0.1 Ly of the
support, as appropriate. . <:)
,..:

9.3.3 Two Way Restrained Slabs with Cornel's Held Down x >- x >- x >-. x >- x >- x >-
Restrained slabs are referred to as slabs whose corners are prevented from
lifting. They may be supported on continuous or discontinuous edges. All
the four edges of the two-way slab are assumed to be supported rigidly ~~
alg
t-ClIO
'"
s
01",
e: ::> "0::>
Q) 0
<fl

~~
alOle:s
against vertical translation. The design moments in restrained slabs are 0::>
,(13 e:
t::: ::>
~~e: _g~
Ole: e: .-
c:-;;:;
easily evaluated using the moment coefficients recommended in IS: o e: CII
'" c
oE
456-2000 code and as shown in TabJe-9.2 (Table.26 of IS: 456 code).
-0
CII 0 o 8 o 8 08
e: '"
0'6 ~~
s: .~ ~~
1-"0
These moment coefficients are based on inelastic analysis or yield line
<0
theor/9,7o.71 with the following assumptions: C\I (")

1) The reinforcement for positive moment is uniformly distributed over

the middle strip extending over 75 percent of the span.
2) Edge strips cover a width equal to (L/8) or: (L/8) as shown in Fig. 9.4.
3} Minimum reinforcements prescribed for slabs should be provided in
edge strips.
.-("

!;'i:.
~'i.
," .~

", ~ :~~.

-,,':
L
 Limit State Design of Slabs 261
260 Reinforced Concrete Design t
# 6-230 clc l bending moments are maximum at the centre of the slab and the larger
I
moment invariably develops along the short span,
I <,

The bending moment in the slab depend upon the following parame-
ters.
i)
.
The short and long span (L, and Ly)
ii) - Edge conditions at the support (Fixed, free. continuous etc)
,j
I
iii) Magnitude and type of load on the slab (Uniformly distributed. con-
centrated etc).
The reinforcements are generally placed along the transverse and lon-
t230.Jt------4000------+230-t
-gitudinal directions of the slab.
J

I 420
JrI (O·IL) t
- r: •
10-140clc
-:
I
t
I
j 9.3.2 Simply Supported Slabs

I
I
1
" / . ./
I When a slab simply supported on all the four sides is subjected to trans-
verse loads. the bending of the slab in the two principal directions causes
I
I the corners to curl and lift up as shown in Fig. 9.3 due to non-uniform
I M-20 I-- [7-# 8-230clc t
: Fe-415 I variation of load transmitted to the supports. Simply supported slabs which
1.165mm
r
A I do not have adequate provision to resist torsion at corners and to prevent
the corners from lifting, the maximum moments per unit width are speci-
FIg. 9.1 Details of Reinforcement InOne Way Slab fied.in the IS: 456-2000 code and computed by the following equations.
u.»»; wL;
1;:====---oI-'l&-~T My~(XywL;
Deflection
diagram Corners will lift up
unless restrained

TLx

i. Ly ----~I.-
~
1 -
8endlng
\
moment
Cornerreinforcement
in slabs held down to
resist torsion

~dI,,"m
Supports
Fig. 9~2Two Way Slab Action WlIh Moment & Deflection Diagrams
Fig. 9.3 Torsion Effects In Two Way Slab
deform with significant curvatures in two orthogoIlf.l1 directions with
moments developed in the principal directions -as shown in Fig. 9.2; The
 Concrete Design Limit State Design of Slabs.. 265
::~." . " Torsion reinforcement is provided at corners where the slab is simply'
. ",:.~ '0 .4)
o- M r-.M supported on both edges meeting .at that corner. The reinforcement'
-'c
tr~~J
CI)_
g' ~g ~
0
.C III «i J 0 00 0 . comprising three quarters of the area required for the maximum mid.
~·8 ..QCIl
g>~ _. span moment in the slab is provided in each of the four layers in the
CD
r-.M co r-. form of a mesh extending to a minimum distance of one-fifth of the
O'-~
(\j~O
mr-.
00 I 0
0)
....0 shorter span. As shown in Fig. 9.4, full torsional steel is provided at
E 00 0 0
corner A where the slab is discontinuous on both edges meeting at that
~
.-0>
. gl :g <0
r-. 0
0
,... ~ corner. M. corner B where the slab is discontinuous on only one edge
I 0
...: 00 0 0 ." meeting at that corner, 50 percent of full torsional steel is provided. At
'f! ! :
co m<0
w
., corner C, as the slab is continuous on both edges meeting at the cor- ~
~8 r-. C., ner, torsional steel is not required (Refer Fig. 9.4a), ..
~ I 0 '0
00 0 0 a
t:
I/) ~
... -,t,"'-:----- Ly
I' "':
...... ~§ I 0
<0
0 .~

J
4 00 0 0 .;;;
~ «f
~'n1
. I
I/)
-t:i
'a0 (')
...: ~~ I 0
0>
co r-.
0
>- .. '

00 0 0
~ .;
OJ)
N ,...M 0> N -e
..
a\
:is
(Ol
<-'If
......
r-.I/)
00
00
I 0
I/) r-.
0 0
0 '":>'"
0
:>
OC~OCY
i i
.5

1
E- . Moment
<D
C

1
;'i) I/)
....: ~~ I
C! 0
0
u coeffic ient
00 0 0

r-.M
I/)~ ~ co
eo I/)
'"
.,
C
S (Edge)'
~ 00 I 0 0 Q·125Lic strip"
00 0 0 ~
., -,f-

x>- x>- x
.~
l;j- .....,j<-i_..,jo"L 0.75 Ly -~-,l,j<,-.-l-l'-
'0
'0
C
~ ...
M

Z
'b'125Lx (Middle strip) Q"25lx
(Edge str lp) (Edge strip)
~~
C1) III X
1ij C Fig. 9.4 Middle & Edge Strips In Two WilY Slabs
0.8 III III , .
o~ (II
Q)
:>
0
III
Q) :>
(II
III
:>
0
! .!

C1) C1) Ol:> 010 CI) :> A

!:::E
0
'Oc
4)~
'0 :>
0) C
OlC
'0 ..,
c
1- O)C '0)
E
! 8 alE
~ 0 ::; 0
0
B
s:
1-'0
.~ .t:,Q
1-'0 &~ C
ci
Z r-, <0 C7J !'
... "" .I

D A

Fig. 9.4a Provison of Torsional Steel in Slabs

 266 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Slabs 267

9.3.4 SpaOlDepth Ratio Adopt effective depth e d. = 145 mm

Overall 'depth ::;D = 170 mm
"
In. the case of two-way slabs. the magnitude of moments will be smaller c) Effective span
than one-way slabs since the load is distributed in two principal directions.
Consequently the percentage reinforcement being. s~all. the modification Effective span = (Clear span + effective depth)
factor for tension steel K, is higher resulting in higher values of maximum' = (4 + 0.145)
permissible span/depth ratios. Hence the following span/overall depth = 4.H5m
ratios have been recommended in IS: 456 code clause 24.1 for two way
slabs with shorter spans upto 3.5 m, using Fe~425 FlYSD bars. d) Loads
a) .•Simply supported slabs = 28 .
. b) Continuous slabs =:; 32 =
Self weight of slab :;;;(0.17 x 25) 4.25 kN/m2 .
Live load on slab = 4.00
9.3.5 Deflection and Crack control Floor finish 0;60 =
Total working load = w = 8.85 kN/m2
The deflection of two-way slabs is controlled by span/depth ratio similar to =
:. Design ultimate load Wu :::;;(1.5 x 8.85):::;;13.275 kN/m2
the case of one-way slabs and beams. In tw~ way slabs the shorter span and
". ;;...
the percentage of steel in that direction have to be considered for compu- .e) Ultimate Design Moments and Shear Forces
tations of modification factors.
Crack control in two way slabs may be assumed to be satisfactory if the Refer Table-9.2 arid read out the moment coefficients for (LIL.) = 1.25
t J.j.
empirical rules for detailing of reinforcements outlined in section 7.5.3 are a. ;::;0.076 and ay;::;0.056
~.i.t
followed. Mu. = (a. WU L;) = (0.076 x 13.275 x 4.1452) = 17.37 kN.m
1

9.3.6 Design Example Muy := (ay Wu i;) = (0.056 x 13.275 x 4.1452) = 12.80 kN.m
Vu• (0.5
:::;; WU L.) = (0.5 x_13.275 x 4.145) = 27.6 kN
Design a two way slab for a room of size 4m by 5m with discontinuous and
simply supported edges on all the sides with corners prevented from lifting
n Check for Depth·

! .. to support a live load of 4 kN/m2 Adopt M-20 grade concrete & FeA15 Mmn =0.138fckb a2

HYSDbars. . .
17.37x106
d = 0.138 x20 x 103= 79.33 mm < 145 mm
a) Data
Hence, the effective depth selected is sufficient to resist the design ultimate
L. =:; 4 m (LI!.:.) = L25 moment ..... 14

L, =5 m
!ck ;;;:20 N/mm2. (ASI)mio =:; (0.0012 x 1009 x 170) = 204 mrn" .
h =415 N/mmJ . g) Reinforcements (Short and Long span)
Two way slab simply supported on all the- sides with provision for torsion
A,,/y ]
at corners. M; = 0.87 A"fy d [ I-b diet

b) Depth of slab .415A .] .~

;

(17.37x106-)=(0.87x415A"XI45) [ 1- 3 II .:!
.' (10 x 145 x 20)
.'
As the span is more than 3.5m, adopt a span/depth ratio of 25
.. Depth =.(span/25) =
(4000/25) = 160 mm
:

l
",<-
"
 Limit State Design of Slabs 269
,'2 :
=
.: L' .', :.; 1;~' ' '

Solving Au ::;:302 mm " , '." ii) Spacing of main steel < 3d < (3 x"145) 435 rnrn
",Adopt 10 mmdiameterbars at 255 mm centres in short span direction. ' iii) Diameter of reinforcement < (DI8) =
(175/8) =
21.8 mm
Using 10 mm diameter bars in the long span direction; " Hence cracks will be withinpermissible limits as per the specifications of
Effective depth » (145-10) = 135 mm-Hence reinforcements inthe long
IS:456 code. '
span direction is computed using the relation,
k) Torsion Relnforcementat Comers
(12.8XI06),=(O.87X415A"XI35)[I- ) 415A" ]
," 10 x135x20 , ,
Solving A" =
237 mm'. Hence provide 10 mm diameter bars at300. m~' ""~
Area of reinforcement in each of the four layers = (0.75 x 302) = 226.5
mm", ." ~
centres in the long span direction (A'l 262 mm') , = ~t Distance over which to~sion reinforcement is provided = (,l/5 short span) ,
. ;,. r!
"h) Check for Shear Stress
, ·,t
= =
(0.2 x 4000) 800 mm. Provide 6 rnm diameter bars at 100 mm centres : j

for a 'length of 800 mm at all four comers in 4 layers. ' " ;

Considering the short span 4. and unit width of slab, the shear stress is
1) Reinforcement in Edge Strips
given by .
3
t ~(~)
bod
",(27.6X 10 ) =O.I~
10) X 145 ,
AS! = 0.12 percent of cross sectional area = (0.0012
3
x 10 x 170) = 204
mm2/m
v

Provide 10 mm diameter bars at 300 mm centres (A" ::;262 mrn') in all

, '" ( 100All) '" (100 x 302) :: 0.20 N/mm2
PI bd 103 X 145 edge strips.

Refer Table-D (IS: 456) and read out the permissible shear stress as "
m) Design using SP: 16 design Tables
kt. :, (1.26 x 0.32) ::-:oAo N/mm2 :> t y'

Hence the slab is safe against shear forces.

Mux = 17.37 kN.m and Muy = 12.80 kN.m, ov~rall depth= D = 170 mm
Referring to Table-41 of SP: 16, read out the reinforcement i along short &
~:~ ·'''t
i) Check for Deflection long spans as
a) 10 mm diameter bars at 240 mm centres along the short span.
Considering unit width of slab in the short span direction L, b) 10 mm diameter bars at 300 mm centres along the long span.
\ "

n) The details of reinforcements in the two-way slab are shown in Fig. 9.5.
~) :: 20 and for p, '" 0.20, F~om Fig. 7,2, read out K,'''' 1.7
1 , (
basic

9.3.7 Design Example

,: (1) c max
-'= (20 x 1,7)= 34h
/'
Design a two-way slab for an office floor to suit the following data .
' ', "I
.. (J) , provldc~
="(41~50)=28.6<34
(
a) Data
"i

Hence deflection control is satisfied Size of office floor::; 4 m by 6 m

j) Check for Cracking

Edge conditions = Two adjacent edges discontinous
Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
" //
i) Steel provided is more than the minimum percentage of 0.12 percent.

~~.:
'
 Limit State Design of Slabs 271
270 . Reinforced Concrete Design
c) Effective Span
Edge
Edge Middle strip strip
str ip.....
·I.'--_-3000-.----l<-t500rTorsion reinforcement Effective span in along the short and long span directions are computed as
-tSOO 1 ~"
611-100cle.
--t-t4 layers)
=
4.. = (clear span + effective depth) (4.000+.0.14~) = 4.145 m
('0' •.•

Ley'= (clear span' + effective depth) = (6.000 of; 0.145) = 6.145 m

jxr
1 Edgestrip
O.lOLy
(500) d)'LGads
I-f- J ••.•
J
+9.2 Lx -; Self~eight of ~lab'=·(0.i7 ;..25) = 4.25 kN/m2 I,
:i

],
(60 P) Live load = 4.00 .
1
~
, Finishes = 1.50. I
Middle strip 1
Totai working load = w= 9.75 kN/m2 t«· ,••
... 3750
= 'j
Ly=5m 1 I:: _/. ;~. 'pesign Ultimate load ==.wu (1.5 x 9.75) ==14.625 kN.
\
\J
#" 10-255
t-0·10Lx..,
.~ . . .'

tJ,
r-,
(400) .e) Ultimate Design Moments
,
~

-~ r-# 10-300 ~~-300

Refer Table-9.2 and read out the moment coefficients for (LILx) = (6/4)
'1.5 ". .
=.
r"";
~
71 ~hort span moment coefficients:
a} - ve moment coefficient = <X. = 0.075
L
b) + ve moment coefficient = c, = 0.056
Lx = 4m '1
Long span moment coefficients:
a) ~ ve moment coefficient ==<Xy = 0.047
# 10-300
#10-300 b) + ve moment coefficient = 0.1 0.035 =
~~~~~1~:::~~~~~~ (4layersl Mux(-ve) = (<X. Wu z.:.) = (0.0075 x 14.625 x 4.1452) = 1'8.85 kN.m
,0 ,#" 10-220 Mu.(+ve) = (o, Wu ~;x) = (0.056 x 14.625 x 4.145 ) = 14.07 kN.m 2

J- --4000 __ ~ __ _>t_
Muy(-ve) = (./ wu'L~) = (O.047x 14.625 x 4.1452) = 11.81 kN.m
section xx Muy(+_ve)';'(a~'wuL;.).T (0:035 x 14.625 x4.145 ) 2
.; 8.80 kN.m
Fig. 9.S Reinforcement Details In Two Way Slabs
(with provision for torsion at corners) .• 1
f) Check for depth

b) Depth' of slab
6
As the span is more than 3.5 rn, adopt a span/depth ratio of25. 18.85 X 10 64 45
d= 0.138 x20 x lOaD 82. mm < 1 mm
:. Overall depth= (span/25) = (4000/25) ::: 160 mm , .
=:
. . "
Adopt effective depth == 145 mm .._ Hence, the effective depth selected is sufficient to resist ih~ design ultimate
And Overall depth == 170 mm nlornent. .'
A",~;n:: (0.0012 x I 000 x 170) = 204 mm2
~. .,' ~
. 272 ,. Re~nforc.ed Concrete Design s' Limit State. Design 0/ Slabs 273
._ t. ,
g) Reinforcements along short and long span directions :'. -

L
1II
I : 'f
.j
I

1
The area of reinforcement is calculated using the relation, eXCt I
I I
A,/y ] 1 1-'
Mu"" 0.87 J.,A" d [ )- bd ict
lex/31 I
I I
Spacing of the selected bars are computed using the relation.
, ,; S = (Area of OAe bar) x 1000 such .that A" (provided)
Spacing . ..
<:! A" (minimum)
~ey/3..,
---
f- Ley/3-t
.-----
, J I: t-- Ley/3___"
-------
- - ---
Total Area . . 1--- -- ---.
In addition. the spacing should be the least of three timesthe effective depth or A>- 3OG-b
300mm. #- 10-300c/c-
Using 10 mm diameter bars for long span. d:: 145 mm & for short span; d =
135 mm.·· .. ..• .
The details of reinforcements provided in the two-way slab is compiled in
I I ---, ~
Table-9.3. .. I I
Table 9.3 Reinforcement details In Two way slab l.rt235
-# 10-235 clc
.4., (Required) Spacing of 10 mm 4> bars . '. I

1) Short span
Location

328.7 mm" 235 mm C/C

:~ LeY3
'I
a) -ve B.M(top ot supports)
242.2 mm' 300 mmc/c .j"

b) -ve B.M (centre of span) (:

Long spen-: -# 10 at 300 clc
2) Long span
thickness: 170 mm
a) -va
B.M (top or supports) 218.10mm· 300 mm C/C
300 mm C/C
Slab
b) -ve B.M (Centre of span) 204 mm2 (A.I.""") Fig. 9.6 Reinforcement Details In Two WilY Slabs

from the wall face from lintel beams or floor slabs. The slabs are generally
h) Torsion Reinforcement at C_?~':l~r:s
designed as one-way slabs as a cantilever fixed or continuous at the sup-
ports. The trial depth is selected based on span/depth ratio of 7 recom-
Referring to Fig. 9.4 (a). _..
Area of torsional steel in each of4 layers at - A :: (0.75 x i42.2) :: 181.65 mended in IS: 456 codes. The reinforcements provided in the slab at the
m~· . tension face should be checked for the anchorage length near the supports. ,
The thickness of the cantilever slab is generally varied from a maxi- :1
Provide 4 layers of reinforcement at Awith 4 bars of'B mm diameter in
mum at the fixed end to aminimum erroo
to 150 mm at the free end.
,Ii-r
each layer (two layers at top level and two layers at bottom level) over a I.
Distribution steel is provided in the transverse direction.
length of 800 mm in each direction from the comer. j
Proper selection of depth and detailing of reinforcements will safe-
At .'B' 50% of total torsional steel is 2 bars of 8 mm dimeter in each of
gaurd against excessive deflections and cracking of the cantilever slabs.
form layers. Cantilever structural elements should be checked for. safety against
At 'C' torsional steel is not required.
overturning.
.I
i) Details of reinforcements are shown in Fig. 9.6. 9.4.2 Design Example

9.4 DESIGN OF CANTILEVER SLABS Design a cantilever slab projecting 2.1 m from the support using M-20
concrete and Fe-415 grade steel:
9.4.1 General features
a) Data
Cantilever Slabs are commonly used for chajjas and balconies projecting Cantilever Projection e L :: 2.1 m
 Limit State Design of Slabs 275
274 ' Reinforced Concrete Design
Solving ASI == 305,6 mm"
Materials: M~20 Concrete Provided 10 mm diameter bars at 255 centres at top of slab, "
Fe-415 Grade Steel
2
J.k =,20 N/mm andfy = 415 Wmril
2
g), Distribution steel

b) Depth of slab A'l == 288 mrrr'. Provid~ 10 mm dimeter bars at 270 mm centres.
I

'i
I
=
Effective Depth = (span/IO) (2100/10) = 21, h) Anchorage Length
Provide d = 240 mm "
'D =
215mm 0.87/Y) . (O.87~415)' , " ..','
Max.imum depth of 240 rom at support is gradually reduced to 120 mm at ,Ld= ( 41'bd 41=, 4x).2x 1.6 1O,~470,mm
free end ..
Main tension bars .are extended into the support to a minimum length of
470 mm including anchorage value of hooks and 900 bends. Further safety
c) Load
against overturning has to be satisfied by providing sufficient balancing
2
=
Self-weight of slab 0.5(0.24 + o~12) 25 == 4.5 kNlm moment. '
L.L. (Assuming Residential Building) 2.0, = i} Check for Deflection Control
=
Finishes 1.5 .
= =
,Total working load w 8.0 kN/m .
2

2
... Ultimate load Wu == (1.5 X 8) == 12.0 kN/m

.d) Ultimate Moments

, "
M. == 0.5 w. 1/= (0.5, x 12 x 2.1'2) == 26.46 kN.m
From Fig. 1.~ read outK.= 2, K; = l;~d K, =1
e) Check for depth (~)., •• =(7~2XI)dr~'14 "

(.~) ..' _~(-~~)~9.76<'14

pro~~ -. '.
6

d=
26.46x'10
0.138 x20x 1000 '
=98.9mm<215 mm Hence the cantilever slab satisfies the deflection limits prescribed in .the
code, .
Hence the effective depth selected is sufficlent to resist the design ultimate
moment. j) Reinforcement details in the cantilever slab are shown in'Fig. 9.7.
A'I,min = (0.0012 x 1000 x 240) = 288 mm"
f) Reinforcement details , 9.5 DESIGN OF CONTINUOUS SLABS

. [ , A,,/y
Mu = 0.87 A •J, d 1 ~ bd fc~ .
J 9.S.1 Introduction

In the case of tee beam and slab floors,

.. the slab"is continuous
. over
-' tee ,- - .
:;. :

(26.46 x 10, = (0.87 x 415.4"" x 215>[1:'"

,-
415A"
looox215'X20
.) ~;i:.;·' rt~~~;~'

aJ Ilfi,
 .iReiiijorced Concrete Design l..JroitState Design of Slabs: . 271:
....' ...r.

c) Loads' .,,' . '.' ., ,

..~ ~,"~
:.

=
Self weight ~{~Iab (0.16 x 25) 4.00 kNfm2 =
Finishes =1.00 .

240m
+ =
= =
Total dead Load g 5.00 kN/m2
Live load q = 4.00 kN/m2
.........

+. d) Effective span = centre to centre of supports =L=4 m

..,fc.f--- 2"m ---- . ..;r-.j~ e) Moments and shear forces
l:
I'
! .
Fig: 9.7 Reinforcement Details In Cantilever Slab Referring to Table-12 and 13 of IS: 456 -·2000 code,
Maximum negative moment at support next to the end support is
beams spa~ed at
regular int~rvals of 2.5 to 3.5m. Continuous slabs are
designed similar to that of continuous beams using moment and shear - Mkve) 1:5[( gl~2)+( q~l)]=I.5[(5~042) +( 4~42)]22.66kN.m
=
coefficients recommended in 15:456 - 2000. The depth of the slab is based
42
Mu(+ve) = 1.5[(~~2) +(~~2)] = 1.5[( 5~242)+( 4;0 )] = 20~65kN.m .
on the basic span depth ratio of 26 recommended in the IS. Code with
L
suitable modification factors applied for tension reinforcement. ,
I'
The limitations regarding variations in spans and redistribution of'
. moments discussed in continuous beams, also apply for the design of COI')- .: Maximum shear force is computed as
tinuous slabs when the moment and shear co-efficients specified in Tables Vu c (1.5 x 0.6) (i _+q)L
. -12 and 13 of the IS: 456-2000 code, are used in design. .
= (1.5 x 0.6) (5 + 4)4 = 32.4 kN
9;5.2 Design example
e) Check for depth
Design a continuous one- way slab for an office floor. The slab is continu- ,
ous over tee beams spaced at 4m intervals. Assume live load of 4 kN/ni~
arid adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. 22.66 x 106
d= = 90.6 mm < 140 mm.
-0-.1-38-X-20-X-Io-'1
a) Data
Hence the provided depth is safe.

Live Load = q = 4 kN/m2, f.k = 20 N/m2 and /y = 415 N/mm2 f) Reinforcements

b) Depth of slab A •.ty] .1

Mu = (0.87 fyA"d) [ 1 - bdlck
Since the slab is continuous and the percentage of reinforcement is small, .
the span/depth ratio may be assumed as 30 .i [ 415A,,]. _
(22.66 x 1O~ = (0.87x415 xA" x 140) 1 - 101X 140x20 .
., Depth = (span)·
30 . (4000)
= 30 = 134 mm
Solving, A" = 485 mm'
Adopt effective depth = d = 140 mm and Overall depth = D = 160 mm Provide 10 mm diameter bars at 150 mm centres at supports (A" = 524
mrn')
..,..
 278 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Slabs 279

. ,The same reinforcement is provided for positive moment at mid span. 9.6 DESIGN OF FLAT SLABS
. Distribution reinforcement = (0.0012 x 1000 x 160) = 192 mm"
Provide 10 nun diameter bars at 300 mm centres. 9.6.1 Introduction
A flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly over columns
g) Check' for Shear without beams generally used when headroom is limited such as in cellars
and warehouses.

'tv
=( bd
3
Vo) =(32.4X 10 ) = 0.23 N/mm~·
103 x 140

Refer Table-19 of IS: 456 and read out the permissible shear stress as
r, = (1.25 x 0.36) = 0.45 ~/mm2 > 'tv
. :~"~
Hence, the slab is safe against shear failures. ":; I : ••

.~::.!
h) Check for Deflection Control (a) Slab Without Drop and Column Without
Column Head "-".i h· ... ~

(~) ...., =(~)bWc xK, and P,=L~~0:51~~) =0.37. Prom Fig. 7.2. K, = 1.35 .'.~
'.::~
:"_:.a:.,,~u:;
:_.

:~
. ..

(~)_: =eO;26) 1.35=29.9 ·

" 1lW •

.•~ "UlII

(~) = (4000) = 28.5< 29.9 .,:j;

",~'>d." 140 .'.' !
.I

Hence, the slab issafe against excessive deflections.

· I;
(b) Slab Without Drop and Column With
jJ1.i.M
i) The details of reinforcements in the continuous .slab are shown in Column Head .,~ PLIIII
!
Fig. 9,$.
~'".
~ '!()- 300

0·5As, • As,- AS2

·j
. ("'10-150)
+0'2SL,+0'25L 2+ (e) Slab With Drop and Column With
.1 ""_--':__-L1 (4000) ----...,!<--- L2(4000)-+ column Head

I Fig. 9.8 Reinforcement Details In One Way Continuous Shlb Fig. 9.9 Different Types of Flat Slabs

The different types offlat slabs s~own in Fig. 9.9 are referred to as
(i) Slabs without drops and column heads
[(ii~~;tii':j,g[::.:,.
s-; '.' •..

'Reinfo'Yced Concrete-Design . . ;'X'?'IT~:

.. :~~::.
'
r Limit State Design of Slabs 281

Slabs without drops <' . "; . }( 9,6.3; Proportioning of Slab thickness,

Slabs with drops and column with column head . Drop: panel and Column head'

9.6.2 Panel Divisions a) Thickness of Flat slab

The thickness of flat slab depends upon the span I effective depth ratio
The flat slab panel is generally divided into column strip and middle strip. which is specified as 40 for two-way slabs. However the IS: 456 code per-
a) Panel: Panel is that part of the slab bounded on each of its form sides mits a reduction factor of 0.9 resulting in a span I effective depth ratio of
by the centre line of columns or centre lines of adjacent spans. 36 for flat slabs. However the longer span should be considered in the .
b) Column Strip: Column strip is a design strip having a width of 0.25 computations. The minimum thickness of a flat slab is 125 mm.
~ but not greater than·0.25 4" on each side of the column centre line
where L, is the span in the direction, moments are being determined b) Drops
measured centre to centre of supportS and ~ is the span transverse to The drop panel is formed by increasing the thickness of slab 'in the vicinity .
L. measured centre to centre of supports. of the supporting column. The main purpose of providing drops is to
c) Middle Strip: Middle strip is a design strip bounded on each of its reduce the shear stress around the column suppqrts. Since the moments in
oppositesides by the column strip. . the column strip are higher than in middle strips, drops help to reduce the
Fig. 9.10 'shows the division of fIat slab into column and middle strips. steel requirement.to resist the negative moments at the column supports.
The code clause (C1.31.2.2) prescribes that drops should be rectangu-
L
1
Middle
strip ,t Column
strtp
I,
1 lar in plan, and have a length in each direction not less then one third of the
, panel length in that direction. For exterior panels, the length measured
Ln -- perpendicular' to the discontinuous' edge from the column centre line
should be taken. as one half of the 'corresponding width of drop for the
interior panel (Fig. 9.12). Although the code does not specify the thickness
.~ of the drop; it is recommended by the ACI code", that the thickness of the
drop should be not less than one fourth the slab thickness and preferably
.;.
not less than 100 mm.

Middle e) Column Head

strip
I L2

!;
1'..
The column head or capital located by flaring of the column at the top is
primarily intended to increase the punching shear strength of the slab. The
IS: 456 Code clause (C1.31.2.3) specifies the useful portion of the cO,lulnn
Column head capital as that which lies within the largest circular cone or pyramid that
or co pltal
has a vertex angle of 90· and can be included entirely within the outlines of
~ the column and column head. .
Column ~~
.
strip -. I:. 9.6.4 Direct Design Method

L· ~
1 Ll
~-
The direction design method facilitates the computation of positive and
negative design moments under design loads at critical sections in the slab
using empirical moment coefficients. However, the code (C 1.21.4.1) spec-
ifies that the following conditions must be satisfied by the flat slab system
, Fig. 9.10 Dlvlslon of Flat Slab into column and Middle Strips for the application of the direct design method.
a) Theremust beat least three continuous spans in each direction.
 282 Reinforced Concrete Design
Limit State Design of Slabs 283

, I) The panels should be rectangular and the ratio of the longer span to
j
the shorter span within a panel should not exceed 2 The total design moment M; is distributed in the following"propprtions. "
!"
c) The columns must not be offset by more than 10 percent of the span
from either axis between centre lines of successive columns.
. N'egauve Design" Moment
Intenor (110;,).J
=.075 - [ 1 +0.10
d). The successive span lengths in each direction must not differ by more
than one third of the longer span. " """ "
Exterior Negative Design Moment=
[0.65 J
I + (1Ia..,) ." "
e) The design live load must not exceed three times the design dead load.

9.6.~ Total Design Moment for a span

i
"""" """ "
Positi ve Design Moment ::;0.63 ~ I
""[ O~
+ (1I~) "
J
In the direct design method, the total design moment for a span b~unded
laterally by the centre lines of the panel on each side of the centre line of Where" c, = Ratio of flexural stiffness of exterior c~lumns to the
supports is expressed as (C1.31.4.2.2) " flexural stiffness .of the slab at a joint takenin the direc-
"""" """ Mo=(~L.) tion, moments are beingdetermined and is given by
o, = lLKc'l K.1
Where ""L K; = Sum of the flexural stiffness of the columns meeting at
, i
Where M; = absolute sum of the positive and average negative bending ~.
.
the joint arid ,"" " " """. ."
moment in each direction. K, = Flexural stiffness of the slab, expressed as inoment per"
"W = total design load covered on an area L2 L; unit rotation. "
L; :;;;clear span extending from face to face of columns,capitals
brackets or walls, but not less than 0.65 LI (Refer Fig. 9.12) ~t an exterior support, the column strip must be designed to resist the total
LI :;;;length of span in the direction of M; ~egative moment in the panel at that support.
, ," _
L,_ :;;; span length transverse to LI
9.6.6 "Equivalent Frame Method
The expressions for Mo is computed as the maximum mid span static
moment in an equivalent simply supported span Ln, subjected" to a uni-
The structure is analysed as a continuous frame with" the following
formly distributed total load W :; w (L,_ Ln) where L,_ L" is the effective
assumptions.
panel area on which the unit load 'w' acts. .
According to IS: 456-2000 Clauses 31.4.3.2, the total moment M in a) The structure is considered to be made up of equivalent frames longi-
' .
"
the panel is distributed to the column and middle strips in the following tudinally and transversely consisting of row of columns and strip of
proportions. slab"with a width equal to the distance between the centre lines of the
panel on each side of the row of columns. .
a) Moments in Interior Panel "b) Each frame is analysed by any established method like moment distri-
bution or any other suitable method. Each strip of floor and roof may
Bending Moment Distribution (Percent of Mo) be analysed as a separate frame with the columns above and below
.....
Type of Moment Column Strip Middle Strip assumed fixed at their extremities.
c) . The relative stiffness is computed by assuming gross cross section of
Negative Moment (0.65 x 0.75) = 49% " 15% the concrete alone in the calculation of the moment of inertia.
Positive Moment (0.35 x 0.60) :;;;21 % 15% d) Any variation of moment of inertia" along" the axis of
the slab on
account of provision of drops should" be considered. In the case of
recessed or coffered slab which is made solid in the region of the col-
"b) Moments in Exterior Panel umns, the stiffeningeffect may be ignored provided the solid part of
The moments in"the exterior panel are influenced" by the flexural" stiffness the slab does not extend more than 0.15 Lef into the span measured
of columns and slab. " " " " from thy centre line of the columns: The stiffening ~effe.Gt'of "flared
columnheads may be ignored. " : ;""_, :""-:,;"": "~.;;i;;;'/:·::;;i1., :' "/;;

..
,.
 .; <.. :::~y;~]:;.:~:}.
"

',',
. 284 Reinforced Concrete Design '.i;·;~~;.i.. . Limit State Design of Slabs' ,285
'." )'
Lengthof drop < (U3) in either direction < (6/3) = 2 In
9.6.7 Shear in Flat Slab
Adopt drop width = 3m
In the case of flat slabs: the critical section for shear is at a distance (d/2) .,'. Column strip = drop width = 3m
from the periphery of the column I capital I drop panel, perpendicular to Middle strip = 3m
the plane of the slab where'd' is the effective depth of the section. The Span of flat slab = L. ::::~ 6m =
shape in plan is geometrically similar to the support immediately below the
c) Loads
slab.
The nominal shear stress in flat slabs is computed as (Vlbo.d) where V
is the shear force due to design load and b; is the periphery of the critical Self weight of slab;;:::(0.15 x 2S) = 3.75 kN/m2
Live Load = 5.00
section and d is the effective depth.
When shear reinforcement is not provided, the calculated shear stress Dead Load due to extra depth
at the critical section shall not exceed k•.'tc where =
of slab at drops (0.05 X 2S). = 1.2S
Total working load;;:::w = 10.00 kN/m2
ks =(0~5 + I3Jout not greater than 1. :. Ultimate load = wu;" (1.5. x 10) = 15 kN/m2
.~.
I3c :: Ratio of short side to long side of the column I capital and
'tc = 0.25 ~in limit state method of design and 0.16 -{J;; in d) Ultimate Bending Moments
working stress method of design.
When the shear stress exceeds this value, suitable shear reinforcements
M; = (WLn/S)
L; = (6 -1.5) ::::4.5
m > 0.65 L. > (0.65 x 6) = 3.9 m
according to the provisions of the code should be provided.
and L.=~='6m
In practice it is preferable to increase the thickness of the slab near the
column head to reduce the shear stresses rather than providing shear rein-
=
W (wu.~.Ln)= (1S x 6 x 4.5) :: 40S kN
forcements. .
=
M; [(405 x 4.S) I 8] 230 kN.m. =
For Interior panel with drops:
9.6.8 Design Example Columns strip moments
Negative B.M= 49% M; = (0.49 x 230) :: 113 kN.m.
Design the interior panel of a flat slab for a ware house to suit the follow- Positive B.M.= 21 % M; = (0.21 x 230):::: 48 kN.m
ing data: .
Middle Strip Moments

a) Data Negative B.M.= 15% Mo = (O.IS x 230) 35 kNm =

=
Positive B.M.= IS% M; (0.15 x 230) = 3S kNm
Size of ware house 24 m by 24 m divided into panels of 6 m by 6 m
e) Check for thickness of slab
Loading class-5 kN/m2
Materials: 'M-20 Grade concrete
i) Thickness of slab required near drops
Fe-41S grade HYSD bars.

b) Interior Panel - Proportions d _~

- Mu wherei b = 3000 rnm
0.138!ck b

Thickness of slab > (Span/40) :: (6000/40) = 150 mm ... /~1l3XI06

Thickness of slab at drops = (150 + 50) = 200mm = 'J 0.138x20x3000 = 117 mm
Column head diameter is coinputed as
D >0.25 L = (0.25 x 6) = 1.5 m
. Adopt diameter of coltlmn'head = D = 1.S m
 J
286 Reinforced COilcrete Design J
Limit Sta.i!- Design of Slabs 287 ~
I

Effective depth provided = d = 170 mm

Overall depth= 200nuu Mu = 0.87 lyA"
. [ A;l]
d 1 - b dick
.¥
I'

ii) Thickness of slab required in middle strips

(l13XI06)=(0.87X415A"XI70)[I- . 415A" ]
6 , (3000 x 170 x 20)
49 x 10
=77mm
0.138 x 20 x 3000 Solving AS! ;::;2000 mm'

Provide effective depth = d = 120 mm and overall depth =150 mm :. A./metre::: (2000/3) = 667 mm"
. .~
Adopt 16 mrri diameter bars at 300 mm centres (A" =670 mm')
f) Check for shear stress
A" (for +ve moment) is given by
.,.
Shear stress is checked near the column head at section (D'+ d). . ~.
, r~.
'.:~' (49X106)~«().87X415A'iXI20)[I- 415A" ]
Total load on the circular area with (D + d) as diameter is given by (3000 x 120 x 20)
WI = (1tI4)(D + d)2wu Solving AS(= 1215 mm'

:::(7tl4)(1.5 X 0.17)2 15 ... A.,Imctre = (1215/3) = 405 mmvm

:::33kN
\ Provide 12 mm diameter bars at 250 mm centres (A" = 452 mrrr')
Shear force ::: [(Total Load) - (Load on circular area)] ji) Middle Strip
= [(IS x 6 x 6) - (33)]
=
507 kN Au for +ve and -ve B.M. is computed as
Shear force I meter of perimeter (35XI06)=(0.87X415A"X120)[I- '415A" ]

Vu-
-l 507 ]
n(D+d)
=[ 507
n(1.5+0.l7)
J::: 97 kN/m
. . Solving AS(= 850 mm"
' (3000x 120 x 20)

=
.'. A!,1!lletre (850/3) = 284 mm2/m
(97XlOl)
--,.y.

Shear Stress = t
Vu)
== ( - = = 0.57 N/mm
2
.. V bd
1
10 x 170 Provide lOmm diameter bars at 270 mm centres (A,,· =290 mrrr')

According to clause 31.6.3.1 of IS: 456. h) Reinforcement Details

Permissible shear stress > "'.1:C
Where k, ::: (0.5 + Pc) where Pc = (L/IJ2) = (6/6) = 1 ..... :.' The detailsof reinforcements in the flat slab are shown in Fig. 9:11.
= =
(0.5 + 1) 1.5 > 1.0 :. k.;::: 1.0
and 'tc = 0.25 -VJ: = 0.25 ..fW = 1.12 N/mm2 9.7 YIELD LINE ANALYSIS OF SLABS
:. ks.'tc =
(1.0 x 1.12) ::: 1.12 N/mm2
The actual shear stress of 0.57 N/mm2 is within safe permissible limits. 9.7.1 Introduction
.' .~:y
g) Reinforcements in Column and Middle Strips ...~.. j~; . The failure of reinforced concrete slabs of different shapes such as square,
}~':'
'.
rectangular, circular with different types of edge conditions is preceded by
:, ,,:.. a characteristic pattern of cracks which are generally referred to as yield
i) Column Strip
lines which are characteristic of the shape of slap..type of loading and edge
conditions. The yield line theory was •innovated ;,by .a Danish engineer
A .. (for -ve Moment) is computed as.
 Limit StateDeslgn of Slabs. 289:

.•.. design of slabs using the yield line theory. The Indian standard code IS:
".i; 'Column"
'

s'trip l Middle strip l Column str Ip I.

"I 3m '1 3m 1 3m 456-2000.specifies that two way slabs carrying uniformly distributed loads

T -~-Ei!f~i
may be designed by any acceptable theory. The most generally used elastic
-------
___ .1.. __
~'6-300 cl 1lQ£l
--.---
-
..,..------
_. ~-~t\.--
. ,;.J._S9~Yt-\ -
methods are based on Poteau's or Westergaard's theory'" 81 and the ulti-
mate load methods are based on Johanssen's yield line theory and Hiller-
C,S borg's" strip method of design. The ultimate load methods have been used
3m 250c/c
bttom)
~V by the authorS),84 for the design of different types of slabs,

t
M.S
3m
0'22Ln
--
---
---
~#12
,
-270 clc
(top)
:i1000

--r-i
1___ -'-f ~-
-----
L2=6m
9.7.2 Characteristic Features of yield lines

The typical crack pattern (yield lines) developed in an isotropicaliy rein-

forcedsquare slab is shown in Fig. 9.12, As the load is gradually increased
on the slab, the region of highest moment will yield first and the yield lines
~'0 -270 clc are' propagated until they reach the boundaries of the slab. The final failure
j bottom) will take place by the rotation of the slab clements about the axes of rota-
I tion which are usually the supporting edges of the slab.
I

C.S
3m
_-tffC" umn

--$,--
1 , 1

...J<------Ll
Ln=4·5m

=6m
llirJ
I,·emf
ColumnheQd
.

\
!
x
10-270 clc Initial Final
Fig. 9.12 Yield Line Pattern In a Simply Supported Slab

. It is important to note that for the complete yield line pattern to

. ~'" .~
develop, the slab must be under reinforced so that sufficient rotation
capacity is available for the initiation and propagation of the yield lines.
The following characteristic features of yield lines are helpful in
selecting a possible yield line mechanism in a typical slab.

Fig. 9.11 R~lnforcement Details In Flat Slab a) Yield lines end at the supporting edges of the slab
b) Yield lines are straight
Ingerslav7J, and was considerably improved and advanced' by c) A yield line or yield line produced, passes through the intersection of
JolulOssen74•75• In the case of slabs the computation of ultimate loads is the axes of rotation of adjacent slab elements.
reully complicated and is a challenge to the research workers and design- d) Axes of rotation generally lie along lines of supports and pass over
ers. any columns.
The determination of ultimate loads on slabs based on yield line theory Fig. 9.13 shows the notations used to represent the yield line and sup-
has .,been further extended by WOOd76.77 .and Jones" of Great Britain. ports. The yield line patterns developed in slabs of different shapes and',
Shukla's79 hand book published by SE~C is also a useful reference for the
 2(/) Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Slabs 291

I
.!
~ Positive Yield Line
(Tension in bolt om face

----- Negative Yield Line

//(/(/(/I/lLLL/ Simply s.upported Edge ' ..

~x;y,;" CJntinuous or Fixed Edge

_.-_._- "
Axis of Rotation Square Slab Rectangular Slab

Beam Support

o Point Load

~ Column Support

Fig. 9.13 Notations For Yield Lines and Supports L.U

with different edge conditions ..are compiled in Fig. 9.14. Negative yield
lines form near the supports in the case of slabs fixed or continuous at the
Triangular Slab' Rectanqular Slab
edges.
(Fixed support I
9.7.3 Yield M9ments

When the yield lines form at right angles to the direction of the reinforce-
ment as shown in Fig, 9.15 (a).The yield or ultimate moments is computed
by considering the slab section as under reinforced. '0.1,.10
According to IS: 456-2000, the yield or ultimate moment is expressed ltl;;U

as
I'

l-A".t;.]
III = Mu = 0.87 .{y.A".d [ bd!ck Circular Slab
Hexagonal Slab

Referring to Fig. 9.15 (b), if an yield line ab has an ultimate moment 'm' .,
per unit length and the yield line ab makes an angle 'a' with the yield line
Fig. 9.14 Typical Yield Line P~lterns in Reinforced Con ....ete Slabs j l\·..:.ll
cd which is at right angles to the reinforcement, the yield moment 'm' is m. = L III . cos" a
calculated as follows: .
I~ square. sla~s, isotropically reinforced" equal steel is provided in perpen-
m a' ab = (m.coso;X cd)
dicular dlrectl~ns. !f
'm' is th~ ultimate moment of yield lines at right
m. = III. cos a (cd/ab) = m. cos'« angle~ to t!le direction of the reinforcement, then the ultimate moment of
.any YIeld line at an angle.a to the horizontal is given by
If there is more than one mesh reinforcement In. = In. cos? a + jlm . cos" (90 - a)
=. m . cos' a + J.lm.sin2 a .
i

,
I.
 . 292. .Reinforced Concrete Design , Limit State Design of Slabs ',,293

9.7.4 Ultimate loads on slabs

,m
Yield line
(a)
There are two methods of determining the ultimate load capacity, of slabs.
Reinforcementj I ',I I I I I I I I They are based on the principles of (a) Virtual work (b) Equilibrium.'
The virtual work method is based on the principle that the applied loads
causing a small virtual displacement is equal to the internal work done or
b
energy dissipated in rotation along the yield lines. It is generally assumed
that the elastic deformations in the slab are negligible and all the plastic
deformation takes place at the yield lines. ',.
,
In the equilibrium method, the equilibrium of the individual segments
of slab formed by the yield lines under the action Of the applied loads and
( b) moments and forces acting on the edges of the segments are considered.
Yield lines c ~ m ~d
Both the virtual work and equilibrium methods give an upper bound to
the collapse load on the slab. Hence it is essential that all possible yield
line patterns have to be investigated to find the lowest value of the ultimate

Reinforcement I I IIIIIII I I load,

If a correct yield line pattern has been assumed, the lower bound solu-
tion will coincide with the upper bound solution but lower bound solutions
are not available except for a few simple cases of slabs. Test results have
shown that the actual failure loads of slabs is greater than the predicated
values by yield line analysis because of membrane action. Hence the upper
.. : =/
(e)
bound solutions resulting from yield line analysis can be used with a rea- , : :J,
sonabIe degree of safety.
1:1

9.7.5 Yield line analysis. by virtual work method : ,JI

: .:~
(1) Isotropically reinforced square slab simply supported and
I I I IIIII I I I
i~
.~
~.,
Reinforcement supporting uniformly distributed load ,i
,i
,. Fig. 9.15 Yield Moments The principle of the virtual work method is "to equate the internal work
: "~

,:{

done due to rotation of yield lines to the external work done due to the
= m (cos' ex + sin2 ex) loads having a virtual displacement.
=m External work done <= (W. 0) ",
"

This criterion indicates that in an isotropically reinforced slab, the yield =

When~W Loads , ,t,'
:r;
l·
moment is the same in all directions. Referring to Fig. 9.15 (c), if the rein- B =Virtual displacement
forcement is arranged in two directions at right angles but with unequal , Internal work done := (M 6) = L (mLe)
magnitude" the slab is said to be orthotropically reinforced. This type of
arrangement of different steel in perpendicular directions is very common '
Where m = ultimate moment per unit length of yield line
L = length of yield line
in rectangular slabs. In such cases the yield moment along a line inclined at
an angle 'cx' to the horizontal is computed as Referring to Fig. 9.16,

ma= m . cos? ex + Jl m . cos' (90 - c) The square slab is isotropically reinforced. The ultimate moment along the
= m . cos 2 ex+ Jl m . Sin. 2 ex yieldline is also Om' and the total work done in yield line ac is given by
I: 294 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Slabs 295

I
1m
i
I
I
n;-

...

Fig. 9.16 Yield Line Pattern in a Square Slab (Simply Supported) .

L (M 6)"c = L(m L 0) = [m fii (2{i)ILJ =4m

Fig. 9.17 Yield Line Pattern in a Square Slab (Fixed)
The work done in yield line bd is the same as in ac. l.

Total internal work done e L(M6) ;;; 8 m Internal work done along the negative yield lines ab.bc, cd, and de is given
=
For a virtual displacement of S 1 at e, the centre of gravity of each of the by
triangular elements deflects by 113
LeM.6) = 4 [mL (2IL)] = 8 m
L (Wo) = (113) w.e .. Total internal work done= L (M . 6) ;;; 16 m
I·
Where w;;; uniformly distributed load on slab, By equating External work done e L (W . B) ;;; (1/3) w.e
~ (M.e) ;;; ~(W.o) Equating internal to external work done
L(M.S) ;;;L(W.S)
We have, m =( ~~2) 16m;;; (1/3) we
(2) Isotropically reinforced square slab fixed on all edges and
subjected to a uniformly distributed load
m;;;( ~2)
Referring to Fig. 9.17, since the edges are fixed negative yield lines will (3) Triangular slab simply supported on adjacent edges and subjected
form along the edges. to uniformly distributed load and lsotroplcally reinforced

Internal work done along the positive yield lines ae and db is given by
Referring to Fig. 9.18, the triangular slab acb is simply supported at ac and
L(M.S) ;;;8 m (Refer previous problem): cb. The yield line formed is cd. Unit displacement is given for point d.
Since slab is isotropically reinforced m. = my = m
 " '; :., ..... ,..

":,.-.:'j"':::" ..' " ,"

Reinforced Concrete Dtfsign . ~";":~ . Limit State Design of Slabs -:297
'!:

wal,zsinljf
m -----....!.....-
6[cot(ljI- $) + cot $)'
c;
o m = (l/6)woL 1. sin $. sine'!' - $)
)(
I
For a maximum value of m. (dm/d$) := 0
7-
c:
.2
cos $. sin('!' - +) = sin + cos('!' - +)
~ tan $ = tan('!' - +)

$ = (1/2)'!'
, . c: Hence the yield line bisects the angle opposite the free edge.
2
)( . Substituting the value of 4> we have the final value given by
QI---f m = {( 1 I 6) w a L2 . sin ('P 12)} 2

In a right angled tria.ngle 'P:= 90·. Then m = (w.0.,L2)/6

-,f'----- l -----,,f<-~
+<x-
'~:., 4) Ortho..tro~icalJY Reinforced
y COh!')-t Rectangular slab~SimplY supported'
along its edges and subjected to a Uniformly distributed
load of w/unit area

Referring to Fig. 9.19. the rectangular slab abed is simply supported at the
Fig. 9.18 Triangular Slab Simply Supported on Adjacent Edges edges. The yield line pattern assumed is given by ae, de. bf, ef and ef. M
and !-WI are the yield moments along the x and y-axis respectively. In the
For Element A. 9A• = (lIde) = (I/x. tan $) and SAy =0 yield line pattern shown 'f3L' is an unknown dimension. The yield line efis
given a virtual displacement of unity.

For element B, Osx :=(lIdt) = .l/(x tan 'P - x tan (jl) For Element A, 0. :: (2/0.,L), Oy = 0, Mx :: mL

and e = (l/gd):= lI(x - yconp)

•• (M •.Ox+ My.8Y)A = (2m/a.)
ay

For elementD, ex = o,ey=(IIf3),My = (o..L~)

(M
x
.e, + M Y .ey) B :: m [ 1
tan '11- tan 4>
+ 1
cot 4> - coup
]
.. e
(M •. x + My.OY)D :: (o..,.l.ml[3)

:=m [1 + tan 'II tan $] ::m cot ()'II - 4> Since elements A and C and Band D are similar
tan'll-tan$ r.(M .9) = 2 [2m :+- al.lm]·
al ~
Thus ~(M.O):= In [cot('P - (jI) + cot.]
The external work done is given by
And ~(W.o):= (1/6) waL 2. sin 'P

Equating ~(M.e):= 1:(W.o)

L(W.S) := w.t.2 [ 2~a + 0.( ; 2(3)
1
J
..
We have
 I 298 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit Slate Design of Slabs 299

I
I 1
(, l Cross multiplying, we get the quadratic as

1- [4132 + 41la2f3 - 31la1 =0

The positive root of this quadratic as
r-r-r-rz-r-r-r-r--:
[-J(3Ila2 + 1l
2 4
13= \ a ) -3a-..r,;
Substituting the value of f3 in the equation for tn, we have
.1
i
III
wa 2
L2)
= ( 2.'.4 ['-'(3 + ll(2) - J,la1
2

•• , I
5) Isotropically reinforced circular slab, simply supported all round
and uniformly loaded
g~S=l
Referring'to Fig. 9.20, a circular slab of radius 'r' is simply supported at
. ~ the edges and supports a uniformly distributed load of w/unit area. In the
e
Fig. 9.19 Rectangular Slab Simply Supported at the Edges circular slabs, the failure will take place by the formation of an infinite
. :: ~ :;: .
number of positive yield lines running radially from the centre to the cir-
j. Equating Z(M .9) = L(W.8) we get . cumference, resulting in the formation of a flat cone at collapse.
,...
;,.
!
I
. ( 1) 2 I 313 - 2tf 1 tt
I...
III::: 12. a L L2f3 + lla2 J
If the work equation is of the form
I
III == W [J.(X.1X2)].
. f2(xix2) .. j .•

. bo_cft

For a maximum value of m,

(:)=0
This is obtained for the condition
C~.O .1 : l lA

!,(XI,X2) (~) (f.(X1 ,X2») =1 .

. ~
h(XI,X2) = ~ (h(XI:X2)]

Using this criterion, for a maximum value of m,

;_r~
Fig. 9.20 Circular Slab Simply Supported at the Edges

(~;) =0 For unit displacement at the centre of slab

Hence we have External work done = 1: (W . 0) = (1t.,-2~w/3) .

For a central displacement of unity
LAOB = '" = (llr)
 itt.r;~:~~r"~}'~;i~j~';:;:,":'~~i;J~rc~d'concre~e
Design .:'". Limit State Design of Slabs 301

,:i~~'.";';', '.. Length OA = (rA/c!» = '-A·r

',~
Change of slope of the slab in the tal~gential direction at A, per unit length
-t--' L
"
-1

is
of are equal to the angle between the two normal unit length of arc apart
b

at A and is given by (llrA.r).

Total change of slope in one complete revo-
lution is give by
1m
EO = (2WA X I1rA.r):::; (21r1r)
m
Internal work done in rotation at yield line = 1:(mL9) since all the yield ::
- 1
.:.
lines are of equal length.
d
Work done » mLl:a =m r (21r1r):::; 21t1ll

Equating internal work to external work done we have I.! ~

L 1
(1/3).1tIll.,2\11 =21[111
1
a b .1

9.7.6 Yield Line Analysis By Equilibrium Method 'e

Fig. 9.21 Equilibrium of Etement C
1) Square slab, isotropicalJy Reinforced and Subjected to a Uniformly ,.J'[,.c-'--- L
1 1
rf"
Distributed Load

The assumed yield line pattern is shown in Fig. 9.21. Considering _the
tQ<'~, ~~~b

equilibrium of the triangular element C, we have by taking moments about I;um

the edge ab - o:L -m-

m.L

m
= (liZ) L.(Ll2)(w){Ll6)

=( ~2) 1
2) .Rectangular slab Orthotropically Reinforced and subjected to a
, Uniformly distributed load

The assumed yield line pattern is shown in Fig. 9.Z2. Considering the •
equilibrium of the trapezodial element A.

m.L =W[(l-2P)L.( ~)(~)+~(P~)(

~)(~)J m

= [( W~:L2)
,Fig.9.22 Equllibriuin of Element in a Rectangular Slab
ttl P)] (3 - 4

Taking moments about be for element B

 302
Limit State Design of Slabs 303

u.mL = (1/6) w .a.p 2.L)

" •
I

. m =( W~~2) I
" .. _,
~
Equating the tWI, ('(llIil'l'
,
'.
J mum equations we have,
.. '
m ,I'
I

'::
,t~
•,
, o~.

,i
2
II", '/2 [..J(3Jla?+ Jl2.(4) -Jla ]
;::t
J
Substituting the V' I
.1 111'111
'.II In the equilibrium
' equation we. have ,I
.,I
W~:L2)(..J(3+Jla2)-(x.Jjl{
1/1 ",(

Fig. 9.23 Equilibrium of Elements In a Hexagonal Slab

J,....
",
3) Hexagonal ~IIII I
uniforml II • .~ull'opically reinforced and subjected to I
Y C Nh'lhlllcd load
b) Depth of Slab
t o., ,~,

The isotropically I 'i . 1.,Mt

Considering the (0 ( tlllIl'~~ed hexagonal slab is shown in Fig. 9.23. For simply supported slabs using Fe-415 HYSD bars, according to IS: t
'IIIIllIhl"luln of element A we have, '. 456-2000 code (span I overall depth) ratio (35 x,O.8)=28 = ~
~
111.1 •• [!.L {3L'~ {3 LJ w
2 . 2 . '3' 2 .. Overall depth == D = ( s~:n ) = ( 5~~0) = 178.5 mm
f
I
I

m
W.L2)
= ( -8- Hence adopt overall depth 180 mm = t'Iil'ilII
9.7.7 Design EXIIIIIllll'
And effective depth == d = 160 mm •
I

c) Ultimate loads
Design a simply 1\11 I \ I' .',
vice Iive load of (I '.1 ~ I (C d square slab of 5 m side. length to support a ser-
HYSD bars A"
1
kNtm. Adopt M-20 Grade concrete and Fe-415 grade
, • '
=
Self weight of slab (18 x 25) 4.5 kN/m = 2 I
lcn..w
code. . SSIItII~\ I~~\\If' actors according to the IS: 456 - 2000 standard Live load = 4.0 I

;,
... =
Floor Finishes 1.5
a) Data
=
Total Load = w 10.0 kN/m2
2
(Ultimate load';" Wu == (1.5 x 10) = 15 kN/m

Square slab, simpl ' . .~.

Side length _ L.- .} 1'\\ppllrted at edges d) Ultimate moments 'and shear forces
{
- - ~\I\ ~ .

Live Load;;:: q :;:., I ", ,

The yield or ultimate moment capacity of a simply supported square slab is
. . ~l"\\"
Is= 20 N/mm\/~ .. -ll~ N/mm2 . ~iven by ., .. r.

I
' •

m = Mu == (~u.L2/24) = (15 x 5 )/24 = 1.5.625 kN.mlm

2

I ,: .. ;
 Limit State Design of Slabs ',' 305 '
304 Reinforced Concrete Design

Ultimate shear: Vu = (0.5 w .L) = (0.5 x 15 x 5) = 37.5 kN/m

u
b) Depth of Slab

e) Limiting Moment capacity of slab section Overall depth= D:::: (span)

-- ::::(4000)
_- ::::143 mm
28 28 '
Mi;; 0.138.fck.b.d2 Adopt overall depth = ISO mm
::::(0.138 x 20 x 10) X 1602) lO-6kN.m =
Effective depth 130 mm
=70.65 kN.m
Since M; < Mu.li", the section is under reinforced. c) Ultimate loads

f) Reinforcements in slab Self weight of slab > (0.15 x 25) = 3.75 kN/m2
Live load ::::4.00

, [ bd!ek
A'/yJ
M.:::: 1/1 == 0.87 iyA"d I-
Floor Finishes
Total service load
,::::1.25
::::9.00kN/m2

'6 [415A~ ] Therefore, ultimate load e Wu = (1.5 x 9) =13.S kN/m2

(15.625 x 10 )::::(O.87x415A"x 160) ) ~ (1000 x 160x20)
d) Ultimate Moments and Shear Forces
Solving A" = 280 rnm"
Adopt 10 mm diameter bars at 280 rnm centres (A" = 280 mrn") , , Mu::::III ':::( wu;;e) ["(3 + J!(l2) -(l ~]2

g) Check for shear stress

" (13.5X 16)[
:::: 24 "(3 +0.7 x 0.44) -{).666'10.7
.~]2
t
•
=(Vu)
bd
=(37.5X lOJ)::::O.23 N/mm2
1000 x 160 ::::14.3 kN.rnlm

lOOA,,)
( bd
=( lOOOx
100 x 280) = ~.175
160
, Vu ;" (O,SwuL)::::(0.5 x 13.5 x 4) = 27 kN/m

Permissible shear stress = k;r:c= (1:25 x 0.36) ::::0.45 N/min2 e) Limiting Moment capacity of the Slab
Since k;l:c > 'tv, shear stresses are within safe permissible limits.
=
Mu.lim = (0. 138!ek b d2) (0.138 x 20 x 1000 X
2
130 ) 10-6
9.7.8 Design Example = 46.64 kN.mlm < M;
Hence, the section is underreinforced.
Design a rectangular slab 6m by 4m in size and simply supported at the
edges for a service live load of 4 lcN/m2• Assume co-efficient of orthotro-
phy (J!) as 0.7, M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD Bars.
o Reinforcements
a) Data 'A./y]
M; (short span) =0.87 iyA"d [ 1- bd!ek

L =6m J! ::::0.7.
(XL ::::4m .fck = 20 N/mm 2
6
(14.3xIO)=(O.87x41SA"xI30)
[415A"
1 (1000 x 130x20)
]
(X = 0.666 fy = 415 NI mm"
 306 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Slabs 307

Solving A,,;; 323 mm /m

2 b) Yield or ultimate moment
Adopt 10 mm diameter bars at 240 mm centres (As, = 327 mm") in the short
span direction.
A" (Long span)= fl (A",)
(0.7 x 323) = ;::(0.87 x 415 x 785 x 120) [1 - (l0~~~ 7~~)20)J .
;: 226 mm2 > A", min
i.
Provide 10mm diameter bars at 340 mm centers along the long span (~" ;: -= (29.4 x 1O~ N.mm " I

231 rnm') , ,
;:29.4 kN.m
g) Check for shear Stress c) Ultimate load on Slab ,
.. ' "". u
. -:.'.j
= (~) =( 27 ,x 1000 ) ;: 0.20 N/mm2 IV =(6m);:(6x29.4J~II.025kN/m2 ·:"i.
",I
'tnu b d 1000 x 130 u aL2 lx16 . ""

,I
d) Service Live Load I
100A,,):= ( 100 x 327) = 0.25
( bd 1000 x 130 Total Service Load = (11.025/1.5) =
7.35 kN/m2
Permissible shear stress (Table-19 of IS:456) = k,:rc;: (1.3 x 0.36) :::0.468 =
: Dead load of slab (0.15 x25) :: 3.75 kN/m2
N/mtn2 which is greater than 't v- Hence shear stresses are within safe per- ; Therefore. service live load e (7.35 - 3.75) = 3.6 kN/m2
missible limits. ',9.7.10 Analysis Example

9.7.9 Analysis Example A hexagonal slab of side length 3m is simply supported at the edges and it
is isotropically reinforced with 12mm diameter bars at 150mm centres,
A right angled triangular slab is simply supported at the adja.ce~ltedg~s AB both ways at an average effective depth of 118 mrn. The overalldepth of
and Be. The side AB BC ::::; =4m andCa =
6m. The slab IS isotropically the slab is 150 mm. Calculate the ultimate load capacity of the slab and
reinforced with 10mm diameter bars at 100mm centres, both ..ways at an =
also the safe permissible service live load if!ck 20 N/mm2 andfy 415 =
average effective depth of 120mm. The overall depth of the slab is 150mm. Nzmm",
If r = 20 N/mm2 and I, = 415 Nzmrn'. Estimate the safe permissible ser-
J~ y , '
vice live load on the slab. a) Data

a) Data Hexagonal slab, simply supported at edges

=
Side length L= 3m
Triangular Slab ABC right angled at B '12 mm diameter bars provided at 150mm centres
AB =BC=4m
L := 4m, aL;;; 4m :. a::::; 1
.. A =(IOOOX 113) =753
"150
mm2/m
Reinforcement provided (lOmm diameter) at 100 mrn centres both ways.
b) Yield or ultimate moment
A := ( 1000 x 78.5) = 785 mm2/in
I~ " 100
In
.
= Mu = 0.87 fyA"d
[ 1- bdA,,,,ick ]
!, !ck = 20 N/mm2 and fy = 415 N/mm
2
,.
-._";

I
 Reinf~rced Concrete Design.' Limit State Design of Slabs' 309

=
. = (O.87X41~ x753 x 118) [1'- (lO~g:~ :;~)20)]
Floor Finishes
Tot~i Service Load =
1.5
10.0 kN/m2
Ultimate design load = Wu = (1.5 x 10) = 15 kN/m 2

= 27.84 x 106N.mm

=27.84 kN.m d) Ultimate moments and shear forces

c) Ultimate load on Slab The yield moment or ultimate moment capacity of a simply supported cir-
cular slab is given by the rel.ation. '

Wu =(~~);::(8X!7.84)::: 24.75 kN/m

2
.
m :::(~{)=( 15X 2.5
6
2
) = 15.625kN.mlm
d) Service live load
e) Limiting or balanced moment capacity of slab
Total service load;; (24.75);; 16.5 kN/m2
, 1.5
Mu,lim =,0.138 !ek.b.cf
=
Dead load of slab (0.15 x 25);::; 3.75 kN/m
2
= (0.138 x 20 x 103 X 1502) 1O~
=
:. Safe permissible live load (16.5 - 3.75) = 12.75 kN/m 2
=62.1 kN.m
Since m < MO•lim, section is under reinforced.
9.7.11 Design Example
f) Reinforcements
Design a circular slab of diameter 5m whichis simply supported at the
edges. Live load -=
4 kN/m2• Assume M-20 grade concrete and Fe-41S
HYSD bars. Assume load factors according to IS:456-2000. ".. '[ A<lfy]
m = Mu = 0.87 /y-As1·d 1 - bd!ek

a) Data 6 . [ . . 415A., ' ]

(15.625 x 10) = (0.87 x,.4.15 xAst x 150) 1 (1000 x 150 x 20)
Circular Slab, simply supported at edges
Diameter of slab= 5 m, radius;" r = 2.5 m Solving A~,:::300 mm2/m
=
Live load 4 kN/m2 Adopt lOmm diameter bars at 250mm centres (Ast = 314 mm')
!ek = 20 N/mm2,/y = 415 N/mm2
g) Check for shear stress
b) Depth of Slab
Vu= (0.5wuL) = (0.5 x 15 x5)::: 37.5 kN
Overall depth of slab= D :::(span)
. 28
= (5000)
28
= In.5 mm
3
Adopt overall depth = 180 rom 1:
y
=( Vu)
bd
=( 1000 x 150
1)
37.5 x 10 =0.25 N/mmz
= =
Effective depth d 150 mm

c) Ultimate Loads ( 100A,,):::(

bd
100x 314) = 0 209
1000 x 150' . .
2
Self weight of slab « (0.18 x 25) ;::;4.5 kN/m =
From !abl_e,-19 ofIS:456 code, k; 'to (1.25 x 0.36)::: 0.45 N/mm2
• Live Load = 4.0 Since k, t~> 'tv: shearstresses are within safe permissible limits.
 310 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State l)c'.l'igll of Slabs
------_..L
I 9.7.12 Analysis Example

A rectangular slab 4.5m by 6.5m is simply supported at the edges. The

coefficient of orthotrophy. Il ::: 0.75. If the ultimate design load is 12
ta:-~~~LL...L..L...LL.~~
~·-:-.""'.-----Lx :O:Ly

. kN/m2• estimate the ultimate ~oment capacity of the slab in the short span !:1
2
-direction by deriving the expression.
w '" (24mIL:) (j.lItan2fj»

from first principles where

w = ultimate design load.
-+
!:_y_
2 3·
m :::ultimate moment capacity of the slab in the short span direction
Il =

a) Data
coefficient of orthotropy
Ly ::: short span length .
<I> ::: angle made by the shorter yield line with the side 4 1~'7/7777'7777777~~
+- .!:Y
2··
tan ~ --,J<- L.y (0: -Ian ~) -~1.1c-.
'r ~Y.. tan
"~
~--.t-
=
Short span length Ly :::4.5m t~ . 9y
=
Long span length o.Ly = L. :::6.5tn
2
f'~
Ultimate design load= w::: 12 kN/m Fig. 9.24 Rectangular Slab With Simply SUIIII(IJ'(C,dEdges

Coefficient of orthotrophy ,,; Il :::0.75

~Therefore.
Ultimate moment capacity of slab in the short span direction m kN.m1m = . Total external work done in elements 1• 2•. 3 and4 is• (II'
. ) J allIe d as
. Ultimate moment capacity of slab in the long span directione Il m kN.m1m
L(W.c) = 2 (work done in element . 1 + work done' ill cl ClIlcnl 2)
b) Derivation of relation between ultimate load
and ultimate .momcnt

Referring to Fig. 9.24

j L(W.c)::: (l/2).w.L;

Internal Work done on..

(a - 1/3.tan <1»

yield lines ae ..'bf cf 'In"u u

elements 1,2,3 and 41S obtained as follows:
·'c·;by rotation
'. of
.
External work done « L (W. 0) For element -I,
Yield line of 'ef' is given unit deflection. 0 ::: 1
6. ;: (21Ly)' 6x = 0, M, := m.L, '" m .aLy
Work done by the elements 1. 2. 3 and 4 are computed as detailed below
For element -1. (M •.S. + My.Sy):= 2m.a)
Work done = [Ly (a - tan <I>)(L/2).(1/2)] For Element - 2,
+ [(2 x 1/2) x (LJ2) tan q,) X (LJ2) x 1/3)]
ey;: (21L). tan 4», ex =0 and My = J1...m.l,
::: [(1/4) t; (0: - tan q,) + (1/12) r_; tan q,] I

(M •. S. + My'Sy) = 2J1..lII/tancp)
For element 2.
(Total internal work done in ail the yield lines is
Work done ::: [(1I2).Ly (LJ2) tan cp(113)]
::: (l/12)L: lane!>
L(M.S) = 2 [2m.a + (2Jlmltancp)]
= 4m [a + (J.tItan$)]

l
 tcetntot.cew Concrete Design . Li/~it State Design' oj ::'Zabs' 313
-, \

~~r'~~;;iiibrjUm",¥~ m~st' equate If the slab is fixed on all four sides and m' is the moment capacity of the
~<,W.5),; !<Atis)' negative reinforcement, then the relation between the ultimate moment and
ultimate load on the slab is expressed by the relation.
(112).IV.t;{a - 1/3 Ian $) '" 4m«H u/tan Ill) '. . .' . ..-
IV '" [24(m + m'j/L~ fllftan2 cJ»
(11' L:i24m) = (a + Ilftnn $) (3a - tan 41) ... (3)
If III =/Il'.then
For a maximum value of '/II', we have
[dmld (tan 1)1») =0
Differentiating the R.H.S. of equation - 3 we have 9.7.13 Analysis Example
2
(a ~ Ilf tan 4» (3a -Ian~) '" (-Ilf13n2c!l)/{-1) = (Ilftan 4»
A two- way R.C,C. slab is rectangular having a size 4m by 5 m with two
I [a. tan2c!l+ 2J.t.tan4jl- 3a.J.lJ = 0 longer edges fixed in position and the two shorter edges are simply sup- .k
I
The positive root of the quadratic is ported. Derive the relation between moment capacity of slab and ultimate

~j tan Ij> = "(31l + jJ.2/(2) -'(Ilfa)

load by first principles and hence design the slab for a working live load of.
=
3 kN/m2 by yield line theory. Assume Jl 0.8 Adopt M-15 grade concrete
'1 Which gives the values tan 1)1 for minimum collapse load.
Substituting this in equation 3, the collapse load is expressed as
and HYSD bars. ..

8) Data

w = (24.mlr;)(~tan2q,) ...(4), : =
Short span length Ly ;::;4 m
=
Long span length L. = 5 m
c) Example = =
Coefficient of orthotropy J..l. 0.8
= =
Working live load q 3 kN/m2
I In the given example: Longer edges are fixed and shorter edges are simply supported.
,,, ..,,'1 . i
Concrete: M-15 grade .-
t
w = 12 kN/m 2

Steel: Fe-415 grade HYSD bars

Jl = 0.75
L. = 6.5 m b) Stresses
Ly =4,5 m
... "1 a = (6.5 14.5) 1.44 =
tan <I> = .y(3Jl+ ,.t?/(7) - (~a)
c) Derivation of Relation
= .y(2 x 0.7S} + (0.7S2/1.442) -:- (0.7511.44)
" Referring to Fig. 9.25 .I
= 1.06
External work done is obtained as -
2
m = (wL:124) (tan q,/Jl)
L(W.B) = w.(1I2)L:(a-1/3 tanq,)
~. "
= [(12 x 4.5 )1(24)]
2 2
[(1.06 /0.75») Internal work done by rotation of
= 15.16 kN.mlm (a) Positive yield lines = 4m (cx+ JlItan q,)
=
. (b) Negative yield lines 4 ti.m'
 I: 314 Rein/arced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Slabs 315'
./

(Total internal work done (Me) is expressed as d) Example

<.
~--------------- Lx --------------------~ a = a; 1 Ly) = (5/4) ;;;1.25
=
L. 5 m, Ly ;::4111, J.L;;; 0.8 "'';;

e) Thickness of Slab
:i.,
.! For a two way slab (IS: 456),
-I Effective depth:;; d = (span/35) = (4000 I =114 mm. JS)
Adopt d> 120 mm and overall depth D 150 =
f) Loads

Positive yield line

Self weight of slab =
(0.15 x'24) :;; 3.6 kN/m2
Finishes =0.6
. Live load e 3.0
Total working load = 7.2 kN/m2
-.r---------~--- Sm ------------.1'-- =
(Ultimate load:;; w (1.5 x 7.2) =
10.8 kN/m2

Fig. 9.25 Rectangular Slab With Fixed and Simply Supported Edges
g) Moment of Resistance ,
L(Me) = 4a(m + III') + (4m!litan$) I.~

tan + )!2/4a2)
<l> = "-I(1.5JJ.. -(J1I2a)
Equating r.(W.O) =: L(M .6)

w.(1I2)L:(a - 1/3tan$) = 4a(m +111') + (4m !1"tan $) ;;; --I( 1.5 x 0.8) + (0.82/~ x 1.252) - (0.8/2 x 1.25)

Assnming 111:;; m' =0.82

w .(1/2)L:(a -113 tano) '" 4m(2a + u/tan $) III :;;(wL:f24)(tan2<1l/JJ..)

(w L:)(24m) = (2a + J1Itan ljl)/(3a - tan $) = (10.8 x 42/24) (0.822/0.8)

For a maximum value 'm' differentiating the right hand side of the equa-
:;;6.05 kNlntm
tion we have
For the RC.C. slab with d = 120 mm
2a + (!1"tan$)/(3a- tan$);;; hU tan2 $)(-1) 2
= (!1"tan <!l)

[2a tan2 $ + 21.uan $ - 3a.)!] ::; 0

The positive root of this quadratic is = (0.148 x 15 x 1000 x 1202)/106

tan <ll ::; (1.5)! + )!2/4a2) - (!li2a) = 331.968 kN m/rn

and Since m < Mu,,im, the slab is under reinforced .

(6.05 x 1O~ = 0.87fy'A ...d [1- (A,!y)/(b.d.l.;k)]

= (0.87 x 415 xA" x 120)[1'~ (1t".415)/(1000 x 120 x 15)J .

i
.'.~.(i;~ i. ! .
 Limit Stale Design of Slabs 317
..... '.

,'" Ultimate load e IV \

Solving, A,. = 150-mm2 Slab is isotropically reinforced.
But minimum quantity of steel = 0.12 % , Three adjacent edges are simply supported and the remaining edge, is
= (0.12 x 1000 x 150/100):= 180 mm' I m unsupported.
Adopt 6 mm diameter bars at ,ISO mrn centres both ways ~nd also over the b) Derivation of Relution
fixed edges as negative reinforcement.
Referring to Fig. 9.26, the external work done is computed for clements I,
9.7.14 Analysis Example 2 and 3. ,-
For element I,We have
A uniformly loaded isotropically reinforced concrete square slab is simply
supported on three sides and unsupported on the fourth. If iN loa~p'er.unit = (W.o) = [(0.5 x O.5L tan<jl x (1/3)Jw = [w.L 2. tan <jl/12j
area at collapse of slab and m ::: positive plastic mO.ment per unit WIdth, For element 2, we have
show that for the yield line pattern shown in Fig 9.26, the minimum upper
(W.O) == [0.51V x O.5L(L':'" O.SL tan<jl») + ((O.51V x O.SL trln<jl x O.5L(I/3)I
bound solution is givenby the relation,

w ;:: (1~~m) Where tano= 1.:.l

Where ¢l = Angle made by the inclined yield line with the edge. (Total external work done for elements 1, 2 and 3 is given by

_-.1<-- L- Ll2 tan fd-+ (W.o) :: [(IV L 2. tan tJl)1l2) + r2(1V L 2/4) (1 -ll1n $/3»)

2
1 L/2
1,2,and3.
= [(w.L 2)/2J (1 - (tan(/6)]
Internal work done by rotation of yield lines is computed for the elements
' -.

, For element I, we have

1
r~"1 1
m 8y:::: (2/L . tan 8), Oy::: 0, and M. = m.L
=
(M. 8,,+ My Oy) (2/L.tan 0) (mL) :::(2mltan 8)
t L -m-
i For elements 2 and 3 we have
,.• t
8y = (2/L), e.
= 0, and My m.L '=
," .,.t L!2
(M, 0,+ My By) ::: (2/L) (IIlL) :::4 111

,
j
.. Total internal work done is given by the equation

t"
..
-

oTt.
.
1
1

Equating L(W.o) =: I(MO)

~(M8) =: [4111 + (21111tan $»)

,i
,
1

(IVL 2) [1 _ tan ~j:::[4111 + 2111 J'

Fig. 9.26 R.C. Slab With Three Edges Simply Supported and One Edge Free 6 tan$

", "1 a) Data

(
IV L~
24
III) =: [2 + (IItaJl$)J
(6-tancj)
Side length of slab := L, == Ly :::L
Moment capacity of slab =m -
 I:
318 R~il1forced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Slabs 319

For a maximum value of 'Ill', differentiating the right hand side of the .5) Design the interior.span of a continuous slab for an office floor ·to suit
equation, we have the relation, the following data:
2 Slab is continuous over tee-beams spaced at 4 m intervals. Width of
f (2 + (.l/lan$))J = [-(1Itan $)] =[_1_2 ]
[ (6-tan$) -1 tanq, rib ,= 250 mm ,

I Cross multiplying, the quadratic equation, is obtained as

=
Superimposed load on office floor 4 kN/m2•
Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe4lS HYSD bars.
-1 (tanl$ + tan¢- 3) = 0 6) A flat slab floor with drops is proposed for a ware house 20 In by 30 m
I
The positive root of this quadratic equation is in size. Using a column grid of 5 m by S m design an interior panel of '
·2'
the flat slab to support a live load of 7.S kN/m. Adopt M-20 grade
-1+'-'1+12]_13 concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. '.
tan"'=
'V [ 2'
- .
7) Design the exterior panel of a flat slab using the following data:-' --- .
Substituting this value of tan $ in equation (I), ~e have the final relation = =
Size of panel 6m by 6 m ..Loading class' 5 kN/m2, Column size =
between collapse load and ultimate moment capacity of the slab as 400 mm diameter. Height between floors = 4 m. Thickness of slab in
=
column strip 250 mm and·thickness of slab in middle strips = 200

(W.L2)
24m
[ 1 ]
:;:: (1.3)2
mm. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. Sketch the
details of reinforcements in the slab.
8)' A square slab of 4 m side length is simply supported along the edges.
w :;::(14.:111)
.. , L . The slab is required to support a uniformly distributed load. of 4
kN/ml. Using the yield line theory, design the slab using M-20 grade
.
9.8 EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE
;.

concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.

1) A simply supported slab has a clear span of2:1 in and is supporte~ on
walls 400mm thick along the edges. If the live load on the slab IS 4
kN/m2, and the floor finish weighs 0.6 kN/m2,design the slab using
M-20 grade concrete and Fe-41S HYSD bars.
I'
2) Design a two- way slab for a residential roof to suit the following data:
Size of roof:::; 4.5 m by 6 m
Edge conditions: simply supported on all the sides on load bearing
masonry walls 300 mm thick without any provision for torsion at cor-
ners.
Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
3) Design a two- way slab 4 m by 6 m continuous on a~1the edges and
supported on 300 mm wide beams to serve as an office floor. Adopt
M-25 grade concrete and Fe-SOO HYSD bars. Sketch the details of
reinforcements in the slab,
4) A cycle stand shade consists of a R.C slab which cantilevers 3 m on
each side of a central R.C. beam and is monolithic with the beam.
2
Design the cantilever 'slab fo! _a superimposed load of 1.5 kN/m •
9) A rectangular slab 6.S m by 4.5 m, simply supported along its edges-is
to be designed as an isotropically reinforced slab' to 'support an uni-
formly distributed working Jive load of 4 kN/m2• Design the slab using
yield line theory and adopting M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415
HYSD bars.
10) A triangular reinforced concrete slab has equal sides of length S m.
The isotropically reinforced slab is simply -supported on two sides and
carries a uniformly distributed load. If the moment of resistance of the
section of the slab is 30 kN.rnlm. estimate the ultimate collapse load
carried by the slab from first principles.
II) A hexagonal slab, simply supported on all the edges has a side length
of 4 m. Find the uniformly distributed load which would cause col-
lapse of the isotropically reinforced slab if the ultimate moment of
resistance of the slab is 6 kN.rnlm. '
12) A rectangular slab 6 m by 4 m is isotropically reinforced and is con-
tinuous over all the edges. The slab is reinforced with similar rein-
f~rcemellts to resist both positive and negative moments. Show that
the ultimate inoment capacity of the slab can be expressed as .

I
-Acopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-41~, HYSD bars.
m = (w.L;.:tan
2 cp)/(48)

",'
.
~
- -. . / _.-_.-.
 .', "",,'

ito .:RidliJol'i:ed,Collcrete Design •. t'·: .•. ,

where : III =. ultimate moment of resistance of the slab per unit length
L .:::short span length CHAPTER 10
<i>Y == angle made by the positive yield line with shorter edge

Also, design the slab for a service design live load of 6 kN/m2 using Limit State Design of
yield line theory. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fc-415 HYSD bars.
13) A rectangular slab 6m by 4.5 m is simply supported at the edges. The
Columns and Footings
coefficient of orthotropy f..l .::: 0.7; If the ultimate design load is 16
kN/m2, estimate the ultimate moment capacity of the slab in the short
span direction using yield line theory. 10.1 INTRODUCTION
14) A two way reinforced concrete slab 6 m by 4 m has two longer edges
fixed in position and the two shorter edges are simply supported. Structural concrete members in compression are generally referred to as
Derive the relation between the moment of resistance of the slab and columns and struts. The term 'Column' is associated with members trans-
the ultimate load using yield line principles. Also design t,llCslab for a ferring loads to the ground and the term 'strut' is applied 10 compression
service load of 4 kN/m2 using yield line theory. Assume the coeffi- members is any direction such as those in a truss.Thc IS:456-2000 code
cient of orthotropy as 0.8. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and £'e-4l5 clause 25.1.1 defines the column as a 'compression member' the effective
length of which exceeds three times the least lateral dimension.The term
HYSDbars.
'pedestal' is used to describe a vertical compression member whose effec-
15) An isotropically reinforced square slab of side length 5 m is simply
tive length is less than three times to least lateral dimension.
supported on three sides and unsupported on the fourth side. Derive
Axially loaded columns may fail in any of the following three modes:
the relation between the moment of resistance and the ultimate load
carrying capacity of the slab using yield line the,ory. Also, design the I) Pure compression failure
slab to support a working live load of 4 kN/m-. Adopt M-25 grade 2) Combined compression andbending failure
-.1"",
":. concrete and Fe-500 HYSD bars. 3) Failure by elastic instability.
The failure modes depend primarily on the slenderness ratio of the member
16) A square slab of 4 m side length is simply supported along the edges
and supports a uniformly distributed load of 20 kN/m2, including its which isturn depends on the cross sectional dimensions, effective length.
own self- weight. If the slab is reinforced isotropically to give an ulti- and support conditions of the member. .
mate moment of resistance of 20 kN.m/m, calculate the magnitude of
the additional central point load required to cause collapse of the slab. 10,2 Classification of Columns
Assume a pattern of simple diagonal yield lines.
a) Based on Type of Reinforcement

Depending on the type of reinforcement used, reinforced concrete columns

are classified into the following three groups.
1) 'Tied Columns' in which the maim longitudinal bars are confined
within closely spaced lateral ties [Fig. 10.1 (a)]
2) 'Spiral Columns' having main longitudinal reinforcements enclosed
within closely spaced and continuously wound spiral reinforcement
[Fig. 10.1 (b)]
3) 'Composite Columns' in which the longitudinal reinforcement is in
the form of structural steel section or pipes with or without longitudi-
nal bars [Fig. 10,1 (c)]
 q22 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Columns and Footings 323

;:
p

Longi tudlncl Centroida!

bars axis

I
'""
-I
I >- Tie

! : ,,~

~-
Elevation

~
'x~
i
Cross section
,(~) Tied Column (b) Spiral Column, (c) CompoSite Column
(a) Axiol Loading (b) Uniaxial Cc) Biaxial ;1"
Fig. 10.1 Types of Columns Eccentric Eccentric iii
loading Lo(.;ding
In general tied columns are the most commonly used' havihg different
Fig. 10.2 'Types of Loading 011 Columns
I~
I'
,U
shapes (Square, rectangular, T. L. circular etc).
, Spiral columns are adopted with circular cross sections and also for Columns may be classified as.
iii
I,
I;
\ ri
square"and octagonal sections. ,
i) 'short Columns '11 .. 1I

ii) Slender or Long columns ,U

b) Based on type of loading
IS: 456-2000 code clause 25.1.2 classifies a rectangular compression iI+
:}1i
Depending upon the type of loading columns may be classified into the member as short when both the slenderness ratio's (J;-e/D) and (Le/b) are il

less than 12. .a-;,1

following three types. ;i

i) Axially loaded columns supporting concrete loads are relatively-rare. Where Lex =
effective length in respect of major axis, '.'i
.'
Interior columns of multistoried buildings with symmetrical loads D = depth in respect of major axis ;,I,"il .;
:i'!:)

.frorn floor slabs from all sides are common examples of this type [ Ley = Effective length in respect of minor axis and I;
= width of the member. "
Fig. 10.2 (a)]. b ' II!i
ii) Column with uniaxial eccentric loading are generally encountered in If any of these ratios is equal to or more than 12, then it is ,termed as Ii

the case of columns rigidly connected to beams from one side only
such as the edge columns [Fig. 10.2 (bj].
slender or long column. This definition is not suitable for non-rectangular
and non-circular sections where the slenderness ratio is better defined in
Ii
I" .... )

iii) Columns with biaxial eccentric loading is common in corner columns terms of the radius of gyration rather than the lateral dimensions. I
I
with beams rigidly connected at right angles on the top of the column
[Fig. 10.2 (c)]. 10.3 EFFECTIVE LENGTH OF COLUMNS '{
tj,
Eccentrically loaded columns have to be designed for combined axial force
10.3.1 Computation of Effective Length :1
!
and bending moments.

c) Based on Slenderness Ratio The effective length of a column depends upon the unsupported length I
Depending on the 'Slenderness ratio, (Effective length/Least lateral dimen-
(distance between lateral connections) and the boundary conditions at the
ends of column due to the conditions of the framing beams and other
':f
' '

. ~
members.
sion) . . ;~
. :
;1i!
.~ \

_--.
'lill
 " .'<':;',~..:;::::.:(..' ':" : .. ' . . . . .
..,.,....,.'".,"'''''',. ' 'Reinforced Concrete Design
Limit State Design of CO/UiIlIlSand Footings .325
. ,..,
..
. "",
.'The ~ffective length 'Ler' can be expressed in the form. recommends that the clear distance between restraints (un supported
Lt ,= kl: length) should never exceed 60 times the least lateral dimeusions of the
Where L = ·Unsupported length or clear height of columns column (clause 25.3.1). For unbraced columns, it is recommended that this
value is limited to 30. In cantilever columns, in addition to the above
... k = Effective length ratio or a constant depending upon the
restriction (L 5 60b), the clear height should also not exceed the value of L
degrees of rotational and translational restraints at the
::: (100 b~/D), where D is the depth of cross section measured in the plane
ends of column.
under consideration and 'b' is the width of cross section (clause 25.3.2)
The effective length of compression members depends upon the brac-
ing and end conditions. For braced (Laterally restrained at ends) columns, 10.3.3 Minimum Ecccntricitles
the effective length is less than the clear height between the restrains,
whereas forunbraced and partially braced. columns, the effective length is All columns should be designed for minimum eccentricity (Clause 25.4).
greater than the clear length between the restraints: which may arise due to imperfections in constructions and inaccuracy in
For design purposes, assuming idealized conditions, the effective loading given by the relation,
length Le may be assessed for different types of end conditions using the
Table-lO.] (Table 28 oflS: 456-2000).
em;"
. L DJ
= [ 500 + 30 . .. (10.1)

Table 10.1 Effective Length of Compressionmembers but not less than 20 mm

I' (Table·28 of IS: 456·2000)
I
Where L = Unsupported length
.'"
I Degree of End'Restraint of
Compression Member
Theoretical
Value of Effec·
Recommended D = Lateral dimensions in the plane of bending
VRhl8 of Eff8C!/~e
I live Length For non-rectangular and non-~ircular cross sectional shapes, SP: 2414 rec-
I
length
1II",m 1 2 3 ommends the minimum eccentricity as
atn."
I
Effectively held In position and restrained against
rotation at both ends
0.5 L 0.65 L . en,;" = (Lj300) or 20 mrn (whichever is greater)
.-....
Effectively held In posnrcn at both ends, restrained, 0.7 L 0.80 L
against rotation alone end , 10.3.4 Braced and Un braced Columns
Effectively held In position al both ends, but no 1.00 L 1.00 L
restrained rotation
In a framed structure, an approximate method of deciding whether a col-
Effectively held in position and restrained against
rotation at one end. and atlhe other restrained 1,00 L umn is 'braced' or 'unbraced' is specified in the ACI code cornmcntnry'"
1.20 L
againSI rotation but not held in position and is reproduced in the revised. IS: 456-2000 code. For this purpose. the
Effectively held in position and restrained against 'stability index' (Q) of a storey in a framed multistorey structure is defined
rotation at one end, and at the other partially - 1.50 L as
restrained agalnsl rotation but not held in position
Effectively held in position at one end but not
restrained against rotation, and at the other end .2.00 L 2.00 L
.Q= [.'LP
-x- 6u 0]
... (10.2)
restrained against rotation but not held in position
h, H;
El1ectively held in position and restrained against
rotation at one end but not held In position nor 2.00 L
Where I.Pu = sum of axial loads on'all columns in the storey
restrained against rotation atlhe other end
2.00 L
II, = height of the storey
6u = elastically computed first order lateral deflection of
the storey
10.3.2 Slenderness Limits H; = total lateral force acting within the storey.
In the absence of bracing elements, Taranath86 has shown that the lateral
The columns dimensions should be selected in such a way that it fails by
material failure only and not by buckling. To ensure this criterion, the code
 326 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Columns and Footings 327

flexibility measure of the storey (6./Hu) (storey drift per unit storey shear)
can be expressed by the relation.

,(6")
Ii: [,12E h;L(ljh,)
ee
e
.<01
II;]
+ .l2Ec.bcon, 'LUll4) ...(10.3)

Where Lie :::;sum of second moment of areas of all columns in the

storey in the plane under consideration.
I
-: L(lIlL.)= sum of the rauos of second moment of area to span
of all floor members in the storey in the plane under
consideration.
E, = modulus of elasticity of concrete
The equation for the stability index 'Q' is based on the assumption that ·the
points of contra flexure occurs at the mid heights of all columns and mid
span points of all beams and by applying unit load method to an isolated
store'", If Bracing elements such as trusses, shear walls and infill walls are
used then their beneficial effect will be to reduce the ratio (6/Hu) signifi- -
candy .
.If the value of Q ~ 0.04, then the column may be considered as no sway
column (braced), otherwise the column may be treated as sway column
(unbraced).
IS: 456-2000 codal charts (Fig. 10.3 & lOA) are very useful in determining
the effective length ratios of braced and unbraced columns respectively; in Fig. 10.3 EfTecliveLength Ratios For a Column In a Frame, With no Sway (Braced
Columns) (IS: 456:290 Fig. 26)
terms of ~I & ~2 which represent the degree of rotational freedom at the top
and bottom ends of the column. The values of PI and P2 for braced and Caiculate the-effective length of the typical lower storey columns assuming
unbraced columns are given by the relations, a total distributed load 30 kN/m2 from all the floors above & the grade of
I concrete as M-20. Adopt IS: 456-2000 codal method for computations,
~I
'Lljh,
c: [ 'Lljh, + 'L0.5(/IIL )
b
]
(For braced columns) ... (10.4)
,
'i

a) Data
"Lljh. ] "~.
132::: [ "LIjll, + "L 1.5(IJL } (For unbraced columns) ... (10.5) Size of columns> 300 X 300 mm
b
= =
Height of storey 'h. 3.5 m
The limiting values 13 = 0 and P = 1, represent the 'fully fixed' 'fully =
Width of beam 250mm
hinged' conditions respectively. =
Depth of beam 500 mm
The following example illustrates the checking of braced and unbraced Length of beam 4 m=
columns and the computation of effective length. =
Total distributed load 30 kN/m
2

No. of Columns = 16
10.3.S Example
No. of Beams in XX or YY -directions = 12
Grade of concrete= M-20
A multistoreyed building plan shown in Fig. 10.5 (a) has 16 columns of
size 300 X 300 mm interconnected by floor beams of size 250 mm by 500
mm in the longitu.dinai. & transverse. ~ireciions'. Th.~storey height 'is 3.5 m.
 .. ;':~:;)~:·:4~~~:·
"5

r{1:)7"g28~ ..

Reinforced (:OIy;r,e.te Design ~W t.

Limit Stale Designof Columns and Footings
i'
329

~.';.,
}....
\:. -f- 4m t 4m 4m-+

All beams
500
r
4m

H
YL x
+
4m

All
300
COILx 300
XL _jx +
4m

'. M··
It
V
(a) Framing Plan
1
n Fig. 10.4 EffectiYe Length Rutlos For a Column In a Frame Without Restraint
Against Sway (Un braced Columns) (IS: 456:200 Fig. 27)
Y.'
b) Relative stiffness of Columns and Beams

Referringto Fig. 1O.5(b)

Un-supported length of column = L = (3500-500) = 300 mm
i) Columns: 16 Nos, (300 x 300mm) and hs = 3500 m

L (t,) 3
== [ 16 x~~~~4/12 ] == (3086x 10 )~m3 (b) Sectlon X X
Fig.IO.S Multi-Storey Building Frame

ii) Beams in each direction XX or YY

6u ) 35002 [1 1]
(H u (12 x 22360) (3086 x 10 t (7812x 103) =(5.991 x 10
-6
L(lb)=[12X250X(500)3/12]=(7812 103) .3
3 ) mmIN
c' 4, 4000 x mm
Total axial Load on all columns = (12 x 12x 30) = Pu = 4320 kN
c) Check for braced or Unbraced Columns

6.u) h; [1 1] Stability Index = Q = [p~

h.
x~6.]
n,
,.,[ 4320 x 10
3500
3 'J
(5.991 x 1O~ '" 0.00739 < 0.04

( Hu = 12£0 L(I';",) +L(1t1Lb)

Hence, the columns in the storey. can be considered as braced in XX and
Eo = 5000 ~ according to clause 6.2.3.1 of IS: 456 - 2000 YY directions.
Therefore Eo = 5000 Eo == 22360 N/mm2
 Limit State Design of Columns alld r ootings jjl
330 Reinforced Concrete Design

, d)· Effective length of columns using IS: 456 code charts ... (10,6)

Where I.e:: 0.87 t;

~. ::: ~2:: 'L(I/h.)
The IS: 456-2000 code requires that all columns are to be designed for
[t(l/h,) + 'LO.5{I.,tLJ minimum eccentricity of 0.05 times the lateral dimension. Hence the 'final·
expression for the ultimate load is obtained by reducing the value of P u by
/12
'L(I/h ) ~ [(300)4 ><'2J ~ (385 x 103) mm3 10 percent in the equation (l0.(i). specified above as ,
, 3500 .
r, == 0.4 f.A + 0.67 irA se .. .(10.7)

== [0.4 f.~.A,+ (0.67 Ir - O.4/cI<)A,J

3
'L(1t/4) =[ 250:g~g3112 x 2J ::(1302x 1( ) rnrrr' ... (10.8)

3
Where P, = ~xial ultimate load on the member
385 X 10
. ] J.k ::: characteristic compressive strength of concrete
.. 13. = 132= x
[ (385 X 103) + (0:5 1302 x 103) = 0.371 "
Ac = area of concrete
Referring to Fig. 10.3 [Fig. 26 of IS; 456-2000] and interpolating the
/y = characteristic strength of the compression reinforcement
effective length ratio as,
Asc = area of longitudinal reinforcement.
Short columns with helical reinforcement (spiral columns) have increased
k =(~·)=0.630 ductility prior to collapse and hence the code permits 5 percent increase in ,'"
the load carrying capacity of spiral column's. However the ratio of the vQI~
L, = (0.630 x 3000) = 1890 mm ume of helical reinforcement to the volume of the core shall be not less
than.
.
Slenderness rano 0 f'the
the umn iIS
column
co (te)
= D .= (1890)
300 :::6.3 < 12

Hence. the column should be designed as short column. according to clause 39.4.1 of 1S:456-2000.

"
10.4 DESIGN OF SHORT COLUMNS UNDER AXIAL
COMPRESSION I 10.4.2 Design Example

Design the reinforcements in a column of size 400 mm by 600 mm sub-

10.4.1 Assumptions
The main assumptions made for limit state design of columns failing under
pure compression as specified in clause 39.1 are as follows:
jected to an axial working load of 2000 kN. The column has an unsup-
ported length of 3m and is braced against side sway in both directions.
Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-4l5 HYSD bars.
,J.l

a) The maximum compressive strain in concrete in axial compression is a) Data

0.002.
b) Plane sections remain plane in compression Column Dimensions 400 mm by 600mm
c) The design stress-strain curve of steel in compression is taken to be Axial service Icad e= 2000 kN
the same as in tension Un supported length D= 3 rn.
The design stress in steel is 0.87/y in Fe-250, 415 and Fe-SO~ grade steels. Column Braced against side sway
Accordingly, under pure axial loading conditions the design strength of =
J.k 20 N/inm2 and fy 415 N/mm2=
short columns is expressed as =
D, 400 mm and D, 600 mm =
 ""'.
Reiiifoi:ced Concrete Design Limit-State Design of Columns and Footings 333 .

b) Slenderness Ratio o Lateral Ties •• 1

= 6.25 mm
k, =(~:,) and ky ~(iY) Tie diameter: < (1/4)(25)
> 16mm
Hence. provide 8 mrn diameter ties
As the column is braced against side sway in both directions. effective
length ratio k; and k) are both less than unity. Tie spacing: > 400 mm
> (16 x 20):::; 320 mm
And l( !:__) == (3000) = 7.5 < J 2 .. Provide 8 mm diameter ties at 300 mm c/c
o, 400
Hence. the columns is designed as a short column.
gf The detailing of reinforcements in the column section is shown in' Fig.
10.6. '. '.
c) Minimum Eccentricity

e . = [3000
--+.-600J =26>20mm
x, ,mn 500' 30 1
(C lear cover
=40 mm) 4-#25
3000 400J = 19.33 <20 mrn
e
y.mon
. =:
[ --+---
500 30
2-#'25
Also 0.05 D. = (0.05 x 600) = 30 > e in X•lO . Ties .# 8 -300 c/c
(at middle of (Staggered)
0.05 D; = (0.05 x 400) = 20 > ey.min short face) 4-#20
Hence. the codal formula (Eq: 10.6) for short columns is applicable
Fig•.10.6 Reinforcements in Short Column
d) Factored (Ultimate) Load 10.4.3 Design Example

P; == (1.5 x 2000) = 3000 kN Design the reinforcements in a circular column of diameter 300 mm with
helical reinforcement to support a factored load of 1500 KN. The columns
a) Longitudinal Reinforcements has an unsupported length of 3 m and is braced against sidesway. Adopt
M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. .. .
Pu == {OAfck.Ag + (0.67/y - O.4.fck)A,J
a) Data
(3000 x 103) = (0.4 x 20x400x 600) + [(0.67 x415) - (0.4 x 20)]A,.

Solving A., = 4000 mm2

Diameter of column = =
D 300 mm . '.

Provide 6-25 mm diameter bars: (6 x 491) = 2946 mm"

= =
Unsupported length L 3000 mm
Column braced against sidesway.
4-20 mm diameter bars:(4 x 314) = 1256 inm
2

Total A,c = 4202 mm' > 4000 mm

2 =
Factored Load"'; Pu 1500 kN
ick = 20 N/mm2
The area of reinforcement provided is greater than the minimum steel /y = 415 N/mm2
requirement of 0.8 percent == (0.008 x 400 x 600) == 1920 mrn'
 334 Reinforced Concrete Design 'Umit StaieDesign of Columns and Footings 335
. ,
.., b) Slendcl'I1cssRatio According to code clause 39.4.1 (IS:456) I

::;::(3000/300)::;:: 10 < 12
Vn.) " ,
(LjD)
( Ve < 0.36[(A/Ac) - 1) (fc~j/y)
I
I ,.
Hence. the column designed as short column,
3 I

33301 x 10 ) < 0 36 rl( 70685) - IJ (1Q_)

. c) Minimum Ecccntricity ( p(34317 X 3 10 ). . L34317 415

Solving pitch 'p' 52.78 mm

emin:::: [ L DJ
500+ 30 :=
[3000
500
300]
+30 = 16 mm(20 mm) Codal restriction on pitch [Clause 26.5.3.2 (d)J
, / P < 75 mm or (core diameter/e) = (220/6) := 36.6 mm : ': I
.Also 0.05D ::;::(0.05 x 300) ::;::15 mm < 20 mm / p > 25 mm or (3 times the diameter of helix) := (3 X 8) := 24 mm
'Hence. the codal formula for axially corripressed column can be used. .Hence, provide 8 mm diameter spirals at a pitch of 36 mm, " "
__
i

d) Longitudinal Reinforcements ,f) Reinforcement Details

~The details of reinforcements in the helically reinforced column are shown

According to IS: 456-code clause 39.4
in Fig. 10.7.
Pu:= 1.05[0.4 fck Ag + (0.67 /y - 0.4 fck) A,J
/
(
1500X 103) =[0.4X20XnX300 2
+ {(0.67 x415)-(0.4x 20)}Ase]
~ # 8 spira! at
c lUJl'l

1.05 4
-J-Pitch 36 mm
Solving Ase == 3197 mm" .
2
Asc.nun,== 0.8% of gross cross• section « (0.008 x n x 2300 /4) = 565 mrn"
Provide 6 bars of28 mm diameter (Ase::;:: 3696mm )
Clear cover
e) Helical Reinforcement (spirals) 40 mm

Assuming clear cover of 40 mm over spirals

'Core diameter ::;::[300-(2 x 40)J ::;::
220 mm
1
+-- 300---+
Area of cere= Ae = [( n x :20 ) - 3696] := 34317 mm"
#: 8 spiral at
3 36 mm pitch
Volume of corelm ::;::
Vc:= (34317 X 10 ) mnr'
2
6#8
.
Gross Area of secnon= Ag = (nx 4300 ) :: 70685 mm 2 ~..-r __ Clear cover
40 mm
Using 8mm diameter helical spirals at.a pitch 'p',mm, the volume of heli-
cal spiral per metre length is given by .
Fig. 10.7 Reinforcement In Helically Reinforced Column
Vn, := n(300 - 80 - 8)50 x (10001 p) mm 31m
·1

= (33301 x lo3)lp mm /m
3

I
 ·~l~1A~:~::
~.<::;<::~'::.:" . .':,

. "Reinforced Concrete Design

: 'I~'/'::~i;'>'-". ,. ", .. ' . Limit State Design of-Columns and Footings 337,
',' . \;10.5 DESIGN OF SnORT ~OLUMNS UNDER COMPRESSION
WITH UNIAXIAL BENDING Pu'
Mu·
10.5.1 Introduction

The external columns of multistoreyed buildings and columns supporting

crane loads through corbels arc subjected to direct loads and bending
moments. The compression members should be designed for axial load and
bending moment based on the assumptions prescribed in 1S:456-2000 code
'1
""1
clauses 39.1 and 39.2 I
I
D ---,,*L +l-- D·--+- L
The analytical design of members subjected to combined axial load arid I.

uniaxial' bending involves lengthy calculation by trial and error and the
I

•
I

•
I 1
method uses equilibrium equal to determine the area of reinforcement
required to resist direct loads and uniaxial moment. In order to overcome
• ! • I
these difficulties, 1.S code recommends the use of interaction diagrams • I
I
•
involving non-dimensional parameters presented in SP: 16 design aids for
reinforced concrete. Cross section

10.S.2 Interaction Diagrams

Pu
The interaction diagram represents the design strength of eccentrically . e= 0
tin loaded 'column of k~own section ·properties. The salient points on the <D
interaction curve corresponds to the design strength values of axial load t; j
I
and the moment M. associated with an eccentricity 'e', Fig. 10.8 shows a I

typical interaction curve with P, on Y-axis and Mu on X-axis along with

strain profiles. \
I CURVE
/ '/,
The interaction curve defines the different load-moment (Po & Mi
combinations for all possible eccentricities of loading -. For desi~n pur-. /
poses, the calculations of M; and P; are based on the design stress-strain / e <'e'b (compression
curves (including partial safety factorsj.The design interaction curve
represents the failure envelope and the point given by the co-ordinates (M.
and Pu) falling within the interaction curve indicates the safe values of the
/L / :
. e=eb
."

_._;--
- --
e>eb
failure)
_-..

\ . (tension
'
.

/ _e=.oo- I ., . . failure)
combination of load and moments.
The salientpoints on the interaction curve are note worthy. Mub Mu=(Pu/e)
1) Point-I, on the load axis corresponds to the axial loading with zero
Fig. 10.8. Column Under Compression With Uniaxial Bending
moment (Puo) and e :; O.
2) Point-I 'corresponds to the condition of axial load with the minimum Point-2 corresponds to the condition,' I '.
eccentricity prescribed in lS:456 code clause-25.4. The corresponding X. :; D and e :; eD' For e < eo. the entire cross section is ~nder com-
ultimate load is represented as P'uo. pression and the neutral axis is located outside the section (xu> D) and
3) As the eccentricity increases, the moment, increases with the neutral the extreme fibre strain in concrete lies between 0.002 & 0.0035. With
axis Xu moving from outside towards the extreme fibre, a further increase in the moment and eccentricity (e > eD), the neutral
axis lies within the section (xu < D) and the extreme concrete fibre
strain ecu :; 0.0035.
t: 338 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Columns and Footings 339

i 4) Point-3 on the interaction diagram represents the balanced failure stare Typical design charts covering the parameters /y :: 415 !'IImm2 and
t
I~ with e = eb and Xu = XU,""" The design strength values for the balanced (d'/D) = 0.10 are reproduced in Figs. 10,9,10.10 & 10.11 for the three dif-
'failure condition are denoted as Pub and Mub. For values of e > e~.Podl ferent arrangements of reinforcements in the cross section.
I < Pub and the failure mode is termed as tension failure, similar to that
ofbeams, It is important to note that Mub is only marginally less than t,·4..----.----.--r.'y-,,--:4:71s:-:7N/7:m':'"m"J2rT':d-;-;'/::::0-.-=0-=-,10:1
the ultimate moment of resistance of the section Mill, under pure flex-
ural condition. tt-P-t
S) =
Point-s on the interaction curve refers to the pure flexural state (e co b
I·
m:.. ' :• A,"PbO/l00.
and PuR = 0) with the ultimate moment of resistance Milo associated .,f'- ,. f.l.-d' .
with the minimum neutral axis depth xu,mln'
~AXjS of b.nding

10.5.3 Design charts (Uniaxial eccentric compression) in SP: 16

The design of structural concrete members subjected to combined axial

load..and uniaxial bending moment involves lengthy theoretical computa-
tions by trial and error procedure. To overcome these difficulties, interac-
tion diagrams involving non dimensional parameters arc useful in the rapid
design of reinforcements in eccentrically loaded columns, SP:16 presents
the design charts covering the following three different cases of symmetri-
cally reinforced column sections, covering rectangular and circular cross
sections.
The non dimensional parameters used for the construction of design
charts are (PJb.dlck) and (MJb.d%k) plotted along the Y and X-axis
respectively.These parameters are plotted for different values of the ratio
(pifck)where 'p' is the percentage reinforcement in.the section. O'2l---+=:WMH-\-l+~rl-r--rT-tr-1
The following cases are covered in the SP: 16 Design charts: _ ~ ..

1) Rectangular section reinforced with equal number of bars on opposite

sides parallel to that axis of bending (Charts 27 to 38)
°O~~~~~L_LO~'2~~~O'~3~~~--~~O"5
2) Rectangular sections reinforced with equal number of bars on all the
four sides (Charts 39 to 50) Mu/fckb02
3) Circular sections reinforced with 8 bars symmetrically spaced (charts Fig. 10.9 Compression Wltll Bending-Rectangular Section-Reinforcement Distrib-
uted Equally on Two Sides (SP: 16 Chart 32)
51 to 62) and these charts can also be used for bars not less than 6.
The charts for each of these types have been given for three grades of The following examples demonstrate the use of the design charts to
steel (Fe-250, Fe-415' and Fe-SOO)and four values of the ratio (d'ID). design reinforcements in the columns subjected to combined axial' load and
The dotted lines in these charts indicate the stress in the bars nearest to uniaxial bending moment. .
the tension face of the member. It is pertinent to note that all these stress
values are at the failure condition corresponding to the limit state of col- 10.5.4 Design Example
lapse and not atworking loads. .. .
. The construction of these design charts ate based on the equilibrium . Design the longitudinal and lateral 'reinforcement in a. rectangular r~in-
equations at the limit state collapse as outlined in SP: 16. forced concrete column of size 300mm by 400. mm subjected to a design
'. ~
. . .
 ",,:,,'
.;
'.. :~.~.. .
·1r((';·:"
p.' 340:' . Reinforced Concrete Design' " Unlit State Design of Columns and Footings
f
j:
ty=415N1mrrf! d/0cO'10
f'

r:fU' " ~
2
f
I scP1T0 /100
I
I I \. •
~ d'
i~)(iS of bendin
, #d'
1)(iS of bending

'I
I

~~;~
'I,

0.10 0·15 0·25,

.Mu/fck03 .
Fig. 10..11 Compression With B;~ding~circular Section (SP:16 Chart·56)
0'4
b) Non Dimensional Parameters
Fig. 10..10.Compression With Bending- Rectangular Section-Reinforcement Distrib-
uted Equally on Four Sides (SP: 16 Chart·44)

ultimate load of 1200,kN and an ultimate moment of 200 kN.m with

respect to the major axis. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 grade ~ ')' _( 200x 106 )' =0.208
HYSD bars. . ( .fckb D2 - 20 x 300 X 4002

a) Data c) Longitudinal Reinforcement .1

b =300mm
D =400mm Adopting an effective cover of 50 mm = d '
(d 'ID) = (50/400) = 0.124 nearly equal to OJ5
r, == 1200 kN
M; == 200kN.m
Refer Chart 33 of SP: 16 and read out the ratio (pl!ck) = 0.20
.. p = (20 x 0.20) =4
 ._.
Limit State Design of Columns and Footings 343
I
P; = 1000 kN Adopt d ' = 50 mm . t-
.~....~'., ""
...\.:i~Ox ~OO).=4800 nun
' . Mu::::: 250 kN.m Ratio of (d'ID) =0.1
.1.:\,1 . loo
b) Non Dimensional Parameters

3
k·~·
~
i
~) =( 1000 X 10 ) = 0266
( ickb D' 25 x 300 x 500 .

~)
6
('. 250 X 10 ..) == 0.133
:::::
~ .
i
( ickbD2 . 25 x 300 x 500
2
_' .
~
I ~,

I
1 !
t.•.
I, c) -Longitudinai Relnforcements 'I
I, "

.1
Refer chart- 44 (SP: 16) with equal steel on all the sides and read out I,
~.

(P)-ick
=0.09-. :. p::::: (0.09 x 25) = 2.2-5

A = (Pbd)
s 100
=(2,25 x 300 x 500) =3375 mm
100 . . ';
2

Provide 8 bars of 25 mm diameter (A",::::: 3927 mm').

The bars are arranged equally on all the four sides (3 bars on each face)

;~J~~/' d) Ties

29
_-------------~
, __ ~OO
;to

".J<.L
7S
T
Tie diameter i:: (25/4)::::: 6.25
1:-6 nun
mm.

Tie spacing ~ 300 mm and ~ (16 x 25)::::: 400 mm

Hence. provide 8 mm ties.

Hence provide 8 mm diameter ties at 300 mmc/c (staggered)

e) Details of Reinforcements
'~.:~.,:.~~ ill Columns With Uniaxial Bending . tu.,lr;

Pig. 10.13 shows the detailing of reinforcements in the column section

.~: ,c.J~)" ::4'-l!~~ ~'\1\.'ttrerectangular column of size 300 x 500
'".' ,"_~""essi\'e f~ctor{,~ load of 200 kN and a
" ....'U;~c"l. -~- ~.l.~~
10.5.6 Design Example
,.' ", -,,,c.<' ' :5' ~~"!f.
JC\.'oi.lt the ~aJor aXIs: Adopting M-25 grade
_-'~~ .c.>:__
.-:-...
" '::'.. ~ derermine the reinforcement in the col- Design a short circular column of diameter 400 mm to support a factored
axial load of 900 kN. together with a factored moment of 100 kN.m. Adopt·
M.20 grade concrete and Fe-415 grade reinforcements. _.
,: ,. i\W.::
- ,,·.Jfiu.uc... J~ =25 N/mm2
.~,
..·*l~ l; =415 N/mm2
 Limit State Design of CO/limnsand Fooi/~,gs '. '345·
.Reinforced Concrete Design ."' '.','.:;,'- :
. .. ._ ,.,\.
d)· Lateral ties

Tie diameter 1: (2514) 6.25'mm =

~ 16 mm (Hence select 8 mm diameter ties)
Tie spacing :to 400 mm
:t> (16 x 25) = 400 mm
-2 #25 :t> 300 mm
Provide 8 mm diameter ties at 300 mm centers.

e) Reinforcements

Fig. 10.14 Shows the details of reinforcements in the column sccuon,

Fig. 10.13 Relnforcements In Columns With UniaxIal BendIng

a) Data
, #' 8 at 300 c/c
ties 6 # 25
D =b=400mm Assume d ' = 40 mm main bars
1
P, =900 kN :.(d 'ID) 0.10 =
I M; = lOOkN.m
lek = 20 N/mm2
'~
=
It 415 N/mm2

::~ b) Non Dimensional Parameters

Fig. 10.14 Relnforccmenls in Circular Column

(Ie.P.)
j
1
t (900XI0 ) 10.6 DESIGN OF SHORT COLUMNS UNDER COMPRESSION·
D = 20 X 4002 ::: 0.28
"",~J
i
AND BIAXIAL BENDING

.,.•
-,.. '1 .!ckMu) (lOOX 10 6
) 10.6.1 Introduction
t
( D3 ::: 20 4003
X = 0.078
Columns located at the. comers of a lTIultistoreyed building with rigidly
1
connected beams at right angles. develop biaxial moments together with

" .'
r .
t
1"
c) Longitudinal Reinforcements the axial compressive load transmitted from beams. Fig. lO.15(a) shows
the column -section subjected to the axial compressive load p. and the
1,.
J
Refer Chart-56 of SP;'16 and read out the values of the parameter moments Mu.and Muy about the major and minor axis respectively, Fig.
I'
1;
1O.15(b) shows the axis of bending and the resultant moment M., ~ts about
1 (p)=O.lO
t.k
... p = (20xO.lO)==2 this axis inclined -to the two princi~al axes. The resultant eccesmcny is
t'
I'
=
computed ass e (MufPu) and this can also be expressed as, .

••
A = (P1tD2)
s 400
=(2X1tX400
400
2
) :::2'512
mm
2 e = ...}e; + e; where ex = (Mu/P.) and ey == (Mu/P,)

Provide 6 bars of 25 mm diameter (A. :::2945 mm') The possible neutral axis lies in the X- Y plane as shown in Fig. j(j.J 5(c).

, '
 :i
I .
,I' Limit State Design of COlUlIIlIS and Footings 347
346 Reinforced Concrete Design
,1 Where M ~ M Q are the moments about X and Y axes respectively .due to
'j
design loads. M••• and Muy' are the maximum uniaxial moment capacities
I"I with an axial load Pu, bending about X and Ya,xes respectively.
I
a. is an exponent whose value depends on the ratio (PiPuz) where
PUl = [0.45 fck,A se +O.75fy~A.J '": Value of Pu when M ':' 0

The range of values of the ratio (P jPuz) and the 'corresponding value of an
'I
are shown in_Table-1O.2 as well as in Fig. 10.16. .
2·0
(a) (b)

/
/

/
x-
/
/
/

y
tol
(cl
Fig.Jo.JS Biaxial Bending of Short Columns
OLO--~~~0~'4~--L---~O~.8--~
By choosing the neutral-axls which isin the X- Y plane, calculations are
(Pu/Puz) .
made from fundamentals to satisfy the equilibrium 'of load and moments Fig. 10.16 Coefficient a. For Biaxial Bendlng of Columns
about both the axes. This pi:ocedure is tedious and is not 'generally recom-
mended for routine design. For intermediate values, linear interpolation mav be done. Chart-63 of
To overcome the difficulties of trial and error procedure in the design SP-16 can be used for evaluating Pu, for different grades of concrete and
of columns subjected to biaxial moment'), .Thc Indian standardcode steel and the percentage of reinforcement in the Section.
IS:456-2000 recommends a simplified procedure based on Bresler's87 for-
mulation which facilitates faster design of. reinforcements in the columns. Table 10.2 Values of 0;.
This method is outlined in the following section.
(pjPu.) a.
~O.2 1.0
10.6.2 Codal Method for Design of Compression members
~0,8 2.0
subject to Biaxial Bending

The simplified procedure' adopted by the code (clause 39.6) based on

Bresler's empirical formul~ti~n is expressed by the relation. Chart-64 of SP: 16 shows the relation, .,,
.,
j

~ Jan + (M~ Ja. <10

(MMU"I Mu. )a. + ( Mu = 1.0 for differ~nt values of (P j~.j ".!
. t y)""
i M uyl _.
( Mux. M uyl .:(,1

;;~}
-. : j;_: ,~. : . ~:~;.... ...<~
 .....
Limit SIdle Design ofColumns and Footings: .~49
. .' .
::.'TheSe curves 'are-very.usefu] in .the design ofc~lumns subjected to biaxial
" bending:' " . r: ',,'::) .._:\; ..:1,.,1 "... . i A =(PbD)=(IX400X600)=2400mm1
'100 100
The use o(SP: 16 charts for-the design of columns subjected to axial
compression and biaxialbending is illustrated in the example 10.6.4. Use 8 bars of 20 mm diameter distributed 3 on each face (As = 2512 mrn')

10.6.3 Selection of Trial Section and reinforcements P = (100X2512)

400 600' x = I 04 and (p)J.k- = (1.04)
-
20
= 0.052

(~) =(
In practice, the cross sectional 'dimensions of the column are selected 3
1600x 10 ) = 0333
before the struc'turai analysis is performed and the biaxial moments are .fckb D 20 x 400 x 600 .
derived from the frame analysis. Hence, only reinforcements need to be,
suitably assumed for the design. However, Devdas Menon" has suggested Refer Chart-44 of SP:16 and read out the ratio [Mux,!fck b D2] correspond-
11.""'.
a simpler approach for the selection of reinforcements based on the resul- =
ing to the ratio [P.!fck b D) = 0.333 and (d' ID) 0.10 and (P!fc.,) 0.052 .. _~ =
I
tant moment given by the relation, .
( /ckMUd)
I
1
... =..0 085.
I
Mu::'1.l5YM;,+M;y bD2
1
.~
This bending moment is considered to act in,association with the axial .. Mu•l:;: (0.085 x20 x 400 x 6002)10-6 = 245 kN.m
I".""J compressive load Pu and using the design charts, the reinforcement per-
1 centage in the cross section is determined. Thereafter the procedure is the For moments' about the minor axis YY, b = 600 mm, D = 400 mm and d' =
I
same as specified in section 10.6.2 for checking' the adequacy of the 60mm
I
I
designed section,
I
46~0)= 0.15
,
1
10.6.4 Design Example
(~}:(
n ")~
I Refer chart-45 of SP: 16 and read out the ratio [M.yl/ .fck b D2] correspond-
n".
I Design the reinforcements in a short column 400 mm by 600 mm subjected . =
ing to the ratio [Pi.fck b.D] 0.333 and (pl.fck) 0.052 =
to an ultimate axial load of 1600 kN together with ultimate moments of
120 kN.m and 90 kN.m about the major and minor axis respectively.
Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
.. ( M
!ckbD
uyi
i) = 0.08

MUYI = (0.08 x 20 x 600 X 4002)10-6 = 153 kN.m

a) Data
pu• = [0.45 .fc0c + 0_75fyAJ
"" ~ b = 400mm .fck = 20 N/mm
2

D = 600mm JyI' = 415N/mm 2

:: [0.45 x20{(6oox 400) - 2512} + (0.75 x415 x 2512)] 10- kN = 2919
3
leN
r, = 1600 kN d ' =60mm
Mu. =
Muy =
120 kN.m
90kN.m
(d 'ID)= 0.1 Ratio (Pr: =(
u
) 1600):: 0.548
2929
Refer Fig. 10.16 and read out the coefficieht an corresponding to the ratio
b) Reinforcements
(Pip uz) :: 0.548. The value of an = 1.58.

Reinforcements are distributed equally on all tile four sid~s" .

As a first trial, adopt percentage of reinforcement in the cross section as p
= 1 percent.,
 ~.
!.
. 350 Reinforced Concrete Design UmirSta'te Design of Columns and Footings 351
I

120)1.58 + (_2Q_)I.S8 _ a) Data

~ ( 245 153 - 0.756 < I
b =450mm J.k = 20 N/mm 2

Hence, the design is safe. Provide suitable lateral ties as per codal provi- D =450mm J,y = 415 N/mm 2

sions. Mux = 75 kN.m d' =50mm

. Provide 8 mm diameter lateral ties at 300 mm centers will conform to Mu; =60kN.m (d'ID) 0.10 = -.:..;
... 6> ••
the codal requirements.
The above problem can be solved by using Charts-63 and 64 of SP:16
b) Equivalent Moment
as shown below:
From Chart-63, for p = 1 perccnt,fck = 20 N/mm2 andJ;, = 415 Nzmm", read The reinforcement in section is designed for the axial compressive load P_u
out the and the equivalent moment given by the relation.
Corresponding ratio.
M. = 1.15 -VM:. + M;y
(:j = 12 and hence Put = (12 x 600 x 400)10~3= 2880 kN

(MMuxl = (120)
ux)
Also 245 = 0.49 c) Non Dimensional.Parameters

And (Mu
M)
y

UY'
(90)
= 153 ;;;:0.59 (~)fckb '=( 202000
d .'
x 10
x 4505450
3
) =0.49

Ratio ( PUtPu) = (1600)

2880 :::0.55
~)_(
( ickb D2 -
llOxl06
20 x 450 X 4502
)=0.06

From Chart-64 of SP: 16 for [Mu/Mux,l ::: 0.49 and [P /P uz] = 0.55. read out
d) Reinforcements
the ratio
l' Refer chart-44 of SP: 16 (equal reinforcement on all faces) with (d'/D) =
y
( MMu ) = 0.8 > calculated value of 0.59
0.10 and read out the value of (Plfck) = 0.06.
uyl
•• p = (20 x 0.06) = 1.2
Hence. the design is safe. However for economical design. a second trial is
made with lower value of reinforcement and the various steps repeated
..
_(PbD).~(1.2X450X450)
. A. - 100 - 100
= 2430 mm
.
2

such that the ratio of [Mu/Muy.1 obtained from Chart-64 is slightly greater
than the calculated value.
Provide 8 bars of 20 mm diameter (As = 2512 mm') with 3 bars in each

10.6.5 Design Example face.

= (100 x 2512) = 1.24 and the ratio (E..) :< (1.24) = 0.062
A short column located at the corner of a storied building is subjected to an P .450x450 . !ok 20 . '.
. .' ',' _. "2
axialfactored load of 2000 kN together with factored moments of 75 and Refer Chart-44 (SP:H?) and read out-the value of the ratio [Mux/~k b D)],
60 kN.m acting in perpendicular planes. The size of the column is fixed as corresponding to the value of ratio [P JJ.k b. D] =. O.4~ !ll1d_(Plfck)
= 0·962 ..
450 by 450 mm, Adopting concrete ofM-20 grade and FeA15 HYSD bars. . ... ; :}

design suitable reinforcements in the column section ..

 . Reinforced Concrete Design
Limit State Design of Columns and Footing's. 353

.Mud) lateral deflection is significantly greater in comparison with short columns

( lc~bD2 = 0.06
as shown in Fig. 10:17. Consequently, in slender columns, the moment
Mu., = (0.06 x 20 x 450 X 4502)10-6:::: 109 kN.m produced by the deflection is large and should be considered in design.

Due to symmetry, Muxl ;::;Muyf ;::; 109 leN.m

Puz:::; [0,45Ick.Ac+0.75fyAJ

'" (0,45 x 20) [(450 x 450) - 2512] + (0.75 x 415 x 2512)

= (2581 x 103)N

:::2581 leN

(;,uJ "'G~~~):::;
0.77

Refer Fig. 10.16 and read out the coefficient an:::: 1.95
-(0) Long Column (b) Short Column
e) Check for Safety under Biaxial Loading
Fig. 10.17 Behnvlour of Long And Short Columns

In the case of eccentrically loaded long columns, the effect of second-

ary moments developed due to the lateral deflection together with the pri-
mary moments significantly influences the load carrying capacity of the

'I'''-'Tl~~
U;9r +c~~r9Ss
=0.7% 1
compression member.

10.7.2 Behaviour of Slender Columns

,
I Hence, the section is safe under specified loading,'
-, The structural behaviour of slender columns is significantly different from
f
f) Reinforcements
that of short columns with increasing slenderness ratios, Consider a col-
umn hinged at supports subjected to an eccentric load 'P' at an eccentricity
Provide 8 bars of 20 mm diameter as main reinforcement and 8 mm lateral 'e' as shown in Fig. 1O.18(a).
ties at 300 mm centres.
As the load is increased. the lateral deflection.of the column increases.
10.7 DESIGN OF SLENDER COLUMNS If A - = lateral deflection of the longitudinal axis,
(e + A) = total eccentricity
10.7.1 Introduction
!he moment at any section is expressed-as,

Compression members having the ratio of effective length to its

least hit- M';' P(e +A)
M=Mp,+A
eral dimension (slenderness ratio) exceeding 12 are categorized as slend~r
or long columns according to rS:456-2000 code. The deformation Where Mp, = primary moment due to eccentricity of the load.
charasteristics of slender columns are significantly different from that of P.11 = secondary moment which varies along the length of the
short columns. When slender columns are loaded even with axial loads, the 'column.
 354 Reinforced Concrete Design
p and M2 may develop at the ends. The column may be bent in single or
P-M -Intercct ion
Amax\
\ The design of slender columns is similar to that of col~mns subjected
\
\ to a given factored axial compression P; and factored moments Mu. and
\ M ey' the only difference being that the moments should include the sec-.
(a) (b) (c)
Fig. 10.18 Behaviour of Slender Columns
The maximum moment occurs at the mid height of the column and is
expressed as
Mma. = P (e + t:.m.. )
The variation of maximum moment is non linear with the flexural
stiffness reducing with increasing values of the load P [Refer Fig.
1O.18(b)). ,
In the case of very short column, the flexuralstiffness being very high,
the lateral deflection ? is very small and the primary moment controls the
behaviour of the column.
I' In the case of very slender column. it is possible that the flexural stiff-
ness is effectively reduced to zero resulting in buckling or instability fail-
ure.
Fig. lO.18(c) shows the load-moment interaction diagram at the limit
state of collapse representing 'the strength of the column with varying slen-
derness ratios.
In the case of short column, t:.max = 0 and hence the failure is due to the
primary moment and axial load. Point A represents the behaviour of short
column with material failure. Point B indicates the long coluinn behaviour
with primary and secondary moments with material failure.
In the case of very long columns, the failure is due to buckling or
instability. Thecurve OC represents the behaviour of very long columns.
In the.case of braced slender columns which is not subjected to sides-
way, there is nosignificant .relative-lateral displacement bytween the top
and bottom ends Of the column. Theends of a braced column are partially
Limit State Design ofColumns Gild Footings 355
restrained against rotation due to the floor level beams and moments M,
double curvature, depending upon the nature of moments. The effect of
these moments are taken into account in the design of such columns.
Unbraced slender columns are subjected to sides way or lateral drift due
to the action of lateral loads or gravity loads inducing additional moments
at the supports. The moment amplification due to the lateral drift effect
which is significantly greater than that of braced columns should be Con-
sidered in the design of such columns. . ,
ondary moment components in slender column design, where as these are
ignored being negligible in short column design.
10.7.3 Codal method for dcsign of Slender columns
The IS:456-2000 code (clause 39.7) prescribes that the design of slender
compression members should include the forces and moments determined
from structural analysis and also the effects of deflections on moments and
forces, The second order analysis involving deflections and their effect on
moments and forces being computationally difficult and laborious. the
code recommends simplified procedures for the design of slender columns.
which involves the process of increasing the moments or reducing the
strength to take care of slenderness effects. '
'The IS:456 code clause 39.7.1 recommends additional moments Mu.
and M expressed in terms of the factored axial load Put overall depth of
the member (D) and the slenderness ratios (L ••lDrand (Le.jD) derived from
the deformation characteristics of a pin ended braced' slender column
shown in Fig. 10.19.
The additional eccentricity t:.ma• is a function of curvature. Denoting the
maximum curvature at mid height as climax. it can be shown that t:.mox lies
between (cllm .. ' L2/12) and (cllm ex' L2/8). From Fig. 1O.19~caseta) & (b), con-
sidering an average value for eccentricity as,
e. ::8"",. = (cp .... L2/10)
Referring to Fig. 10.20 showing the relation between curvature and failure .
strain profile and assuming. .
Ec. = 0.0035 and Est = 0.002, d' = O.W and (D - d'? = O.9D
 Reinforced Concrete Design'
Limit State Design of Columns and Footings 357
. . ,
Hence, the expressions recommended in IS: 456-2000 code for additional
moments are

(12ll.mox l
d
emex= ----p-
L L
ll.max Amax

1 J
(ea) (eo) Where
. P; = axial load on the member
L.~ = effective length in respect of major axis
Ley = effective length in respect of minor axis
\....:_,II
M
(~) D ;; depth of cross section at right angles to the major axis
l:
b ;; width of member
Case - (a) Case-Cb)
e", and eay are additional eccentricities (Refer Table- I of SP: 16).
Fig, 10.19 Relation Between Deflection And Curvature in It is important to note that the additional moments to be considered are.
Pin Ended Slender Column in addition to the factored primary moments Mux and Muy in the design of
columns. The additional moments specified in the code are derived on the
.. '. Pu assumption' .that the column is braced and bent symmetrically in single

hr
~I! E("tT
curvature. AIIiO the axial load corresponds nearly to the balanced failure
condition ie Pu ;; Pb .If these conditions are not satisfied, the code recom-
mends the following modifications.
For P; > Pb , the additional moments may be reduc~d by the
multiplying factor 'k' g.iven by the relation,
rr1 '1

k ;;[Puz-Pu] s1
Puz-Pb
Where Puz ;; [0.45 ick Ac + 0.75 fy As] and this value can be read out from
,. 1 chart-63 of SP: 16 and Pb is the axial load corresponding to the condition of
maximum compressive strain of 0.0035 in concrete and tensile strain of
Fig. 10.20 Curvature-Strain Relatlonshlp 0.002 in the outer most layer of tension steel.
The modification suggested in the code is optional and it should always
1 the .additional moment comprises about 80 percent of the total moment. be taken advantage of since the value of 'k' could be substantially less than.
,. ·1
We can express the maximum curvature as, .' , unity.

«Pma:<
es [(0.0035 + 0.002) x 0
0.9D .
8J::;:(_1_)
200D
The value of Pb depends on the arrangement of reinforcement and the
cover ratio (d'ID) and the grades of concrete and steel. The values of Pb can
be computed for rectangular and circular sections using the constants k,
..... , Substituting the value of cfJrnax in the expression for deflection e. or dmax we and k2 given in Table-60 of SP: 16 and the relation expressed as,
have
(Ic;b d) = kl +k (t)
(~)D ::;:(LlDi)
2

2000
 t .
I
358 Reinforced Concrete Design
I Limit State Design of Columns and footings 359

'I The value of the reduction factor 'k' can be read .out from Chart-65 of Hence, the column is slender about both axes
,- , SP: 16 after evaluating the ratios (Pip.z) and (PJP.z)
I
I For braced columns subjected to unequal primary moments M, and M2
c) Additional Eccentricities
at the two ends, the value of M; to be considered in computations of the,
'total moment may be taken as (clause 39.7.1),
From Table-l of SP: 16, for (LjD) = 12.45, (e.a/D) = 0.078 .
M" = (0.4 Ml + 0.6 M2) ~ 0.4 M2 =
F.or (L/b) 14.67, (e./b) = 0.108

, e~.,=
':. e~x (0.078 x 530) = 41.34 mm
-! For un-braced columns, the lateral drift effect has to be included.
Hence, an approximate method of including this effect is to assume the = (0.108 x 450) = 48.60 mm
additional moment M. to act at the column end where the maximum pri-
mary moment M. is operational. For design purposes, the total moment is , d) Additional Moments
computed as,
Mu=(M.+M.) Max = [1600 (41.34/1()00)] = 66.14 kN.m
The use of these design principles is illustrated in the following example. May = [1600 (48.6011000») = 77.76 kN.m
10.7.4 Design Example The above moments have to be multiplied by modification factor (k) as
per clause 39.7.1.1 oflS:456-2000.
Design. the reinforcements required for a column which is restrained
against sway using the following data: k= [p~ -P]
Puz - Pb
S:1

.a) Data Assuming 3.28 percent reinforcement for the first trial, the ratio,
(P!fok) = (3.28/25) =.0.131
Size of column = 530 mm by 450 mm
Effective length = 6.6 m
From Chart -63 of SP: 16, read out the ratio of [p.1A g) = 21
Un supported length = 7.7 m
=
Factored load 1600 kN
.. r: =[21 X51~~450J =5008 kN
Factored moment about major axis = 45 kN.m at top and 30 kN.m at bot-
Assuming 25 mm diameter bars with 50 mm cover,
tom
Factored moment about minor axis = 35 kN.m at top and 20 kN.m at (d'/D) = (501530);" 0.1 and (d'ib)
, , /
= (50/450) = 0.1
, bottom. From Table-60 of SP: 16, read out the values ofk) and k,. as'
'Concrete grade = M-25
= 0.207 and k,. = 0.425
'_ ·-"to

Steel grade = Fe-500 HYSD bars k.

Column is bent in double curvature and reinforcement is distributed r; = P = [k +k,.(Pltk)l!ek·b.D
by 1
equally on all the four sides of the section.
= [0.207 + 0.425(0.131 )]'[(25 x 450 x 530)/1000] = 1566 kN
b) Slenderness ratio
k. =s,= [(5OO~ -1600)/($008 -1566)] :::0.99

(i) =( ~~~O) = 12.45> 12

.'.~
Additional moments are modified as,
, M:'_ =:(66.14 x 0.99).= 65.48 kN.m
-~.
.
= (77.16 x 0.99) == 76.39 kN.m·
'Ii
."

May
,(Lc) ';'(,450,,'
6600) = i4,67~12 As per clause 39.7.1 ofIS: ~.s6-200Q code, the ,~ni~ialmoment acting on the'

I
b
coiumn shbUI&be.mQdif1eifhsfoliows:"
.. '_ .~. . '.,
", ,. , - ,
:f~~!}~;~~i··.,
 ..
;'1'·· " :.
Limit State Design of Columns and Footings 361·
I.
Mo.;;;: m>.6 X 45) - (OA x 30)] ;;;:15 < (0.4 x 45)::: 18 . Hence, the section is safe but not economical. In the second trial, the
Muy = =
[(0.6 x 35) - (0.4 x 20)J 13 < (0.4 x 35) = 14 area of reinforcement may be reduced in the section and the various design
.' As the above values are less than 0.4 times thelarger end moment. we have steps are repeated until an economical section is obtained .
to consider for design the modified initial moments as, . Provide 12 bars of 25 mm diameter equally spaced on each face and
lateral ties as per codal specifications.
Mo, = 18 kN.m and Muy = 14 kN.m
These moments are to be compared with the moment due to minimum 10.8 DESIGN OF FOOTINGS
eccentricity and greater of the two values is to be taken as the initial -
moment. . 10.8.1 Introduction
From clause 25.4 of IS: 456-2000, the minimum eccentricities are
computed as, . Reinforced concrete columns are generally supported by the footings
which are located below the ground level and is referred to as the founda-
7700 530J·· .'
e. = [ 500 +30 = 33.07 mm > 20 mm tion structure. The main purpose ofthe footing is to effectively support the
super structure like columns by transmitting the applied loads, moments
7700 450J and other forces to the soil without exceeding the safe bearing capacity and
ey= [ 500 +30 =30.4mm>20mm also the settlement of the structure should be within tolerable limits and as
nearly uniform as possible.
M; x, min::: 1600 (33.07/1000)::: 52.92 kN.m > 18.0 kN.m The footings are generally designed to resist the bending moments and
Muy.min::: 1600 (30.4/1000)::: 48.64 kN.m > 14.0 kN.m shear forces developed due to soil reaction as specified in the Indian stan-
Therefore the total moment for which the column is to be designed are" dard code 18·:456-2000. This chapter deals with the design principles of

,.,. Mu• = (52.92 + 65.48) = 118.40 kN.m different types of footings outlined in the·following section.

..... Muy = (48.64 + 76.39 = 125.03 kN.m

10.8.2 Types of Footings

C~;dJ= (251:~~; ~~~O)

= 0.27 Footings are grouped under shallow foundations (in contrast to deep foun-
dations like piles and caissons) which are adopted when the soil of ade-
From Chart-48 of SP:16, for the ratio (p/f.k) read out the moments as,
quate bearing capacity is available at a relatively short depth below the
Mu•l = (0.19 ick b d = (0.19 x 25 x 450 x 530
2
) 2) IO-<i:;:600 kN.m ground level. Column footing has a large plan area in comparison with the
Murt = (0.19 ick d ~2). = (0.19x 25 x 530 x 4502) =
IO-<i 510 kN.m cross sectional area of the column. The loads on the columns are resisted

<. •• , (:':J=e~~;O) =0.20·· .

. by concrete and steel and these ,.load effects are transmitted by the footing
._

to the relatively weak supporting soil by bearing pressure .

. Generally, the: safe bearing capacity of the soil is very low in the range
of 100 to 400 kN/m2, Whereas the permissible compressive stress in con-
y
(Mu
Moil
) =(125.03) =0.25
510 . crete is around 5 to 15 N/mm2 and in steel, it is in the range of 130 to 190
N/mm2 in ~inforced concrete columns under-working loads.
.I
( :.:) = ( 5~~~~5)= 0.32 . a)I~·.
From Chart-64, for (PiPuz) = 0.32 and (Mu/Mud) = 0.2 read out the value
In the case of framed buildings with columns located on reasonably firm
of (Mu/Muyl) =
0.92> 0.25.

---.
soil, it is generally sufficient to provide separate ind~eni faotiIlgs for
each of the columns. Such a footing is referred to as isolated footing which
is square, rectangular or circular in shape depending upon the shape of
 Limit State Design of Columns and rOOflllgs inj
column cross section. Isolated footings comprise of'a thick slab which may
be flat or stepped or sloped as shown in Fig 10 21( ) Th & • b) Combined Footings
II . ti . . a. e lOOtlllgSare
genera y rem .orced by a steel mesh located at the bottom of the slab to
resist the bending moment and shear forces developed due to the soil pres- When two are more' heavily loaded columns are located closeto each other
sure. ' , resting on soil with low bearing capacity, the area of isolated footings
overlap on each other and hence it is advantageous to provide a single
p combined footing contributing to the improved integral behaviour of the
j columns with the footing. Typical combined footing having rectangular
.j shape is shown in Fig. 10.21(b). The combined footings comprise of a
I,
I
connecting beam between the columns integrally cast with a slab on either
,I side of the connecting beam. '
In the case of columns located close to the property line, footings can
not be extended on one side. To overcome this problem of non availability
of space near the exterior column, the footings of the exterior and interior
columns are combined by using a connecting beam and trapezoidal shaped
slab as shown in Fig. 10.21(c). Due to the soil pressure, the slab bends
transversely while the connecting beam bends longitudinally between the
columns. Strap footing shown in Fig. 10.21(d) is an alternative method of
(a) Isolaled Footings' providing combined foundation connecting column located on property
.line and the interior of the building. In the case of strap footing, indepen-
dent slabs are provided below the columns, connected by a strap beam.

10~8.3 Design principles and Codal requirements

The structural design of the footing, which includes the design of the depth
and reinforcements, is done for factored loads using the relevant safety
factors applicable for the limit state of collapse. The computation of fac-
tored moments and shear forces acting at the critical sections of the foot-
" ,
ing, is based on the fictitious factored soil pressure corresponding to the
factored loads on the column. . .
The soil pressure developed due to self-Weight of the footing does not
induce any moments and shear forces and hence neglected in computa-
tions. The loads acting on the column and the soil pressure developed due
to the service loads and the factored soil pressure tobe used in design is
shown in Fig. 10.22. The following design principles are relevant in the
design offootings. ;

a) General design Features

, (c) Trapezoidal Footing Footings are designed for flexure and shear (both one' way and two way
Cd) Strap Footing
action), bearing and bond, mainly due to the soil pressure from the soffit of
Fig. 10.21 Types of Fo6tiQgs
the slab. The design is more or less similar to that of. beams and two way

I !

.I
slabs supported on columns. Additional design considerations being the

_ .. ,: .
 ~"~~J"'VW~
. Reinforced Concrete D.,ign . : ':.~:, "..•. ' J.

I.,.":

f"
P (Serv j CEI load)
M
f!_[
h ;:; 1- sin~J2
G.l w l+'sin(jl
~~
Where
h = depth of foundation
= unit weight of soil
t
qmox
r-r,r-r-:-]~r--r--l J
w
p = safe bearing capacity
_-(jl = angle of repose
of soil under the footing

"

1 c) Thickness of Footing

The thickness of footing is generally designed based on the considerations

-r- t,rlt~tr-;t~tr-r-f
Aj + .L
-fr--T"1 ~. VSeif
.-~-.l--L....--l. L_LJ
__ soli
weight
pressure of shear and flexure which -are critical in the vicinity of the column and

'. footing junction. . .

r*t'~,:~-~'
~ Shear forces being more critical, the thickness is generally based.on
shear criteria. It is generally economical to vary the thickness of theslab
from a minimum of 150 mm at the edges to a maximum near the face ~T'
i
soil pressure the column depending upon the variations in bending moment and shear I
I
force. A leveling course of lean concrete of 100 mm thickness is generally
provided below the footing. I, .
d) Design for. Shear !,
The overall depth of the footing is mainly dictated by the shear streS~-con~

I
Design soil pressure
under factored loads' siderations and generally preceeds the design for flexure, To check for
is·
shear stress, the tension reinforcement in the slab assumed as 0.25 to 0.3
Fig, 10.22 Soil Pressure Under Column Fooling percent and the procedure used for slabs is adopted. One. way' shear is
transfer of force from' the I'. . '
I checked at a critical section distant 'd' from the column face as shown in

~~~~:~~:t~n~:e:;~l~~~~;~i:~io;~~~J~t~~;o~~;:J:~e :~~ina~,s~/~;t~r:~:~~;~
II Fig. 10.23(a). Th~ beha~i~u(of footings in. two way (punching) shear is
similar to that of flat slab supported on columns: The criticalsection for
e two way shear is considered at a distance (di2) from the periphery of the
importan,t but crack widths should gbroUl?d.levdel,
deflection control is not
".
detailing requiremenn and it is d . ble rrnite . to " 03 mm ith column as shown in Fig. 1O.23(b). .
.' WI general
for protection of mai . n iesrra e to provide a clear Cover of75 mm Shear reinforcements are generally avoided in footing -slabs and the
ronments.

b) Depth of Foundation
In rem orcemenrs especially under aggressive envi-
required depth is designed by one way and two way shear considerations.
The design shear strength tc of concrete i~ computed by assuming a normal
percentage of flexural reinforcement of 0.25 percent in preliminary calcu- .
r·I
lations. The design ultimate shear force Vu is limited to the shear resistance'
of concrete V uc by providing the necessary depth, If Vu > Vue: suitable shear
bThe' minimum depth 0f froun dati . to Rankine's th
atron according eory89. IS given
•
Y ',. . reinforcements should be designed to resist the balance shear force of
(Vu- Vue) in a way similar to that of beams.
 Limit State Design of Columns WId Footings JOI

M~
f) Force transfer ~t Column Base

Footing The axial force and moment a~ting at the b~se ~f the column must be
-r-. transferred to the footing either by compression 1~ concrete or by. cO,m-
d . n/ ' in reinforcements The bearing resistance or compressive
presslO tenIope
stress deve siond latthe junction of ~olumn. and footing is limited to a value
~*~~~~~i==;:'=;~ ::tail pressure
"'; I given by the IS:456 code .clause 34.4"as
!

I. I qu
Critical section all round k,mu = 0.45 ick "(~.tA2)
NCriliCa! section tor tor two-way shear
,one way shear
I
+-d~
I
. T
-r} IIJ-·
I '0--+
I
L I ~ I Section X X I Spacing
1 7 L-----,j<- L
·'-wldth
Central band ~
8 I
5, < 52
Critical section
tor· moment I I
(a)
(b)
Fig. 10.23 Critical Sections For Moment & Shear In Column Fooling

e) Design for Flexure

TB
I
-1------II
I
.
!
.i
S,
f-"""1
I

I
S2
I r-=---
.

'1
J
The critical section for moment is at the face of the column as shown in . I
I I
Fig. 10.23. The reinforcement is designed to resist the factored moment at I
_I 1
the critical section, In two-way reinforced rectangular footings, the rein- I
J I
forcement in the long direction is uniformly spaced across the full width of 1,.
J..,
L
the footing. In the shorter direction. where the moments are less, the code. 1 'Plon
clause (34.3.1.c) specifies a larger concentration of reinforcement to be Fig. 10.24 Reinforcement Details In Rectangular Foo,ings
provided within a central band width equal to the width(shorter dimension)
of the footing given by the relation, Where Al = supporting area for bearing of footing which in sloped or
stepped footing may be taken as the area of the low~r ~ase of the; lar~esr: .
[Reinforcement in central band width] = (Asl"hort) [2/({3+ 1)]. frustrum of a pyramid or cone contained wholly within .the ~OOt1l1gand
Where AII,short = total reinforcement in short direction having for its upper base, the area actually loaded and having Side slope of
(3 = ratio of long side to the short side of the, footing. one vertical to two horizontal.
The remainder of the reinforcement is uniforrnly distributed in the outer . , A2 = loaded area at the base of the column.. . "
portions of the footing as shown in Fig. 10.24. ' ;
., The factor ,:~(AI/A~)' accounts
. I for the increase , ., t trength..'.: in the
10 c~ncre e s

'\;:,':::i ..• s.: <.!J.\i .!:"i ~!"I'!i

.,',
 368 ..'Reinforced Concrete-Design- ::,\'.' ,~,.
·... :~,
bearing area due to confinement of surrounding concrete. However' this
factor is limited to 2 since very high compressive stresses result in trans-
verse tensile strains leading to spalling, lateral splitting or bursting of con-
crete. The area Al geometrically similar to A2 is shown in Fig. 10.25(a). If
the actual compressive stress exceeds fb r,ma., then the excess force is
transferred by reinforcement, dowels or mechanical connectors.
A2::: Loaded area at
column base
Limit State Design of Columns and F'ootings- 369
or tension on both sides of the interface.
The design of a typical column footing is illustrated by the folit)wing
example.
10.8.4 Design Example
A reinforced concrete column 400 mm by 400 mm supports an axial ser-
vice load of 1000 kN. The safe bearing capacity of the soil at site is 200
kN/m2• Adopting M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415' HYSD bars design a
suitable footing for the column and sketch the details of reinforcements.

a) Data

Axial service load::; p::; 1000 kN

Size of column e 400 mm by 400 mm
S.B.C. of soil > 200 kN/m2
M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.

b) Size of Footing

Load on column= 1000 kN

Weight of footing and back fill at 10% ::; 100 kN
(0) Loaded and Supporting Areas Total load ::; 1100 kN
.
Area of footing e (1100)
200 = 5.5 m2

=
Size of footing L ::;B ::;.._f5:5 ::; 2.345 m
Adopt 2.4 m by 2.4 m square footing
Net soil pressure at ultimate loads with a load factor of 1.5 is given by

qu -
_ (1000 x 1.5) = 260 kN/m
2.4 x 2.4
2'
= 0.26 N/mm 2

(b) Reinforcement at Column - Footing Interface

Fig. 10.25 Force Transfer at Base of Column c) One way Shear
I
The detailing of reinforcement across' column-footing interface is The critical section is at a distance "d' from the column face (Refer Fig.
shown in Fig. 10.25(b). according to the code clause 34.4.3, the diameter 10.26)' '
of dowels should not exceed the diameter of the column bars by 3 mm and
Factored shear force = Vul = (0.26 x 2400)(1000-£1) ~ 6240000-d)
the reinforcement at the interface must comprise 'of at least four bars with a
Assuming percentage of reinforcement in the footing PI ::; 0.25 percent, for
total ar~a not less than 0.5 percent of the cross sectional area of the sup-
M-20 grade concrete, read out from Table-19 ofIS:456 code the permissi-
ported column or pedestal. In addition, all reinforcement provided across
ble shear stress as,
the interface must have the necessary development length in compression
 Lilllil.Stale Design 0.( Columns and r ooungs ..)/1
I
.370 Reinforced Concrete Design
I
I
r, = 0.36 N/mm2 I
~
I'
I One way shear resistance = = (0.36 X 2400 X d) = (864 d) N I
~
,
Vel
Column reinforcement I

624 (1000 -d) ~ 864 d

r
I
I
I
d.~n2mm I

d) Two way Shear

.t
d=72Smm t
I
I
Assummg the effective depth of slab = d = 722 mm and computing the two c==:==:.=t=====~ ~ . I
I
way shear resistance at a critical section (dI2) from the face of the column, Section XX I
1
I
we have the relation, .1

Vu2 = 0.26 [2400 2

- (400 + d)2J = 0.26 [2400 2
- (400 + 722)2J :;::1170290 N Section for
on-:oway shear
• Two- way shear resistance Ve2 is comput~.d as,
= k, r, [4(400 = 1.0 and r, = 0.25 = 1.118 N/mm2 I
+ d) d] where
r--t' +-.
Ve2 k, Section for I·. _.
. two way shear
Ve2'" (1 x 1.118) [4(400 + d)d] = 1788.8 d + 4.472 J2 I -,Il-d/2 ......
X
X I' I '1 I
•. Vu2 s Ve2
1170290 ~ (1788.8 + 4.472 J2) 2400
L_.4'$.~.1 I -.1'-' I
I... ,;

'+:-+
I

Solving, d = 349 mm
" :'l
: ..(-40-f-d
Hence, one-way shear is more critical.
= =
Adopt effective depth d 725 mm and Overall depth = 800 mm
L __ '

r
.. I II
I
e) Design of Reinforcements

Ultimate moment at column face (refer Fig. 10.26) is computed as,

Plan
M; = (260 X 1X 0.50) = 130 kN.rnlm
Mu) -_( 6
130x 10 ) -0 247
Fig. 10.26 Design of Column Footing
( bd" 101X72S2 - . Adopt 20 mm diameter bars at 170·mm centres in both directions.
Refer Table-2 of SP: 16 and interpolate the percentage reinforcement as, t) Transfer of Force at column Base
PI = '0.080 which is less than 0.25 percent assumed for one-way shear.
Ultimate compressive force at column base= P; (1.5 x 1000) 1500 kN = =
..
A $I =(Plbd)=(0.25XI01X725)==1813
100 . 100 mm m
2/ Limiting bearing stress at column footing interface is expressed as,

Using 20 mm diameter bars, .

h"max = 0.45 i; ~Ai/A2 .

, . ..
Spacing of the bars IS S = (1000X314)
1813 = 173 mm c/c
 , , ~, '
1'.•
." h
,
.. Reinjo~c~d Concrete Design
', .. '
:'.":'
.' .'. ,.... ... ", \ '
Limit Stcte Design of Columns and Footings .' 373
1
I i) For column face, i.k = 20 N/mm;__
Ai=( n~l)=(~J=(~~~) =2.74
I
I ..·
t'
. A I = A1 = 400i mm2 m
2

I" ,. o. h,.max (column) = =

(0.45 x 20 x l) 9 N/mm2
I.
ii) For footing t'ace,lc~ ='20 ~'llm..rt2, AI = 24002 rnrn! and A2 = 4001 mnr' _ ~(4X2.75) _ 187
1 Dr- . -. m
.. ·n
.. , ~A/A2 = ~(24002)/(4002) = 61irnited to 2.0
Adopt diameter of footing .= Dr =2m
. ft" ..mu (fooling)
' .
= (0.45 x 20 x 2) = 18 N/mm2 > 9 ..N/mm2
'

.'
Upward soil pressure = p = (750X4)
--. = 238.8 kN/m 2 < 300 kN/m 2

Hence the. colUlrin face governs th~ design and h"mu = 9 N/mm 1
,
, n x 2' . U
".

.. Limiting-bearing resistanceis computed as, Bence, the diame'ter of the footing is adequate to resist the loads .
. Fbr= [(9'><4002)/1000J= 1440kN<Pu = 1,500kN . J.eferring to Fig; 10.27, centre of gravity of quadrant of footing (bb c c)
from '0' is R, and is computed as,
.. Excess forceIto be transferred by reinforcement) is
R = 0.6[R +t +RTJ
2 2
=·o.6[ 1 2
1000 + 150 +(1000>< 150)J == 61O.mm
.sr, = (1500-1440) = 60 leN • R +r (1000+ 150)
~~!';"~1 .The required development length for transferring the force of 60 kN can be Upward load on area (b b'c'c)is expressed as Wq and computed as,
I provided by extending the column reinforcement into the footing and bent
at 90· (standard bend) resting directly on top of reinforcement mesh as W ~[n(l-o.152)238.81 :::.183kN
shown in Fig. 10.26. q 4'
c) Bending Moment
" ..
I
w···..
10.8.5 Design Example Maximum bending moment at the t~ce of the column quadrant is com-
puted as, '. . . .
I Design a reinforced concrete circular footing for a circular column of 300 '
mm diameter supporting a design ultimate load of 750 leN. The safe bear- M; = 183 (0'.61-0.15) = 84.2 kN.m
ing capacity of the soil at site is 200 kN/m2. Adopt M-20 grade concrete IBreadtll'offoOilJigat columnjace ([or one quadrant c'b') =[(p ~x300i4)] =
and Fe-41S HYSD bars. 235 mm _._.__

a) Data 84.2x 106

Depth of footing == d == ~!c: =360mm
(0.138 x 20 x 235)
r, = 750 kN '.fc;. =' 20 N/mm2 Depth required from shear considerations. will nearly 1.5 times that for
D = 300mm /y = 415 N/mm2' moment computations.
p -= 200 kN/m2 p« :::: (1.5 x 200) = 300 leN/m2 -Hence adopt effective depth = d = 525 mm and overall de~th D;;;;;. 600 =
mm
b) Dimensions of Footing
d) Reinforcements .I
Load on column = 750 kN
Self weight of footing (10%) = 75 kN
Total load on soil = IV. = 825 kN .
Mu = (0.87 _[y-A"d)
'. [ I bd!ck
A,/y] -r-
Let .Dr = .diameter of the circular footing
A, = 'area of the footing
. 6 [ . 415A,i· J
(84.2 x 10 ) = (0.87 x 415A" x 525) 1- (235 x 525 x 20)
I
j
,-
374 Reinforced Concrete Design
Limit State Design of Columns and Footings 37.5
~
Shear per metre width of perirneter e (n :~~35) := 96 kN '.
Column ..
reinforcement
r,~(:;):::( 190~:~~:)::: 0,18 N/mm2

(lOOA,,)
--
bd
:::(lOOX754)
103 X 525
=0.143
.
. Refer Table-19 of IS: 456-2000 and read out the permissible shear stress in
concrete
(k, ~c)::: (1 x 0.28) = 0.28 N/mm2 > 0.18 N/mm2 ' ..
Hence, the shear stresses are within safe permissible limits.

e) Reinforcement Details

The reinforcement details in the circular footing are shown in Fig. '10.27. .'"

10.8.6 Design Example

, Design a combined column footing with a strap beam for two reinforced.
concrete columns of size 300 mm by 300 mm spaced 4m c/c and each
supporting a service axial load of 500 kN. The safe bearing capacity of
soil at site is 150 kN/m2• Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD
bars. .

a) Data

Fig. 10.27 Reinforcement Details In Circular Footing

=
Size of columns 300 mm by 300 mm
Spacing of columns « 4 m
=
Solving Au 484 mrrr' Working load on each column == 500 kN
,,..
=
A,I•min (0.0012 X 235 x 600) :::.169 mnr' =
Safe bearing capacity of soil 1~0 kN/m2
Provide 10 mm diameter bars at 150 mm centres (A" = 524 mm') both ~-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
ways.
b) Design loads and Stresses
d) Check for Shear stress
=
Design ultimate load on each column (1.5 x 500) 750 kN =
Ultimate Shear force at a distance of 0.525 m from the face of column is Ultimate bearing capacity of soil = (1.5 x 150) 225 kN/m2 =
.given by, ' . =
ict 20'N/mm2, . fy::: 415 N/mm2
Vu = 238.8 (22_1.35 2) (n/4) = 408 kN
 'y';:":~~~~iJiR~;nfOrCed
~::" c) LOllds on Footing
Concrete Design ...
Limit State Design df Columns and Footings !'.'377
=( 1050 x' 250
\
3 \

't' ,;,,( Vo) 10 = 0'.2 N/mm'l .'

=
Totallo,ad on both the columns (2 x 750) = 1500 kN V bd 3X
)
,

Self weight of footing (10%) =,150 leN

Total ultimate load = Pu := '1650 leN, 100A'I) =( 100 x 393)~:: 0.157
( 'bd 103x250
d) Size of Footing
Refer table-19 (IS: 456-2000) and read out the shear strength of concrete
as,
Area of footing,= (1650/225) = 7:33 m2
Adopt a footing of size 6m long by 1.5 m wide (ks 'tc) =: (I x 0.28) =: 0.28 N/mm2 > 0.2 N/mm2
Adopt width of strap beam = b 400 mm = ' Hence, shear stresses are within safe permissible limits.

e) Design of Footing g) Design Qf Strap Beam

S '1 ' (1500)' Design ultimate load on beam = Wu = (1.5 x 166.6) = '250 kN/m

'. 01 pressure = P«= , 6 x 1.5 ee 166.6 kN/m2 < 225 kN/m2

Ca~tilcver projection of footing = 0.5 (1.5-0.4) 055 m =

Neglecting the small cantilever portion of t~e beam,
M; = 0:125 WU L2 = (0.r25 x 250 x 42) = 500 kN.m
Ultimata design moment
leN,1ll
=
M = (05 P L2) - (05 '
U • U - , x 166.6 X 0.552) = 25.2 'Vu = 0.5 wuL::: (0.5 x 250 x 4) = 500 kN
Depth of strap beam computed based on shear will be greater than that

Effective depth of fo.oting = d =

"
.y Mu
O.138f.:kb
:: -v= 25.2 x 106
0,138><20x 10-' "'96mm
based on moment. ' ,
Assuming 'to = 1.2 N/mm2
3
But the depth based on shear considerations is nearly double th
to moment considerations. •
h d
an t at ue
'd =(~)
,b'te
=(500X 10
400 x 1.2
J = 1042 mm
Hence adopt effective depth :: d
mm _
= 250 mm and 0
vera
II d '
epth = D == 300 Adopt effective depth = d = 1150 mm and overall depth ,= D =1200 mm
, A,/y]
Mu = (0.87 fy4"d) [1- A,J;. ]
bel f:~
Mu = (0.87 fy4"d) [ 1- bd hk
6 ' [415A" ]
6
(25.2X10 )=(0.87X415AsIX250)[I_ 415A. I, ]
(500 x 10 )=(0.87x415A.,X 1150) 1- (400 x 1150x20)
3
(10 x250x 20)
=
Sol ving ASI 287 mm! ,
Solving A" = 1290 mnr'
But A,I.min= (0.0012 x 1000 x 300) 360 mnr' = Provide 4 bars of22 rnm diameter (Asl = 1520 mrrr)

Adop~ 1? m~ diameter bars at 200 rnm centres (.4 = 393 2' •

Shear stress' = Nzmm"
and dlstnbutlon reinforcement. 'I mm ) as main
't
V
= (Vu)
bd
= ( 500 X
400 x 1150
) 10 31
= 1.09 N/mm2
.
f) Check for Shear stress

100A'I) =( 100 x 1520) = 0.33

Desigil shea~ force = Vu:: (0.55 - 0.25) 166.6:: 50 kN ( bd 400x 1150
Refer table-19 of IS:456-2000 and read out the permissible shear stress as
 . 378 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Columns and Footings 379

r, = 0040 N/mm2 < 'tv 10.8.7 Design Example

Hence, shear reinforcements are required to resist the balance shear force «,

computed as . The column section of a reinforced concrete portal frame is 450 rrim wide
by 600 mm deep at the base. The column section transmits an axial service
Vu, = [500 - (0.4 x 400 x 1150) 10-3] = 316 kN load of 160 kN together with an uniax.ial moment of 52 kN.m about the
Using 8 mm diameter 4 legged stirrups, the spacing is major axis to the foundation. Design a suitable footing for the column of
the portal frame assuming the safe bearing capacity of the soil as 2·00
S :=(0.87X415X4X50XlI50)_ kN/m2• Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fc-415 HYSD bars.
v 316 x 103 - 262 mm

Adopt 8 mm diameter 4 legged stirrups at 250 mm centres in the strap a) Data

beam.
Side face reinforcement of 0.1 percent of web area as specified in IS:456 Axial service load = 160 kN .
code is provided. . = =
Uniaxial moment M 52 kN.m
=
Size of column 450 mm by 600 mm
S.B.C. ofthe soil= 200 kN/ml
h) Reinforcement Details M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars

The details of reinforcements in the combined footing and strap beam are til Size of Footing
shown in Fig. 10.28.
=
Load on column 160 leN
Self weight of footing(10%) 20 kN =
= =
Total load on soil P 180 kN
=
Service load moment M == 52 kN.m
Eccentricity == e = (MIP) = [(52 x 6
10 )/(180 X 103)] = 290 mm
To avoid tension in the foundation the total breadth of foundation footing
is expressed as,
= =
b 6e (6 x 290) 1740 mm =
longitudinal Hence, provide a foundation ofsize 1m by 2·m
6000

400
m
. / 300)( ')00 n.C.Column

Strop blo", (l,OO • 1200) mIlOO

1
1500
M- 20 Grade concrete
Fe 415 grade HYSD bars
c) Pressure Distribution

Intensity of maximum pressure

at Base

=
"'I'3W

-t--10OO -+ -.I<- 1000 ---,l-l .,- P ~(2P)

A
=(2X 180):= 180 kN/m2 <200 kN/m2
Ix2 .

Hence. the soil pressure is within the safe permissible limits, The distribu-
tion of soil pressure below the footing is shown in Fig. 10,29(a).
Fig. 10.28 Reinforcement Details In Combined Footing
=
If pi soil pressure below the footing at the face of the column,

.. pl.=( l.3.;··180}= 117 lcN/m2.

 Limtt State Design ojColumns''(jnd Footings "381·
'R~i~f(m:edCoI19'r~te De:;i'g~' ' .. . 6 .,~.: ," ..'::.~

Total pressure on the cantilever portion of the footing is expressed as, 63 x 10 ::: 151 mm
d= 3
(0.138 x20 x 10 )
,
r,=. ,2;",117) 0.7'7104
'(' 180+'
kN Depth required from shear considerations will be more than that required
from moment conside~ations,:
acting at 'a distanCe of 0.4 ~':from column face. Hence, adopt effective depth d == 250 mm =
Hence, the bending moment at column face M::: (104 x 0.4) == 42 kN.m= And overall depth > D 300 mm =
Factored bending moment= Mu = (1.5 x 42) 63 kN.m =
,e) Relntorcements
g"we
I
+-600+
ftp M-20 Graoe concrele
Fe-415 HYSD bars
, ' '[ bd!ck
Mu= 0.87 ffiSld
~,Jy]' =(Q.87x415A"X2
Solving A, :::750 mm' ' "
1-
50)[1
415A"
(~03x 250 x 20)
]

'.', ',I'{

'I,
Provide 16 mm diameter bars ar 150 mm centres (A.. = 1341 mm')
3
~~i +-700 Distribution reinforcement = '0.12 percent = (0.0012 x 300 x 10 ) = 360
'1
mm'
Provide 10 mm diameter bars at 180 mm centres (As,::: 436 mm'')

I) Check fo~ Shear stress

Soil pressure
+
p=180kN/m2
':',
Factored shear force acting at a distance of 250 mm from the face of the
, column is given by [Refer Fig',10.29(a)] , '
"I>

distribution J_ Vu= 1.5 [ 180 +213~.5JO.45 = 108]eN

(0.) Details of Footing & Soli Pressure"

-# T6-150 cle
/

r
1000
I.
._i
1:
v
=( Vu) =(108 x 10 )
bd 103 x 250

·100.4$1)=(' .100~'i341)
3
= 0.43 N/mm2
='0.53

l
L
.;I-

2000
TO-T80 clt...t'1
1 ( bd : , 1000x250

Refer Table-19 (IS:456~2000) and read out the permissible shear stress as,
(k.~:) ='(1 x 0.48) = 0.48 N/mm2 > 'tv
.

'
-;';:i.,·

{b) Reinforcements in' Fooling , Hence, shear stresses are within safe permissible limits.
,I

g) Reinforcement details
Fig. 10.29 Footh)!: Subjected to Axil Load And Moment
The details of reinforcements in the footing slab are shown in Fig.
d) Thickness of Footing slab
IO.29(b).
Effective depth required for balanced' section is computed as,
'~

·1
I
 I
Fi
382 Reinforced Concrete Design
10.9 EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE
1) Design the longitudinal and lateral reinforcements in a rectangular
.!
I reinforced concrete column of size ~OOmm by 600 mm to support a
factored axial load of 1400 kN. The column has an unsupported length
of 3 m and is braced against side sway in both directions. AdoptM-20
-i grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
2) Design the reinforcements in a circular column of diameter 350 rnrn
with helical ties to support a factored load of 1600 kN. The column
has an unsupported length of 3.5 m and is braced against side sway.
Adopt M-25 grade concrete and Fe-500 grade reinforcements.
3) Design a suitable reinforced concrete column of. square section to
support an axial service load of 1000 kN, The size of the column is
400 mm by 400 mm. Design a suitable footing for the column. The
safe bearing capacity of the soil at site is 200 kN/m2• Adopt M-20
grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. Sketch the details of rein-
forcements in the column and footing.
4) Design the longitudinal reinforcements in a rectangular reinforced
concrete column of size 300 mm by 600 mm subjected to a factored
load of 1500 kN and a factored moment of 300 kN.m with respect to
the major axis. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
5) A multi-storeyed building with a floor-to-floor height of 4 m and a
plan area of t 8 m by 30 m has the columns spaced at 6 m intervals in
both directions. The columns have a size of 400 mm by 400 mm with
M-30 grade concrete and all the primary beams are of size 300 10m
wide by 600 mm deep with M-25 grade concrete. Calculate the effec-
tive length of the typical lower storey column assuming a total dis-
tributed load of 50 kN/m2 from all the floors above the ground floor.
6) Design a short circular column ·of diameter 350 mm to support a fac-
tored axial load of 1000 kN, together with a factored moment of 100
kN.m. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
7) Design the longitudinal and lateral reinforcements in a short column
of size 300 mm by 500 mm subjected to an ultimate axial load of 1200
kN with ultimate moments of 80 and 60 kN.m about the major and
minor axis respectively. Adopt M-25 grade concrete and Fe-415
HYSD bars.
8) A short reinforced concrete column located at the comer of a multi-
storeyed building is subjected to an axial factored load of 1600 kN
together with factored moments of 60 and 40 kN.m acting in
Limit State Design of Columns and Footings . 383
perpendicular planes. The size of the column is fixed as 400 mm by
400 mm. Adopting M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars
design suitable reinforcements in the corner column.
9) A reinforced concrete braced column of size 300 mm by 400 mm is to
be designed to support a factored axial lo~d of 1500 kN togeth~r with
factored moments of 60 and 40 kN.m WIth respect to the. major and
minor axis respectively at the top end. Assume that the column is bent
in double curvature in both directions and are subjected to moments at
the bottom end equal to 50 percent of the corresponding moments at
top.Also assume that the unsuPP?rted len~th 0: the column as 7 m and
an effective length ratio of 0.85 In both directions. Adopt M-30 grade
concrete and Fe-415 H'(SD bars. Design suitable reinforcements in
the column.
10) Design a suitable footing for a reinforced concrete column of size 300
mrn by 500 mm supporting a factored axial load of 1500 kN. Assume
2
the safe bearing capacity of the soil as 200 kN/m • Adopt M-20 grade
concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. Sketch the details of reinforcements
in the footing.
11) Design a combined footing for the two columns of a .multisto:ey
building. The columns of size 400 mm by 400 mm transmit a working .
load of 800 kN each and they are spaced at 5 m centres. The safe
2
bearing capacity of soil at site is 20Q kN/m • Adopt ~-20 gra.de con-
crete and Fe-415 grade reinforcement. Sketch the details of reinforce- .
ments in the combined footing.
12) Design a trapezoidal footing for the two colum~s A and B transmittin.g
service loads of 800 kN and 1600 kN respectively. The column !2IS·--
400 mrn square and column B is 600. mm square in size and they are
spaced at 5 in centres. The property line is 30? mm ~ey~nd the face ~f
column A. The safe bearing capacity of'.soil at site IS 150 kN/m.
Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars ..
-. 13) Design a strap footing combined foundati?n for two.columns C and D
spaced 6 m apart between their centres. Column C ~s 400 mm square
and supports a service load of 500 kN. Column D IS ~OOnun s~uare
and supports a service load of 1200 kN. The safe beanng capacity of
the soil at site is 200 kN/m2• Adopt M-20 Grade concrete and Fe-415
.: : grade HYSD bars.. ;
.~ 14) Design an isolated footing for a column 350 .mm. by 600 rom re~n-
\
..... forced with.6 bars of 25 mm diameter and is subjected to a service
. .: load of 600 kN and a service moment of 80 kN.m with respect to the
,. . ./ ':: major axis: At the column base. The safe bearing capacity of soil is
,)1 ;b:.,,; > -. i ,';~ii!!::20?:kN/m2.Adopt M-~O grade concr~te and Fe-415 HYSD bars ..
 . ~.:~!' .', ',. t·! ./"\\.". . ,,' .
LiI~it State Design of Retaining Walls: '385, I

CHAPTER 11,

Limit State Design of Retaining stem or

upright slab
Walls Earth fill

11.1 INTRODUCTION
Tlr"1

Retaining walls are generally used to retain' earth or such materials to

maintain, unequal levels on its two faces, The soil on the back face is at a
higher level and is called the backfill, Retaining walls are extensively used
-in the construction of basements below ground level, wing walls of bridge , Fill. 11.1 Cantilever Relaining Wall
U'JI and to retain slopes in hilly terrian roads, The retaining wall prevents the
fl
retained earth to exert a lateral pressure on the wall tending to bend, over- heel slabtogether with the self weight of the structural elements of the
turn and slide the retaining wall. Retaining walls 'should be designed to retainingwall, Cantilever type retaining walls are adopted for small to
"

resist the lateral earth pressure from the sides and the soil pressure acting
vertically on the footing slab integrally built with the vertical slab.
Gravity walls of stone masonry were generally used in the earlier days
I.'" . to retain earthen embankments. The thickness of the masonry walls
,.",
:i' increased with the height of the earth fill. The advent of reinforced con-
.
...., crete has resulted in thinner retaining ~alls of different types resulting in
considerable reduction of costs coupled with improved aesthetics.
~..,'!
11.2 TYPES OF RETAINING WALLS
a) Cantilever retaining wall
The most common 'and widely used retaining wall is of the cantilever type
comprising the following structural parts (Fig, 11.1)
i) Vertical stem resisting earth pressure from one side and the slab bends
like a cantilever. The thickness of the slab is larger at the 'bottom and
gradually decreases towards the top in proportion to the variation in
soil pressure. ' 11.3 FORCES ACTING ON RETAINING
ii) The base slab forming the foundation comprises the heel slab and the
toe slab. -The heel slab acts as a horizontal cantilever under the
combined action of the weight of retained earth from the top and the
soil pressure acting from the soffit. The toe slab also acts as a cantile-
ver under the action of the resulting soil pressure acting upward, The
stability of the wall is maintained by the weight of the earth fill on the
medium heights up to 5m.
b) Counterfort retaining wall
For larger heights exceeding 5 m of earth fill, the bending moment devel-
oped in the stem, heel and toe slabs are very large resulting in larger thick- ,
ness of the structural elements tending to be uneconomical. Hence,
counterfort type retaining walls are adopted for larger heights. Fig. 11.2
shows a typical counterfort type retaining wall consisting of a. stem or
upright slab, toe slab, heel slab and the counterforts which subdivide the
vertical slab and they behave as vertical cantilever beams of tee-section
with varying width. The stem and' heel slab are etfectively fixed to the
counterforts so that the stem bends horizontally between the counerforts
due to lateral earth pressure. Consequently the thickness of the"stem and
the heel slab is considerably reduced due to the reduction of moment due
to the fixity of these slabs between the counterforts.
,I
WALLS
The various forces acting on retaining ~all are shown in Fig. 11.3 and
detailed as follows:
a) Lateral earth Pressure
The lateral forces due to earth pressure is the major force act~ng (111 the
 386 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit Stale Design of Retaining Walls 387

retaining wall. The magnitude of the force is expressed by the relation.

r, :::C.Ye(1t ')2/2

Where C. ;::::Coefficient of active earth pressure

Ye ;::::' Density of Soil
h' ;::::height of the back fill measured vertically above the heel
(Fig 11.3)
The coefficient of earth pressure C. depends upori the angle of shearing
resistance (angle of repose) '(II' and the inclination or slope of the back fill
to the horizontal expressed as '8'.
The general relation for the coefficient of active earth pressure based
on Rankine's.theory is given by the relation.

C .= [cose - " cos e-

2

2
COS
2
1
$] cose
cosf + " cos e-cos $
For the case of a level backfill. 8 = 0 and It' = It
I - SinljJ}
Hence, C.= { 1+sinljJ

The coefficient of passi ve earth pressure is given by the relation,

c p
= {I +Sin1}
l-sinljJ

I The magnitude of the earth pressure P, acts at one- third the height of
h
the back fill as shown in.Fig. 11.3. The force Pp developed due to the pas-
wi
!
.,I<- x -~t;:::::....--J:..l~ sive pressure acts on the toe side of the retaining wall and its magnitude
r being very small (due to the small height of earth fill on toe slab) is
,~ generally neglected in the design computations. .
Due to the construction of buildings on a .level back fill or due to the
movement of vehicles near the top of the retaining wall, gravity loads act-
ing can be considered as uniformly distributed load. This additional load of
w, kN/m2 can be treated as statically equivalent to an additional (fictitious)
=
height of soil h, (w, I Ye) acting over the level surface. The force devel-
a
oped due to the effect of surcharge on level back fill together with the
other forces are shown in Fig. 11.4.
Soil The total force due to active earth pressure is expressed as,
pressure p. =p ••+ Pal ..•..

Where Pal = Ca- w s- h = Ca-hs·Ye h and P.2·~

2
(C •.y•. h )/2 .

-.Fig. 11.3 Forces Acting on ~elalnlng Wall

 ,~ff~:'i~~lf\;/<Y~~:·'
·:·~?·>;'I~.
~.: ..
Limit State Design of Retaining Wall~, 389

~"~5\:0'i';!;\" , ' 388 Reinforced S·Fe~u::~::.'."'", ', that these stabilizing forces should be factored by a value of 0.9 in c. ;.:,:
lating the factor of safety. .
\ .. I
Hence, the factor of safety can be expressed by the relation,
I Ws _ (O.9(Stabilising Force or Moment) ] z 1.4
I F.S. - Destabilising Force or Moment

a) Overturning .

The retaining wall overturns with the toe as the centre of rotation, When
I
t--:- x the structure overturns, the upward reaction R will not act and the expres-
WI sions for the overturning moment· Mo and the siabilizing. moment M,
h
depend only on the lateral earth ·pressure and the geometry of the retaining
+ wall.
Considering the retaining wall with sloping back fill (Fig. 11,3), the
expressions for. the overturning and stabilizing moment are,
M; = (P. cos 8)(h '/3) = [C.y.(h ,)1/61 cosf
I M. = WeB -x) + (P.sin8)B
I
I
Where W =. WI + W2 + W1 + W4

tllnU
"

,
f
I -t- Z And WI = weight of earth fill
=
W2 weight of stem
t
rl,rt'!1
~B -----,.!'-
=
W3 weight of heel and toe slab
J<'ig. 11.4 Effective Surcharge on a Level Backfill W4 = weight of earth fill over toe slab
The forces Pa,· and Pal act at a height of h/2 and hl3 respectively above the" And x =distance of W from the heel
heel. ..,.. . B =Base width of slab .
The factor of safety against overturning is expressed as
. '

b) The vertical forces include the weight of soil, weight of stem, heel, toe
slab and the soil fill above toe slab, . , ,::.; ~.
:
(F.S)overtuming -
~(O,9Ms)
·M
14
z i.
o

c) . The soil pressure developed to resist the earth pressure and other verti-
cal forces acting upwards from heel to toe. The pressure distribution at
base is. obtained by stability calculations comprising the equilibrium
condition of vertical forces and moments.
11.4 STABILITY REQUIREMENTS.
The design of retaining walls should conform to the stability requirements
specified in clause-20 of IS: 456 which incl~des overturning and sliding.
The factor of safety against overturning and sliding should be not less than
1.4 since the stabilizing forces are due to dead loads. The code specifies
b) Sliding
The resistance de~eloped against sliding of the retaining wall is mainly ~ue
to the frictional forces generated between the base slab and the supporttng
soil expressed as
F=IlR
Where R = W = Resultant soil pressure acting on the base slab and
J.l =. Coefficient of friction between concrete and soil (Value of J.l varies in
the range of 0.35 for silt to about 0.60 for rough rock)
Hence, the factor of safety against sliding is computed by the relation
 ,390 Reinforced Concrete Design
Limit State Design of Retain ing WaLLs 391
W
0.9I-1 ]
(F.S)'!idio, = [ p-e
a'cos
<: 1.4

c) Shear key

I~ the case of back fills with su:charge, th~ active pressures arc relatively
hl.gh. and consequently th~ required factor of safety against sliding by the
frictional forces above Will not be sufficient. In such cases, it is advanta-
geous to provide a shear key projecting below the base slab as shown in h
Fig. 11.5.

l--..G __. -.I'- '

-tls-t -1-
tXt _""~'----8 x h ',t "
Fig. 11.6 Dimensioning of Retaining Wall Ellements

the front face of stem or up right slab. Referring to Fig. 11.6,

Let Iz = height of earth fill from the soffit of base slab
J<'ig. 11.5 Passive Pressure Due-to Shear Key
B = width of base slab
Xh = width of heel slab
The passive resistance developed against sliding ls computed as Xl =width of toe slab
=
C. coefficient of active earth pressure.
Pp = Cp y.(h: - "~)/2
Assuming the soil pressure 'distribution as triangular with maximum
It is advantageous to provide a shear key just below the stem so that the pressure at the toe and zero at the heel, the resultant vertical pressure will
reinforcements can be extended into the shear key. pass through the middle third point. For economical design. the soil pres-
The enhanced factor of safety against sliding by the use of the shear sure resultant should line up with the front face of the stem.
key can be expressed as. Adopting this principle, Unnikrishna Pillai and Devadas Menon8a have

(F.S)'liding = [0.;1-1Wcos
a-
+: pJ ~ 1.4
developed an expression for the minimum width of heel slab as,

. -
, X,h = inJC/3
-_-
' '
_- .
The effect of surcharge or sloping back.fill can be includedby.replac-
11.5 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF RETAINING WALLS ing 'h' with h+h, or 11'respectively, With known values of 'h'and C., Xh can
be computed.
11.5.1 Preliminary dimensioning of Stem and Base slab = =
Hence, base width B 1.5 Xh ,

I
And X, ::: (1/3) B so that Xh::: (2//3) B
, a) Width of Base slab
....... '
b) Thickness of base slab and stem
~n economical design of the retaining wall
can be Obtained by proportion-
mg .the.base slab so as to align the vertical soil reaction R at the base with The preliminary computations pfth,~thicknes,s of baseslab jsexpressed as"
 Limit . State.Desighpff1.et~(!ling,_Wa~ls
~. .. : . .393
"

Retnforced co~ci'ete' De-sjgn~,,'l. v.. ,.

(-, ,~
.,
'(b'; (11/12) . or- O.08h \
\
\ \.
But not less than 300mm
I \
Thickness of stem at bottom is assumed as,

r
I .\
I \
'. = tb
The stem thickness is gradually decreased to a minimum value of 150 to
200mm at top. The front face of the stem is maintained vertical. .+-p

c) Design of stem, heel, and toe slabs . ;

x
The stem, heel and toe slabs, structurally behave as cantilever slabs and y
deform as shown in Fig. '11.7. Hence, the critical sections XX, YY and ZZ I
shown in. figure have to .be designed to resist the factored moment and
shear forces with a load factor of 1.5. Usually shear is not a critical design
YJ
I
-_
---.J I

I,
factor and the flexural reinforcement is provided near the tension face in
I
the slabs with a clear cover of 50 mm. The reinforcements in the stem may
be curtailed in stages for economy. Temperature and shrinkage reinforce-
ment of 0.12 percent of the gross cross section should be provided trans- f
I
I t
verse to the main reinforcement. Normal vertical and horizontal
reinforcement should be provided near the front face of stem and also ar ;
the bottom face of heel slab and top face of toe slab. '
. Fig. 11.7 Deformati?n Cb~racterisllcs of Retaining Wall

.d) Design of Counterforts 4m high above ground level. The densltyof earth is 18 kN/mJ andits angle
of 'r-epose is 30·_ The embankmentis horizontal at top. The safe, bearing
The counter forts should be integrally built with proper ties with stem and capacity of the soil may be taken as 200 kN/m2 and the coefficient of fric-
heel slab so that the horizontal forces due to earth fill. is resisted by the tion between soil and concrete is 0.5. Adopt M-20 grace concrete and Fe-
tension'steel provided in the counterforts. In a similar way the vertical 415 HYSD bars.
forces on base slab are resisted by the vertical ties in the.counterfort.
The counterfort is designed as a vertical_cantilever, fixed at base. Since a) Data
the stem acts integrally with. the counterfort, the effective section resisting
the cantilever moment is a flanged section, with the flange under compres- Height of embankment above ground level 4m . =
sion. The counterforts are designed as tee beams with the depth of the sec- =
Density of soil 18 kN/mJ
tion varying linearly from 'the top to the bottom where the section is Angle of repose = 30· :
maximum to resist the maximum moments. ' S.B.C of soil= 200 kN/m2
The stem is designed as a continuous slab spanning between the coun- Coefficient of friction = 0.5
terforts with negative and positive moments at supports and mid span Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars
1
respectively. The heel and toe slabs are designed for soil pressure as .
,.
I
'-1
continuous and cantilever slabs receptively. b) Dimensions of the Retaining wall.

11.6 DESI.GN EXAMPLES

11.6.1 Design a cantilever retaining wall to retain an earth embankment

Minimum depth of Foundation = (p)1. [1-1+sin~
Sinq,J2 (200) (1)2
= Is 3" == 1.2 m
I
! 394 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Retaining Walls 395

I
j
Provide depth of foundation ;:; 1.2 In
Over all depth of wall (Il) ;:; (4 + 1.2) 5.2 m =
c) Design of stem
i- Thickness of base slab e (h/12) or 0.08h = (5200112);:; 433 mm Height of stem h, ;:;4.75 m =
Adopt thickness of base slab tb ;:; 450 mm = Thickness of stern e thickness of base slab e 450 10m at bottom tapering to
:. Height of stem= hs;:: (5.2 - 0.45) = 4.75 m 200 mm at top. '
Coefficient of active earth pressure is computed as,
0
Mu:= L5C.(Y'A')';:; (1.5 x 0.333 x 18 x 4.75])/6:= 161 kN.m
C = {l-Sin$} = {1-Sin30 } = 0333 , ,6
• 1 +sin$ 1 +si11300 .
Providing a cover of 50 rnrn, d;:; 400mm
Width of heel slab =Xh:; h --jCj3 = 5.2 "(0.333/3);:; 1.73 m
= =
Width of base slab B 1.5 Xh = (1.5 x 1.73) = 2.6 m (Mu)=(
bd 2
161 x 10
101x 4001
6
)= 1.006

AdoptB = 3m
=
Width of toe slab 1m and Width of heel slab = 2 m (Refer Fig.II.8) Refer Table -2 (SP: 16) and re~d out the percentage of reinforcement as
~200 1
p, :=
100A,,)
0.30 = ( -- and :. A" = (0.30 x 10 X 400) = 1200
, mm2/m
,,,,,,,' bd ,' 100
\ rr?\,x ~,
I
I
,
I Provide 16mm diameter bars at 160mm centres at the bottom for a
height of 1.75m and gradually increased spacing of 200mm for the next
I orte metre and as 300lllm centres for the remaining height.
I Distribution Reinforcement = 0.12 percent = (0.0012 x 103 x 450) = 54'0

r
I
4m I
mm2/m. ' ,

W2'
14'75m Provide 8mm diameter bars at 180mm centres in the horizontal direction at
J fhsl

11
both front and back faces. Gradually the spacing is increased to 250 and
1 -Y,'h2
Pa=Ca(~)
h::5· 2m
300 mm centres towards the top of the stem.

~, -,' r,y....•

C b
! . d) Stability computations (Pressure distribution at base)

1·2m The overall dimensions of the retaining wall is shown in Fig. 11.8 the sta-
I

+) C
I
:
,D
!W3 10'45m
a-+- -,:<-
i
bility calculations arc shown in Table 11.1.

I Table 11.1 Stability calculations for one metre runof wall

I
19ads Magnitude of Distance from Moment (kN.m)

I
Load (kN) , 'a'(m)
d, _~~~c __~b~ -,a
r: 'Pmin =
W, (1.55 x 4.75 x 18) 132.50 0.78 103.35
I 53-84 kN/m2 W. = (0.2 x 4.75 x 25) 22,80 1.65 37,62

iH'---- --. h
I
+ (0.5 x 0.25 x 4.75 x 25)
W37 (3x 0.45x25)
14.25
32.40
1.83
1.50
26.07
48.60

Pmax
80·76 kN/m2
,13·9

Soil pressure
I Momenldu9
M = C. (y•. tr;)/6
= 0,333(18
10 earth pressure

x 4.753)/6
J
..dlstributton Tolal. l:W'= 201.95 'LM= 322.81
e:, ,oJ base '."".
F'g~ 11.8 Forces Acting on Retaining Wan
, "
. ,r?~·?~~:···}~r:~·~
.;.~.. Limit State Design of Retaining Walls :' 397
:396 Reinti
etnjorce d Concrete Design
If
~f:·.:.:". .~:~.....
Distance of point of application of resultant from point 'a' ~ Z::: (I,M/LW) Refer Table-IS (IS': 456) and for M-20 grade concrete, the percentage
reinforcement required for 'tc ;;::0.20 N/m'ml is read out as, .
Z> (322.81)/(201.95)] ;;:::.1.6 m '

Eccentricity::: e
(8/6) = (3/6) :::0.5 m
= (2 -0.5S) = (1.6 -
:. e::: 0.1
0.5 x 3) :::0.1 m
m < (/1/6)
C~~")=O.l5
Hence, the soil pressure is compressive from a to d A = 0.15 X 1000 X 400) = 600 mm2/ m
" ( 100
Maximum-and minimum soil-pressure at 'd' and 'a' respectively are com-

(Mu)
~~d~ ,
=(68.lOXJQ6)=0.425
bd 2 1000 X 4002
P', .. =(W)[1±6e.]_(201.95)[
,
(6XO.l)]'
D
(m ... mln) D - ~.3- l±--3-
Refer Table-2 (SP: 16) and read out the percentage reinforcement as
2
Pma, ::: 80.76 kN/m (at d) toe PI::: 0.121 < 0.15
'»: = '53.84 kN/m2 (ill a) heel Hence, provide 12 rnm diameter bars at 180 mm centres (Asl = 628 mm").
~aximum soil press~re at' toe is ~ess than the safe bearing.capacity of soil Provide 8 mm diameter 'bars at 180 rnm centres in the transverse direction
~Iven by,(200 kN/m ). Hence, SOIlpressure is within safe permissible lim- as distribution reinforcement at both faces of the heel slab.
its, . .

f) Design of toe slab

e) Design of heel slab
-Maximurn bending moment in the toe slab is computed at the section CC
M~ximum bending moment in the heel slab is computed at section 'bb1" as shown in Table-l1.3 (Refer Fig 11.8)
using the moment computations shown in Table 11.2 (Refer Fig 11.8).
Table 11.3 MOlncnl calculations for 1m length of Toe slab
Table 11,2 Moment calculations for 1m length oC heel slab Moment (kN.m)
Magnitude of Distance from
Loads 'c' (m)
loads Magnitude of Distance from Moment (kN.m) Load (kN)
Load (kN) 'b'(m)
Upward pressure cdjf ' 35.89
W," (1.55 ><4.75 x 18) 132.50 ' 0.775 102.68 71.78 0.50
= (71.78 xl)
Self weight of heel slab
(1.55 x 0.45 X 25) 16.70 0.775 12.94 Upward pressure ife 3.00
4.49 0.67
Total 115.62 .. (0.5 x 1 x 8.98)
38.89
Deduct for upward pressure (ablh)
Total
.. (53.84 x 1.55) 83.45 0.775 64.67 ,

Up ward pressure (ghl) Deduct sell weight of toe slab 5.40

10.8 ' 0.50
(0.5 x 1.55 x 13.9) 10.77 0.516 5,55 (1 x 1 x 0.45 x 25) s ,

Neglect self weight of soil above toe I,

Total Deductiori 70.22
slab 33.49
. :,
Maximum moment in toe slab
=
:. Maximum B.M. in heel slab M; ;;::(115.62 - 70.22) 45.40 kN.m = ,I
Max!mum ultimate moment Mu = (1.5 x 45.40) :::68,10 kN.m , Maximum ultimate moment in toe slab at CC ;;::Mu = 1.5 (33.49) = 50.23
Maximum Shear Force Vu::: 1.5 Vw =
1.5 [132.50 + 16.70 - 8345 -
kN.m
10.77] = 82.5 kN . Maximum shear force == Vu::: 1.5 [71.78 + 4.49 - 10.8] = 98.2 kN

(Vu) (82.5X 10)) ;;::(Vu) 2

"
tv = bd = 10) x 400 ;;::0.20 N/mm
2
= (98.2 x 1000) '" 0.245 N/mm
tv bd 1000 x 400
 398 Reinforced Concrete Design
Limit State Design of Retaining Walls 399
Refer Table-19 (IS: 456) and read out the percentage reinforcement
required for Then, p s~n4>}
= CP.p = {I1 -+ Sin 71.78 = (3 X 71.78) = 215.34 kN/m2
=
r, 0.245 Nzmm' using M-20 grade concrete as, P III .

C~~A,,) = 0.15
=
If a depth of shear key = 450 nun
Total passive force Pp = (pp . a) = (215.34 x 0.45) = 96.9 kN
Factor of safety against sliding
.,I, A =[O.l5X 1000 X 400] =600 mm2/m
.: " 100 '\
The ultimate moment being small, the reinforcement required will be less
=[JlW+ Pp]
'LP.
=[ 100.975 +96.9J = 2.43 > 1.40
81.12
than that from shear considerations. Hence, provide 12mm diameter bars at
Provide minimum reinforcement of 8 mrn diameter bars at 180 mm cen-
=
180 mm centres (Ast 628 mrn')
ters. The reinforcement details in the retaining wall is shown in Fig. 11.9:
Provide Bmm diameter bars at 180 mm centres in the transverse direction - ~200
and in both directions at the top of the slab. .

g) Stability against overturning

Stability against overturning is checked by computing the overturning and 3m

_k'M
stabilizing moment about toe.
J
-6) = (0.33
= M. = (c,Y.I{\ x 18X4.75 )
= 1061. kN

I
Overturning moment .6 . .m

Stabilizing moment due to vertical forces about the Joe is computed as,
M. = :EW(8 - Z) = 201.95 (3 - 1.6) = 2B2.73 kN.m
I
1·75m •
Factor of safety against overturning is expressed as,

F S =(0.9
., M;
M,) =(0.9X282.73)
106.1
~ 2.39 > 1.40 (Henc~ safe)

h) Stability against sliding 450

-J.-.
= = =
Sliding Force P, (0.5 C. Yo h2) (0.5 x 0.33 x 18 x 5.22) = Bl.12 kN • ~1000
+50+- -----:--+-
1550
Resisting force (ignoring passive pressure) is expressed as T,j----.
--3000-~
F = ~R '" JlW = (0.5 x 201.5) = 100.975 kN. Fig. 11.9 Relntcrcemcnt DetailsIn Canttlcvcr Retaining Wall
=
Factor of safety against sliding [(0.9 x lOO.975)}I(B1.12) 1.12 < 1.4= 11.6.2 Design Example (Counterfort Retaining Wall) .
Hence, the wall is unsafe against sliding. Therefore a shear key has to be
designed below the stem. . Design a counterfort type retaining wall to suit the following data.
1) Design of shear key Height of wall above .ground level 6 ill . = 2
.
Safe bearing capacity of soil at site = 160 kN/m
Let P = Passive force resisting the sliding of retaining wall =
Angle of internal friction 33 degrees
p; = Intensity of passive pressuredeveloped just in front of shear Density o~soil =
16 kN/ffi3
key at C Refer (Fig.l1.8)
 g
J,'~
'" ....
Limit State Design of /(etaiY.iim: -..?cilJ.s 401
. ·:4QO : Reinforce,d
, '.
Concrete
' ..
" '
Design",

. Spacings of counterforts == 3 m clc Provide 12 mm diameter bars at 150 mm centers (A.r == is!. 7rX-';:--
Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. Distribution reinforcement = 0.12% = (0.0012 x 22() / ] (.0'....
) ~ ':'-:::4 :::Q:: /rn
Sketch the details of reinforcements in the retaining wall. Adopt 6 mm diameter bars at 200 mm centers (Au 215; :mr;::=:- =
The dimensions of the various structural elcrnerns r_·t '~e :"-':JUmmon
a) Dimensions of retaining wall retaining wall are shown in Fig.ll.lO(a).

..
.
d h fr
'.
.
M immum ept 0 foundation
p[I-Sin~]l
=- --.-
Ye l+slO~
160(1)2
=-
16 3
- ,,1.11 m

Provide depth of foundation = 1.2 m Counter br~

,"':.,
.. Overall height of wall = H = (6 + 1.2) == 7.2 m
=
Thickness of base slab= 2.L.H cm (2 x 3 x 7.2) == 43.2 em
Provide 450 mrn thick base slab. 6m ·'T'.:::~-75m
Base width e o.e H to 0.7 H
H=7·2
,_. (0.6 x 7.2) == 4.32-m and (0.7 x 7.2) 5.04 m = m
Hence, adopt base width = 4.5 m
.... ,
111"'1
Toe projection = (1/4) 4.5 == 1.1 m

b) Design of stem
1·2m
., (l-Sin$)
n'1 P ressure mtensuy at base = y.e II --.-
I+slIlcfl
Toe slab
rr~'1
where II = (7.2 - 0.45) 6.75 m = -,1<-1m ----.l--220~---- 3·28 m ----~~
=
., Pressure intensity (16 x 6.75)(1/3)= 36 kN/m2
(a) Counter fort Retaining WaiL
2 (overall dimensions)
Maximum working momcnt « M =(36 X3 ) = 27 kN.m
w 12

= =
Factored moment M; (1.5 x 27) == 40.5 kN.m
dr- ;C__ ~br-----------------------~~
Effective depth required for balanced section is computed as,
6
405. x 10 = 121 mm
d= (0.138 x 20 x 103)

Assuming an' un-reinforced section and to provide a suitable thickness to

resist the design shear at base of stem, adopt an overall thickness of 220 e
150 kN/m2
mm constant up to the top of the retaining wall.. (b) Pressure Di'slribulion
Effective depth = d = 175 mm Fi~.1l.10 Counterfort Retaining WaIU
The reinforcements in the stem is computed using the relation,
c) Stability computations
(40.5XlO~=(O.87X415A"XI75)[I- )415;\.. ]
(10 x175x20) The pressure distribution at base is computed b} c=~·:::.L.a:-:::f :-:r= various
'.
Solving, A" == 700 mm/
forces acting and taking moments of all the forces ;;:::r~'~( -_-."" ~~ - The var-
ious forces acting and their moments about the hr;.<;I::.:-!::r ;0 ;_,-';; shown in
Table-I 1.4. .
 '. Limit State Design of Retaining Walls 403
402 Reillforced Concrete Design
Table 11,4 Stability Comp.utations Table 11.5 Moments of Toe Slab
Distance from Moment about loads Magnitude of Distance from 'c'
Magnitude of Momenl about
Loads 'a'(m) 'a'(kN.m) Load (kN) (m)
Load (kN) .~~ ·c'(kN.m)
3.39 .120.80 Upward pressure 'cdjf'
35.64
W, = (0.22 x 6.75 x 25)
1--- 46.60 . 2.25 ·109.35 = (126.6 x t) 26.6 0.50 63.30'
W2= (0.45 x 4.5 x 25) 1.64 580.95
354.24 Upward pressure 'eli' 11.7 0.67 7.84
w. = (3.26 x 6.75 x 16) = (0.5 x 1 x 23.4)
Moment duo to earth pressure
= C. (y • .J,l/6 ) 331.77 Total 71.14
_ (1/3) (16 x 7.23)/6 Deduct sell weighl of toe slab
'LM =1142.87
'LW~36.48 (1 x 0.45 x 25) 10.6 0.5
Tolal 5.40
Deduct weight 'of soil above tos 12.0 0.5 6.00
slab (0.75 x 1 x 16)
Distance of the point of application of the resultant from point 'a' is

Z ;: (~ ~) ;: C:::::);: 2.66 ~
Total deduction

(89.61 x 106)::(O.87X415A"X400)[I- 415A" ]

11.40

(103 X 400 x 20)

,. Eccentricity = e == (2 - bl2)::: (2.66 - 4.5/2) :::0041 m
Solving A" == 644 mm?
But (bI6) = (4.5/6) ::;:0.75 m, Hence, e < (bI6)
Provide 12 mm diameter bars at 150 10m centres (A -754 2
Maximum and minimum pressures at the base are given by D' ib . ,,- mm)
=
Istr.1 ution bars == 0.12% (0.0012 x 1000 x 450) == 540 mm!
6XOAl)
438.49 ( 1+--- 150kNI Provide 10 mm diameter bars at 280 mm centres on both ..
=-- ee
2
In'
(Asl= 561 mrn') races
P max 4.5 4.5

. 438.49 ( 6 XOAl) 2
1 . '" ---- 1 - --- :: 45 kN/m e) Design of Heel Slab
/ rmn 4.5 4.5

The maximum intensity of pressure does not exceed the permissible value Considering 1 m wide strip of heel slab near h~el end 'a'
of 160 kN/m2• . Upward soil pressure == 45 kN/m2 •
The pressure distribution at the base of the retaining wall is shown in Weight.of soil on strip:::: (16 x 6.75) == 108.00 kN/m2
2
Fig.11.1O(b ). Self weight of strip :;; (1 x 0.45 x 25) :;;0.80 kN/m
2
Total load ::;:118.80 kN/m
d) Design of toe slab Deduct downward pressure' ::;:- 45.00 kN/m2
Net ~ownward pressure :::73.80 kN/m2
The maximum bending moment acting on the toe slab is calculated by Spacings of counterforts = 3 m
considering moments of all forces about the point 'c'. The computations
.. Maximum negative working moment at counterfort is given by.
are compiled in Table-II.S.
2
Maximum working moment in toe slab is obtained as, M ",(73.80X3 )_
w 12. - 55.35 kN.m
Mw= (71.14 - 11.4)::;: 59.74 kN.m
Design Ultimate moment> Mu';' (1.5 x 55~35) = 83 kN.m
Design Ultimate moment= Mu::: (1.5 x 59.74J == 89.61 kN.m
Effective depth of toe slab 400 mm = (83 x 106) = 0.87 x 415 ASIx 400) [1 _ 415A" ]
Reinforcements in toe slab is computed using the relation, . . .. lQOOx400x20)
Solving ASI= 600 mm" . . .' . ..
. ~
I
 Reinforced Concrete Design Limit State Design of Retaining Walls 405
-- - - . 2
\ ,
Provide 12 mm diameter bars at 150 mm centres (A,,:::: 754 mm ) h) Connection bctween countcrfort and upright slab
Distribution bars = 0.12% = (0.0012 x 1000 x 450) = 540 mm'
Provide 10 mm diameter bars at 280 mm centres on both faces(A" ::::561 Consider the bottom 1 m height of upright slab.
rnrrr') =
Pressure on this strip 36 kN/m2
Total lateral pressure transferred to the counterfort for 1m height
f) Design of counterforts =
is :; 36 (3 - 0.44) 91.8 kN
=
Factored force = (1.5 x 91.8) 137.7 kN
=
Thickness provided at the top (220 + 220) ::::440 10m
Thickness of counterfort ;::;440 mm .
Remtorcernent
t:
require d per metre
- - - -, -- h"ergh t = (137,7X'103)
'. 381 rnm 2
::= _
Maximum working moment in counterfort is - , ' 0.87 x415

M =(c y..6h L)=(!X3 3

16x6.75
6
3
X3)= 820.12 kN.m
_
I
, Provide minimum reinforcement of 10 mm diameter bars in the form of

I
w • horizontal links at 280 mm centres.
=
Factored Design moment M; = (1.5 x 820.12) = 1230 kN.m
Reinforcement at the bottom of counterfort is computed by using the rela- i) Connection between counterfort and heel slab
tion;
Tension transferred in 1 m width of counterfort near the heel end
6 [415A"
(1230 x IO );::; (0.87 X415A" x 4400) 1- (440 x 4400 x 20)
] =
is 73.8(3 - 0.44) = 189 kN
=
Factored force (1.5 X.189) =
283.5 kN
Solving A,. ;:::800 mm' I.
Reinforcement t~quired for 1 m height = (283.5 x 10') = 785 rnm'
But minimum reinforcement as per IS:456-2000 code is stipulated as

A =.(0.85 bd) =[(0.85 X440X4400)] = 3965 mm1

I .
Spacing of, 10 _mm diameter
. - O.87x415
bars provided in the form of two legged verti-
5 /y
Provide 5 bars of 32 mm diameter (AS!::::4020 mnr')
415
I _
. compute d as S = (2 x78.5x 10
ca II'10k S IS
' v 785
3
) = 200 mm

g) Curtailment of bars
I Provide 10 mmdiameter two legged vertical links at 200 mm centres.
t
j) Reinforcement Details
Let hi ;;;;depth at which I bar can be curtailed
r The detail of reinforcements in the counterfort retaining wall is shown ill
Fig.ll.ll. .
Then (5-_- I) = ( -2hi ) ... hi= 6m from top
5 _ 6.75

Let h2 ;;;;depth at which 2 bars can be curtailed

Then (5-2)
--
5
"2
= ( --2
6.75
) :. - 112 = 5.2m from top
-
I
,
l
!
11.7 EXAMPLES

1)
FOR PRACTICE

Design a reinforced concrete carltilever retaining wall to retain earth

level with the top 'of the wall to a height of 5.5 m above ground level.
Let h3 = depth at which 3 bars can be curtailed
The density of soil at site is 17 kNim3 with a safe bearing capacity of
Then (5-3)
--
5
= ( --2
6.75
"3 ) .:. h3 = 5.2m from top
2
120 kN/m • Assume the angle of shearing resistance of the soil as 35
"
degrees. Further assume a coefficient of friction beween soil and con-
The remaining two bars are continued right up to the top. crete as 0.55. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
 I
406 Reinforced COl/crete Design Limit State Design of Retaining Walls 407
I-
I
4) Design a cantilever retaining wall to retain earth with a backfill slop d
!
20· to the horizontal. The top of the wall is 5.5 m above the ground
I level. Assume the depth of foundation as 1.2 m below ground lev~1
with a safe bearing capacity of 120 kN/m2• The unit weight of backfill
3
is 18 kN/m and an angle of of shearing resistance 005'. Also assume
the coefficient of friction between soil and concrete as 0.55. Adopt
M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD steel bars.

'. -

Sectional Elevation of Counterlort

I
II o'r~~~~i~~~~
I~

)'28m
~--+-----~~~--~~--~~~12~'1~~~--~~--~

I 1 _------ 3m -------::-+
Sectional Plan 01 Bast of Counterfort

Fig.n.ll Reinforcement Details in Counterfort Retaining Wall

1; 2) A cantilever type retaining wall is to be designed to support a bank of:
earth 4 m above ground level on the toe side of the wall. The backfill
surface is inclined at an angle of 15 degrees with the horizontal.
Assume that good soil is available for foundations at a depth of 1.25 m
below ground level with a safe bearing capacity of 160 kN/m2 and an

I angle of shearing resistance of 30 degrees. Assume coefficient of fric-

tion between soil and concrete as 0.5. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and
Fe-415 HYSD reinforcement. Assumethe unit weight of soil as 16
I
, kN/m3• -

3) Design a counterfort type retaining wall to support an earth fill of 7.5

m above ground level. The foundation depth may be taken as 1.5 m
below ground level. The safe bearing capacity of soil at site is 150
kN/m2• Unit weight of soil may be taken as 16 kN/m3 and an angle of
. shearing resistance of 30·. Assume the value of coefficient of friction
as 0.55. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. Sketch

I the details o~ reinforcements in the retaining. wall.

.; . . . ~.-'~' '--
"

. .'
"_
.'_''';:

""'~C";;"ia
 ..- - ~:--

, . Design of Staircases ' 409

iii) Isolated cantilever tread slab (Fig. 12.1 (c») ,

iv) DOUble cantilever, precast tread slab with a central inclined beam
CHAPTER 12 (Fig. 12.1(d)]
(25010300 mm)
t tread
Design 'of Staircases
(150 to 190mm),./
fIT
(a) Waist Slab Type
, riser R t: .'
./ Thickness of
12.1 INTRODUCTION waist slab t

Staircase 'flights are generally designed' as slabs spanning between wall

supports or landing beams or as cantilevers from a longitudinal inclined
beam. The staircase fulfills the function of access between the various (b) Tread-Riser Typ'e
floors in the building. Generally, the flight of steps consists of one or more
landings provided between the floor levels. [Fig. 12.1] ,
-----
The structural components of a flight of stairs comprises of the follow- C==:=J
ing elements.
I Preco s I or
cost in situ
unit s "
~
I:'ZZZI
" I1'22ZI
rzzz.a (c) Isolated Cantilever
a) Tread Tread Riser Type
f'ztzJ - l~m
rzzzafZZ2A overlap
The horizontal portion of a step where the foot rests is referred to as tread. ;
~ _ __,ezzz.l
250 to 300 mm is the typical dimensions of a tread. '

b) Riser
(d) Double Cantilever
Riser is the vertical distance between the adjacent treads or the vertical Precast ,Slab on
Inclined Beam
projection of the step with value of 150 to 190 mm depending upon the
type of building, The width of stairs is generally 1 to 1.5 m and in any case
not less than 850 mm. Public buildings should be provided with larger
widths to facilitate free passage to users and prevent over crowding,

c) Going·

Going is the horizontal projection (pian) of an inclined flight of steps

I,~J~hm.r1111['111 I,.,:::~~"h'
-+Landing '" ' (;oing Landing L
between the first and last riser. A typical flight comprises two landings and .'\ T
one going as shown in Fig. 12.1 (e). Fig. 12.1 Typical FUght In a staircase
To break the monotony of climbing, the number of steps in a flight 12.2 TYPES OF STAIRCASES
should not generally exceed 10 to 12.
The tread-riser
, combination can be provided in conjunction with The various types of staircases adopted in different types of buildings can
i) Waist slab [Fig. 12.1(a)J be grouped under geometrical and structural classifications depending
ii) Tread - Riser type (continuous folded plate) [Fig. 12.1 (b)] ul?on their shape and plan pattern and their structural behavior under loads.
 Design of Staircases .'411
410 Reinforced Concrete Design
b) Single or quarter turn staircase
12.2.1 Geometrical classification

Aesthetic considerations have evolved a wide variety of staircases over the Fig. 12.2 (b) shows the plan arrangement of single right angled turn stair".
years. Some of the common geometrical configurations used are compiled
in Fig. 12.2.

-E IIIIIII I 1(·)5;0,1.FlI,hl SI.'"."

- ~
I ( bJ Quarter Turn Staircase
-t
(e) Spiral Staircase

Cl\i--L.

-1-+
(c) Dog Legged Staircase

....I--
\
\
\
I -.. '""'"' _..\
-f-.-
I I
t
(f) Helicoidal
Fig. 12.2
Staircase

j . '4 Open well (dJ Open Well Staircase

case. The staircase flight generally runs adjoining the walls and provides
+I uninterrupted space at the centre of the room. Generally used in domestic

.. I-
houses where floor heights are limited to 3 m .

c) Dog legged staircase

Fig. 12.2 Various Types of staircases (Contd.)
The most common type of stairs arranged with two adjacent flights run-
a) Single Flight Staircase ning parallel with a mid landing as shown in Fig. 12.2 (c). Where space is
at a premium, dog legged staircase is generally adopted resulting in
A typical single flight stairs is shown in Fig. 12.2 (a). This type is used in economical utilisation of available space.
cellars or attics where the height between floors is small and the frequency
'of its use is less.
 2, ReillfC?rq~d concrete Design Design of Staircases 413
, '

'd) Open well staircase a) Stairca~eSiabspanning in the longitud~al Direction

In public buildings where large spaces are available, open well staircase
shown in Fig, 12.2 (d) is generally preferred due to its better accessibility,
comfort and ventilation due to its smaller flights with an open well at the
centre.
In this type, :lhe in~lined stair flight together w1th the landings are sup- '
,:~ed ~n wall~ or be.arns as shown in Fig. 12.3 (a). the effective span to
onsidered III design computations is between the centre to centre of
supports. ,,' '

e) Spiral staircase

In congested locations, where space available' is small, spiral stairs are

ideally suited. A typical spiral staircase shown in Fig. 12.2(e) comprises a
central post with precast slab treads anchored to the central column. It is
not user friendly due to the reduced tread width near the port and is suit-
able only for single person to use the staircase at a time.

f) Helocoidal staircase

Helicoidal staircase shown Fig.12.2,(f) is 'aesthetically superior compared

to other types and is generally used in the entrance foyer of cinema theatres Going
-----4landingT
and shopping malls to connect the ground and first floors. Helicoidal stair
which is, built as a ramp following the helicoidal curve with supports at (a) Simply supported Slairca'se,"
ground and first floor or with intermediate supports' involves rigorous;
structural computations for the determination of design moments and:
shear forces. The reader may refer to the publications of Bergman 90 and;
Scordelis" for the design aspects of helicoidal stairs. . Span (rn)
1":'. t
<1m'
-e lm >Im
<.
m G,+ X + Y
G+X+l
g) Free standing staircase
>lm <1m G+ Y+l
»rrn >lm G+l+l
Free-standing staircase is built out of a large fixed base with the stair flight
Going
cantilevering out of the base. It is essentially a cantilever in space and is
;
aesthetically superior to other types. The reader may refer to the 'works of
,

Gould92 and Solanki93 for the analysis and design aspects of free standing
'I J
I staircase. ' ' , Landing 1:::::=j=9:=I==f==+:~=I==l
"
I , , .I" ,
'j 12.2.2 Structural Behavior of Staircases
t
1
1 , Staircases can be grouped depending upon' the support conditions and the
f
1! direction of major bending of the slab ,component under the following +X '""1'----- G ----_,..._
I
, I categories. (b) Transverse Spanning of Landings
a) Staircase slab spanning longitudinally (along the sloping line) Fig. 12.3 Staircase Flight (longitudinal spanning)
b) Staircase slab spanning transversely (slabwidth wise with central or
side supports)
. ,~
 r
I
r
414
.-
Reinforced Concrete Design

The slab arrangement may be of the conventional waist slab or the

Design of Stai"c(/s~s 415

tread-riser type between the supports.The slab thickness depends upon the
span and its thfckness can be reduced by providing intermediate supports
. at the junctions of inclined waist slab and horizontal landing slabs.
Alternatively it is possible to provide supports to the landing slabs in
the transverse direction as shown in Fig. 12.3 (b).
In such cases the effective span to be considered according to the IS:
456-code clause 33.1 (b) is given by
L = (G + X + Y)
Where G = going >-
>-
=.
X or Y Half the width of landings Qpen well c.
.s
The values to be considered for X and Yare shown in Fig. 12.3 (b). ...... \. u
4>
III
In the case stairs with open wells, where spans partly criss cross at right
angles, the load on areas common to any two such spans may be distrib-
uted as one-halfin each direction as shown in the Fig. 12.4.
The [S:456 code also specifies that when flights are landings are
embedded into walls for a length of not less than 110 mm and are designed
to span in the direction of flight, a length of 150 mm strip may be deducted
from the loaded area and the effective breadth of the section increased by
75 rnm for purposes of design. y_j
Loading .
b) Staircase Slabs spanning in the Transverse Direction -+ .
The most common examples of staircase slabs spanning in the transverse
rfii
%-M"IlIIIIII IIIIIIIII"""""'mtW/l
.... direction are grouped under the following :-
Section XX
i) .Slab supported between two edge beams are walls [Fig. 12.5 (a)]
ii) Slab cantilevering on either side of a central beam {Fig. 12.5 (b)J Fig. 12.4 Loading on Stairs With Open Wells
iii) A Ca'ntilevere~ ~slab from a wall or a spandrel beam [Fig. 12.5 (c)]
a) Dead Loads
In these types of slabs, the width ,of flight being small (I to 1.5 rn), the
designed thickness will be very small from structural computations. How- The various dead loads are
ever, from practical considerations a minimum thickness of 75 to 80 mm i) ~elf weigilt of stair slab concrete which includes the waist slab, tread-
should be provided and suitable' reinforcements to resist the maximum nseretc.
bending moments or the minimum percentage reinforcements (whichever ii) Self weight of finishes (0.5 to 1 kN/m2) .
is higher) should be provided in the slab.
.b) Live Loads .
':' ,

12.3 LOADS ON STAIRCASES

:Th.e IS': i75-1987 (part II) code specifies ~he live loads to be con'sidcred as
The loads to be considered in the design ofSta~rcases comprise the follow- uniformly distributed load of intensity 5 kN/m 2 for public buildings an~I'3
. :. I'" . kN/m2 ~or residential buildings where the specified floor loads do not
109 types.
exceed 2 kN/m2, and the staircases are not liable for over crowding., "j.'

-.i·
.:~.
 -. ",

... 4.16 Reinforced Concrete Design Design of Staircases 417

c) Load Effects on Waist slab spanning in the

longitudinal direction

The thickness of the waist slab (t) normal to the slope may be assumed as
approximately (U20) for simply supported and (U2S) for continuous slabs,
The steps are usually treated as non-structural elements and only the thick-
ness of the waist slab is designed to resist the loads. Nominal reinforce-
ment is generally provided in the step to protect the nosing from cracking
(a) Slob Supported on Edge Beam or Walls
comprising of 6 mm diameter bars at ISO mm centres.
The waist slab (sloping slab) is inclined at an angie 'e' to the horizontal
in a flight of stairs 'spanning in the longitudinal direction as shown in Fig.
-Jf"":"--- Width of flight 12.6(a).
--_:__-------i:Jt
uc.~~:~
:~I >7~omm

1'1··-r

Ws
(b) Slab Cantilevered From a central Beam
'w: (WS~]
1
::Ws .seee·
.

(a) Self Weight of Sloping Slab

Step bars Wall or

(6.6-150 c/c) beam
support
(c) Slab Cantilevered From Walt or Beam

Fj~. 12.5 Staircase Slabs Spanning In the Tra~sverse Direction

In the case of structurally independent cantilever steps,. the code pre- Waist slab . ~. ......
scribes the tread slab to bf'(lesigned to resist a concentrated live load of 1.3 thickness (t) .I . '.
leN applied at the free end of the cantilevered tread. .. .
The loads specified in the IS:875 codebeing ch~ractenst1c loa~s,. a load -.f'-------- Span (L)

factor of 1.5 has to be applied to arrive at the. design loads for limit state
(b) Reinforcement Detailing in Staircase
design. Spanning_ Lon9~tudlna'lIy
:.,

Fig. 12.6 Load Effects and Detailing In Waist Slabs

4J8 Reinforced Concrete Design ve.Hgll OJstaircases q 1~

Let R = Rise
T = Tread
w. = Self weight of slab (on slope) per metre
w = Self weight of slab on horizontal span
e= Angle between the sloping slab and horizontal
Then dead load of slab on horizontal span is expressed as

w.~ .
IV ""
( .--r-) =w s- sec e
(a) Tread-Riser Staircase Arrangement
The self weight of steps (triangular shape) are computed and their weight
Main bars at top
per metre length of horizontal span is added to the dead weight of slab
along with the specified live load. The factored load is used to compute the
+-T-+ (cantilever)

-t-~I
R 'f .t _. Vertical
design moments and the reinforcements are designed to resist the ultimate
moment and the standard detailing is shown in Fig. 12.6 (b)
!.;_'.
....... :.
+-. . .,....: ties
t .. HoriZontal
+- ties
d) Load effects on Waist slab spanning Transversely +r4-t-Mt) 12
(T -tll2 (T ..
Main bars at bottom
(simply supported beam)
The load acts normal to the waist slab which bends in transverse planes
(b) Flanged Beam of (cl Details of Reinforcement
normal to the sloping surface of the slab. The main bars are designed to
, Z - Section
resist the maximum bending moment and are provided transversely either Fig. 12.7 Tread-Riser Stairs Spanning Trasversely
at the bottom or top, depending upon whether the slab is simply supported
or cantilevered from the wall support. As the span is very small (1 to 2m), ,t) Load Effects on Tread-Riser Stairs Spanning Lcngltudinally •.•. i~

the thickness of waist slab required to resist the bending moment will be
small but from practical consideration; a minimum thickness of 75-80 mm
is provided with minimum reinforcement as per IS: 456 code.
e) Load Effects on Tread-Riser Stairs spanning Transversely
The tread-riser unit comprising the riser and tread slab shown in Fig. 12.7
(a) behaves as beams spanning in the transverse direction. For purposes of
analysis it is assumed that the riser slab and one half of the tread slab on
either side can be assumed to behave as a Z-section.
The tread-riser unit structurally behaves as a flanged beam which is
transversely loaded with an overall depth of(R + t) as shown in Fig. 12.7
(b). For design of reinforcements, the contribution of flanges can be
ignored and the rectangular section comprising the thickness of the riser as
width (b) and the depth of beam as (R + t) will yield conservative results.
The ~einforcements are designed for the maximum bending moment
developed at the centre if simply supported or 'at support if it is a cantile-
ver. The detailing of reinforcements is generally with horizontal bars and
ties as shown in Fig. 12.7(c) .:
A typical tread-riser type staircase flight spaniling.longitudinally is shown
in Fig; 12.8 (a) The structural behavior of this type of stairs is similar to
that of waist slabs spanning longitudinally. The bending moments devel-
oped in various tread slabs which increase gradually towards the centre of I...
1t;·4Il
span is shown in Fig. 12.8 (b). The bending moment in risers is constant
for each riser. The variation of shear force in the treads is also shown in
Fig. 12.8 (c). For practical purposes it is sufficient to design both tread and
. riser slabs for flexure only as. the shear stresses in tread slabs and axial
. stresses in riser slabs are relatively of low magnitude.
The thickness of riser and tread slabs is generally kept the same with
values of span / 25 for simply supported and span /30 for continuous stair-
cases. However, the minimum thickness of 80· mm should be provided
from practical 'considerations. '
The reinforcement details are shown in Fig. 12.8 (d).The main bars
comprise of closed ties in the longitudinaldirection while the distribution
bars are provided ·in the transverse direction. The top leg of the ties resists
.•the negative moments developed near the supports. The close loop system
of ties ensures both flexure and shearresisting capacity together with the
~mf.~er.i r;,y.";";.~:~·N::-r·.';')·"·'.:C:}I."i':;.-"'-'., ... ~'"'' ~:t~···.",-_.~, .
, 'Design of Stairciises
.. .
:~~iN{~;f"W::(':Y,':;
'/'\:~ 420":}": Reiiljofci!d Concrete Design 421
<}( \~:!~t.i,;::' ':;;;,::{ , ,,:' :,:;:... ", : ,'" ' .: , , ,,;' , ' " z

}'{i';:,
},,:'I:'; . ductility ofthe tread riser slab's,'In the case of longer flights, the spacing =
Riser R 160 mm
; '.'

." "," . , , and diameter of the main reinforcement, in the tread-riser units.is suitably Width, of landing beams 400 mm =
" varied along the span in conformity with the bending moment diagram, Materials: M-20 Concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars
.; .....
resulting in an economical design. '
b) Effective span

Effective span = L = W2 x 300) + 400} = 4000 mm

Thickness of waist slab , = (span)
20 = (4000)
20 = 200 mm.

, c) Loads

=
Dead load of slab (on slope) = Ws (0.2 x 1 x 25) ,= 5 kN/m
Dead load of slab on horizontal span is expressed as,

w =( w, J ~ +r' ) =( 5J 16~O:30o' ) =5.66 kN 1m

Dead load of one step e (0.5 x 0.16 x 0.3 x 25) = 0.6 kN/m
=
Load of steps/m length [0.6 x (10001300») 2 kN/m =
=
,Finishes 0:6 kN/m
=
.\ Total dead load (5.66 + 2+ 0.6) 8.26 kN/m =
Live load (liable of over crowding) 5 kN/m =
:. Total service Ioad= 13.26 kN/m

(d) Reinforcement;
= =
:. Total Ultimate load Wu (1.5 x 13.26) == 19.89 kN/m
Detailing in
Treads & Risers d) Bending Moments

Maximum B.M at Centre of span is given by

, Horizontal ties M~= 0.125 ~u.L2 = (0.125 x 19~89x 42) = 39.78 kN.m
Fig. 12.8 Tread-Riser slalrcase Spannlng'LongUudll!ally
e) Check for depth of waist slab
12.4 DESIGN EXAMPLES

12.4.. Design ~me of the flights of stairs of a school building spanning

"i
" \
6
39.78 X 10 _ 120rnm
:: )
'O.138x20X 103
between landing beams to suit the following data. ' .i
l Assuming a clear cover of 20 mm and'using 12 mm diameter bars,
,I
a) Data Effective depth = d = [200 - 20 - 6] 174 mm = ,
Type of staircase:- Waist slab type
I Hence. the effective depth provided is greater than the required depth.
Number of steps in flight 12 =
, Tread T 300 mm . =
 422 Reinforced Concrete Design Design of Staircases 423
I
,I f) Reinforcements 12.4.2 A staircase flight comprises of independent tread slabs. cantile-

I· Reinforcements are computed using the relation,

vered from a reinforced concrete wall. Assuming the riser is 150mm and
tread length as 300 rnrn, width of flight > 1.75 m, design the cantilevered
slab using M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars to suit the loading
Mu =0.87 fyA"d [ 1- bdAt/Y]ick requirements of IS:875 and IS:456 codes.

Where /y :;;:415 N/mm2 a) Data

ick = 20 N/mm2 and M; = (39.78 X 106) N.mm =
Rise R = 150 mm
d = 174 mm
b = 1000mm
=
Tread T =300 mm
Span Length = L = 1.75 m
Or by using Table-2 of SP:16, read out the percentage reinforcement cor- M-20 grade Concrete.ji, :;;:20 N/mm2
responding to Fe-415 HYSD bars,/y = 415N/mm2
Width'ofTread = (300 + 10 mm overlap)
B=31Omm

b) Thickness of Slab
! .

Provide 12mm diameter bars at 160mm centres (Ast :;;:707 mm') as main
c) Dead Loads
reinforcement. . .
3
Distribution reinforcement= (0.0012 X 10 x 200) ::::240 mmvm i) Self weight of tread slab e (0.175 x 0.31 x 25) = 1.356 kN/m
Provide 8 mm diameter bars at 200 mm centres (Ast:;;: 251 mrn') =
ii) Finishes = (0.6 x 0.31) 0.186 kN/m
The details of reinforcements in the staircase flight is shown in Fig. 12.9. .. Total Dead Load « 1.542 kN/m
Total Ultimate Dead Load = gu = (1.5 x 1.542) = 2.313 kN/m

d) Live Loads

Case-I, qu = (5 x 0.3) x 1.5 == 2.25 kN/m

step bars = =
Case-2, qu (1.3 x 1.5) 1.95 kN (At free end)
(6"'-150 c/c)
e) Design Moments
2
8-200 clc (distribution) At fixed end, Mu (Dead load)= (0.5 x 2.313 x 1.75 ) = 3:54 kN.m
M; (Live load):;;: (0.5 x 2.25 x 1.752) :;;:3.44 kN.m

--------.l!~.
And (1.95 x 1.75):;;:3.41 kN.m .

. 4000 Considering the critical values,

Fig. 12.9 Reinforcement in staircase Flight
Total Design Moment= M; = (3.54 + 3.44) = 6.98 kN.m
i
 ~1~~:~/'I\:1;?:::!:
.'"t- .' . '" . '~r':~~~ . Design of Staircases' .. '425
¥i"~;" .J42~·· Reinforced Concrete Design
.~~~. • ... ', .. .1',' .,\ ",'

k 1) Reinforcements
,--__"_,,....,.._.,+
t~==~~~~~~~
"

As the moment is small, check for thickness is not required.

Using a cover of 25 mm, effective depth d == 150 mm. = 115 "'__"__---lX
( M.) = (6.98 X 10 ),.,
6
1.0007
I +1--'---,.--..---- +-3104 i
1
bel2 310x 1502 section XX
i
..i
Refer Table-2 of SP: 16 and read Gut the percentage of reinforcement as,
Fig. 12.]0 Cantilever staircase i

PI
= (IOOA,,)
bd -
,.,0 .3 12.4.3. Design a jread-riser type staircase flight between the landings
shown in Fig, 12.11(a). The landing slabs are supported on both the adja-
A =(O.3X31OXI50)=1395 . 2 cent edges. Assume the following additional data:-
" 100 . _. mm

Provide 3 bars of 8 mm diamet~r (A .. = 150 mnr') on the tension side.

a) Data
Anchorage length required is
Height between landings = L76m
L =(0.87X415X8) = 376 mm Riser = R = 160 mm
d
4 x 1.2 x 1.6 .
~
In addition to Ld, we have to provide sufficient balancing moment to pre- R-~
160V I
vent overturning,
3
Distribution reinforcement= (0.0012 X 10 X 175) 210 mm /m
.
2
= 1; . I

.
Spacing of6
.
mm diameter
(lOOOa,,) = (1000
bars = .~ '210
x 28)
. =.133mm
.
'_

I
~ ILan.ding
Landing

Provide 6 mm diameter bars at 130 mrn centres.

l)!
1000 -I I· I
g) Check for shear at support

V. = (g.+qu)L,;
section

(2.313 +2.25)1.15 = 8.00 kN 1 500+500

i .....
2700 1
i
1~0-+

1:
V
=(Vbdu)=( 8XI0) )=o.lnN/mm
3lOx 150 .
2 R .160
T -270
'Refer Table-19 of IS: 456 and read out the permissible shear stress for Pt =
0.30,
(ks'tc) = (1.25 x 0.39) = 0.48 N/mm2 > 'tv

Hence, shear stresses are within safe permissible limits.

h)' The reinforcement d~tails in the Cantilever slab are shown ill Fig; te) Tr.ad - Riser Flight (PIon ond s.ttion)
12.10.
Fig, 12.11 Tread-Riser Type staircase
I!
t
I
 426 Reinforced Concrete Design
,,:'\:~~.\::-.?!f::r-~~r:~~
Dead load of steps/mlength = [(1.(.'\ 1 " ~...\"'~,-"'A
"'_'.,. -...~.\,.
\,.'.l-
Tread > T::: 270 mrn
. Weight of Pinishes= 0.60 kN/m= - :'-
Width of Flight::: landing width;" 1.0 m 2
Materials: M-20 grade concrete (fek::: 20 Nzmrrr') Live Load::: 5.00 kN/m
Fe-415 HYSD bars (fy::: 415 N/mm )
2 .. Total Load 11.57 kN/m
2
=
.. Factored Load= (11.57 x 1.50) = l i',~'" k~ '::".::
b) Effective span and thickness of slab
ii) Loads on landing slab (Assuming IN)\t.~ttt ::nd'
L::: [2.70 + 1.00) ==3.70 m Self weight of slab= (0.16 x 25) 4,\.\) l;~~::
2
=
Assume t~fckness of riser slab= thickness of Tread Finishes ::;;0.60 kN/m
Live load 5.00 kN/m
2
=
t ==(s~~n) =(~5)==e~~O)::: 148 mm Total load = 9.60 kN/m
=
2

(Factored Load (9.60 x 1.5) ::: 14.4 k~ '::..::

Adopt Effective depth, d::: 125 mm and Overall depth h ::: 150 mm ,; ~O percent of (his load is assumed to be ~'\.i~ lI...~mJifuqr,,3!J.
. uon of span. - -
7.20 kN/m2 17.36 kN/m2 -..',, ....1>,'..
...
=
Load on Landing slab (0.5 x 14.40) >:: ':-,~J;L" en:=-

...,..'.·d) Design of Tread-Riser portion

~ 2700------------*
....",_ ---- 3700 -------....-.. .~cfcrring to Fig. l~.ll(b) showi~g the- l~'~~~~ o I =c i..;or.:;::!::.lJ!l:l:
I~= 3.70m. the reactions and bending mO\\k'::t;:"s; ..,,_ --.. . _,.____.;.
Reaction on Landing is computed as, -- _~mD1_. __
·(b) Loading on Staircase Flight
V = (7.2 x 0.5) + 0.5 (17 .J(\:'\.. ~_:-'.) .• = :-.:"2 jC;i;~

.. Maximum moment at mid span

=
My (27.03 X 1.85)-(7.2 x 0.5) 1.60-( 17.,~;" ~ -:.:" ,., ..:;-:: .-
'!{(f::ik;~~M
..·, Effective depth provided= d = 125 mill. ._- . •.. -i: _ •. -

( bdM") W'~
" 'I,' .

(28.42 x
2 = 10) X 1~5~·:""1$':
~~X=~~~~~~ Referring & Table-2 of SP: 16, read out, p. '" ( ~:~~'. = c..=:-.::.. .
160 : >.. . ' l:-,~.. .
+t!=!=S;;::::!7=~:iJ ". !, A =(0.574X 10)x 1205) __ ._ .. .
" 100 '" it.'.:: mIlC .

(e) Reinforcement Detqils In Tread-Risers and . . 12 mrn diameter bars at 150 1\11\\ ~'I;,'U~ -: ~ - .
Landing Slab as shown in Fig. 12.11 (c) ,,:,> in l.u.... JDlr::!:: ,0r
Fig. 12.11 (Contd.)

c) Loads on Staircase flight

i) Loads on going (on projected plan area)

Self weight of tread and Riser slab/step= (0.16+0.27) 0.15x25) load on landing slab::: 14.4kN/tn
::: 1.61 kN

,1
426 Reinforced Concrete Design Design of Staircases 427

Tread =
T;:: 270 mm Dead load of stcps/m length
2
=
[(1.61 x 1000)/270) = 5.97 kN/m~
Width of Flight;:: landing width > 1.0 m Weight of Finishes e 0.60 kN/m
Materials: M-20 grade concrete (/Ck ;:: 20 Nzmm') Live Load = 5.00 kN/m2 '.
Fe-415 HYSD bars (/y = 415 N/mm~) ., Total Load = 11.57 kN/m2

b) Effective span and thickness of slab

.. Factored Load= (11.57 x 1.50) 17.36 kNIl:ri2=
ii) Loads on landing slab(Assuming 160 mm thick)
L= [2.70 + 1.00] = 3.70 m
Self weight of slab = (0. I 6 x 25) = 4.00 kN/m2
Assume t1}{ckness of riser slab,=: thickness of Tread Finishes = 0.60 kN/m
2

Live load =
5.06 kN/m2
.,( = (.span) = (.!:...).=(3700) = 148 mm .. Total load = 9.60 kN/m2 .
,. 25 25 25
.. (Factored Load =
(9.60 x 1.5) 14.4 kN/m2 =
Adopt Effective depth, d:= 125 mm and Overall depth h = 150 mm 50 percent of this load is assumed to be acting longitudinally in the direc-
tion of span.
"'O~kN/m' :. Load on Landing slab = (0.5 x 14.40) = 7.20 kN/m2

d) Design of Tread-Riser portion

.i.

.."._ ---- 3 700 --------,i<.

Referring to Fig. 12.ll(b) showing the loading on the horizontal span of
L;:: 3.70m, the reactions and bending moments are computed.
(b) Loading on Staircase Flight Reaction on Landing is computed as,
V= (7.2 x 0.5) + 0.5 (17.36 x 2.70) = 27.03 kN. it

Maximum moment at mid span

Mu = (27.03 x 1.85)-(7.2 x 0.5) 1.60-( 17.36 x 1.35 x 0.675) = 28.42 kN.m

. ~ Effective depth provided =d= 125 mm .

L:u2)
'~

= ( 21~:~ ~ ;;6) = 1.82

Referring & Table-2 of SP: 16, read out, P, "" C~~·'] = 0.574

l
.:. A =(0.574XI0 XI25)""7175 2
" 100 . mm
(c) Reinforcement Oetqils in Tread-Risers and
Landing Slab Provide 12 mm diameter bars at 150 mm centres in the form of closed ties
Fig. 12.11 (Contd.) as shown in Fig. 12.11 (c) .
Distribution bars 0£8 mm diameter at each bend as shown in Fig. 12.11(c)
c) Loads on Staircase flight
e) Design of Landing Slabs
i) Loads on going (on projected plan area)
Self weight of tread and Riser slab/step = [(0. I6+0.27) 0.15x25)
slab == 14.4 kN/m
= 1.61 kN Factored load on landing
 ?~.:""
.~,':.
42S' Re~l!for.c.ed,Co;JC!~{~
Design
Design of Staircases 429
Load from going = (0..5,x .17.36 X 3.7) = 32.1 kN/m Risers are 150 mm and treads are 250 mm
I
=
Total load 46.5 kN/m Live load = 4 kN/m1
I Effecli~e depth = (160 - 25) = 135 mm Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
I
I Effective span = 2.135 m
I 5) Design a dog legged staircase in a public building to be located in a
I Mu'; (0.125 x 46.5 x 2.1352) =: 26.5 kN.m
staircase room 6 m long and 3 m wide.
I
6 Height between floors::: 3,6 m
( Mu)
I
= (26.5 X 10 ) = 1,45
I
bd2 103 X 1352 Live load = 4 kN/m2
1
1 The stairs are supported on beams over walls and sides of steps are
r lOOA.I) = ,0.443
M~~'1 Referring 10 Table-2 of SP~16, PI = };d ( built into the Wall by 120 mm. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-
415 reinforcements.
6) Design a tread-riser type staircase flight between the landings (5 m
I1." = (0.433 x 1000 x 135) = 598 mm' long in the direction of span. Adopt 10 treads of 300 mm and risers of
A" ,100 "
150 mm in the flight. The landings arc built into the reinforced con-
Provide 10 mrn diameter bars at 130 centres parallel to risers at bottom and crete walls. Adopt a live load of 5 kN/m2• Use M·20 grade concrete
provide nominal reinforcements at top. and fe-415 Grade HYSD bars. Sketch the details of reinforcements in
the staircase.
12.5 EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE
7) Design a waist slab type dog legged staircase for an office building
using the following data:
I) Design a Staircase flight for an office type building to suit the follow-
Height between floors::: 3.2 m'
ing data:
Height between floors 4 = , = =
Tread 270mm and riser 160 rnrn
Mid landing is cantilevered out and the width is 1.5 m Width of flight =: landing width ~ 1.25 III
Tread = 300 mm and rise 150 mm ' = The stairs are supported on 300 mm load bearing masonry walls at the
Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. outer edges of the landing, parallel to the risers.
Sketch the details of reinforcements in the stair flight. Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars,

2) A Staircase flight comprises of independent cantilevered slabs from a I,

I
,'
reinforced concrete wall. Assuming the risers of 150 mm and treads of
300 rnm, width of flight as 1.7 m, design II typical tread slab. Assume
the live loads specified in 1S:875 ,code loading standards for an office
building. Use M-20grade concrete and Fe-~15 grade reinforcements.
3) Design the waist slab type staircase consisting of a straight flight of
stairs resting on two stringer beams along the two sides. Assume the
span of the slab as 2m with risers of 160 mm and treads of 270 mm.
Live load = 3 leN/m2• Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-250 grade
steel. . ~
,4) Design a suitable open well type staircase for a multistoried building
complex using the following data: -
Interior dimensions of staircase room is 3.25 m by 3.25 m
Staircase flights are supported on 200 mm thick masonry walls on all
sides.
Height between floors =: 3 m
 Design of Corbels (Brackets) and Nibs 431

13.2 SHEAR SPANIDEPTH RATIO AND SHEAR RESISTANCE.

. ..
CHAPTER 13 In the case of corbels, heavy loads are transmitted very near to the sup-
porting column and the shear resistance of reinforced concrete members is
different from t'hat in which the loads are applied for away from the
Design of Corbels (Brackets) supports. The shear resistance of concrete depends upon- the shear
and Nibs span/depth (a/d) ratio and it varies as shown in Fig. 13.2. As the shear
span/depth ratio increases from 0.5· to 2, the shear strength of concrete
"decreases rapidly as indicated by the ratio of enhanced shear strength to the'
normal shear strength ('tml'tc) which decreases from 4 to 1..
13.1 INTRODUCTION 4 I ,
Corbels are s,hor!br,ackets pro~ecting from the columns, generally provided
to support ralls, which transmitheavy loads from moving cranes in heav _
duty factory workshops, A typical Corbel subjected to loads at a short dis- 3
\ _ 2d "t'
tarice from the face of the column is shown in Fig, is: I'(a) Corbels are als
\ 'tm -'tc (Q"V):> c,max

-.
(~) ./ (Table 20 of 1.5.456)
provided at the Cantilever end of girders in double cantilever balance~
reinforced concrete bridges to supports the end spans of the bridge". 2

t- av

d o
r 1 2 3 4
(avId)
Fig. 13.2. lrinucllcc of Shcar Span/Depth Ratio of Enhanced Shear/Strength .

r The IS: 456-2000 Code considers this enhancement of shear strength in

clause 40.5.1 and the reinforcements from sections close to the supports
(a) Corbel (b) Beam

I Fig. 13.1 Shear SpanJDepth Ratio in Carbels and Beams

are designed from the balance shear as per clause 40.5.2. The maximum
shear strength 'tm is limited to the values specified in Table -20 of IS: 456
code. However, the British code" restricts the value of the maximum shear
Corbels are short cantilevers whose shear span/depth (aJd) ratio is less
than 1.0 and the depth (D() at the end face is not less than one half of the
strength of concrete ("em) to 0.8 ..g;; subject to a maximum value of 5

depth D, at support. In the case of corbels, the load transfer at support is N/mm2•
mainly ?y 'Strut' action than by simple flexure as shown in Fig. 13,1 (b).
The revised IS:456·2000 code does not specify any method for the design 13.3 DIMENSIONING OF CORBELS

I of corbels except prescribing the enhanced shear strength of concrete near

the supports. . The initial dimensions of t~e corbel is based on the permissible bearing
I However the British Code BS:81109~, based on several research inves-
stresses in concrete which are compiled by Varghese" based on the British
and Indian stalldnrd code retoin~endations. The bearing stress is limited
i tigations has recommended some design principles which are outlined in
the subsequent sections. to the following values. '
 432 Reinforced Concrete Design Design of Corbels (Brackets) and Nibs 433

1) Bearing stress with no packing material not to exceed O.4!ck d = effective depth of Corbel at Support
2) Bearing stress on cement mortar packing not to exceed 0.6!ck F. = applied Vertical Load
3) Bearing stress on steel plate cast into concrete not to exceed 0.8!ck ., F, = tension in the horizontal direction
(British Code)
-.~
Fe = compression developed in concrete due to strut action
The width of the corbel is determined by considering the permis- ~ = angle of inclination of force Fe to the horizontal
sible bearing stress. If a plate is used, the size of the bearing plate is to DF ::: depth of Corbel at free end
., be calculated by limiting the bearing stress to 0.8!ck (Provided the Ds = depth of Corbel at Support
horizontal force acting is less than 10 percent of the vertical force).
From Triangle of forces, we have
4) The shear span/depth ratio(ajd) should preferably restricted to 0.6
and it should in no case exceed 1.0. F, = F.(ajz)
5) The depth of corbel at the free end should be not less than one half of
the depth at the support. [F;-J~2+Z2]
r, __ <- ...
,
(13.1)

13.4 ANALYSIS OF FORCES IN A CORBEL Let x =

height of compression concrete at the support section
Using the stress block recommended in BS: 8110 (British code), .
The design of Corbels is based on the assumption of strut action recom- z = (d -0.45 x)
mended by both the British code BS: 8110 and the American Concrete
Institute Code ACI-31897• Hence x =2.2(d-z)
The forces .acting on a corbel is shown in Fig. 13.3. The vertical force The force Fe acts over an area-normal to direction of action given by x.cosf
F. is in equilibrium under the action of the horizontal tensile force F, in
~'.e('l reinforcement and the inclined compressive' force Fe developed in .. Hence Fc=O.4!ckb(X.cosP) ... (13.2)
concrete simulating strut action.
And cosP={_~}
'Ia; + z

,. ~L_(t Substituting for x and cos ~ in Eq. (13.2)

We have the relation,

d z
F
c
= {£O.88!ckb_(d_::~JL"-I:'
a. +z
'2} ... (13.3)

0·45)(
+.,f<-O·4fck+
nt
1 0'45)(
+
Equating Eqs (13.1) and (13.3) we have the relation,

Substituting, (
F; (a2 + i)

F
y

. ) ::: k
= 0.88!ck.b.d
and
[1 - (z/d)] a.z

(a/d)::: a. .' ... ()3.4)

O.88!ck bd
b. Breadth of corb.t
Stress Block
Combining Eqs.{13.I) and (13.4), the resulting equation is expressed as
Fig: 13.3 Forces In 8 Corbel

( d )2 - ( a.+k )() d ( k+a.

k )( ~ )2 =0
Z ~ ~ + _._ _·... (13.5)
The following notations are used for the analysis of forces in corbels. d
a. = distance of vertical force from the face of the support.
b = breadth of the corbel .. For any given value of (~) and (~) or (:) the values of the ratio
. d fckbd 'ck .
f::1i{j~1;~4~.
:;':~,;:' ',:' '; ".'(iJd) can
R,,~loicedConcrete
be
Design

computed using the equation (13.5). The values can directly be read
Design of' Corbels (Brackets) and Nibs,

Hence overall depth';" D, '" (d + effective cover)

4~5!,,,,'

.: ,.' out using the graphical chart recommended by Varghese", shown in Fig. 13.4. 3) ,Check for Corbel dimensions
0.16 ' 0' s
,; The value of (ajd) should preferably be less than 0.6 but not greater than
1.0.
4) Determination of Lever arm depth (z)
Compute the value of 'z' from Eq. (13.5) or by using the graphical chart of
'"t' O,osl--I-.4<L,.<q--;;r.e:::::.f--+--:-:;';"i
(Tck) Fig. 13.4.
...:: :.:.. •... =
Also compute x 2.22d (1 - zJd) and Check for the ratio of (x/d).
The Limiting value of (x/d) = 0.53 for Fe-250 steel and, (xld) = 0.48
from Fe-415 HYSD bars., ,
If the value of (x/d) is greater than the limiting value, 'adequate steel
°O·~~O~'2~~~'4~~~,~~~~-tl'O should be provided in compression also. The support steel for main rein-
, (ay Id) •
forcement and shear reinforcements will satisfy this condition.
Fig. 13.4 Chart for ('l)d) Values for D~lgn of Corbels
S) Computation of Force (F .)
For known'v.alues of (ajd) and (fc~;d) =(2J the ratio of (dd) can be F,« F; (ajz)
Also according to the British Code BS: 8110, F, should be at least equal to
directly obtained from the chart. , ' (Fj2). ' "
Knowing the value of z, the values of x, F, and the strain Es can beeas-
ily computed facilitating the design of reinforcement in the corbel. 6) Area of Main Reinforcement

The stress in steelj, Corresponds to the strain e•.

13.5 DESIGN PROCEDURE OF CORBELS
Using the value of x obtained in step- 4; compute
The following stepwise procedure is recommended for the design of cor-
bels.
E =E
S c'
(d -x)
X

1) Breadth of bearing plate Where Ec = 0.0035 & compute , f. and Asl= (FI)
7. ,
Based on design bearing pressure of 0.8Ick' and the length of bearing plate If there is 'any horizontal force Fh, then the area of steel is computed as,
being equal to the width of column, the width of bearing plate is deter-
mined. As,
=(FI+Fh
!. )
2) Cerbel depth at support
7) Check for Minimum and Maximum percentages of steel
, Due to enhanced shear strength near su'pports_permitted by the IS: 456
The area of steel AS!should not exceed 1.3 percent and not less than 0.4
code, assume a suitable value for tc' nearer to 'to•ma• [Table-20 of IS: 456]
percent of the value of 'bd'. If it exceeds the maximum limit, increase the
but not exceeding th,i~_~lue ~!l~compute the effective depth 'd' at the
depth (Ds) and redesign.
support section using the relation, J
8) Area of horizontal shear reinforcement \
-FY]
(Ash)
- [ tc,b
d-
ASb '" (A./2)
, !
 436 Reinforced Concrete Design
'.; Design of Corbels (Brackets) and Nibs 437
Column ties near
The shear reinforcements are provided as closed loops in the upper two- top of corbel
third portion of the total depth of corbel at support. Dislance i: bar diameter
. , or 0·75 times cover
whichever is greater
9) Check for shear

! Knowing the percentage of steel (100 A,,!bd), the exact value of the allow-.

I able shear stress is given by

'tm = 'to (2d/aJ

,I , The support section is checked for safety against shear.

i
.[ 10) Reinforcement detailing
; ,

, , The detailing of reinforcements in the corbel should conform to clause 7.7

i and Fig. 7.18 and 7.19 of SP: 3498 which are reproduced as Figs. 13.5 and
13.6 in the text. .
/' Two column lies near
the top of corbel Min. bar dtcrneter or 0·75
times cover whichever
is greater.

Compression anchorage
lenglh

Fig. 13.6 Reinforcement Details In Corbel With Ma,ln Reinforcement of 16 mil.

Diameter and Less (SP:34)

Horizontal links of area
ASh -f: 0·25 Ast
Compression reinforcement
Ac i: 1000 mm2 / m width of corbel)
columns are provided with nibs or beam shelvesto support floor units
comprising slabs and beams. Continuous nibs less than 300mm in depth
are designed as cantilever slabs with suitable reinforcements provided in
the form of horizontal loops to resist the shear forces applied close to the
supports similar to corbels. The Following guide lines recommended by
the Cement and Concrete association, U.K is useful in the design of nibs.
. 1) The bending moment and enhanced shear strength is computed by
considering the distance a representing the 'line of action .of the load
y

Compression
anchorage length
Fig. 13.S Reinforcement Details in Corbel With Main Reinforcement
Diameter or More (SP:34)
13.6 DESIGN OF NIBS (BEAM SHELVES)
In prefabricated structural.. systems, the reinforced
as the distance from the centre line of the nearest vertical leg of the
stirrup in the beam to the outer face of the main horizontal reinforce-
ment of the nib as shown in Fig. 13.7.
of 18 mm
2) Additional ties or links are provided as hangers in the beam connected
.to the nib. The load on the nib has to be resisted by the compression
zone of the supporting beam. Hanger bars are used to resist not only
shear in the beam but also to transfer the load from the nib to the
compression side of the beam.
concrete walls or
 - ,..,1,,):_nl' ..v:
~,~.,':.

- Reinforced ConcreteDesign
~~::
.. Design of Corbels (Brackets) and Nibs 439

The additional reinforcement area (in addition to the area neces-

Where ay = Distance of the Load F; from the nearest hanger bar.
sary to support the shear force) for the hangers is computed using the z ::: Level' arm
relation, ·If inclined loops are used the area of the inclined nib reinforcernenris
given by

A = (F. )
,I 0.87/y sin e

j;==ii Where e::: angle of the inclined loop with the horizontal (Fig.13.8)
These reinforcements are to be held securely in position by using
,- - additional fixing bars running parallel to the nib as shown in Fig. 13,8.

t--- ay --*".
t y 4) In the case of nibs supporting light loads the horizontal reinforcement
may be bent as a loop as shown in Fig. 13.9.
~

"'
II

Fig. 13.7 Distance a, for Bending Moment am! Shear Force

3) According to the recommendations of the Cement and concrete Asso-
ciation, U.K, the cantilever portion of the nibs should be reinforced
with both horizontal and vertical systems of reinforcements as shown
in Fig. 13.8. The.area of horizontal nib steel is given by <D Fixing rods (,6 >12 mrn). Diameter ot
x ~ bar diameter links j.12 mm /
Fig. 13.9 Reinforcements In Nibs Wit~ Light Loads

13.7 DESIGN EXAMPLES

1) Design a corbel to support a factored load of 400 leN at a distance of

200 mm from the face of a column 300 mm by 400 mm. Adopt M-25
grade concrete and Fe-415' grade HYSD bars. Sketch the details of
reinforcements in the Corbel.

a) Data
- \

Factored load == F; = 4oo-kN

Horizontal
loops Wid_thof column :::Length of Corbel = 300 mm .
Shear span e a. :::200 mm
Fig. 13.8 Reinforcements in Nibs With Large Loads
Materials: M~25 grade Concrete (fc~::: 25 N/mm2)
--, Fe-415 HYSD bars ([y::: 415 Nzmnr')
 440 Reinforced Concrete Design Design of Corbels (Brackets) and Nibs 441

b) Dimensions of Corbel

Bearing Length ~ Width of Column = 300 mm

Using a bearing plate of length == 300 mm, and k ) == ( 0.134 ) =023
2 ( --
cx+k 0.44+0.134 .
Bearing pressure == 0.8/Ck == (0.8 x 25) == 20 N/mm
400X lOl] = 66.66 mm Substituting, we have
Width of plate == [
. 300x20
Provide a minimum width of 100mm and adopt a bearing plate 100 x 300
(~J -0.77 (~) +0.23(0.444)1= 0

mm Solving, (~) =0.7

c)· Estimation of depth (d)

o Check for 'z' using chart
2
From Table-19 of IS: 456, For M-25 grade concrete 'te'.ma. = 3.1 N/mm

..
d =(
.
FY) =(400X10
't.b 3.1 300 X
J
) = 430 mm
:.?
(ickt)- = (Fv)ick-
bd
=
(400XI(}l)
25 x 300 x 450
=0118
..
.
From Fig. 13.4, for (ajd) == 0.465 and (t!f.k) == 0.118, read out (dd) == 0.7·
Adopt effective depth == d == 450 mm
Therefore, Z == (0.7 x 450) ~ 315 mm
. Total depth at support is
D, == (d + cover + 1/2 diameter of bar)
=
(d - z) 0.45 x (Refer Fig. 13.3)
:. (450 - 315) == 0.45 x
::: (450 + 40 + 10) :. x == 300 mm
== 500mm
Depth at face == Dr == (0.5 D.) ::: (0.5 X 500) = 250 rom .. (x)d = (300) ... of 0.48 for ·Fe-415 grade bars.
450 ':' 0.66 > the limiting value

d) Check for strut action Hence, adequate steel should be used in compression also. The support
reinforcement for main steel and horizontal links used as shear reinforce-
ment will satisfy this condition.
Ratio (Ov)
d = (200)
450 = 0.44 < .
0.6, Hence acts as a corbel.
g) Resolution of Forces
e) .Determination of Lever arm (z)

F
FyXOy) = (400X200)
= ( -- =254kN
Using the Eq. (13.5), t z 315

(~J -(ex~k)(~) +(ex~k)(~

3
J =0 F, not less than 0.5 P; = (
400)
T .
= 200 kN

Where k '" ( Fy ) = ( 400 X 10 ) = 0.134

0.88 ick bd 0.88 x 25 x 300 x 450 h) Area of Tension Reinforcement
... .;

ex= (Oy)
d = (200)
400 =0.444
A"
=(Ft+Fh).
f. But Fh =0
'.;

" ..'
_ ...
 Reinforced ConcreteDesigni,
. ,',

>I':.' , ..
:'~~I.;: Design of Corbels (Brackets) and Nibs 443
;'f:' ·r
'_[0.0035 (d.-X)] _[0.0035 (450-300)J =0.00175 -s. Shear capaci;y of steel ",,(0.87/It
S.
.d)::: (0.87 x 415 x 157 x 450)::: 340 kN
75 x 1000
E. - X - 300 .

From Fig.3 of SP: l6 read out the stress in steel (f.) corresponding to strain
:. Total shear capacity::; (324 + 340) ::;664 kN > 400 kN
e. = 0.00175 Hence, design is safe .
;; = 320 N/mm2
.
3
I) Reinforcement Details
A = (254 x 10 ) = 794 rnnr'
" . 320

Use 4 bars of J 6 mm diarneter I/i, ::;'804 mrrr')

Column
i) Check for minimum and maximum reinforcement . ties

Hence satisfactory
lOOA,,)'" ( I00 x 804) = 0.595 > o.~but < 1.3 percent
bel

j) Area of shear reinforcement

320
r1I 500

2
As. (min> ::; ( '/2 AS!) ::; (80412) ::; 402 mm
Provide 4 numbers of 10 mm diameter 2 legged horizontal links in the Column
bars
upper two third depth (As. == 628 mm'). .
2
Spacing of links ::;S~:::( 3x:~0) :::75 mm

k) Shear Capacity of Section

Fig. U.I0 Reinforcement Details in Corbel
Using Table -19 of IS: 456, for M-25 grade concrete and 0.595 percent
steel, 2} Design a continuous nib (beam support) projecting from an R.C.C
wall to support a prefabricated slab unit transmitting a service shear
't = 0.53 N/mm2 and (~)::: 0.444 force of 15 kN/m, assuming the followingdata.
c . d
,
2 2 8} Data
.. Enhanced shear strength :::( ~.~~3) :::2.4 N/mm . ,I

Fv::; (1.5 x 15)::; 22.5 leN/m

. Hence, shear capacity of concrete is computed as, =
Projection of nib 200 mm .
a.== 100mm
~,

,. .
f
Vc
:::(2.4 x 300 x 450) = 324 kN
1000
i.k =- 30 N/mm2 and /y::; 415 N/mml
.',j
 Design of Corbels (Brackets) and Nibs 445
444 Reil!forced Concrete Design

b) Dimensions of Nib Fv

Since the shear force is small, adopt an overall depth of nib:::: D ;;;;200 mm
And effective depth= d;;;; 150 mm

c) Bending Moments and Shear Forces

Maximum bending moment and at the face of R.C. wall is computed as

• 3 6
M := (F v:a.):= (22.5 x 10 x 100) ;;;;(2.25 x 10 ) N.mm
Fig. 13.11 Reinforcement Details in Nib

V :;:r, :;:
22.5 kN
13.8 EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE

d) Reinforcements 1) Design a Corbel for a factory shed column SOD' rnm by 300 mm to
support a vertical ultimate load of 500 kN, with i'iS line of action 200
Assuming a lever arm depth of z:::: 0.8 d:::: (0.8 x 150):::: 120 mrn mm from the-face of the column. Assume M-20 grade concrete and
r,o, ) (22.5 JO X XIOO)
l
52 '/
Fe-415 grade HYSD bars for the construction ..
A,,'" ( 0.87fyz '" O.87x415x120 = mrn m 2) Design a Corbel to support a reaction due to a characteristic dead load
of 80 kN and live load of 120 kN. This reaction acts at 200 mm from
Provide minimum area of reinforcement of 0.4 percent.
the face of the column which is 350 mm square in section. There is
2
A" := (0.004 x 1000 x 150) := 600 mm /m also a horizontal reaction of 30 kN due to shrinkage restraint of beams
etc. Design the Corbel and sketch, the details of reinforcement.
Adopt 10 mm diameter bars at 130 mmcentres (A,>:::: 604 mm') both at top 2
Assumeji, = 20 N/mm2 andfy = 415 N/mm •
and bottom of the section.
3) A continuous concrete nib is to be provided to a reinforced concrete
e) Check for shear stress beam cast in situ.The nib is to support a series of precast floor units
450 rnm wide and 150 mm deep. These floor units have a clear span of
" .
Vu'" 22.skN 3.5m and exert an ultimate total reaction of 25 kN per metre length on
the nib. The dry bearing of, the floor units on the beam can exert a

(
JOO A,,) '" (,100 x 604) := 0.40 O.f
pressure of .fck' Assuming that an allowance of 20 mm has to be
bd JOOOx 150 provided for spilling and an allowance of 25 mm has to be made for
the face of column for inaccurate dimension, design a suitable nib and
From Table ~19 (IS; 456) for M-30 grade concrete,
=
, sketch the details of reinforcernents. Assume Z, 30 N/mm2 and fy ::::
''C< == 0.45 N/mm2
415 N/mm2• '

( bdVu)
3
't ;: - := (22.5 X 10 ) := 0.15 0 N/mm 2
But. v 1000 x 150

Since, fc > 'tv shear stresses are within safe permissible limits.

f) Details of Reinforceme n ts

The r~inforcement details in the nib is shown.in Pig. 13.11

\.
 '·.:·./: 'Pile and Raft Foundations 447

CHAPTER 14 14.2 DESiGN OF PILE FOUNDATIONS

Pile and Raft Foundations

. ,
Reinforced' concrete piles are designed as columns to resist the loads
.transmitted frorri the structure. Structural design of reinforced concrete
piles is influenced by the loads acting on the pile, the depth of t~e pile
below the ground level, type of soil, the grade of con~rete and q~ahty and
14.1 INTRODUCTION type of steel used as reinforcements. The precast piles are d~slgned for .
handling and driving stresses together with loads to be sustained under ~
Reinforced concrete piles are generally used in soft soils having very low service conditions.
bearing capacity. Buildings and bridgesover tank beds are invariably built The minimum longitudinal reinforcement in thepile should be not less
over pile foundations which are classified under deep.foundations, than the following values: . .
Concrete piles are further classified as 1) 1.25 percent of the cross sectional are of the pile for' piles having
a) Castin situ' length upto 30 times their 'least later dimension. . . .
bjPrecast piles 2) 1.5 percent of the cross' sectional area of the ~lle f~r piles having
length between 30 to 40 times.their least lateral ~lm~nslon ".
In the case of cast in situ piles, a steel shell is driven first to the
3) 2 percent of the cross sectional area of the pile for piles having length
required depth and concreting is done after placing the reinforcement cage
greater than 40 times their least lateral dimensions. '
in the hole. If the shell is left in place, it is called a shell pile. If the shell is
removed it is referred to as shelllees cast in situ pile. The world's longest The lateral reinforcement comprises of ties or links of not less than 6
shell pile is provided a: Walt Disney world in Florida, U.S.A98. Thelength mm diameter' and the spacing of the links or spirals shall be not greater
of the pile is 114 m. During 1950 to 1960, cast in situ piles were commonly than. 150min. Also the spacing of the ties should not,exceed half the least
used since the technique of precasting was not well developed. With the lateral dimensions. , ' .. . . .. ' . . .
introduction of better quality cement and precasting techniques, now days The minimum steel requirements of a typical precast concrete pile IS
99
precast piles are invariably preferred in place of cast in situ piles since shown in Fig. 14.1 based on the guide lines specified in SP:34 • '
multistory buildings and bridge structures. generally involve foundations
under water or in soils with high water table ..',:" .
Precast piles can be made with a high degree of quality control regard-
ing dimensions and strength and hence have superior structural properties
in comparison with cast in situ' piles. Precast piles can be cast to. various
shapes such as,
i) Circular,
ii) Square,'
iii) Rectangular
iv) Octagonal.
Generally circular and square section piles are preferred to other
shapes,
, When more than one pile is used for the foundation, the group of piles
are connected at the top by a pile cap to form a single unit. The piles are Longitudinal steel, min: 1·25 X for t < 300 .
arranged symmetrically about the axis of the columns so that the loads are 1-50 % for 30 0 ~ I ~ 400
,distributed uniformly to all the piles. pile caps are invariably used to sup- r.
2·00 for (> 400
port very heavy columns of storied buildings and the piers of bridges.
Fig. 14.1 Minimum Steel Requirements in Precast Concrete Piles
.1 Pill' and Raf) Foundations 449
448 Reinforced Concrete Design. IS32. lifting

14.2.1 Design procedure of Piles r 1SOO r-A r 4-1I!3,2 hOI~ rlS00~

The following stepwise procedure may be followed in the design of piles.

I) The number of piles is decided based on the total load transmitted to
;
. .r IH lIT II fA IIITI}IIIIIIIIIIIIII~
t ~1I1111111111~ 1-.;

the foundation. The service load on each pile is evaluated and the fac- 40mm cover I-A I I I ~
., .t-;-1O S0--:-t-:-1050-t- 6000 ~ 1050 --:-t-;-1O 50
tored load is computed. (d8 of 10) (tl 8 0110) (,68 01140) (tl 8 0110) (1180110)
2) The size of the pile is selected depending upon the service load. For
loads in the range of 400 to 600 kN, 300 mm square piles will be suf- Longitudinal Section

ficient. Depending upon the increase in the load, the size of the pile is
increased. t3SOi 4-#32
3) The length of the pile depends upon the depth of hard strata below t
350 ~filBclosed stirrups
M.S. Straps

+
1
ground level for bearing piles and the fiction developed in the case of
I Steel forks in
cohesive soils. The length of pile above ground is generally around pairs (spacer bars)
0.6 m to cast the pile cap and the columns. ¢ 32 lift hole
4) If the slenderness ratio of the pile is greater than 12, it is designed as a
Section AA Toe for Pile
long column, considering the reduction co-efficient applied to the
(suitable for gravel & sand)
permissible stresses.
5) The longitudinal reinforcement designed should be more than the Fig, 14.2 Typical Details of Relnforcemcut in a Precast Concrete Pile

minimum percentage of steel specified in section 14.2

'. 1) Shape of pile cap which is influenced by the number and spacing of £1
6) The lateral reinforcement consisting of ties or links and spirals and
piles.
their percentages expressed as percent of volume of the pile should be
. 2) Depth of pile cap, which should be sufficient to resist the bending
i . not less than the values specified in Fig. 14.1. The detailing of the
moment and shear forces, developed due to the loads.
larger percentage volume of lateral reinforcement near the pile head
3) Computation of bending moment, shear force and tensile force due to-
and pile end is of particular significance due to the driving stresses
strut action.
developed at the pile shoe end and pile head.
4) Amount of reinforcement and its arrangement .;
7) Clear cover to all main reinforcements in. pile shall be not less than
SOmm. The following guidelines based on the British practice and .Indian
8) Steel forks (spacer bars) in pairs are provided at regular intervals to Standard Code (is: 291l)100 recommendations are useful in the design of
hold the main reinforcement in position. A steel shoe made up of m:ild pile and pile caps.
steel plates is embedded at the pile end to facilitate easy driving of the
pile into the soil strata. . 1) Shape of pile cap
Typical details of reinforcement requirements in a precast concrete pile
Whenever number of piles are used symmetrically, square or rectangular
is shown in Fig. 14.2.
shaped pile caps are commonly employed. When odd numbers of three
piles spaced asymmetrically are used, triangular shaped pile caps are used.
14.3 DESIGN OF PILE CAPS
Minimum spacing of piles r= 2.5 to 3 dp
The load from the columns and piers in bridges are transmitted to the pile =
Where, dp diameter of the piles
foundation from a pile cap. When a group of piles are used, they are con- .'For accommodating deviations in driving of piles. the size of pile cap is
nected together to form a single unit through pile caps above the ground made 300 mm more than the outer to outer distance of the exterior piles.
/'
level .. . ,--

The salient parameters in the design of pile caps are:

 Reinforced Concrete.Design Pile ~Ild Raft 'Foullc/atio;i.f 451

mum cover e 60 to 80 min' , 2) Depth of pilecap '. .... .. -,

Another criterion in arriving at the shape of the pile cap is to arrange
the center of gravity of all the piles to coincide with the centroid of the pile Based on cost analysis an empirical relation has been recommended by
cap. Based on these principles, the common shapes of pile caps used for Varghese" expressing the thickness of the pile cap as a function of diame-
two to"nine piles are as shown in Fig. 14.3. ter of the pile given by
D = (2 d +'100) rum for d
p p not greater than 550 mill
= (1/3)(8
o D
Where,
dp+600) 111m for dp greater than OJ' equal to 550 rnrn
D ;::;overall thickness of pile cap (mm)
dp ;::; diameter of pile (mm)

2 Piles
o 3) Design of Reinforcements in Pile Caps
3 Piles
The transfer of loads from the column to the pile cap and the piles depends
upon the structural behaviour of the pile cap under the system of column
o 0 o 0 loads and pile reactions.
The theories that are commonly· used in the design of reinforce-

o 0
o ments in pile caps are grouped as,
o 0 a) Truss theory
b) Beam theory.
4 Plies
5 Piles Referring to Fig. 14.4«,1),~hen the angle of dispersion of load '9'is less
than 30· (tali 30· = 0.58), the value of shear span/depth ratio (ajd) is less
000 o 0 than 0.6. Under these conditions; the load is transferred to the piles by strut
action shown in Fig. 14.4 (b) where AB is in compression and Be .in ten-
sion. Experiments have shown that the truss action (similar to deep beams
000 o 0 "and corbels) is significant. for ratios of (a.ld) 2. =
In the truss theory, i~le tensile force ~~tween the pile heads is assumed
6 Piles
o 0 to be resisted by the reinforcements similar.to the tie member of a truss and
hence special care should be' tnken in detailing of the tension reinforce-
7 Piles ments and itsanchorage at the ends.
000 When the spacing of piles is at greater intervals associated with thinner

000 o 0 o pile caps in which the shear span/depth (ajd) ratio is more than 2, flexural
action is more predominant than truss action and hence the tensile rein-
o o forcement at the bottom of the pile cap is designed to resist the maximum
bending moment as in an ordinary beam. However, the depth of pile cap
000 o 0 o should be checked for shear when designed by either of the two methods.
The arrangement of reinforcement in 'pile caps comprises, of the fol-
6 Piles 98
9 Piles lowing types of bars as shown in Fig. 14.596.
Fig. 14.3 Typical Shapes of Pile Caps 1) Main reinforcements located at the bottom of the pile cap in the direc-
'"
tion XX bent up at the ends to provide adequate anchorage.
2) Main reinforcements placed at the bottom in the direction of YY also
bent up at their ends. f
 452 Reinforced Concrete Design Pile atu} Ra./i FOI;lldaliOlls
453

3) Horizontal ties comprising of two to three layers of 16mm diameter Ties are provided to the pile reinforcements extended Into the pile ca
bars as secondary reinforcement to resist bursting. and
.
column bars. The reinforcements detailing in pile c'II)S
•
I'S sh .p
own III
4) Vertical column starter bars which are L-shaped located at the level of Flg.14.5, The plan arrangement of reinforcements used in pile
. I diff
Wit I itferenr number of piles is shown in Fig. ]4.6.
caps
the bottom main reinforcements. ". ., .
.5) Reinforcements of the pile are extended mto the pile cap to provide
the required development length in compression

./
'j
I
Pile cap
",~.

Section of Pile Cap Section AA

j (al Load Transfer In Thick Pile Caps

Bar mark: 1,2 -
3 -
Main reinforcements
Horizontal ties
4. - Column reinforcement starter bars
5 - Main bars. in piles
6 - Top reinforcement in pile cap
7 - Ties for column and pile bars
Fig. 14.5 Reinforcement Details in Pile Caps

14.4 DESIGN EXAMPLES OF PILES AND PILE CAI)S

1) The. foundation for a structure comprising six piles of square cross

section have to support a service load of 3600 kN. The piles are driven
through a hard stratum and bear on hard rock. Design the reinforce-
ments in the pile assuming the pile to be 6 m long and using M-20
grade concrete arid Fe-415 HYSD bars, Sketch the details of
reinforcements in the pile.
(bl Truss Action in Pile Caps

Fig. 14.4 Truss Theory of Design of Pile Caps a) Data

~; ..~; :.
•.

6) Reinforcements provided as compression steel in the pile cap at the .~~: ,.:i. ';. =
Service load on each pile (3600/6) :: 600 kN
top if required as per computations. They are tie? to the bent up bot- =
Ultimate load :; (l.~ x 600) 900 kN
Ii tom bars to form a rigid cage before casting the pile cap. Length of Pile:; 6 m
I.
I
 Pile and Raft Foundations 455
',"454\ Reinforced Concrete-Design
c) Late~1 reinforcement
)"'1
~:;;G:: =iI = l~I
Lateral reinforcement in the central portion of pile = 0.2 percent of gross
I
.....
..., I I. I L'
rr'
,I I I I, , volume. ': '.
I 'I,I I,
I I 'I '" • Using 8 mm diameter ties.
t, I I I' I II
'--:I_ I J I I 1'1 Volume of one tie;: 50 [4 (300 - 100)] = 40,000 mrrr', If P ;: pitch of tie,
J
1 --l
t. = c _..JI
-...,_~-_
I Volume of pile per pitch length e (300 x 300 x p) ::;;90.000 p(mmJ)

For 3 Piles
Therefore, 40,000 = ( ~:o x 90000 p)
For 2 Piles Solving. P = 222 mm
Maximum permissible pitch e (D/2) =
(300/2) ::;;150 mm
,--------.._ Hence, provide 8 mm diameter ties at 150 mm centres.
I
d) Lateral reinforcement near pile head

I Spiral reinforcements is to be provided inside the main reinforcements for

I I
a length of (3 x 300) == 900 mm.
,, I
I
Volume of spiral ='0.6% of gross volume
I
I
, "
, Using 8mm diameter helical ties (A, ::;;50 mm')
I
I
I
I
Volume of spiral per mm length
.
=(
0.6 x300x300x
100
I) == 540 mnr'
1..---
J
)
I
If p::;; pitch of spiral with d::;; [300-100-40] ::;;160inm .
For 7 Piles
p,',
= (Circumference
540 ,
of sPiral) _
-
(1t x 160
540'
x 50)_
- 46.51 mm
For 4, S, 6, S 9 Piless
Fig. 14.6 Plan Arrangement of Relntorccment in Pile Caps Provide, 8 mm diameter spiral at a pitch of 4:? mm for a length of 90mm
near the pile head. The spiral is enclosed inside of the main reinforce-
ick = 20 N/mm2
ments.
/y = 415 N/mm2
e) Lateral reinfo~~~~ents near pile ends
b) Longitudinal Reinforcements
=
Volume of ties 0.6% of gross volume for a length::;; 3 D = (3 x 300) =
r,::[0.4 h0. + (0.67 [y - O.4.t:k)A,J 900 mm ' . ' .
Using 8 rnrn diameter ties. (A, == 50 mm') ,
'(900 x t03) = (0.4 x 20x 3002) + [(0.67 x415)- (0.4 x 20»)A«
Volume of each tie e 50 [4 (300 - 100~] ::;;40,000 mrrr'
Solving A<e= 666 mnr' , If P = pitch of ties. .'
But minimum longitudinal steel (Fig. 14.1) for piles < 300 < (30 x 300) < 9000
0.6 )
rnm is 40,000= ( 100X300x300xp .
A" = 1.25 Percent of cross section of pile
= (1.25 x 300 x 300)/100 = 1125 mm~ Solving, p == 74.00 mm
Provide-d bars of 20mm diameter (A,c = 1256 mrrr') with a clear cover of Provide Bmrn diameter ties at 70 rnrn centres for a distance of 900 rnrn
50 111111,
f(.6m the end of the pile both at top and bottom. "
 456 Reinforced Concrete Design
Pile and Raft FOlllldatiolls 457
f) Spacer forks and lifting holes

I· Provide spacer forks in pairs of steel using 25 mm diameter bar spacers at

2) Design a suitable pile cap consisting of 4 piles of 300 nun by 300m III
to support an RC.C. column 500 mm by 500 mm carrying a service
1500 mm centres. Provide 32 mm diameter holes at 1500 mm from ends. load of 2000 kN. The piles are arranged as shown in Fig.14.8(a).
Reinforcement details in the pile is shown in Fig. 14.7. Adopt M-20 grade' concrete and Fe-415 grade HYSD bars. .:

precast pile

6000

B ~ ties
4200 at 150 clc

tt 300~B-70
~1"c/C
(a) Plan

1~#20
Steel spacer
a=5OOmm
L.:12oomm
pu.:3000mm

bars at 1500 clc

900
1500
8 d ties
.
Section 88 r d10 Pile cap
II

at 70 clc
(3D)
~o L-.-~~ __ ~ __ ~ -r-+-.__J
Pile·

Steel shoe
(b) Section XX
Fig. 14.7 Details of Reinforcement Details In Precast Pile
Fig. 14.8 Design of Pile Cap (Truss Action)

. ._.,' ~
-.
,,':
 ...... . ,/'

'\11
'./ .

Pile and Raft'Foundations

:.\J'
':"',,"
Substituting r, == 3000 kN
. .
'.,'
:_:: L =1.2m
=
. " Size of Column 500 mm by 500 mm a =0.5 m
Size of Piles = 300 mm by 300 mm ". d =0.62 III
Service load on coiumn = 2000 kN
Factored load = P u = (l.5 x 2000) == 3000 kN.
H =( 1~~~~6J 1(2 x 1.2)-0.5] = 575 kN
ick = 20 N/mm2 .
jy == 415 N/mn)2 A
"
=(' O.87x415
57S'x 10
1
) = 1593 ~ml

Distance between c/c of piles == L = 1200 mm

=
Overall width of pile cap == (1200 + 300) 1500 mrn Adopt 4 bars of 25 mm diameter in -XX and YY directions (A" = 1964
mm') within a width (column) of 500' mm (b == 500 mm).
Percentage of steel provided "is
b) Depth of pile cap /. . . '. . .'
'=(IOOXI964)=063'7l 012%
=
Total depth of pile cap D = (2 dl•+ 100) P. 500 x 620 . e xu.
Where dp = diameter or width of pile = 300 mm
e) Check for shear
:. D = (2 ><.300+ 100) = 700 mm
Assuming effective cover of 80 mrn
Effective depth == d== (700 - 80) = 620 mm Nominal shear =" Vu.= ( i) = (3~) = 750 kN

3
c) Check for Truss action . shear. stress
Nominal . = 't" v '" (Vu)
"- = (750X 10 ) = 0.24 N/mm 2
'. bd 5005620 ;,.

Shear span == a. = (600 - 250) == 350 mm Neglecting enhanced 'shear stress, refer Table-19 of (IS: 456-2000) and
Effective depth = d 620 mm = read out the permissible shear stress in Concrete 'tc for M-20 grade con-
. (ad
Hence, Ratio
v
)
= (350)
620 = 0.56 < 0.6"
crete as,
.r, = 0.52 N/mm 2
> 'tv' Hen~e Safe.
Hence, Truss action is predominant
t) Check for Moment action
d) Design of Tension Steel
Maximum moment M, at C is given by
Referring to Fig. 14.8 (b)
Let H = tension in Steel M P.[~ _~]
=
"424
=(3000 X 10
4
3
) [1200 _ 500] = (356 x 1O~ N.mm
24
Taking moments about A

Compute parameter,
M)
( --'i = (356 X
6
10 ) . I
2 == 1.85
bd 500 x 620

P
u
Refer Table-2 of SP: 16 and read out the percentage of reinforcement as,
H=-[2L-a]
16d PI = 0.584.
== (0.584 x 500 x 620)/100:;:; 1810 mm" < ASI provided, hence safe.
I
ASI
!
I
 Pile and Raft Foundations 461
460 Reinforced Concrete Design
Depth of Pile Cap = D::: (2dp + 100) == (2 x 300) + 100::: 700 mm
g) The details of reinforcements as per standard practice are shown in . ~ Adopting a cover of 100 mm
Fig. 14.9.
+ 500 (al-t
.1
Effective depth == d::: (700 - 100) :: 600 mrn
The pilecap dimensions are shown in Fig. 14.10 (a)
,
~ II
# 16 ;'300 clc
(hOrizon\ ties) 1 II
A Nominal steel
-! -,-t- Il 12-300 clc

- ,..
I
d .. 620
-
IT,
r- 1
"

I If Y- 4 #25

~ 7
~7V.
I
I"IP.
1-:--
1
'.-. .. ~ .~~.)~':";:,,,
"
I
, 1'----t
r·; ':P'; ~
~.;:.;.'~:f'~
t-I--
. h
'; :(~'
( main bars)

d =600
r 0/4
T
700(0)

1
f- l- ~e
#- 12-300 clc 1200 ru l- I-- cone rete
(topl ....11_
~L--.-r-r--------~------r-~~~
(dp)-1-
t-300 +- JOO_,\..
(dpl
"Section XX
(Flg.14·B oj
Fig. 14.9 Details of Reinforcement In Pile Cap (Q) Deiails of Forces on Pile Cap

3) Design a pile cap for a group-of two piles spaced 1.5 m apart. The
piles are 400 111mdiameter and the column transmits a factored load of , 52o-t
,.,
1000 kN and is of size 500 mm by 500mm. Adopt M-20 grade con-
crete and Fe-4l5 grade HYSD bars. Sketch the details of reinforce-
ments.
l--i~] # ~-300 clc

r-
i1
,j -~l ....
1111

TI
,-1
~ ~./ I
I r I "

a) Data
700
I
I I I
7 n
-
Size of Column = SOD x 500 mm
I
... h ~
V
l- .~
=
Size of Piles 300 mm diameter
Factored load on Column= 1000 kN
7~
... . :---".
:.:::~
I---
I "-
',: 7.:. '7','._;:)'; ~'::-'~'.,.;:
y~ # 12~300 I-
".:J..':.
"
:,..';,~',:.
6;' 22
_:;:;: ... -:c-.;::':;.:::- ...

!ck ::: 20 N/mml clc I-

fy::: 415 N/mml
I----i
u_. ~
Distance between C/C of piles > L == 1500 mm +- 300-+
~".: t-300+

(b) Reinforcemenls;in Pile Cap Section YY

b) Pile Cap Dimensions
,
Allowing a cover of ISO mm from the edge of the pi!e and the column the Fig. 14JO Design or Pile Cap (Flexural action)
./ !
overall dimension of pile cap is fixed. ..~
Length of Pile Cap= (1500 + 300 + 300)::: 2100 mm ·,1
.,l . ':', ,

Width of Pile Cap= (500 + 300) :::,800 mm ....

.;'.'
 .R;;,if;;~~~
Con~ret~~esi8n :' Pile and RajtF()unqa(ions. ,463
. "' . .I}:" ':'." (I " ' ':','

C) . Check for Fl¢xiiral and Truss actlon.i, . Hence, shear stresses are within safe permissible limits .
.••. ,I .. ", ;.: ,.', ..
. . ,"

Shear span = a; = (750·- 250) = 500 mm 1) Rein(orcement Details

" Ratio of (~Y)= ( ~~~)=> 0.83 ~.6 The detaiis of reinforcements in the pile cap are shown in Fig ..14.10 (b)'.

Hence. flexural action will be predominant. Design the pile cap for flexure 14.5 DESIGN OF RAFT FOUNDATIONS
I: and check for shear.
I
1 14.5.1 Introduction
,
~""-.'>I'
d) Tension Steel
i i
. '. .
I Raft foundations are generally provided to support a number of heavily i
Referring to Fig.14.10(a) and taking moments about the centre of pile cap.
the maximum bending moment at A is given by
loaded columns situated on soils of low bearing capacity. In. the case of !
multistorey buildings with columns based at regular intervals, the bearing
j
M = P'[~-~J= 1000[~_ 0.5J=312.5kN.~ .area required for each column overlaps that of the adjacent column. In such
,
•
u224
6
224 cases it is advantageous and economical to provide a raft or a mat consist-·
ing.of a network of beams connecting the columns with a continuous rein- ·,.
Mu)'
( bd = (312.5 X 10 ) = 1.08 forced concrete slab in contact with the soil.
.

I
!

2
800 x 6002 Fig.l4.l1 shows a typical raft foundation connecting all the columns
Refer Table-Z (SP: 16) and read out the percentage of reinforcement as with sil beams and.a continuous inverted slab in contact with the soil.
II
'. The slab and the continuous beam forming the raft or mat fou'ndation I
p = (100 An) = 0.325 should be designed for maximum moments andshear forces developed in I
, btl
the members. i:
I,
I ! .
.' = (0.325 X 800 x 600).;; 1560mm'
.. Au. 100 14.5.2 Design Principles of Raft Foundations
Provide 6 bars 22 mm diameter with (AM = 2280 !llm2) The structural design of raft foundations involves the computation of total
area of the slab required to support the loads on the columns. The founda-
c) Checkfor Shear stresses
tion area required is obtained using the safe bearing capacity of the soil and
!
the total loads on t{le foundation. The slab is normally fixed or continuous
] OOA,,) = ( 100x 2280) = 0.475
( bd 800x600
at the edges and designed for the moments developed in the perpendicular
directions and the design of two-way slabs has been presented in chapter-9.
I
I,
,
'.

Refer Table-19 (IS: 456) and read out the value of permissible shear stress The beams are normally continuous over several spans and behaves as ,.
I'

as il
a continuous beam with loads acting from the soffit upwards due to soil
'tc = 0.47 N/mm2 reaction. The preliminary dimensions are assumed based on span/depth
ratio and the design moments and shear forces are computed using the
Permissible shear stress is = r,' = 'to (2d)
a. = 0.47 (2"50()
x 600) = 1.128 N/mm
2
dead and imposed loads and the bending moment and shear force coeffi-
cients given inTable-Iz and 13 of IS: 456-2000. The reinforcements are
.
Nominal shear stress = 't = - (Vu) = (500 X 10)
. x 600~ = 1.04 N/mm 2.
< 'to
computed to resist the factored moments and shear forces.
. '. bd 800
:! . . 14..6 DESIGN EXAMPLE

Design a suitable raft foundation connecting the columns of a building

n.
"
 ,','
Pile and Raft Foundations 465
Reinforced' Concrete Design
.;

X
x

...:~

Raft
slab (,

'.~.
(a) Plan of Raft Foundation .... I.....R

Columns
Sil beams
#,-J~III flrirB djOO :10-200</<
4 legged
stirrups

#12-1~
(main) (b) Section XX

Section XX

Fig. 14.1L Typical Raft Foundation,

shown in Fig. 14.12 (a). The size of the building is 12 m by 12 m with the
columns spaced at 4 m intervals. Adopt the following data:

13~ ~~~:.!:::~
a) Data +t-----1S00----~r
.. (c) Sectioh YY
Size of building = 12 m by 12 m. .~, <.. ~

lit,..
=
Spacing of columns all round 4 m intervals,
=
Service load transmitted by each column' 500 kN.
_.'·~Fig.14.12 Reinforcement DCfail~In Raft Fo~ndatjon
I
I Size of Columns = 300 rnm by 300 mm
I:
 .....
., :~\~;~r'{:):,:
.. 466
'

Reinforced 'Concrete Design ~.- 'pile' and Raft Fo~naaiions

',' .' . .:;~',. c ;~:'/.; ~-.'i .
. . . '. -.. . . 2
. ?f-~",:.:. Safe bearing capacity of soil lOO.kN/m = c) Design of continuous beam over raft slab
...
,',~F. Materials: M-20 grade concrete 20 N/mm2) Uck =
:\:
.
Fe-415 HYSD bars(/y
2
415 N/mm ). = Maximum Service load on beam
" "

b) Design of Raft Slab

w = (83.3 x 1.5 x I) = 125 kN/m
Mu;: L5(WL2) = 1.5 ( 125 X 4 ) = 300 kN.m
2

Total service load on all columns= (12 x 500) 6000 kN = ·1010

Self weight of slab and beams at 10% 600 kN =
Total service load = 6600 kN. / Vu= 1.5 (0.6 wL) = 1.5(0.6 x 125 x 4) = 450 kN
Area of raft. slab = (6600)
lOO =66 m2 ..... '
\;..i i,5'
Assuming the width of beam = b = 300 mm,
6 .

Total length of slab (12 x 4) 48 m = = Effective depth = d = ~ Mu = 300x lo = 602 mm

.. 0.138 f.k b (0.138 x 20 x 300)
Width of slab = (66/48) = 1.375 m
Adopt a footing width of 1.5 m Adopting d = 650 mm and over all depth D = 700 rnm, compute the
parameter,
Intensity of soil pressure = (1~8) = 83.3 kN/m2 6

(Mu) (300·XlO ) 236

bd2 = 300x6501 = .
C'Janti ever projection
•. of s 1ab = (1500-300)
2 = 600'·'rnm
Refer Table-2 (Sf: 16) and read out the percentage reinforcement as
Factored moment in Cantilever slab is computed as,
= ( ~lOOA,,)
u, =( 1.5 X 83 3X 0.6 ) =22.5 kN.m
2
2 p,=0.781

A =(0.781 X300X650)= 15~3 2

Limiting depth required is given by " '. 100. mm

M . Provide 4 bars of 25 mm diameter both at top and bottom to resist negative

d
=~ 0_138hkb
u
= moments at the supports. (A.. = 1963 mm'),

Adopt effective depth d = 100 mm

d) Shear Reinforcements
And overall depth D = 130 mm

Mu) = (22.5 x Hf) = i.25

v, = 450 kN
( bd IOJx1o&
=( )=
2 3
X 2
Nominal shear stress '=-t Vu) =(450 10 2.30N/mm
Refer Table-Z (SP: 16) and read out the percentage of reinforcement as, .. ·.M .. 3~x~ ..

. (lOOA,,) 100A,,).;(JOOX1963)= 1.006 .. -

p, = 0.737 = t;d' .( bd 300 X 6501
Refer Table-19 (IS: 456) and read out the permissible shear strength of
A =(0.737 x 16' x 100) = 737 mm2/m
~. 100 . concrete as, ;.

Provide 12mm diameter bars at 150 mm centres (AS! = 754 mm') 'to = 0.62 N/mml < 'tv
Distribution bars =
(0.0012 x 103 x 130) = 156 mnr'
Hence.shear reinforcements are to be designed to resist the balance shear
Provide'Srnm diameter bars at 150 mm centres (All';' 189 rnrn')
given by
 i:
Pile and Raft Foundations 469
468 Reillforced COil crete Design
1 5) Design a reinforced concrete raft foundation connecting the COIUI~lIlS
V =[V -tbd] =·[40.-(O.62x 300x 650)1 1Olj ",,33kN
<
• u
of a multistorey~d bui~ding. ~he columns are arranged iJ.l square grid
Using 10 mm diameter four legged stirrups, 16 m by 16 m With their spacings 4 m apart. The safe bearing capacity
2
of the soil at site is 100 kN/m . The total service load on all the col-
0.87 jyA,vd] [O.87X415X4X78.5X650]
Spacing == S == [ == . l = 223 mm umns is '4800 kN: The columns are 400 rnm by 400 mm in section.
v V, 330x 10
Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.' Sketch the details
Provide 10 rnm diameter four legged stirrups at 200 mm centres. of reinforcements in the raft foundation.
6) The columns of a rnultistoreyed building with their centre lines form-
e) Reinforcement details
" , ing a rectangular grid of 10.5 m by 14 m has the columns spaced at 3.5
m centres in the grid. The columns are 300 mm by 300 II1Ill in cross
The reinforcement details of longitudinal and cross section of the raft is
section and transmit a factored load of 800 kN each to the foundations.
shown in Figs. 14.12 (b) and (c). 2
The safe bearing capacity of soil at site is 80 kN/m • Adopting M-25
grade.concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars, design a suitable raft founda-
14.7 EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE
tion for the columns and sketch the details of reinforcements in the
I) A typical column of a multistoreyed building transmits a load of 3200 raft beam and slab.
kN to the foundations. This load has to be supported by 4 piles having
a square cross section. The piles are driven through hard stratum and
rest on hard rock. 300 mm by 300 mm size Precast piles are proposed
to be used for the foundations. Design the reinforcements required for
a typical pile assuming the pile to be 8 m long. Adopt M-30 grade
concrete and Fe-415 grade high yield strength reinforcement. Sketch
the typical details of reinforcements in the pile.
2) A reinforced concrete column 400 mm by 600 mm carrying a factored
load of 2400 kN is to be supported by six precast piles of length 6 m.
The piles are driven' through hard gravelly soil and resting on hard
strata. Using M-20 grade concrete and Fe~41~ HYSD bars design the
reinforcements required lit a typical pile and sketch the details.
3) A reinforced concrete column 400 mm by 400 m~ carrying a service
load of 800 kN is supported on three piles 300 by 300 mm in section.
The centre to centre distance between the piles is 1500 mm. Design
the reinforcements in the pile and the pile cap. The length of the piles
may be assumed as 6 m bearing on hardrock. Adopt M-20 grade con-
crete and Fe-415 HYSD reinforcement.
4) A pile cap connecting 4 reinforced concrete piles of 300 by 300 mm is
to be designed to support a reinforced concrete column 400 mm by
400 mm carrying a service load of 2000 kN, The piles are located
parallel to the column faces with their centres located 8PO mm from
the centre of the column. Using M-30 grade concrete and Fe~500
.grade reinforcement, design the pile cap and sketch t~e details of
.' ;reinforcements. . .. '. . ..
;' I
 Worki~g Stress Method of Design- 471

.. :.... Where =
d effective depth of the section
=
M service load moment
b:: width or breadth of section
CHAPTER 15 =
Q a constant depending upon the permissible stresses, neutral
axis depth factor (k) and lever arm coefficient (j).
W,orking Stress Method of Design Values of design constant 'Q' for differentgrades of concrete and types of':
steel are compiled in iable-4.3. After satisfying the depth criterion, the
area .of reinforcement required in the section is evaluated by using the
relation; . '
15.1 INTRODUCTION AND PERMISSIBLE STRESSES

The working stress or permissible stress method of design developed and A" "= ( ----:--d
M )
: all·J·
widely used during the first half of the 20'h century is based on the elastic
The section is reinforced with suitable number of steel bars with due
theory of reinforced concrete sections outlined in detail under chapter-4.
regard to spacing of bars and cover requirements.
Basically, the method assumes linear elastic behavior of materials and the
The section is generally checked for resistance against shear by com-
working stresses in the materials are obtained by applying appropriate par-
puting the nominal shear' stress r, using the relation,
tial safety factors to the characteristic strength. The resulting permissible
stresses in concrete and steel are well within the linear elastic range of the
materials.
The working stress method does not provide a realistic measure of the =
Where V service load shear force at the section
factor of safety againstcollapse of a structure, in contrast to the limit state The permissible shear stress in concrete ('tc) is influenced by the per-
method of design. However structures designed in accordance with -t~e centage reinforcement in the section and the grade of concrete as compiled
working stress method have been generally performing satisfactorily over in TabJe-IS.1 (Table-23' of IS: 456-2000),
many years. In general, the working stress method results in comparatively
larger sections of the structural members with higher/quantities of steel
Table 15.1 Permissible Shear Stresses In Concrete
reinforcement, resulting' in conservative designs. Nevertheless, the method , (Table-23 01 IS: 456-2000)
due to its simplicity in concept as well as application was widely used by,
the .structural engineers during the 20th century and even now, the method
has been incorporated in Annexure-B of the revised Indian Standard Code'
IS: 456~2000 for optional use.
c=') Permissible Shear stress in Concrete ('to, Nlmm')

M,40
M·15 M-20 M·25 M·30 M·35
The permissible or ,working stress in concrete under compression, ~0.15 0.18 0.18 0.19 0,20 0.20 0.20
flexure, and bond is shown in Table-4.2 (Table-21 of IS: 456-2000) and ·0.25 0.22· 0.22 0,23 0.23 0,23 0.23·
the working stresses in steel reinforcement are compiled in Table-4.1, 0.50_ 0.29 0.30 0.31 0.31 ,_0.31 0,32
(Table-22, of IS: 456-~000). The design shear strength of concrete for vari- 0.75 0.34 0.35 0.36 0.37 0.37 0.38
1.00 0,37 0.39· 0.40 0.41 0.42 . 0.42
ous grades is shown in Table-15.l (Table-23 of IS: 456-2000). ,
1,25 0.40 0.42 0.44 " 0.45 0.45 0.46
In the working stress method of design of structural concrete members,
1.50 0.42 0.45 0,46 ,0.48 0.49 0.49
the 'cross sectional dimensions are generally assumed based on the basic
1.75 0.« '.; 0'.47 0.49 0,50 0.52 0.52
span/depth ratios outlined in chapter-S. The service . load moments and
2,00 0.44 . 0.49 0.51 0.53 0.54 0.55
shear forces are computed at critical sections and the adequacy of the depth
of the section is checked by using the relation, (Contd.)

" d=~
 472 Reinforced Concrete Design
Working Stress Method ofDesign . 473
Table 15.1 Permissible Shear Stresses in Concrete
(Table·23 of IS: 456·2000) However, it is important to note that in slabs, the nominal shear stress ('tv)
Permissible Shear stress In Concrete (e•• N/mm2) should not exceed half the value of 'to. mIlA given in Table-15.3 (Table-24 of
COOA.)
bd : IS: 456·2000).

M·15 M·20 M·25 M·30 M·3S M·40

2.25 0.44 0.51 0.53 0.55 -.56
Table 15.3 Maximum Shear Stress, 't<.m.~ ( N/mm')
0.57
. (Table-24 of IS: 456.2000)
2.50 ' 0.44 0.51 0.55 0.57 0.58 0.60
2.75 0.44 0.51 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.62 Concrete M·15 M·20 M·25 M·30 M·35 M·40
Grade and above
3.00 0.44 0.51 0.57 0.60 0.62 0.63
'Tc,fN..t 1.6 1.8 1.9 2.2 2.3 2.5
Note: A. is that area of longitudinal tension reinforcement which continues at least one
effective depth beyond the section being considered except at supports where the full
area ot tension reinforcement mlly be' used provided the detailing conforms to
clauses 26.2.2 and 26.2.3 of IS: 456·2000 15.2 DESIGN OF SLABS

If the nominal shear stress, exceeds the permissible shear stress, suitable 15.2.1 Design Example ~fOne-way Slab
shear reinforcements are designed in members using the relation,
.' (CJ;.A,..d)
s= -~
Design a simply supported verandah slab to suit the following data:
• V,
a) Data
Where S. =spacing of stirrups
I As. = cross sectional area of stirrup legs
<Joy =permissible stress in steel reinforcement
ciear span 3 m =
Slab supported on load bearing brick walls 230 mm thick.

II
.,,}

,d =effective depth ' Loading: Roof load (accessible) ;x:: 1.5 kN/m2
V. =working load shear force at the section. Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 H"YSD bars.
.id

In the case of slabs, the section is revised using greater thickness since
i b) Permissible stresses
shear reinforcements are not feasible. However in slabs, the permissible

I shear stress in concrete is increased to a value '~,'t;where 'k' is a multi-

plying -factor depending upon the thickness of the slab as specified in
Table-152 and clause 40.2.1.1 ofIS: 456-2000. -:
m
Ocbc

0"
= 7 N/min2
=
230 N/mm2
= 13
Q
j
=
=
0.91
0.90 fI'J

Table 15.2 Values of 'k' for Soll.d slabs (Clause D·S.2.1.1 Of IS: 456.2000)
c) Depth of Slab
Overall 300 150
depth of or 275 250 225 200 175 or'
slab(mm) More leas .
,Assuming 0.4 percent of reinforcement in the slab, the value of K, (Fig.
« 1.00 1.05· 1.10 . 1.15 1.20 1.25 . 1.30 5.1) using Fe·415 HYSD barsis around 1.25. . .

In the case of beams, nominal shear reinforcements. are provided if the

Hence the ratio (J) ic X K, x
= (~ ) ..... s,
nominal shear stress is less' than the permissible, shear stress arid the spac- = (20 x 1.25 x 1.00) = 25
ing of such reinfor~e~ent is computed as, '

= (Q.87 /y AI.) . :.-d = (3~) = 120mm, Using 10min diameter bars,

Sy . O.4b .
Overall depth = [120 + 5 + 15] = 140 mm. Adopt overall depth = 150.mm.
 ..•.

'.Working Stress Method of Design 475

Reinforced Concrete Design ..~.:;'.::

d) Effective Span I; . ..... j) Check for Shear stress

3 f:
Effective span is the least of the following: - 1: :::(~) == (9.36 X 10 )::: 0.078 N/mm2 ;1
bd 103x 120
III',
v
a) Centre to centre of supports > (3 +'0.23,);:;:3.23 m
b) Clear span + effective depth= (3 + 0.12) 3.12 m = Assuming 50 percent of tension reinforcement to be bent up near supports,
.. Effective span= L:: 3.12 m .,
~l
R . (100A,,)=( l00XI47)=0 122
e) Loads. auo bd 1000 X 120 .
2 From Table-23 of IS: 456-2000, interpolating the permissible shear stress
Dead load of slab = (0.15 x 25 x 1) = 3.75 kN/m
2
Live load on accessible roof = 1.50 kN/ril for slab is
=
Roof finishes 0.75 kNim 1
he = (1.30 x 0.15) = 0.195 N/mm2 > 'tv
=
Total load w = 6.00 kN/m2
Hence, shear stresses are within' safe permissible limits.
Considering 1 m width of the slab, the uniformly distributed load is 6
kN/m on an effective span 0(3.12 m. . k) Check for Deflection Control
t) Bending Moments and Shear Forces .' .

Percentage reinforcement =p, == [(100 x.294)/(1000 x 120)] = 0.245

=
For p, = 0.245, K, 1.55 (refer Fig. 4 of IS: 456-2000)
N= (0.125 W L2) = (0.125 x 6 x 3,122) = 7.3 kN.m
V = (0.5 w L) =·(0.5 x 6 x 3.12) = 9.36 kN :. (Ud)mu = (20 x 1.55) = 31
(Ud)proYided == (3120/120) = 26 < 31, Hence safe.
g) Effective Depth
6 15.2.2 Design Example of Two-way Slab
7.3 X 10 :: 90.06 mm
0.91 x lO3 ( Design a two-way slab for a residentialfloor to suit the following datil:
Effective depth adopted = d;;;;. 120 mm. Hence safe.
f:
h) Main reinforcement
a) Data .f!
,..
j;:
A =(_!!_)=[ 7.3xlO6 ]::294mm2 =
Size of floor 4 ruby 6 m
j:,
" a.Jd 230xO.9x 120 Edge conditions: slab simply supported on all the sides without any provi-
sion for torsion at comers. Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Pe-415 f,l
Minimum reinforcement = 0.12 percent e (0.0012 x 150 x 1000) = 180
H
mm' < 294 mm' HYSDbars.
.'
::
Spacing of 10 mm diameter bars::: ( 1~~ast)= ( l~: 79) = 268 mm b) Permissible Stresses
;:1
iii
. o.be = 7 Nlmmz Q= 0.91 . 1:,1
Use 10 mm diameter bars at 260 mm centres.
0" .= 230 N/mm2 j~O.90 i',
i) Distribution Reinforcement m == 13.33
II
A,,;; (0.0012 x 1000 x 150) = 180 rnm" c) Type of Slab ..'I
Spacing of 6 mm diameter bars :::(IOOOX28.2)
.
180
6
:: 156. mm
Simply supported on all sides without any provision for torsion at corners.
Adopt 6 :'nm diameter bars at 150 mm centres Hence
 476 Reil1forced COllcrete Desig}1 Working Stress Method of Design "477

.,., Effective depth adopted for short span 120 mm =

L.==4m
Ly:::6m Ratio (LylL.) ==(6/4)::: 1.50 :!., Effective depth for long span(using 10 mm diameter bars) = Ci20 - 10) =
110 rnm '

d) Depth orSlab
i) Reinforcements

From Table 5.1,

Shorlspan) (4000) 8 Steel for short span
.' = [M'o,,:i'd
= As< J'[ = 11.2xIQ6 ] 451
230 x 0.9 ~ 120 = . mm
2

Overall depth e D '" ~- ,.., 2s = 142. mm

(
Use 10 mm diameter bars at 170 mm centres.
Adopt overall depth= 150 mm
Effective depth= (150 - 30) ==120 mm .
Steel for long span
.
=.
[4.96X 10
6
J 218
230 xO.9 x 110' ':' '.' mm
2

e) Effective Span Use 10 mm diameter bars a~300 mm centres

. .~.
Effective span is the least of the following two criteria. j) Shear and Bond Stresses - .
. ~
a) Centre to centre of supports= (4 + 0.2) ==4.2 m
b) Clear span + effective depth = (4 + 0.12)::: 4.12 m Shear and bond stresses in two-way slabs are very small and not generally
checked since they will be within safe permissible limits. .
., Effective span =L xe ::: 4.12 m
The reinforcement details are similar to that in the design example
',,,

worked out under limit state design.

f) Loads ,
"
~',

. . 2 )} .
15.3 DESIGN OF'BEAMS
Self weight of slab::: (0.15 x 25)::: 3.75 kN/m
Live load on floor= 2.00.kN/m2
; IS.3.1 Design of Singly Reinforced Beam
Floor finishes= 0.60 kN/m2 ,,',
".~;
Total service load w = =
6.35 kN/m2 :'v/j .'
Design a rectangular rei~fotC~d concrete beam simply supported on
masonry walls 300 mm thick and 6 m apart (centre to centre) .to support a
g) Bending Moments distributed live load of 10 kN/m and a dead load of 5 kN/m in addition to
its own weight. Assume M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
From Table-5.S, for (LIL.)::;; 1.5, read out the momentcoefficients, . ! .

(x.. '" 0.104 and Oy '" 0.046 a) Data

»> 2 kN
(M. '" (<<.w.L;.) '" (0.104 x6.35 x 4.12 ) ~ 11.20 .m Span (centre to centre of supports) «6m .
2
Live load e 10 kN/m . .
My"" (Oy,w,L;.) '" (0.046 x 6.35 x4.12 )::: 4.96 kN.m
Dead load e 5 kN/m
M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars
h) Check for Depth

6
b) Permissible Stresses
11.2x 10 -1115
--~- .. mm
Effective depth > d == ~::: 0.91 x 103 Q=O.91·
O'cb 7 N/mm2
;;

,0"1 23'0 N/ml112

;; j=O.90
:.. m' . :::13.33
.'i~l
 r

"Reinforced Concrete Design" Working Sir~ss Methoiof Design . 479

2
c) Cross Sectional Dimensions .'. Provide 3 bars of20 mm diameter,(A.,::: 942 mOl }

Adopt width of beam > b :::300 mm i) Shear Stresses and Reinforcements

As theloading on beam is heavy adopt,

Effective depth = d == (span)

To , (6000)
10 = 600 mm Nominal shear stress = 't = (~) = ( 60 X 10J ) = 0.33N/mm2
=: v bd 300 x 600

Overall depth> D::: (600 + 50)::: 650 mm R . (100A,,)=(I00X942)=052

ano bd. 300 x 600 .

d) Effective Span Refer Table-23 (IS: 456-2000) arid read out the permissible shear stress in
concrete as
Effective span is the least of the following two criteria.
'C. = 0.30 N/I:Jl~2 <: r,
i) Centre to centre of supports 6 m = " lienee. shear reinforcements in the form of stirrups are required. ,
ii) (Clear span + effective depth)::: (6 - 0.3 + 0.6)::: 6.3 m Since "Co is nearly' equal 'C., provide nominal shear reinforcements(us-
".' .,
""

II!fYf1 Hence, adopt effective span= L::: 6.rh ing 6 mm diameter bars) given by the equation,
r.1"'"1
,.~ !'1

e) Loads
S = (A, •.O.87
y "0\4 b
fr) =(2X28 XO.87X415) = 168 mm
0.4 x 300 "

, "
Self weight of bea~ = (0.3 x 0.65 x 25) :::4.875 kN/m Provide 6 mm diamete~two legged stirrups at 150 mm centres up to quar-
=
Dead load 5.000 kN/m ter span length from supports and gradually increased to 300 mm towards
Wlt1
t =
Live load 10.000 kN/m the centre of span.
..n~" Finishes = 0.125 kN/m \
-t
Total load = w = 20.000 kN/m 15.3.2 Design of Doubly Reinforced Beam

f) Bending Moment and Shear Forces A doubly reinforced beam is to be designed having an overall cross sec-
tional dimensions of 250 rnm 'by 400 mm with an effective span of 4 m.
M::: 0.125 W L2::: (0.125 x 20 x 62)::: 90 kN.m The beam 'has to support an uniformly distributed dead load of 2.S kN/m
=
V:::: 0.5 w L :::: (0.5 x 20 x 6) 60 kN together with a'live load of 20 kN/m in addition to its self weight. Adopt-
ing M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars, design suitable rein-
g) Check for Depth "forcements in the beam. . "

d=#.= -9
"_;_0_X_IO~6
__-_ ~78 mm
0.91 x 300
a) Data

= =
Effective span i 4 m
Effective depth provided= d:::: 600 mm, hence adequate.
= =
Breadth of beam b 250 rom .1

=
Overall depth D == 400 mm
h) Main Tension Reinforcement =
Dead load 2.5 kN/m
=
Live load 20 kN/m
_(_!!_)_(
A,,- osJd -
90X!06
230xO.9x6oo
)=724mm1
,
M-20 grade concrete and Fe-41S HYSD bars.

tt-
l\"'
 Working Stress Method of Design 481.
480 Retnforcea Concrete Design .

. b) Permissible Stresses.
-[ 13x322(350-99.05)
As< - (1.5 x 1:3 -1) (99.05 _ 50) - 1172 mm
2 J-
O'eb = 7 N/mm2 Q ::: 0.91
Provide 4 bars of 20 mm diameter (Ase = 1256 rnrrr')
0'" :: 230 N/mml ...
' j == 0.90
III = 13.33 h) Shear Stresses and reinforcements
c) Loads
1: ;: (~). =( 50 X 10) ) ::;0.57 N/mm2
Self weight of beam » (0.25 x 0.4 x 25) :::;:2.5 kNIt.:" y bd 250x350
Dead load= 2.5 100A,,)';: (100 x 804) = .
=
Live load 20.0 ( bd 250x350 0.91
Total load ";.~.~ 25.0 kN/m·
Adopt an effective cover of 50 0101, effective depth e (400 - 50) = 350 m:m Refer Table-23 (1S: 456-2000) and read out the permissible shear stress-as ..;

_d) Bending Moments and Shear Forces'

r, = 0.37 N/mm2 < 'tv
Hence, shear reinforcements have to be designed to resist the balance shear
. ,'M :::.(0.g5 wi}) =·(0.:125 x 25 x 42);" 50 kN.m given by ..
V = (0.5 w L) = (0.5 x 25 x 40Y= 50 kN
= [V - = [50 - = 17.625
••• • r • #

V. 'te.b.d] (0.37 x250 x 350)/103] kN .

e) Resisting Moment
Using 6 mm diameter two legged stirrups, spacing is computed as
The resisting moment of singly reinforced section is computed as-
_ (A$Vcrsvd) _ (2 x 28 x 230 x 350) _
MI = (Q b d2) = (0.9[ x 250 X 40~2)~';' 27.8 kN.m -< M = 50 kN.m S; - V, - 17.625X 10) - 255 mm
Balance moment = u, = (M - M;)"; (50 - 27.8) =22.2 kN.m . Provide 6 mm diameter two legged stirrups 8f150 mm centres at supports -,.
:.J

f) Tension reinforcement gradually increased to 300 mm towards the cen.tre of span.

Tensile steel required for balanced singly reinforced section is givenby

15.3.3 Design of Flanged Beam
6
_[. MI ]~[ 27.8 x 10 J"'381mm2
A.tl - cr,jd 230 x 0.90 x 350 .. .' . Design a Tee-beam for a commercial office floor to suit the following data: .
.!"

Additional tensile sieel fo~ balanced moment M2 is computed as a) Data

6
. [ . M2 ] [ 27.8xl0 ] 1
A"2'" O',,(d-dc) = 230xO.9Qx350 =~81mm Clear span 10 m =
Centre to centre of wall supports 10.5 m =
Where de = covel' to compression steel = 50 mm Spacings of tee beams = 2.5 m
=
:. Total tensile steel = AS! (A"I + A,a) = (381 + 322) = 703 mm' . Live load (office floor) 4 kN/m
2
=
Provide 4 'bars of 16 mm diameter (A,t = 804 mm') Slab thickness = 150 mm
Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
g) Compression reinforcement
mA.a(d -TIc) ]
b) Permissible Stresses
A = [ (1.5m - 1) (n, - de)
IC .
O'<b = 7 N/mln2 Q::; 0.91 m::; 13.33
. ~
Where n, = 0.283 d = (0.283x 3~0) = 99.05 mm 0" = 230 N/mm2 j =JJ.90 .
;i

e- 'i,;;.ii,i~
 ..,•.•.. ..":
.:~:

~ Reinforced Concrete Design WorkiifgStress Method of Deslgnr. 483:~'

\
2
e). Effective Span br.n )
( -2- =m.A,,(d-ll)

r",ectlvedepth
I'!te. .
::::d:::: (span)
15 ::(10500)
~ 700 mm
:::: [(2950xII2)/2J:: [13 x 2464(700-1I)}

Overall depth;;;: D :;::(700 + 50) 750 mm = Solving, n = 122 mm

= =
'N'jdth of rib b; 300 mm Lever arm = a = [d - (nI3)] = [700 - (122/3)] = 659.4 mm
F-.1fectivespan is the least of the following two criteria.
'. . '. 358 x 106
=
i) (Clear span + effective depth) (10 + 0.70) = 10.70 m Stress In steel =0,1
.
= (.2464 x 659.4
).
= 220 N/mm2
.
< 230 N/mm2
ii} Centre to centre of supports 10.5 m =
. (220, 122) l 2
Hence, effective span == L;;;: 10.5 m Stress III concrete = O<b = 13x 578 =: 3.57 N/mm < 7 N/mm

d) Loads Hence, the stresses in steel and concrete are within safe permissible limits.

=
Selfweight Of slab (0.15 x 25 x 2.5) = 9.375 kN/m i) Shear stresses and Reinforcement
= =
Live load (4 X 2.5) 10.000 leN/m .
=
Floor finish = (0.6 x 2.5) 1.500 kN/m Maximum shear force = V'= 137 kN
=
Self weight of rib (0.3 x 0.6.x 25) 4.500 leN/m =
Plaster finishes (lump sum) 0.625 kN/m
Total load = w= 26.000 kN/m
= '.~v;(b:d) = U~;~g~)= 0.65 N/mm2

e) Bending Moments and Shear Forces 100A,t) = ( 100 x 2464) =

( b,..d 300 x 700 1.17
M = (0.125 L (0.125 x 26 x 10.5 == 358 kN.m
W 2):::: 2
) . Refer Table-23 (IS: 456-2000) and read out the permissible shear stress as,
V = (0.5 w L) ::::(0.5 x 26 x 10.5) = 137 kN
~o = 0.40 N/mm2 < 'tv
f} Main Relnfotcements Hence, shear reinforcements are to be designed to resist the balance shear
given by

AlI=( O~d) ::::t2303~~.;~'~6709) 2454 = mm' . V, = [V - 'to b; dJ = [137 - (0040 x 300 x 700) 10-
3
] = 53 kN
Using 6 mm diameter two legged stirrups, the spacing is calculated as,'
Provide 4 bars of 28 mm diameter (Asl = 2464 mm')
$() I~ffectiye Flan,ge Width
AavO,,d)
Sv = ( __V, = (2 x 28 x 230 x 700) =170mm.
53x 10)
f,~ffcctiveflange width is the least of the following two criteria.
Provide 6 mm diameter two legged stirrups at 170 mm centres near sup-
i) b, == [(L.,I6) + b; + 6 Da:::: [(10500/6) + 300 + (6 x 150)::::2950 mm ports and gradually increased to 300 fum centres towards the .centre of
if) b, == (centre to centre of ribs) = 2500 mm " ~~. '

Hence, b, = 2500 mm
15.4 Design of Column and footings
h) Check for Stresses
Design a suitable R.C.C. column of rectangular section and a suitable
I .ct"n = depth of neutral axis
footing to support an axial service load of 1000 leN. Size of the column is
 484 Reinforced Concrete Design Working Stress Method oj DeSign 485

2
300 rnrn by 500 mm. Safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m • Adopt e) Size of footing
M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
=
Working load on Column 1000 kN

a) Data
=
Self weight of footing (10%) 100 kN
Total load ::: 1100 kN
=
Axial load p = 1000 kN
Area of footing = (l100/2000) 5.5 m
2
=
=
Size of column 300 rnm by 500 mm .
2
Proportioning the footing in the same. proportion as the sides of the col-
Safe bearing capacity of soil =200 kN/m umn, .
Materials: M-20grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
(3 x x 5 x) = 5.5 .. x::: 0.604 . .) .~.

b) Permissible Stresses Short side of footing « (3 x 0.604) 1.8 14m =

=
Long side of footing (5 x 0.604) 3.02 m =
a =5 N/mm~· Q=0.91 Adopt a rectangular footing of size 3 m by 2 m .
a:: = 7 N/mm 2 j ::0.90 Upward soil pressure = [1000/(2 x 3)] = 167 kN/m2

as< = 230 N/mm2 m = 13

asc = 190 N/mm2 I) Bending Moments

c) Main Column Reinforcement . Cantilever projection from the face of short side of column = 0.5(3-0.5)
. = 1.25 m
P = <J", A.e + o«(Ae - A,J Cantilever projection from the face of long side of column e 0.5(2-0.3)

I Area of concrete= A. = (300x·500) 4

= _(15 x 10 ) mm' Bending moment at short side face of column is computed as,
;; 0.85 m

(1000 x 103) = 190 Ase + 5 [(15 xl04) - Ascl

Solving, the area of steel reinforcement =
As. = 1350 mm 2
2 M::( 1V~2) ~C67 ~1.25Z):: 130 kN.m

Minimum steel area= 0.8% =.(O~008x 300 x 500) = 1200 mm

'Bending moment at long side face of column is calculated as,
provide 4 bars of22 min diameter at comers (Ase == 1520 mm')
M =( W~2) =( 167 X 0.85
2
2
J = 60 kN.m
d) Ties

Greater of the diameters of g) Depth of Footing

i) (22/4) = 5.5 mm
.,
i) From bending moment considerations, effective depth is computed as,
ii) 6 mm
Adopt 6 mm diameter ties 130 x 106 .
. =380mm
3
Pitch of the ties is the least of the following: 0.91 x 10
i) Least lateral dimension = 300 mm . ii) Depth required from shear stress considerations is very much larger
ii) (16 x diameter of smallest longitudinal bar) = (16 x 22) = 352 mm and nearly double the value obtained from moment considerations,
300 mm
iii)
Hence assume an overall depth=D = 600.inm and effective depth = d «,
Adopt 6 rnm diameter ties at 300 mm centres. 5So-inm. ..

". ~
.
 '.',
.'Ii r
.,";,;'
..
(
Working Stress Method of Design 487

.'/,

a) Data

i) Longer direction Embankment height aboveground level == 4 m

Safe bearing capacity of soil « 200 kN/m2
Angle of repose 30' =
A" == ( cr~d ) == C30 ~~.~~~6550) == 1134 mm
2
Density of soil =
18 kN/m
3

Coefficient of friction between soil and concrete 0.5 =

Adopt 20 mm diameter bars at 200 mm centres (AS! == 1571 mm2) Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.

ii) Shorter direction b) Permissible stresses

( M) ( 6

A" == crsJd = 230

60x 10 .)
x 0.90 x 534 :.:::539 mm
2
O'Cb =
7 N/mm2 Q = 0.9t'
0" == 230 N/mm
2 j = 0.90.

But minimum reinforcement =

Ast•miA == (0.0012 X 10 x 600) = 720 mm /m
3 2 m=.13
Adopt 12 mm diameter bars at 150 mm centres in the shorter direction
c) Dimensions of Retaining Wall
. i) Check for Shear stresses
P[l-Sin-p] 200(1)7
Minimum depth of foundation = Yo 1 + sin -P == Is
3" = 1.2
Shear force at a distance 'd' from the face of the column is computed as <, '.
V==(I67xO.7xl)= 116.9kN Provide depth of foundation 1.2 m =
=
Overall depth of wall H:: (4 + 1.2)= 5.2 m .
't =(~)
bd
==( 116.9 x
1000 x 550
10)) = 0.2I·N/mm 1
Thickness of base slab = (HI12) = (5200/12) 433 mm =
=
y

Adopt thickness of base slab 450 mm -

(
l00ASI). ::( lOOx 1571) == 0 28 = =
( Height of stem h (5.2-0.45) 4.75 m = ...
bd 1000x550·. Coefficient of active earth pressure is expressed by the relation,
Refer Table-23 (IS: 456-2000) and read out the permissible shear stress as,
1 \
_;,[ ~-Sin$]
C.- 1 +sin$
=[ I-sin 300] == 0.333
1+ sin 30°
'tc = 0.22 N/mm > 'tv

Hence, shear stresses are within safe permissible limits. . :. Width of heel slab = Xt, =. H1c/3 ;::52"0.333/3 == 1.73 m
The reinforcement detailing in the column and footing is similar to that Width =
of base slab B .;. 1:5 Xb = (1.5 x·1.73 = 2.6 m i
shown in the example under limit state design of columns and footings. Adopt width of base slab B = 3 m=
Width =
of toe slab= (1/3) B (1/3)3 = 1 m
15.5 DESIGN OF RETAINING WALLS . Width of heel slab = 2 m
Fig. 15.1 shows the overall dimensions oo6e retaining wall.
Design a cantilever type retaining wall to retain an earth embankment 4 m
high above ground level. The density of earth is
18 kN/m) and its angle of d) Design of Stem
repose is 30°. The embankment is horizontal at its top. The safe bearing
capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m2 and the coefficient of friction between =
.Height of stem h = 4.75 m '.
soil and concrete is 0.5. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD Maximum bending moment in stem at the base is given by the expressIOn,
bars.
 Concrete Design 489
I 488 Reinforced : Working Stress Method of Design

i
i
M= lV"l)
( C"T where
C =[I-sinq,] =!
• 1 + sin$. 3
Provide 20 mm diameter bars, at 200 mm centres (AS!== 1571 mrn')
Distribution reinforcement = (0.0012 x 1000 x 450) = 'S4D mm'/m
1- Provide 10 mm diameter bars at 300 rnm centres on both faces. ':
! 1 18X4.75l)
= ( 3x .6- - = 107.17kN.m
e) Stability Computations
. _ [AT 107.17X 106 . The soil pressure distribution at base is computed by stability calculations.
Effective depth =d = -'I Qb = . x 10
091
3 - 346mm
The.overall dimensions ofthe wallare shown in Fig: 15.1.
, The stability computations are compiled in Table-15.4. ,
=
Adopt d 400 mrn and overall depth = D = 450mm Distance of point of application of resultant.force from end 'a' is given by
Top width of stem 200 mm =
A
"
=(_!!!_)=(
(J,jd
107.17xl06 )_
230xO.90x400 -1295 mm
1
z=(~~)~(~~::~)=1.6m. -

Table 15.4 Stability calculations for one metre length of wall

f-t-200 ...
.. "MagnItude of load DIstance from 'a' Moment
Loads (kN.m)

r
(kN) (m)
- , 1.65 .- 39.27.
W, = (0.2 x 4.75"")('25) 23,80 "
..
14.84 1.83 27.15
(0.5 x 0.25 x 4.75 x 25)
- 1.50 50.62
W. = (3 x 0.45 x 25) 33.75
0.78 103.35
W3 = (1,55 x 4.75 x 18) 132.51

4m Moment of earth

h = 4·75m

H= 5·2m
mcS;;.75')
Pressure = (C. wh3/6)

" - - t07.06
•. 1.(

,.
-' ' 327.45
Tolal ,}.',W;, ,204.90 =EM =

=
Eccentricity = e (z - O.5B) ::;[1.6-(0.5 x 3)) ,;, 0.1 in
=
(816) ::; (3/6) 0.5. Hence e < (BI6) ,
W2 Since eccentricity is less than (816), no tension develops at base.
'-- +I ----1-+
O'45m
Maximum and minimum pressures developed base are computed as, . at
.,j;-1.o'm~·45m ...
',1~i<----'I,SSm --""~I<-' , "
P(ma x , mUl).
== LW
B
[1 ± 6eJ.~ 204.90 [I'±(6
B.,3 '·3
x O.I)J kN/m2
"
d;-__ ~~ T- ~ __~Q
2
•• Pm~ ~ 82.00 kN/m
I
,1, ' . .' 2
'I
lri'-------
",
h Pmi. = 54.64 kN/m'
I 4'13 54·64 ~N/m2 The maximum pressure developed is less than the S.B.C of soil ::; 200 '
, ··kN/m2•
Fig. 15.1 shows the pressure diSt~rbution at the ,pase of the retaining, ~.a~~.
. e
82·0 kN/m2
I'rg:I5;1 Forces Acting on Cantilever Retaining Wall
o Design of Heel Slab
.... Moment computations for one'metre length-of heeHll~b 'are sho~j_D_Tabl!!:'15.5;· •
 ::~~:~i'
~( . .
;1 ',. ...• '.,' .. ".
... ..
,~

:!'490. (Reinforced ConcreteDesign

.-.~:.''.,~~;.t
,',:. ;'~
.t\.riitlg Stress Method of Design 491
,.

1
. ,..':t·
Maximum bending moment in heel slab at 'b' = (116.18-71.28) = 44.90 leN.m h, Check for Sliding
":'(L.) _( 6 I

li'fF
.. A 44.90x 10 ) - 538
.. ,,- a,J d - 230xO.90x400.--: mm
2
Total horizontal earth pressure =(c .v.'j
• ::! ~
=(!x
3
18 x 52·2~)=.81.12 kN
Minimum reinforcement = (0.0012 x 450 x 1000) = 540 rnmvm
Adopt 12 mm diameter bars at 200 rnm centres (A" 565 mm') = Maximum possible frictional force = ~l\V = (O.5 x 204.90) ::: 102.45 kN
Table 15.5 Moment Computations In Heel Slab I Itl':A5) 26 1 5
:: I. <.
Loads . Magnitude of Distance from 'b' Bending moment
. .. Factor of safety against slidina=:
. . e '\
-
~1.l2 ,II
load (kN) (m) (kN.m)
The wall is unsafe against sliding.

I
W. c (1.55 x 4.75 x 18) 132.50 0.775 102.68
A shear key is to be designed below the stem to increase the factor of
Self weight of heel slab 17.43 0.775 13.50 "

(1.55 x 0.45 x 25) safety.

116.18
Total
i) Design of Shear Key
'I:
Oeduet for upward pressure
(abill) = (54.64 x 1.55) 84.69 0.775 65.63 i
Upward pressure (ghi)
(0.5 x 1.55x 14.13) 10.95 0.516 5.65
key •
=
Let Pp Intensity of passive pressure developed just in front of the shear ·.h
hl
~'
71.28

I;
Total deduction This passive pressure intensity de~1I:n\l~
upon the soil pressure 'p' just in
front of shear key. I;
g) Design of Toe Slab' r
Moment computations in toe slab for 1 m length is compiled in Table-Ifi.f
.-
pp-Cp.p where
. -l' ~)'=(_!_)C.
Cr- l-sin4>
=3 .r?
. jl
d
And p = 12.88 leN/m 2
(Refer Fig. 15.1) , :1

Loads
Table 15.6 Moment computations in Toe Slab
Magnitude of Distance from 'c'
(m)
Moment about
(kN.m)
·c~ .. Pp = (3 x 72.88) = 21 R.64 kN/m2 .-;Jl I'
load (kN)
! If a = depthof shear key .
.;il,
Upward pressure (cdit)
72.88 0.50 36.44 Total passive force::: Pp = (pp . a) = (218-,64 x 0.45) = 98.38 kN :1
.'~
(72.88 x 1) .':
Upward Pressure Ufe)
:. Factor of safety against sliding is computed as, <i
3.05
(0.5 x 1 x 9.12) 4.56 0.67
39.49
. [J.1W+P] ~ [102.45+98.38] 15 Ii ~
Total F.S. aginst sliding = - IP = 81.12'. = 2.47 > . ~H }
Deduct self weight of Toe slab
11.25 0.50 5.62
"
.j
(1 x 0.45 x 25) Hence, the retaining wall is safe against failure due to sliding. ii
Dead weight of soil over Toe slab The reinforcement in the stern is extended up to the shear key.
(0.75 x 1 x 16 13.50 0.50 6.75 '11,
Tolal deduction 12.37
j) Check forShear stress at junction of Stem and Base slab ;:1111
Maximum B.M in Toe slab 27.12

6
Net shear force = [l.5 "ip. - W] = [(1.5 x 8'1.12) -102.45] = 19.23 kN .:il
M ) ( 27.12 x 10 ) •
A" == ( cr,j d = 230 x 0.90 X 400 = 325 mm' I
"0
r = (19.23x IO~) =- 0.048 N/mm2 i
Minimum reinforcement = (0.0012 x 1000 x 450) = 540 mm~/m v 10OOx400 . ·1

Hence, adopt 1:2mm diameter bars at 200 mm centres as main reinforce-

ment a~d also distribution steel. lOOA,,) = ( 1O~~?<1571) = 0.39 .:'!
( bd 1000 x 400
!!.
 492 ' Reinforced Concrete Design Working Stress Method of Design 493
(G) 2700 _,~<_

r
From Table-23 (IS: 456-2000), read out the permissible shear stress as
'to = 0.25 N/mmz > 'ty,

Hence, shear stresses are within safe permissible limits.

The details of reinforcements in the cantilever retaining wall is similar to
that 'shown in limit state method of design in chapter-l l.

15.6 DESIGN OF STAIRCASE

" Design one of the flights of a doglegged staircase of a multi -storied build-
, ing using the followlng data: '
.~.:

I
'8) 'Data ..,j<- + X+ T} = 3700--------.+1'--
L:::(G

,Number of steps (Risers) in the Going = 10

Tread (n'= 300 rom,
Rise (R),=- 150 mm "'
Width of landing slab on either side e= 1 m
'.
Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD b~s. "·;1
j ~~wu
..
b) Permissible Stresses ""~ L=3.7m-Tnt'trr~
•
O'cb =
7 N/mm2 Q = 0.91 Fig. 15.2 Dimensions and Loading on Stair Case Flight
0'" = 230 N/mm2 j = 0.90
m= 13 Load of steps/m length= [0.56 x (1000/300)] = 1.86 kN/m
Weights of finishes = 0.60 kN/m
c) Effective span :. Total dead load = (4.62 + 1.86 + 0.60) = 7.08 kN/m
Live load (Liable for over crowding) = 5.00 kN/m
According to IS: 456-2000 code Fig, 17, Total design working load = w = 12.08 kN/m
= =
Effective span L (0. + X + 1') ,
=
G Going = Number of treads = (9X.,_300)= 2700 rnm and X = Y O.S m = e) Bending Moments and Shear Forces
/,
.\ 'Effective span= L = (2.7 + 0.5 + O;S) '" 3.7 m ' ,
~ig. 15.2 shows the flight ofstliircase. ',: ",,' . . ". ",' ,' =
M (0.12~ W L2) = (0.125 x 12.08 x 3f) =
20.67 kN.in
Assume thickness of waist slab based on spatildepth ratio of20: = =
V (0.5 w L) ::::(0.5 x 12.08 x 3.7) 22.35 kN

<Depth= (span).
20 = (3700)
20' ='18'5' mm' f) Check for effective depth

Adopt overalldepth = D = 185 mm and effective depth = d = 160 mm 20.67 x 10

6
151.8 mm
d=-/M=
.. 'IQI; 0.91 x 10)
_

d) Loads, Effective depth provided = d = 160 mm (Hence, safe)

=
. Self weight of waist slab (oil slope) = WI (0.185 X 1 x 25) 4.62 = kNfm
=
Self weight of one step (0;5 x 0;15 x 0.3 x 25) 0.56 kNfm . =
 : ,

Working Stress Method of Design 495' ' ' f'

(,'
g) Reinforcements (i) Square' ~ ,

(ii) Rectangular
"
6
(iii) Circular
M ) ( 20.67 ~ 10 ,) 620 2/
A" = ( o,j d = 230'x 0.90 x 160 = mm m Conical shaped tanks are also adopted due to aesthetic considerations
but the storage capacity of these tanks are comparatively smaller than other
Provide 12 mm diameter bars at 180 mrn centres (AS! 628 mm')
2
= types. '
I
!
I,

Distribution reinforcement = (0.0012 x 1000 x 185) :::222 mm /m ,Ele~ated water tanks of large capacity are circular in shape or of Intz I
Use 8 rnrn diameter bars at 200 mm centres (As, = is] mm') .type. ~Ircular tim~~ are generally preferred to other shapes since the walls" 'L

l
.ohu~hta.n.ks ~e ~ubjected to hoop tension and the whole cross' section is '
h) Check rr~ Shear stress effect~ve In resisting the tensile forces. leading to efficient utilization of
matenal and reduction of costs. ". ',
3
i
t ::(~) =(22.35 x 10 ) = 0.139 N/mml
t--.;....,. _ - _._
V bd , 1000 x 160

100A~I):: ( 100 x 628) = 0 39

, 1j!)'1\1 ( bd 1000 x 160 .
~:,. '~1

Refer Table-Zi (IS: 456·2000) and read out the permissible shear stress as
k,'tc::: (1..23 x 0.25) = 0.30 N/mm2 > 'tv ,.. .I._ ~ _ _'____Jl
Hence, shear stresses are within safe permissible limits,
The reinforcement details are similar to that shown in the example 12.4: (a) Tank Resting ori'"th', Ground (b) 'Underground' rank
presented under limit state design of stairs in chapter-12. ;

15.7 DESIGN OF WATER TANKS

15.7.1 Introduction

Reinforced concrete water tanks are widely used to store large quantities of '-,
water in urban and rural water supply' schemes. Water tightness is an
<, "
important criterion in water tanks and to achieve this, richer concrete
mixes of grades M-20 to M-30 are commonly used inthe construction of
water tanks. High quality concrete, in addition to providing water tight-
ness, also has higher resistance to tensile stresses developed in the tank
walls. There are three main types of reinforced concrete water tanks which
are grouped as
a) Tanks resting on ground G L
b) Underground tanks
c) Elevated water tanks.
(e) EI.vated Waler Tank
Fig. 15.3 shows the typical details of various types of water tanks.
The most common shapes of tanks are ' ' , Fig. 15.3' Types of Water Tanks
I
"

I
I
(
 496 Reinforced Concrete Design Working Stress Method of Design 497.
15.7.2 Permissible Stresses and Reinforcement Details not less than 0.15 percent of the concrete section.
The minimum cover to all reinforcement should be not less than 25 m
a) Permissible Stresses or the diameter of the obarwhichever is greater. . m

The permissible stresses in water retaining structures like tanks are speci- 015.7.3 Junctions of Tank wall and Base Slab
o· t • - _
fied in the Indian Standard Code IS: 3370-1965101• In water tanks, it is
0

essential to ensure proper crack control which is achieved by reducing the : .The joint ~etween the walls of the tank and floor slab may be anyone of
permissible tensile stresses both in concrete and steel reinforcement. the followmg three types as shown in Fig. 15.4. 0 0

The permissible stresses in concrete and steel in calculations relating to

resistance to cracking in water retaining structures are compiled in Tables-
15.7 and 15.8 respectively. o. Tank wall

Table 15.7 Permissible Concrete Stresses In calculations relating to Resistance to

Cracking in Water retaining Structures (IS: 3370-Part-II-196S)
Sealing compound

Grade of Concreto
(a) Flexible 8ase
Stress (NImmO) M-15 M-20 M-25 M·30 M-35 M-40
Direct Tension 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.7
Bending Tension 1.5 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4

Table 15.8 Permissible Stresses In Steel reinforcement Cor Strength Calculations In

Water retaining Structures (IS: 3370-Part-II.196S) 0

Stress Plain Mild Steel HYSD

(NImmO) bars bars
Tensile stresses In members 115 150
Under direct tension
(b) Hinged Base 0 .r,
Tensile stresses In members (II
»: In Bending
a) On liquid retaining face oofmembars 115 150
b) On face away from liquid for members lass 115 150
than 225 mm thick
c) On face away from liquid for mambers 225 125 190
mm or more In thickness
d) Compressive stresses In columns subjected 125 175
to direct load

b) Reinforcement Details
(c) Fixed Base
Minimum area of steel is 0.3 percent of gross area of section up to 100 mm
thick, reduced to 0.2 percent in sections up to 450 mm thick. For sections
above 225 mm thick, provide two layers of reinforcement. The percentage 0 0

j of reinforcement in base or floor slab resting directly on ground must be Fig. 15.4 Junctions of Tank Wall and Base Slab
.:
0 ,. ·0

:,'

!
.1
498 Reinforced Concrete Design: . >, ' Working 'Stress Method of Design . ' ~!499'
, ~~..
. The type of junction between the tank walls and base slab influences
,,
the hoop tension and bending moments developed in the tank walls.
In the case of free or flexible base between tank wall and base slab, the 1'"
walls are free to slide and expand and the hoop tension developed in the
circular walls can be calculated easily due to the hydrostatic pressure.
n
However for hinged and fixed bases, the coefficients for moments and ring .'.~'l
tension are compiled in Tables-15.9 to 15.12 as recommended in IS:
3370(Part-4). These coefficients are expressed as a function of the non
dimensional parameter (H2IDI), . .
Where H = height of water tank
D = diameter' Of tank .
I = thickness of the tank wall
15.7.4 Ring Tension and Bending Moments in Cylindrlcal Tank Walls

In cylindrical tanks subjected to hydrostatic pressure, the walls of the tank (\JOC\l.-OO«)«)(\J«)
J: ~ ......-(\J(\JO>«)~(").-OOO~
.....
M,... ...

develop hoop tension and bending moments depending upon the following ll) 8 8 0 0 0 8 8 8 8..88 8 8 0
factors. . ci " + +- + + + ... + + + + + . I'

1) Type of fixity between tank wall and base slab

2) Diameter of the tank
3) Thickness of the wall
4) Elastic constants of the wall material ... 52 ~ 8'"
to ..... to «) to (\J......
... 0800
l/)
J: (\Jo ~~C\I
The analysis is generally based on Timoshenko's general theory .of (")808800g8gog8
ci + ++ +- + +- ... ... + +- ... + .' I'
J: ~~81/)""8
cylindrical shellslO2 with the valid assumption that the thickness of the tank 000>18
~ qqqqqo
0
wall is small in relation to the diameter. The bending moments Mw and the J: ~~~i~~~~808og8 I + + +. + + .
hoop tension Nd, developed in the tank walls. At a distance 'x' from the (\J 880'0888gg8g8g8
ci ..: + -+ .... + +- -+ -+ -+..: . " • .
base of the tank (Refer Fig. 15.5) are expressed as, .

MIY = G
).e-Jl< {MoP (coslh + sinfh) + N~sin(3J
Ii
l-
J:~~!3~88
~ ~~~~88
+ +, + + ..

Nd ==( D~~K) e-j1, {MoP (coslh - sinf3x) + Nocoslh} ~tO(\J«)OOOOOOOOOO

oo"':"':c..Jc?-.iIfiU:>cOOc..J-.iU:> ..-.,_._.~
000000
~~~~~lR
Where D =
diameter of the tank
.i
t = thickness of the tank wall
E = modulus of elasticity of material of the tank wall
The parametric constants ~ and K are expressed by the relation.

! ..
.i
500 Reinforced COllcreteDesign Working Stress Method oj'Design 501

:r:
~ 000000000000000

:r:
or:::I:;,~~Slrn~~l:;f:lgo8C\1
MC\I(\I ...... 08800000
lO 000000 000000
o ~~~~~~~f ~ ~ ~ . . (

./

:r:
o
ss as a
'<I"OlOM

00000
... §
:r: (\I
.....~ <0 '<I"M CXl
.........
lO'<I"C"l-O!<
·8 - 0000
oOQOO
IX! +++++'
'<I"0> ... <0 .... M'<I" .....0>'<1"<0 ..... <00>
:r: ~ ~ I_:;j ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ s s s ~. 'C\f
o
8 0
++++++++8 8 8 8 8 (5 8 8 8a 8 g
. CXl<O0068
,6 ~~~~~~o~~~~~~~ :r:
00000
888888
:r: ~~~~~~ogg088°88 ~ + + ....
~nZ~;n3~~!O~~~~~f:l8
:r: .... C\lC\lC\lC\I... oooooooo _
ooooooog
0000000 0
go!<og
000

:; c:i~c:i~~~~~~99999 o ++~++++""'"
000000

'<I"<OC\I<OOOOOOOOOOO
000000
o..rc.Joo:icO
'<I"<o'(\j <0 0 0 0 0000000
oo"':"':c.JM..rllicOo:iON..rcO~ . ..- ._. ..- gct~~~g
oo~~c.JM..rllicDo:ig~~~ C\lC\IM'<I"'<I"lO
 . R'einjorced Concrete Design
':~w ¥ Working Stress Method of Design . 503

: 1
.: :·:·~~:Y~.
. .'D~~--__..,f-t
Thickness
of wall (t)

,'!
I

,
W!"'Yf.C '
I
Fig. 15.5 Analysis of Circular cylindrical Tank

~j:::~(,,)"'_M
:t:
K ==[ 12(~~v~J
I()
<ll 'i~;;~~~
+ + + +
Where v; ~ poisson's ratio of wall material and Mo and No are the moment
and shear acting at the base of the tank with their values depending upon
(")"'_~c()OC\l
J: the pressure distribution and the conditions of fixity at the base. A dia-
0
g;1;~j:::&:l~
c
'0
<ll 'i 'i 'i ~ ~. 'i grammatic representation of the variation of b'ending moments and hoop
0- tension in the wallS of the tank for different types of bases is shown in Fig.
n; 15.6. .' .' .
~r::: ::r: I() 1'-00":'
C')

QI I() I!?~~~~o;
y_
'0 !Xl ci'icidcid
E
+ .+.+++: -=:1--
<II
0
o
::r: !::~<ol8~Cl
C() c()c()CXl~
0
<Xl 1!1!~1!1!1!
H
C\l1O-.:tC\l ........
J: a;a;a;g~~
~ eieieici
++++C;~
..

qqqqqo 'Tension
'<!:<Xlc\!<,!oooooooooo OVC\lOCXltO • +WH-t Sliding Tension ........
~-
oO_~Nc?"';Ll'icDa:iciN"';1O .,..... ..... ,...~ C\lC\I(")vVI() No inside (-)
base }l ::0·5 . I outside (+)
Vertical Bending Moment
Tank Wall Fluid Hoop TensIon
Pressure
Fig. 15.6 Hoop Tension and Bending Moments In Cylindrical Tank Walls

The hoop tension is maximum at base in the case of tanks with sliding or
" free base while the bending moment is maximum for tanks with a fixed
 .... . ,

504 Reinforced COil crete Design J'i J

Working Stress Method of Design 505

,
base', In the case of tank walls resting on neoprene or rubber pads, a com-
r paratively smaller magnitude of bending moments are generated due to the tt 0 tt
,I
radial frictional force developed at the base junction. Investigations by 0·2
!
Croml03, indicates that the base shear can be estimated for a maximum ",r,
t,»,
- - -
_--
coefficient of friction 'u' of 0.5, which is not likely to be exceeded.
":::.
Tank - --
wal \ ......
The maximum bending moment developed in the tank wall due to a 4m
base shear force No has a value of 0.247 No (ii, where 'R' is the internal
radius of the tank and 't' is the thickness of the tank wall. The maximum
moment generally develops at approximately one-fifth the height of the
wall under pressure. measured from the base. The design moments and r J
1
hoop tension in cylindrical walls
can be computed by using the coefficients
104
Bo s e slab
compiled in Tables-15.9 t? 15.12 recommended in IS: 3370 • The design Fig. IS.7 Circular Water Tank
coefficients are expressed as a function of the non-dimensional parameter
3
(H2/Dt), where 'H' is the depth of water stored. The coefficients are tabu- nD2 ) _(500000 X to )
lated for various points from O.IH 10 H. ( -x4
4
-
10
6

Solving, the diameter of the tank e D ::: 12.6 m ,. "L

IS.7.S Design Example of Circular Tank with Freebase

Design an R.C.C. circular water tank resting on the ground with a flexible d) Design of Spherical Dome
L.,1.:'
base and a spherical dome for storing 500 000 liters of water. The depth of
=
storage is to be 4 m. Freeboard 200 mm. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Diameter of dome at base 12.6 m = I; U
Central rise = (l/5) Diameter = (1/5)(12.6) = 2.5 m
Fe-415 HYSD bars. Permissible stresses should comply with the values
recommended in IS: 3370 and IS: 456-2000 codes; Sketch the details of Let R :::radius of the dome
Referring to Fig. 15.8, we have the relation,
reinforcements in the dome. tank walls. and the floor slab.
,(R - 2.5)2 = (R 2
- 6.3
2
)

a) Data Solving. R = 9.2 m

Semi-central angle = e = 43.2 degrees
Capacity of circular tank > 500,000 litres .. ,

Depth of water storage = 4 rn "

'i.:

=
Free board 200 rnm
Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.

b) Permissible Stresses
:: .
~.,~.
').,'

(Jet = 1.2 N/mml (for tank walls) .!......

;::2.8 N/mm2 (for dome ring beam)

ace ::: 5 N/mm2
2
a" ::: 150 N/mm
m ::: 13

Fig.lS.8 Details of Dome of Circular Water Tank

c) Dimensions.of Tank
Let D = diameter-of the circular tank (Refer Fig. 15:7)
 11".!{r~"_·~.f-r . ,~'
II -rc •.'lot'"
,,, 1 .• ,"I'
Working Stress McrJlOd (!( l)t>sign 507
~;i:~:··:',:':':.,,< .;O:~',. Reinforced
1 Concrete Design,

r1 "
e
Hence,sin =0.6847
cos e::: 0.7289
,Provide 4 bars of 16 mm diameter (A" = 804 mnr)
Let Ac :::cross sectional area of ring beam.
Allowing a tensile stres~ of 2.8 N/mm2 in concrete, we haw the relation,
Ii.'.
1,",,,
~,
I:'
Assume the thickness of dome = ("" 100 mm .

r-.Ac+(m
F,
-1)A"
]-[
-
llOxlO~
A<+(13-1)8o.t
]-,s - _.,
I. i) Loads
I Solving Ac::: 29638 mm"
t 2
l Self weight of dome= (0.1 x 25) = 2.5 kN/m Adopt a ring beam of size 200 mm by 200 mm with 4 pars of 16 mm
I Live load and Finishes > 2.0 diameter as hoop reinforcement and stirrups of 6 mm diametcr at 150 mrn
I Total
.
=
load w ::: 4:5 kN/m2
'. centres.
',8r.t.~:
r
I ii) Stresses in Dome e) Reinforcements in Tank Walls
I
I

I
Meridi
en IOlla I thrust e TI =: ( __ wR - ) ::: (4,5
--- x 9.2 ) ::: 23.94 kN/m 2 Maximum hoop tension (0:5.w.H.D)= = (0.5 x 10 x 4.2 x 12.6)
1+ cos G 1+0.7289
'f .' =264.6 kN
3
~ 'Men'd'rona 'Icompressive
. stress = (23.94 x 10 ) = 0.2394 N/mm 2 < 5N/mm 2 Tension reinforcement per metre height of tank wall is computcd as,
~~.~~~ 1000 x 100 .
I A ::: (264.6 x 10])' ~ 1764 '2
I ",' st ISO " mm
Hoop stress :; IVR [cos e _ (1 +cos6)
I ]
i I
Using 12 mm diameter bars on both faces, .I '. " .

:::-(4.5x9.2)
-0.1--) [ 0.7289- 1.7289
1 ] :::62.1 kN/m2.::: .0.0621 N/mm2 < 5 N/mm2
M., .n~·
111'.""
I' '.
Hence, the stresses are within safe permissible limits.
. :; (lOOOX 113 X2) :; 128 mm
Spacing
1764 '.
t Provide 12 mm diameter bars at 120 mm centres at the base section on

91i'..",,~
,
I

iii) Reinforcements in Dome either face of the wall.

I
., ..... ,
1
Since the stresses are very low, nominal reinforcement of 0.3 percent of 1) Thickness of Tank Wall
I
1
the' gross cross sectional area is provided.
If t = thickness of tank wall, from cracking considerations we have the
:j.
j
I
AS(:::(0.003 x 1000 x 100)::: 300 mrrr'
relation,
!
,
1 Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars e [(1000 x 50)/300] 166 mm = O.SIVHD.] _[. . 264.6 x 10] ] _ - 12
I Provide 8 mm diameter bars at 150 inm centres both meridional1y and cir- [ IOOO/+(m-l)A,i - 1000/+(13-1)1764 -0,,- .
1
,
t cumferentially.
Solving we have, t 199.3 mm=
f •
j iv) Ring Beam Provide 200 mrn thick wall
I
I
Horizontal component of thrust = T, cos e = (23.94 x 0.7289) ::: 17A5 g) Curtailment of Reinforcement in Tank Walls
kN/m .
Hoop tension in ring beam r= F1::: [(17.45 x 12.6)/2)::: 110 kN Minimum reinforcement at the top of tank wall :::0.3 percent of cross sec-
2
.. ., A" = [(llOX 1000)1150 =734 mm tional area.
 Working Stress Method of Design 509
508 Reinforced Concrete Design ::~

Provide 8 mm diameter bars at 200 mm centres in both directions at the top

=(0.3X 1000 x 200) =600 2 and bottom faces of the tank floor slab. The details of reinforcements in the .;;
As, 100 mm
dome, tank walls and floor slab are shown in Fig. 15.9.
Spacing of 10 mm diameter hoops on both faces is computed as,
, ( 1000 x 79 x 2) 2
Spacing of bars = 600 = 263mm

Provide 10 mm diameter bars at 250 mm centres on both faces for a height #8-150 [Mffklionr~d
circuterenl al)
of 1 m from the top of tank. Tank
wall
Area of reinforcement required at mid height (2 ill below top) is given L,"t"~---.jr---=--;:-;-:--12· 6m 10'
i.
i
by
~~"'= rr--- ........
100

=(0.5 150'
WHD) =(0.5 x lOx2x 12.6x 10
3
) = 882 2
t-
A" 150 mm 200

Spacings of 12 mm diameter bars are given by the relation,

J-'-----.:....--.-
.Oetoil at A
1000 x 113X2)
Spacing of bars ~ ( 882 = 256mm

, Provide i2 mm diameter bars at 250 mm centres on both faces. .:~

...
;:,
Distribution and temperature reinforcement is provided in the vertical
direction.
Area of vertical reinforcement = 0.3 percent = (0,003 x 1000 x 200) 600 = Sectional Elevation "J
mm" . . .
Spacings of 10 mm diameter bars on both faces is computed as,
(1000)(78.5X2)
= 261mm
o •

Spacing of bars == 600 Topdoom r.inforctlntnls·

"""""--=1-#8-150 [Mtridional and

. Provide 10 mm diameter bars at 250 mm centres on both faces in the ver- circumftrtnlial)

tical direction. ,":.

h) Design of Tank Floor Slab

Provide nominal thickness of 150 mm for the base slab over a layer of
..
M -10 lean concrete of 75 mm thick. Reinforcement is provided in the form
of a mat with bars in the mutually perpendicular directions.
Area of reinforcement =
0.3 percent = (0.003 x 150 x 1000) = 450 mm2 in
each direction.
Provide half die reinforcement near each face. Fig. 15.9 Reinforcement Details in Circular Water Tank
Hence, A.t = (0.5 x 450) = 225 mm 2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars

•

»
(loooX50)"
.225 == 220'mm

.
,~ '

....
.
 _, ,.;.:-,,-_
lS~7.6, Design of Rectangular Tanks
.
A
51'
=[M-T,X
a,Jd
lJ and A
IlZ
=[!_]
a"
Rectangular tanks are frequently used for storage of water of small capaci-
ties due to ease of construction where form work costs of circular tanks is

I
T
prohibitive. The tank walls are subjected to moments and ~ct tension
due to~. The ~a~~ analysis is rather complex being
H-h
three dimensional in nature and hence rectangular tanks are designed by
approximate methods. H
_J j
(fr".J··
r
I

i
The following parameters are used in the design of tanks.
Longer.side of tank wall (length) L

Height of tank wall H =

=
B
Shorter side of tank wall (Breadth) ::;;; 1 h =Ht4 or tm

I
!
I The moments developed in the tank walls depends upon the ratio (liB). w(H-hlS
I
I

a) Tanks of Ratio (LIB) <.2 ta

~2
12
-2- :
"~
i

For rectangular tanks in which the ratio of length to breadth is less than 2.

,
I
I
I
as shown in Fig. 15.10, the tank walls are designed as' continuous frame
subjected to water pressure varying from zero at top to maximum at (HI4)
or 1 m whichever is more.
\
L w(H-hla
-2-

I'·
, For the bottom portion (HI4) or 1 m, the bending is in the vertical plane
,n ''''<I and this portion is designed as a cantilever. The corners are designed for'
r<'I ..... '
the maximum moment obtained after moment distribution with the inten-
I sity of pressure p == w (H-h). In the absence of moment distribution, the
bending moments may be computed by the following approximate
117 .,
expressions.

Bending moment at centre of span = (~!2) (~~2)

and respectively producing ten- Fig. 15.10 Forces In Walls of Rectangular Tanks

sion on the outer face. b) Tanks of Ratio (LIB) > 2

Bending moment at centre of span == (Pl~2) (Pl~2)

and respectively producing ten- In this case, the long walls are assumed to bend vertically and hence
designed as cantilevers. Short walls are assumed to bend horizontally sup-
sion on water face.
ported by long walls above (H/4) or 1 m from the bottom of the tank.
-Iii addition to the bending moments, the tank walls are subjected to direct
tension computed using the following expressions. WHl) .I

=
=
Direct tension in long walls e TL [w(H - h)B/2]
Direct tension in short walls T8 = [w(H - h)L/2J
Bending moment for long walls == ( ~

. . [W(H-h)B ]
2
I
d

Design moment e (M-T.x) Bending moment for short walls (above 1 m from base) '" 16 . :

Where x = distance of steel reinforcement from the centre of section.

The total steel area ASI = (Asll + Ase2) is computed as that required for bend-
ing monrent and direct tension using the following expressions.
Maximum cantilever moment for short wall == ( -6-
W.H.h
1
)
or
(WH x
~
1)
 512 Reinforced COliC rete Design

[J.
Working Stress Method of Design 513
whichever-is greater.

T
_In addition to bending moment, short walls and long walls are subjected to
direct tension.
H=3·5m
15.7.2 Design Example

A rectangular R.C.C water tank with an open top is required to store

80,000 liters of water. The inside dimensions of the tank may be taken as 6
J
m by 4 m. The tank rests on walls on all the four sides. Design the side (a) lank Dimensions
o
walls of the tank using M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
o
6m
a) Data o
Volume of tank = 80,000 litres +75 -34
+34 -75
Size of tank = 6 m by 4 m ...25 ...16 - 16 ~25
=
Free board 150 mm + 59 -59 kN· m +59 -59
: ..~
Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars : .~
(b) Moment Dtstr'ibutlon (c) Moments in Cross Section
.~ hc:t
.~
6m 250
t
.,'

_b) Permlssible Stresses -f50, 'I

=
--J<--
.j ~!
.,

r
<1cb =: 7N/mm2 Q 1.20 250
0" = 150 N/mm2 _j = 0.86 .:~} t·.~"l

m::; 13 ~20-140
..
.~
'
f:i.lij

I'- ,
- -~j
c) Dimensions of Tank 4m_ 1>-#20-280 .~

Referring to Fig. 15.11 (a)

Height of water :=
80000 x 103)
( 600 x 400 :: 335 em
:,._

1
250
+
v
[~ertiCal bars # 8-130
(aUround both faces)
Ii
Height of tank walls = H = (335 + 15) == 350 em = 3.5 m Cd) Reinforcements in Tank Walls
Fig. 15.11 Design of Rectangular Tank (UB < 2)
L:: 6 m and B 4 m = :. Ratio (UB)= (6/4) = 1.2 < 2
Hence walls are designed as continuous slab subjected to water pressure i) Long walls:
. above (H/4) or 1 m from bottom, whichever is greater.
(PL2) 1= 75 kN.m
2
.. (H -h) = (3.5-1) = 2.5m ~ =(25 x 6
-1~) -
f
: .'
';
- 12 -
At section XX, the intensity of pressure == p = w (H - h) = 10(2.5) == 25
kN/m2 (p~2) =( 25; = 6
2
) 112.5 kN.m
I -,

-c

d) Moments in Sidewalls ii) Short walls

The moments in sidewalls is determined by moment di~tribution .

• I - -I -'-,' -
Fixed end moments:
 t_':' . " .: .....:,.' ..
~;~i{?;'~{;::~;.:.··'\· Working Stress Method of Design 515
514 .. Re!~forcedConcre,epe~i$'! ..
0.3 percent ::::.(0.003 x 1000 x 250) ::::750' mrrr'
. ~:;<.,,'
,.. ';'.

':.
J'"
(p:2) ~(25 ;42) ~ 50 kN.m
. A",min ;:;

Steel on each face > (0.5 x 750) == 375 mm

2

. (1000X50)
Moment distribution is shown in Fig. 15.11 (b) Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars e 375 := 130 rum

Moment at support= 59 kN.in

Adopt 8 mm diameter bars at 130 mm centres on both faces as shown in
Moment at centre (Long walls) e (112 - 59) 53 kN.m = Fig. 15.11 (d).
Moment at centre (Short walls) == (50 - 59) = -9 kN.m

15.7.3 Design Example

e) Design of Long and Short walls
Design the sidewalls of a rectangular reinforced concrete water tank of
Maximum moment= 59 kN.m dimensions 6 m by 2 m and having a maximum depth of 2.5 m, using M-20
6 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
d~ 59 X 10 ~ 222 mm
1.2 x 103
a) Data
Adopt effective depth > d = 225 mm and overall depth == D ;:;250 mm
Direct tension in long wall = TL::: [(25 x 4)/2] ::: 50 kN Size of tank e 6 m by 2 m
=
Direct tension in short wall TB::: [(25 x 6)/2] ::::75 kN \. Length e L::: 6 m and breadth= B ::::2 m
Depth of tank= H :::2.5 m
. [M-T.xJ
A" (Long wall corners):::: '--'-d- + - [TJ Materials: M~20 grade' concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars
. a.J a"
Referring to Fig. 15.1l(c). b) Permissible Stresses
6 3 3
A =[(59 x 10 ) - (SOx 10 X loo)J +[50 x 10 J::::2194 mml
sa 150xO.86x225 150 Oob :::: 7 N/mml Q::: 1.20
2 150 N/mml
0••:::: I= 0.86
Provide 20 mm diameter bars at 140 mm centres (AS! ::; 2244 mm /m) a~
',',

comers.
Reinforcement at centre of span (Long walls) is computed as, c) Design of Long walls

A =[(53 x 106)-
"150xO.86x225
(50x 10
3
)J +[50X J = 10
150
3
1987 mm' L::: 6 m and B::: 2 m
(Ratio (UB) :::(6/2) :::3 > 2
Provide 20 rnm diameter bars at 140 mm centres (AS!::;2244 mm') Long walls are designed as vertical cantilevers and short wall as a slab ~.

For short walls, the moment being small, provide 50 percent of the bars.' spanning horizontally between long walls.
at corners i.e. 20 mm diameter bars at 280 mm centres at centre of span . Maximum bendingmoment at base of long wall is computed as,
. ,
H3) _( 10X2.5 );=
. _(W6 3
26 04'~'
1) Reinforcement for Cantilever moment ML - - --6-" . :C.~.m
(For 1 m height from bottom)

Canti1ev~r moment » (3.5 x 10 x 0.5 x 0.333) ::::5.833 kN.m

d~#.;:;
t
A =( 150x5.833O.86x
x 10225 )=201mm 6
2 Adopt effective depth > d = 150 mm and overall d-:-;.::t.h
= D = 180 mm
j "
t
'f' Minimum .reinforcement in the vertical direction is .computed as,
I.
I,,~.,.
[' .,.
 "".~': , .
:I_:/r

Working Stress Method of Design 517

516 Reinforced Concrete Design
6
Effective depth using 10 mm diameter bars = (180 - 40) = 140 mm
A = (26.04 X 10 ) = 1340 mm 2 6
.. 1.20xlO} . . :~,: A _( 4.2 X 10 ) - 232 2
3?, ' .! ,,- lS0xO.86x 140 - mm
Provide 16 mill diameter bars at 150 rnm centres (A" 1341 mm') at the = = =
Minimum reinforcement 0.3% (0.003 x 180 x 1000) = 540 mm"
bottom of the tank. Spacing increased to 170 mm for the top 1 m portion of
Provide 10 mm diameter bars at 280 mm centres in the vertical direct
the tank.
on both faces, "" ;".
Intensity of pressure 1 m above the base is computed as The details of~inforcements in the tank walls are shown in Fig. 15.12.
2
.l p::: W (H - h) == 10(2.5 - 1) == 15 kN/m
\ Direct tension in long walls =T [(15 x 2)12) == 15 kN
q L:::

:\
••
A =(ISXI0})~100mm2
st . ISO

Minimum area of steel= 0.3%::: (0.003 x 180 x 1000) == 540 mm'

T
1500.
# 10-280 (horizontal)

#16-150 (vertical)

1000X79)
Spacing of bars =.( 540 ::: 146 mm

Since steel is distributed on both faces, provide 10 mm diameter bars at

~~~~
280 mm centres on both faces in the horizontal direction.

Sectional Elevation
d) Design of Short walls

Intensity of pressure = P 15 kN/m = 2

Effective span of horizontally spanning slab = (2 + 0.18) == 2.18 m ___ .#16-150 (vertical)
I--'
Bending moment (corner section) = (~~2)=( 15~~.182) = S.94 kN.m 2000 ~ 10-280 (horizontal) .

Tension transferred per metre height of short wall = (IS x I) = 15 leN

.. A" =[~::dX] +[;] ~ooo +~I::::::80;j<.,L

A"
=[(5.94 X
(150 x 0.86 x 150)·
3
106) - (15 x 10 )(150 -90)] +[ 150
3
15 x 10 ] == 360 mm2 . Sedion' at' XX
Fig: 15.12 Reinforcement Details in Rectangular Tank
2
=
Minimum reinforcement = 0.3 percent (0.003 x 180 x 1000) = 540 mm
15.8 EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE
Hence, provide 10 nun diameter' bars at 280 rnm centres on both faces in
iI . the horizontal direction with an effective cover of 30 mm ...~ ::t~:/·
, ' :.3,' :'j:',·t•.·.· 1) A simply supported reinforced concrete slab with a clear span of3.5 m
. ,.,
1
_ ls'supported on
concrete masonry Walls 300 mm thick along the edges .
~ Design for Cantilever effect of short wall

Maximum bending moment at bottom·of wall is computed as, .

~~~;::'~~~~n~::~
.; ~~{(;':;?:'~I"~\1i~i:h,I:~O:,::;
M = (0.5 x 10 x 2.5 x 1 x 0,333) = 4.2 kN.,?
 518 Reinforced Concrete Design
..
2) Design a simply supported slab supported on masonry walls 200 mm
=
thick and having a clear span of 2.5 m. Live load 4 kN/m2, Floor
=
finish 0.6 kN/in2• Assume the permissible stresses in steel and COIl-
crete as O'cb =. 7 N/mm2, a" = 230 Nzmrn" and the modular ratio em' = diameter with an effective cover of 60 mm. If M-20 grade concrete
13.
3) A simply supported verandah slab of clear span 3.3 m is supported on
brick walls 400 mm thick on one side and 200 mm thick on the other
side. Adopting M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 grade HYSD_bars ,
design the slab and sketch the details of reinforcements in the slab ..
4) Design a two-way reinforced concrete slab for a .room having dear
dimensions of 3.5 III by 4.5 m. The slab is supported on masonry walls
300 mm thick on all the four sides and the corners are held down.
Assume the live load on the slab inclusive of finishes as 3 kN/m2.
Adopt M-25 grade concrete and Fe-500 grade reinforcements.
5) Design a two way R.c.C. slab for a an office floor building having
cleat dimensions of 4.5 III by 5.5 m. The slab is continuous on .all the
four edges being supported on reinforced concrete beams 300 mm
wide. The live load on the slab inclusive of finishes may be taken as 5
kN/m2_ Use M-20.grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
6) Design a singly reinforced concrete beam to support a class room
floor over a clear span of 6 m. The beam is supported on 300' rnm
thick stone masonry walls. The beams are spaced at 3 m intervals. The
thickness of the slab is 150 mm. Adopt M-20.grade concrete and Fe-
415 HYSD bars.
7). A singly reinforced concrete beam of effective span 6 m has a rectan-
gular section 300 mm wide by 650 mm deep. The beam is reinforced
with 4 bars of 25 mm diameter at an effective depth of 600 mm. The
super imposed dead load on the beam is 6 kN/m. Calculate the maxi-
mum permissible live load on the beam ..Adopt_M-25 grade concrete
and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
8) Design a balanced singly reinforced concrete beam section having an-
effective depth twice that of the width to support a uniformly distrib-
uted total (dead + live) load of 10 kN/m over an effective span of 5 m.'
Assume cover to tensile steel as 50 mm. Adopt M-20 grade concrete
and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
9) A doubly reinforced concrete beam ~f overall dimensions ~50 mm by
600 rnrn is simply supported over an effective span of 6 m and has to
support a uniformly distributed live load of 25 kN/m. Assuming the
effective cover to tensile and compression reinforcement as 50. mm,
design the steel reinforcements in the beam using M-25 gradecon-
crete and Fe-SOO grade reinforcement.
Workillg Stress Method of Design 519
",';' - .. ..
10) A reinforced concrete Tee be~m with an effective flange width of 2 m
and slab thickness of 120 mm and rib width 300 mm has ail' ov~rall
depth of 600 rum. The beam is reinforced with 6 steel bars of 25 mm
and Fe-415 HYSD 'bars are used, estimate the moment of resistance of
the section.
J I) The floor of an educational institution is made lip of a Tee beam and
slab having the following details:
=
Effective span= 6 m, Effective width of flange 2.5 m
=
Thickness of flange 150 mm, width of rib = 300 mm
Depth of rib:::; 550 mrn
Tension reinforcement == 8 bars of 25 mm diameter
=
Effective depth 600 mm
Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars
Estimate the moment of resistance of the tee beam section and calcu-
late the maximum permissible live load on the beam.
12) Design a Tee beam for an office floor to suit the following data: .
Clear span = 11.5 m '
Centre to.centre of supporrs e 12 m
Loading (Office floor) = 4 kNim2
=
Thickness bf slab 150 mm
Spacings. of tee beams 3 m=
Materials: M-20 grade concrete and Fe-41S HYSD bars.
Sketch the details of reinforcements in the tee beam.
13) The cross section of an R.C.C. column is 400 mm by 400 mm. The
service axial load on the column is 1600 kN. The safe bearing capacity
of the soil at site is 150 kN/in2, Using M-25 grade concrete and Fe-415
HYSD bars.idesign the reinforcements in the column and footing and
sketch their details.
14) A rectangular column 400 rom by 600 mm in section is required to
support an axial service load of 2000 kN. Design suitable reinforce-
ments in the column. Also design a suitable footing for the column
assuming the safe bearing capacity of soil at site as 200 kN/m2• Adopt
M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
15) Design a cantilever type R.C:c. retaining wall to retain earth level
with the top of the wall to a height of 5 m. The safe bearing capacity
of soil at site is 200 kN/m2_ The density of earth-fill is 18 kN/m3•
Angle of shearing resistance = 30· and the, coefficient of resistance
between soil and concrete is 0.5. Sketch the details of reinforcements
in the stem, heel and toe slabs.
5::?0 Reinforced Concrete Design
16) A stair case room measures 4 m by 2.5 In and the height between the
floors is 3 m. design a suitable doglegged stair case with mid landing
slab. Assume the tread as 270 mm and rise as 150 mill. Adopt M-20
grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars. Sketch the details of rein-
,',
.,'
forcements in one of the flights.
17) Design a single flight straight stair-case, with 10 risers each of 150
mm and with the tread of 300 mm. The upper and lower landings are
1.25 m wide in the direction of the stair case flight. The edges of the
two landings are simply supported on masonry walls 300 mm thick.
Design the waist slab type stair case flight assuming M-20 grade con-
crete and FeAl5 HYSD bars. Adopt the live loads as specified in IS:
875 for an office building. . viceable and durable structures conforming to the national codes. The
18) A circular water tank resting on ground with asliding base is required
to store four hundred thousand liters of water. The depth of storage is ,','
to be 5 m. Free board = 300 mm. Adopting M-20 grade concrete and
."",
Fe-415 HYSD bars design the tank walls and a suitable spherical
dome and ring beam and base slab. Sketch the. details of reinforce-
ments in the various structural elements.
19) A rectangular reinforced concrete water tank is to be designed to store
IOO,OOOliters of water. The inside dimensions of the tank may be
assumed as 6 m by 5 m. The tank rests on reinforced concrete beams
on all the four sides. Design the side walls of the tank adopting M-25
grade concrete and Pe-500 grade reinforcements.
20) Design the sidewalls of a rectangular reinfo~ced concrete water tank
of interior dimensions 5 m by 2 m with the depth of storage water
being 2 m. Adopt M-20 grade concrete and Fe-415 HYSD bars.
Sketch the details of reinforcements in the tank walls. ..~...
.... \
':
"
CHAPTER 16
Reinforcement Detailing in
..~
Structural ·Concrete Members
16.1 INTRODUCTION
The primary aim of structural design is to produce economical, safe, ser- -.,
-",
....
design should not only produce aesthetic structures but also should serve
,
the intended function for which they are designed. While analysis and
design form the first phase, the more important job is the process of struc- L',aa
tural construction which translates the design into a sound and solid high
quality structure. To facilitate the construction process, good detailing of
reinforcements with proper drawings are essential at the site of construc-
tion.
hill
The prominence. given to the limit state design in the revised Indian
standard code IS: 456-2000 implies that the structural concrete members
should satisfy the limit states of failure as well 'as serviceability.
Very rarely concrete members fail due to the limit state of collapse
since the failure loads are significantly higher than the service loads. I.. ~;
However, in most of the cases, the structural concrete members do not "''*1
perform satisfactorily under service loads due to local damage in the form
of cracks and excessive deflections leading to distress of floors' and parti-
tion walls. .
The working stress method with lower permissible. stresses and
approximate methods of analysis usually resulted in larger sections of the
l".U
members with increased quantities of steel reinforcement. The conserva-
tive designs of the working stress method generally assured safety against
both collapse and serviceability limit states even with minor deviations in
detailing of reinforcements ..
The introduction of limit state method of design using higher strength
.
materials associated with higher stresses and with partial safety factors,
lower than the factor of safety adopted in the working stress method has
resulted in slender members. Consequently, any minor deviation in detail-
ing of reinforcements and lack of quality control of concrete and supervi-
sion of construction process may seriously affect the serviceability criten·a'
of the structures. Hence, it is very important to note that while using]
. -- '.. .-.' . ....!,.~. ..! :!.!' ;
 ~t.:(~~/'.',~::~~;\,:"";';';'::~'/':'.
:;'."',;(.,,~
../:~:
-», """',.::'.':' , •

",,::f,/"" '," 522' Reinforced Concrete Design Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete Members 523

, " t~'11j:i(; .. ~t~~t:~~ten~~:~~:

z::1:~g:~;~~e::;rie~::IQ~~~:'~i:;~~!~,rC;;i;~e~:~ ent shapes such as straight or cranked bars, single or double: legged stir-
rups, or bundled bars. The most common shapes used in structural concrete
,.' construction of structural concrete members. members like slabs. beams and columns are compiled in Fig. 16.1 as
. ;' . It is important to note that the cost of concrete and reinforcement con- reported by Kalgal and Jayasimha!"
sti tutes a fraction of the total cost of any project. Hence, proper care has to
SLABS
be taken about the durability and serviceability criteria of the structure with
judicious use of materials and quality construction. The reader may refer to or Top bar
the specialist literature'?"!", for exhaustive information on quality control, r-------------.,
detailing and construction practices, types of failure, methods of pre- BoUom bar
vention of cracks in structural concrete members.
Cranked bar,

16.2 STRUCTURAL DISTRESS and COLLAPSE ~ r;ranked bar

~ -# Bundled bars
Improper design and detailing results in failure of buildings due to ser-
viceability exhibited in the form of local cracks and large deflections or
ultimate collapse of the structural elements. The various reasons for
serviceability distress are attributed to the following factors:
~ljp nominal bar
a) Large deflections of floor slabs and beams affecting the partition
walls. I~'ljn tension bar (bottom)
b) In sufficient cover leading to corrosion of reinforcement and spilling
';r'lnked or ben! up bar
of concrete.
c) Improper slopes on roofs resulting in ponding of water and dampness;
.~
due to poor drainage. ' (
d) Local cracking of beams and slabs.
e) Growth of algae and moss on wet surfaces of roof slabs and chajjas
leading to discoloration and dampness.
The ultimate failure or collapse of the structural concrete elements are due
[ 0 [Jl )'~r!ical slirrups
',:;/,.']Ie, two and four legged)

to the following reasons:" COLUMNS

a) Improper design and detailing leading to primary failure of load bear-

ing members. i't:;.;", vertical bars
b) Lack of quality control during construction may significantly reduce
the design strength of concrete leading to sudden collapse of the
members.
c) Use of poor quality materials may lead to the collapse of the members ..
d) Failure may also occur due to over loading or due to natural calamities
like bomb blasts and earthquakes. '
O[]J rlY.'i2ontal" ties

e) Improper maintenance may lead to progressive collapse of the struc- Fig. 16.1 Common SI"')P.:i ofDars
lure.
Straight bars are commonly used ir :/.~.<; and beams, Sometimes the
bars are cranked lip near the supports 1'. :~.ist the negative moments that
16.3 COMMON SHAPES OF REINFORCEMENTS
may develop due to fixity at the support. -.-'110 legged stirrups are com-
monly used in most of the beams. In bIi~ :eams, where the shear forces
Reinforcements used in the structural concrete members may be in differ-
 Reinforcement Detailing ill Structural Concrete Members 525
524 Reinforced Concrete Design
Typical reinforcement detailing in cantilever, simply supported and con-
near the supports are large, four legged stirrups are required. In the case of
tinuous slabs is shown in Fig. 16.3
very thin beams such as I-sections, single legged stirrups are used nomi- :~
••...

nally throughout the length of the member. Main re inforcemenl

Main column reinforcements are normally straight with single or
double ties depending upon the spacing of longitudinal bars.

16.4 DETAILING OF REINFORCEMENTS IN SLABS

Details of Reinforcement requirements in reinforced concrete slabs arc .

compiled in Fig. 16.2. Based on durability and ease of construction the
minimum and maximum emmetersof bars, the percentage or reinforce- reinforcement
ment and their spacing in the section is shown in Fig. 16.2
SLABS

",!

(b) SIMPLY SUPPORTED SLA8 I·_.~

->: •• ·./.l
RE INFORCEMENTS

Minimum Maximum
'i
Diameter Bmm (main) )18x t (thickness
. 01 slab)
6 mm (distribution)

Quantity '0:12 x (HYSD bars) For M-20'concrete r. i.j

·.Fe -415 0·96.". (Fe-415 steel)

0·15 (plain bars) 1·76 x Fe-2S0 steel)
Fe-250
Ccl CONTINUOUS SLAB
Spacing 1·5 (aggregate 3 d (main) Fig. 16.3 Reinforcement Detailing In One Way Slabs
size) Sd (dl stribution)
or 450 mm . In the case of one-way simply supported slabs, the main bars_ are
- _ ..
..- .cranked up at a distance of O.lL .from the.inside edge of the supports or
fo'ig.16.2 Reinforcement Details in Slab US: 456·2000 and SI'·34)
0.15L from the center line of the supports to resist any negative moments
Slabs are generally singly reinforced members and are generally rein- which may develop due to partial fixity at the SUppOI;tS.Typical detailing in
forced with main steel on the tension face to resist the tensile stresses one-way slab as per the specification of SP: 34 is shown in Fig. 16.4. The
developed due to loads in the direction of span. In the case of one-way distribution bars. are generally straight as shown in Section BB. In two way
slabs, distribution reinforcement should be provided in the transverse .slabs spanning in mutually perpendicular directions as shown in the plan of
direction to resist the effects of shrinkage and temperature. .'Fig. 16.5, the main bars are cranked near the supports in both dire~tjo~s .~~
Indian standard code of practice IS: 456-2000, has specified.the rules shown in sections AA and BB along the short and long span dlrecnons
regarding the detailing of reinforcements in the slabs under clauses 26.3.2 .respectively.: .. . . '/.:'
and 26.5.2: The essence of. thesespecificationsare compiledin Fig. 16.2.
 ~
. Reinforcement Detailing ill StruCllIral Conc;ete Me.mbers : 527 ' .
'1

" " and extended up to 0.3L as

.shown in section AA to resist tile .hogging
I ~oments developed' at the interior supports. :~:-:. .
I.
I

-""------
VI
I-
"I
I
0
A ....,
I .s I 0·' ly' I
0
I
Main bars
I
I
l: I
I
I
--+- I.
I
I CD I I
OJ I Bars in longer
I I
Z I span direction I
L I . e .,.CD
J
Q I
'(0·1(1
I
~ ....
v
I I
&. CD·
t .W
1(1z
I ~t: Q
I Vl
I '0 ....
I ~ ,~ ,J:; V
I VI W
I ~
I
I
I ~ rO·1Lx O'1L x: Vl
I 0 t I
t Dis r ibution I
A
c: t I
I bars I .2 I Specify :
: r's-p-ec-j-,Y--'.. I ~
I thickness
t
I
.0
:5
VI
,,
t
thickness
of slab
I

I in plan.
f is
'I. ~ ·1
I O'lly
...} I
J.
1-' _

t s.J Lx ~
1
PLAN" .
..
-.-'
Bars along long span

SECTION A A :-' ':.:-0·1 [x'

Fig. 16.4 Typical Detailing in One Way Slab (SP·34) t
>f
l
'1

In tre case of two way slabs. simply supported on both edges meeting . SECTION AA
a~ the c~mer, torsion, reinforcement. in the form of a mesh should be pro-
Fig. 16.5 Typical Detailing in Two Way Slabs (SP-34)
vided with bars ~]~ced parallel to the sides of the slab and extending from . . .. .

the edges to a' minimum distance of one fifth of the shorter span. The area' '. In multistorey buildin~s. compdsing reinforced concrete columns and
of r~inforcement in each of these four layers shall be three quarters of the beams, the, floor slabs are generally continuous over. beams and built with
area required for the' maximum mid span moment of the slab according to . edge beams. Hence, torsion reinforcement at corners is not required. In the
the clause D-1.8, 1.9 and 1.10 ofLS: 456-2000. . case.of simply supported continuous slabs, forsion reinforcement shall be
. : Inthe case .of continuous slabs shown in Fig. 16.6, the main bars pro- provided at corners as per the specifications laid down in IS: 456-2000.
vided at the mid span tension face are cranked up at a distance of 0.2SL
"
528 Reinforced Concrete Design Reinforcement Detailing in Structural COliC rete Members 529

A typical arrangement ofiwo layers of reinforcements in a Tee beam at

mid span and support sections is shown in Fig. 16.7. Beams are subjected
to heavy shear forces in the vicinity of the supports and hence shear rein-
forcements in the form of stirrups and or bent up bars are provided to resist
the diagonal tension developed due to the shear forces. StilTUPScan be
either vertical or inclined. However. vertical stirrups are preferred due to
ease of fabrication and detailing. Stirrups can also be of open or closed
type, single or multilegged as shown in Fig. 16.8.

o -t---Effective flange width ----.r-.t

r-+-------------------+-~~
Df
,--------+---1 +
PbAN

to' 3L
AS2
,-+ t -+ o'3L2
ASI
...c Vertical sp.acing;~:15mm
+ or diameter of bar or 93
~_--! of nominal size of aggregate
-~bw-J- 0 whichever is greater I';

SECTION AA

Fig. 16.6 Typical Detailing in One Way Continuous Slab (SP-34)

16.5 DETAILING OF ~INFORCEMENTS IN BEAMS

Horizontal spacing
Reinforcements are provided in beams to resist tensile stresses due to flex-
-cf:: diameter of bar or
ure and shear in the case of singly reinforced members. However, if the nominal. size of aggregate
depth of the beam is restricted as in the case of basement floors, + 5 mm whichever is greater II

reinforcements are required at the compression face rendering the beam as

doubly reinforced. Beams subjected to torsion in addition to flexur~ and
..;
!"
, o+-b~-+
shear require additional longitudinal and shear reinforcements to resist the SUPPORT SECTION
equivalent shear and flexural stresses developed due to torsion. Fig. 16.7 Detailing of Bars ill Tee Section
Reinforcements comprising straight bars are generally provided in
most of the beams resisting tensile and or compressive stresses. In rectan- Standard bends and hooks required for reinforcing bars is shown in 0

gular sections, the tension and compression reinforcements may be pro-
vid~(I 'In different layers if the width of the beam is insufficient to
accommodate all. the bars in a -single layer.
Fig. 1 6.9. The specifications regarding detailing of reinforcements in
beams are given in clause 26.5.1 of IS: 456-2000. The important provi-
sions regarding the minimum and maximum percentages 0; main rein-
0

i
forcements and stirrups in beams are compiled in Table. 16.1.
..~.:'JU Reinforced Concrete Design Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete M(IIIIbers 531.

Tabie i6.1 Detailing o.f Reinforcements in Beams

ltl~~'~"
. sUnups(As.'
Sid. 1oc.bors

Main bars(As'

DOUBLE lEG (Open type) Diameter ot Bars

SINGLE LEG
Diameter Min. MaX. Max,
(limit state) (HeavyIlruet.)

Main bars 'lOmm 32 mrn 50 rn".

Hanger bars Bmm 16 mrn 20 mt« "'-

-.-
Stirrups

."
6mm

0·85 bd
Pt'rcenlage Reinforcement .As -<I:(---;y-)
16 mm 16
-_
"I";

DOUBLE. LEG (Partial! open type) Fe-250 Plain M S bars Min: 0·34 X I Max: 4 x
bOUBlE LEG. (Closed type)
Fe-415. HYSD bars Mill: 0·20 x I Max: 4 X --._
b ,-
Stirrups' A :>(9~)
sv fy

Side Face Min: 0·10" 'II (0:> 750 ,"rr. --

Spacing of Bars
-.::0 Reter tot.lt i~
Mail) bars Min: Max: '(15: 456-2(11)
>5mm+ Size

DOUBLE lEG (Welded type) MULTIPLE lEG TYPE

Stirrups Min:
50mm
ofCA

(5 P: 16)
0'75 d
Max: 300 mm
-- .'

Fig. 16.8 Types of Stirrups

Side Face ' .. Max :300 mm

In beams, the reinforce;nent can be curtailed along its length depending

...
- ~.
upon the magnitude of bending moment at the section. Typical details of
curtailment of bars in cantilever and continuous beams are shown in Fig. 16.6 DETAILING OF REINFORCEMENTS IN COLU.M..~
16.10. Anoiher salient aspect in detailing of reinforcement in beams is the
anchorage or development length required at supports. The anchorage' Column reinforcements are generally subjected to compre~tYJ.tand in
length required for main reinforcement in tension and compression out- cases of brackets attached to columns, eccentric compression f11i1) 1evelutl
lined in clause 26.2 of IS: 456-2000 is shown in Fig. 16.1 I for-structural tensile stresses in some bars of the column. Ties or transverse ~~rtfo;ce-
concrete members subjected to tension arid compression. ments are invariably provided to prevent buckling of the main fJ1q;f)jdinal
bars at regular intervals. Typical cross sections of columns Wilt .11:<in
an1
transverse reinforcements are shown in Figs; 16.12 and 16.13.
 . Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete Members 533
- 532 Reinforced Concrete Design

Table 16.2 Detailing or Reinforcements in Columns

Max.
Diameter Min.
Building Bridge
32mm 50·mm
Diameter 12mm
4.0% 4.0%
0.8%
!\ Quantum
4-in Rectangular Columns
Number of Bars
3-ln triangular COlumnl; .
\1 s-io Circular COlumns
Ii
;I 300mm
i Spacing of bars ~ Aggregate Size
--------.1<.

I
Max. L
Column Ties Min.

~.
"
.\
Oiameter .
~ bar dla or 5 mm
.

1,50mm
12mm 165mm

Least Lateral Dimension or 16 (Column bar CURTAILMENT IN CANTILEVER BEAM

diameter) or 300 mm

B C D
A
VARIOUS FORMS OF LINKS
CURTAILMENT IN CONTINUOUS BEAMS
,J...8d
90 - I
t Fig. 16.10 Curlallment In Beams

J_ Notest-
a) If distance between bars S 75 mm, only alternate bars to be tied in
both ways.
b) If distance between bar> 75 mm, all bars to be tied both ways.
Detailing provisions specified in clause 26.5.3 of IS: 456-2000 is com-
piled in Table--16.2 and Fig. 16.14. In the case of circular columns with
helical ties, the pitch of the ties should not exceed 75 mrn and it should not
.160' HOOK be less than 25 mm nor less than three times the diameter of.the steel 'bar .
90' BEND
l~S' HOOK
forming the helix;

STANDARD BENDS AND HOOKS 16.7 .DETAILING OF REINFORCEMENTS IN FOUNDATIONS

·Yig.·16;9 Standard lJ~nds, Hooks and Links
AND WALLS':' . .
.; ""-_' ~.' -, ' ~." . ~
Isolated column footings are widdy used' as tou~dations for coh~nms due'
 ;..tj,yrt'n Concrete Desig"n: i"
Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete M~mberS'· 535

.·10eco~omy and ease of construction. Combined fo~tings· are used when

columns are closely spaced andthe bearing capacity of soil is' less so that
the, bearing area of individual footings overlap. Combined footings are
designed as slab with beam tied between the columns. Hence, the guide
lines and specifications for detailing of reinforcements in foundations are
similar to that for slabs and beams. A typical detail of an isolated column
DmmC]
SINGLE TIE DOUBLE TIE SINGLE TIE SINGLE TIE
DIAMOND TIE
footing is shown in Fig. 16.15. SINGLE LINK

-t
t- Ld ---,f'

'r
.c: ...

SINGLE TIE DOUBLE TIES DOUBLE TIES SINGLE TIE

DOUBLE LINKS SINGLE LINK DOUBL'E LINK
-f
ANCHORAGE LENGTH (Tension) 1 -Tie diameter
.. ~ 1/4 bor diameter nor less thon 5 min

2 Tie spoting
Anchorage length (Ld)
.. :t- 16 x bar diameter
:I- 48 x tie dlameler
Grade of Concrete M~201 M-25 M-30 :t- Least lalerol dimension of member
Tension
Compression
47 d
38d
I 40d
'32d
38 d
30 d
I-

Fig. 16.12 Typical Lay Out of TIes In Columns

d = Diameter of bar 100mm. Walls are intended to carry vertical loads and are designed in
Fe-415 HYSD bars accordance with the recommendations specified for columns The rein-
; forcements in walls comprise of vertical and horizontal bars provided in
single or two layers near. the faces. The specifi~ations regarding the
detailing of reinforcements in walls given in. clause 32.5 of IS: 456-2000
codeis compiled in Fig. 16.16 .
.I

ANCHORAGE LENGTH 16.8 DETAILING AT JUNCTIONS

(Compression)
Fig. 16.11 Anchorage Length of Bars (IS 456-2000) In Structural concrete members particular care should be taken to arrange
the reinforcements at junctions of beam to .beam, column to beam and at
Reinforced concrete wall is a structural member whose length exceeds c~rners where beams in perpendicular directions meet the columns.
-~ - - ~. . .
4 times jts thickness. R.C.Walls may be used as partitions in which case
they are non-load bearing members ..They may also be designed as load
bearing walls. The thickness of walls should generally be not less than
 Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete Members 537
536 Reinforced Concrete Design

CIRCULAR HEXAGONAL CIRCULAR HEXAGONAL

ern
~75mm
fIr

~.48 ~Ir-f-

-I TIE TIE. TIE TIE

I
; 1

MULTIPLE LrTYPE:'; COLUMN T~T'(PE.COLUMN. INCLINED

SQUARE TIES TIES TIES TIES Fjg. 16.14 Arrangement of Tics In Columns (IS: 456·2000)

~75H
mm
D 4:575
mm
>7S~
mm
[[!J t--+>75
mm
If > 20· double form
work to be used
Column bars

Fig. 16.13 Typic~1Lay Out or Ties in Columns

I.

16.8.1 Beam-~o-BeamJunctions tl

In multistorey reinforced concrete buildings, the following main types of

beam-to beam junctions are encountered.
a) Secondary beam shallower than main beam.
b) Main beam and secondary beam of same depth. SPECIFICATIONS FOR FOOTINGS (I S: 456-2000)
The detailing of reinforcements for case(a) is shown in Fig. 16.17(a) as Diameter 10mm (min). -
recommended ill SP: 34. In this case, the bottom .layer reinforcements of Quantum 0·12 X (min) -
secondary beam should be placed above the bottom layer reinforcements 0'15 X (min)
of main beam; The secondary beams are generally shallower than the main 3d
Spacing \. 5 (Aggregate size)
beam and placing of main steel of secondary beam over that of main beam (min) ·300 mm (max).
will not pose any problems .. ,.
In the case of main arid secondary beams having the same depth, the Fig. 16.15 Detalll~g of Footlngs
detailing of reinforcements at thejunction of the beams can be as shown in
Figs. 16:17 (b) or (c).To provide continuity and integrity at the junction, it ; I:
. ,_

II
 . 8· ·Rein/orced =r= Design Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete-Me1Jlbers 539

. 'is necessary to provide extra diagonal open stirrups and horizontal loops at a) The breadth of beam and column are the same at the junction .
all beam to beam junctions as shown in Fig. 16.18: . b). Breadth of beam is sr~laller than column s:ide at the junction.
c) Rare cases in which the breadth of the beam is larger than the size of
the column at thejunction. ' ',
, Top layer bars
tIt
Main beam

Horizontal bar tied, Secondary beam

to vertical bars Tie connecting
! ./ V two layers of
f---L" vertical bars
(0) SECONDARY BEAM SHALLOWER THAN
MAIN BEAM

Main beam
-
,~
Secondary beam
THIN WALL THICK WALL
(100 to 200 mrn] (>200 mm)

(b) MAIN AND SECONDARY BEAMS OF

MINIMUM REINFORCEMENT IN WALLS SAME DEPTH·
Load bearing Non load bear ing
0·12 %
Vertical bars O'lH
0·40 r. (preferred
.,
Main· beam
HorIzontal bars 0·20 X O· 20 "
Secondary becrn
SPACING OF BARS
Min. Max,
Verlical bars ~ ·75 mm It or 450 III Ill. (e) MAIN AND SECONDARY BEAMS OF
whh:hever ,Is.less SAME DEPTH
Horizontal bars ,75 mm 3 tor 450 mm Fig. 16.17 Typical Detailing at Beam to Beam Junctions
whichever is less
The reinforcement detailing for case(a) is shown in Fig. 16.19. The
beam bars should be housed inside the comer reinforcements of the col-
Fig. 16.16 Detailing of Walls
umn and the ties of columns should be continued within the Junction. .
16.8.2 Beam to Column Junctions .In case(b) where the breadth of the beain is smaller- than the side of the
columns, the beam reinforcement should be housed within the column
In multistorey framed structures, column-beam junctions require special reinforcement cage as shown in Fig. 16.20, where the beam is located at
attention regarding detailing since the reinforcements from beams and col- the edge of the column. The outer face' bars of the beam should be bent so
umns crowd' together at the junction, Detailing should be done with care to that they are enclosed within the cage of the column bars. The column ties
1 ensureproper integrity of the connections. should be continued within the junction.
L
i The following three types are identified in beam-column junctions.
I
,
I
 540 Reinforced Concrete uesign Reinforcement Detailing ill Structural Concrete Members 541

Extra horizon~ I a) Junctions of beams and columns in a framed building.

loops b) Junction of sloping members of a gable bent.
;j
r
rSecondary beam
c) Junction of horizontal and vertical members of a box culvert,
II J l'-...-"':::
~"
1'..,
Typical examples of closing types where the members meeting at a

d
/ ~
~
1'\.' r-, '" -,
. joint tend to move towards each other developing a crack at the outer face
are.-

j_ a)
b)
Junctions of vertical walls of a rectangular tank.
Junction of vertical wall and base slab of an aqueduct carrying water.
~ d-. --.1'-+ -t-- --+ d

HORIZONTAL LOOPS

Secondary beam Beam

..

u
EXTRA DIAGONAL OPEN STIRRUPS

Fig. 16.18 Relnrorcement Detailing at Jundion of Beams BEAM - COLUMN JUNCTION

Fig. 16.21 illustrates the detailing of reinforcements when the beam

width exceeds that of column side. In this case, the column bars are taken \ ..
within the outer face bars of the beam with the beam stirrups continued
within the junction. In all these cases it is important to note that column
bars should no be bent or kinked within the junction ..

16.8.3 Corner Junctions

Cornerjunctions arise when structural members meet at a joint at comers.

Typical examples being the vertical-wall and base slab or the side walls of
I a tank or comers of a building frame or the landing slab and sloping slab of
i
a stair case flight or the sloping members of a gable bent. SECTION-BS
SECTfoN~AA
Junctions may be of opening type or closing type depending upon the PLAN
nature of moments at the junction of the members. Typical examples of Note;
opening types where the members meeting at a joint tend to move apart Column ties continued at junction
'developing cracks at the inner comer are:- Fig. 16.19 Detailing atColumu-Beam Junction

_. -~-:
 · ,.\Reinforced Concrete Design

',' -.

BEAM- COLUMN JUNCTION·

BEAM- COLUMN JUNCTION

L.B SECTION-AA SE:CTION- BB

PLAN SECTION-AA SECTION- B8 PLAN

Flg. 16.21 Detailing at Column-Bcam Junction

Fig. 16.20 Detailing at Column-Beam Junction
, Fig. 16.23 shows the detailing of reinforcements at the crown of a mill
The reinforcement detailing at the junction of opening and closing cor-
bent and at the junction of-landing and sloping, waist slab of. a staircase
ners should be able to arrest the initiation and propagation of cracks at
flight involving opening corners. Typical examples of detailing at junc-
these joints. Fig. 16.22(a) illustrates the layouts of reinforcements at corner
tions of walls of water- tanks and aqil~ducts involving closing: corners' is
junctions in a box culvert where slabs form the structural members. In the
shown in Fig. 16,24, '
case of knee bent or ·portal frame where the horizontal beam and vertical
columns are relatively thick, it is important to provide inclined stirrups in
addition io the mairi reinforcements to resist the diagonal tension cracks as 16.9 DETAILING IN CORBELS
shown in Fig. 16.22(b),
Corbels or brackets are provided to columns in industrial structures to
support the .tracks of overhead gantry cranes. The design aspects of such'
corbels has been dealt in detail in Chapter-I 3.
1
I,
Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete Members 545
544 Reinforced Concrete Design
····f

A Earth pressure
i
!-

Additional
reinforcement

BOX-CULVERT CROWN OF MILL BENT (Opening Corner)

(Elevation)
'-l1J
DETAfLS AT A

(a) BOX CULVERT (Thin Slabs) (Opening Corners)

JUNCTION OF WAIST AND LANDING SLABS

OF STAIR CASE (Opening Corner)
KNEE- BEI':IT '._; ..
Fig. 16.23 Detailing at Opening Corners
DETAIL AT 8

Typical detailing of different types of reinforcements' in single and double

type brackets are shown in Fig. 16.25. Experimental investigations have
(b) KNEE-BENT-JUNCTION OF BEAM AND
shown that horizontal loops are superior to the other types in resisting the
COLUMN (Opening Corners 1
forces developed in corbels.
Fig. 16.22 Detailing at Opening Corners
16.10 LAPpiNG, SPLICING AND WELDING OF
The shear stresses developed in brackets being very high, adequate REINFORCEMENTS
reinforcement is required in the form of
In the case of continuous beams of long spans, it becomes necessary to join
a) Horizontal loops
reinforcement bars by tieing the ends of one bar with the other so that the
b) Inclined stirrups
lap length is equal to, the anchorage length. In the case of larger diameter ' -:
c) Vertical stirrups and " ,

.::?'_', bars, to avoid wastage, the bars may be welded together using a lap weld or -c..»:
d) Combinations of the above types.
':~., butt weld as shown in Figs. 16.26 and 16.27 respectively. "

Ii
The following guide lines have to be followed while lapping th,~
 (~~~~:~;:.:.~/.~:
.:.::....
'. .
".~~.~~~;:.
'
.
546 Reihforced Concrete Design . Reinforcement Detailing ill Structural Concrete Members 547

A
~'.' . A

Detail at A
PLAN HORIZONTAL LOOPS

PLAN

'a) DETAILING AT JUNCTION OF WATER TANK WALLS

'Closing Corner)

Aqueduct
VERTICAL LOOPS

·1

I'
B
Oetoil at B Cross bar

r- ELEVATION

ELEVATION

fb) DETAILING AT JUNCTION OF VERTICAL AND BASE INCLINED STIRRUPS·

SLAB OF 'AQUEDUCT (Closing Corner)
Fig. 16.25 Detailing In Corbels
Fig. 16.24 Detailing at Closing Corners
. In multistorey buildings, the colu~s towards the top floors are of
a)
Lapping should be avoided at points of maximum tensile stress such
smaller cross section when compared to the lower storey columns. Proper
as the center of beams and slabs. detailing of reinforcements is necessary ir\. the case of transitions in col-
b) .In structural concrete members,' no more than 50 percent of the bars
umns. Detailing at columntransitions is shown in Fi-g. 16.28.
should be tapped at one place. In the case of junctions of heavily reinforced columns, lapping may
c) The lap length provided should be sufficient to transfer the entire
'.~ lead to congestion of reinforcements. Alternatively splicing may be used to
force from one bar to the other. , join the bars. The splices may be bonded type or strap type or coupler type
d) The-lap length should be based on the basis of smaller diameter bar
as shown in Fig. 16.29.
when. two bars of different diameters are lapped.
 Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete Members 549

,II:
, ~I'

; :11
"

t-E·_'_·_-·-- -~:" ..., power sheet

of grinder
i;

~:

;
-t i
+--5"~
,t 8*O.2/J
+,'_.*>----._----..--+
, ' ,(60)'-

~3mm'
.: ~

'~lmm

+ I
II t 8=*0'26
+--10," L
'I

+ II J + §~" ~O'2"
+- 5-" ___,j..
Fig. 16.26 Typical Lop Welds,

.
16.11 BUNDLING OF REINFORCING BARS

In the case of heavily reinforced sections such as the columns in ground 16.12 COVER TO REINFORCEMENT AND,REINFORCEMENT ,

floors of multi storey buildings, it is advantageous to bundle the bars in

groups of 2,3 and 4 to prevent congestion of reinforcements and effective
SUPPORTS ~i~}:>
concreting of the members. Bundling is generally preferred for bars in the In structural concrete members, it is very important to ensure proper cover
range of 20 to 4Qmm. The commonly accepted method of bundling bars in to reinforcements to prevent corrosion and deterioration due to aggressive
columns and beams is shown in Figs. 16.30 and 16.31 respectively. The atmospheric and chemicalactions. Proper cover all-round the bars acts as a
bars in each bundle should be tied together firmly so that they act as a unit protective barrier and safe gaurds the reinforcement,
j and the specifications regarding ties in columns and stirrups in beams is The Indian Standard code IS: 456-2000, clause 26.4 specifies the cover
"_I
the same as that when individu.al bars are used. Bundling helps for proper , requirements for different types of environmental conditions ..Table-I 6 and
compaction of concrete by using poker vibrators resulting in dense con- 16A of IS: 456-2000 code gives the nominal cover r~quiremenls' for dif-
crete. ferent types of exposure and for specified periods of fii~'resistance and the
same has been detailed in
chapter-2 of the text. ,
, The cover specified is achieved only when the reinforcing bars are
properly supported at regular intervals by supporting devices before the '
. concrete is poured. There are different types of supporting de~i~~s m
-. . " . '_ . . ,- , . - ',. - ." '" -":- ..~:.

'-,"

.... ;. i-:_ :~ '~~~~'it;::

'.
 Reinforcement De;~ilillg ill Structural Concrete Members sst

5$ MORTAR

DE,ORMEII DAR

SLEEVE
=
ts Spacing of column ties
Ld = Development length

PRESSEO TYPE
80NDED T-VPE
Slope not
more than
1 In 10

.'",

Fig. 16.28 Column Transitions

up of concrete blocks, steel chairs and moulded plastic supporting devices.

COUPLER. TYPE
The different types of reinforcement supports commonly used are shown in
Fig. 16.32.

16.13 EXPANSION JOINTS IN CONCRETE STRUCTURES

In the construction of large structural concrete' structures, joints are inevi-'
table due to suspension of concreting work at the end of the day. These
joints are termed as construction or cold joints. When concreting work is
resumed, special care in the form of scrapping and removing loose material
at the joint and coaling with rich cement slurry on the old surface. is essen-
tial before regular concreting is started at the construction joint. In addi-
tion, proper care has to be taken to select the location of the construction
joint
Types or Splices .
Fig;' i'6::i9 V~;io~s
In general c.on~tru~tion joints sh~uld. be avoided at location .of I.~~i-
mum tensile stress (Ex: Centre of slabs and beams) the construction joints .
should preferably be located in the vicinity of sections of contra
flexurerwhere moments change from positive to .negative) in the case ?f '.
continuous members and far away from sections of maximum moment 10
simply supported members. TypicallocatiDn of construction joint in a one
way slab' is shown' in·Fig. 16.33.
;
i . 552 . Reinforced Concrete Design Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete Members 553

TWIN BUNDLE TWIN BUNDLE ELL- BUNDLE

(Veri icall (Horizontal) Column

-ES@- o 8 CB ffi BUNDLING OF BARS IN BEAM

2 3 4

TRIANGULAR
-EG$-
SQUARE
BUNDLE BUNDLE
rOd ~40d ~40d l
, 1 1
I
p-v vv '0\: I r 3 I
I [2
I
I
1 I Ii
;> c
o
g c
c ffi CB 8
3 2
4 ~I

P,... ()c Fig. 16.31 .Bundling and Curtailment of Bars In Beams

1"\ 1"\

Normally structures exceeding 45m in length should be provided with

COLUMN WITH COLUMN WITHOUT one or more expansion joints. Fig. 16.34 and 16.35 shows the location and
BUNDLED BARS BUNDLED BARS salient details of expansion joints. The thickness of the expansion joint
Fig. 16.30 Bundling of Bars in Columns depends upon the length of the structure, variation of temperature at the
site. type of building and several other factors.The Indian Standard Code;
. In the ~ase o~ large. b~ildings o~considerable length and abrupt changes gives the guidelines for the design of expansion-joints in reinforced con-
In plan dimensions, It is essential to provide expansion joints which
accommodate the movement of the structure due to changes in tempera-
crete structures. . ').jr :<i~{:~v
. ". '.;;-~
ture. According to the Indian Standard Code clause 27 of IS: 456-2000
expansion joints should be provided at junctions of structures with abrupt
16.14 DO's AND DONT's IN DETAILING OF REINFORCEMENTS
changes in plan dimensions. . Detailing of reinforcements in structural concrete members involves many
Expansion joints should facilitate the necessary .movements of the operations such. as bending of bars, formation of end hooks, lapping, splic- ."
structures on either side of the joint due tc variations i~temperature. The ing, welding and positioning, the reinforcements at appropriate locations a~
structure adjacent should preferably be supported on separate columns or
per detailed structural drawings.
walls but not necessarily on separate foundations. Reinforcements should
not extend across the expansion joint and there should be a complete break
between the adjacent structure.
 .\
Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete Members 555

and dont's in fabrication' and detailing of reinforcements in structural con-·

crete members and these are compiled in various Fig. 16.36 to 16.48 for
the benefit of the site engineer.

,
I-t'
---1 1---
-- ~_J- --
, I
1 ,
Mor tor block steel reinforcement
I ,
reinforcement support supporf
I' ,
I I

Pf/""~" Wm~~$=~·_j 1

~
x

steel chair reinforce menl supper ts

I Beam
I I
_ _r-i _

--t*,--
! 'Column

PLAN

Plastic chafr reinforcement support Direction of ____

concreting
Fig. 16.32 Typical Reinforcement Supporting Devices

. It requires special skill 0)1 the part of the bar. bender to translate the
information given in structural drawings to the actual structure at the
.worksite. Inspite of ail the precautions. wrong detailing of reinforcing bars SECTiON-XX
is still a common feature in many. construction sites leading to serious
problems affecting the strength and serviceability of the structure. Fig. 16.33 Typical Construction Joint in One Way Slab
Sudarshan!" has identified some common, mistakes based on his field
supervision over a number of years and has suggested a few do's

~., ~I
 J:JI

i.
- 556 Reinforced Concrete Design

/E xponsion jo int

V
, "

Compressible Expansion
filter joint
~-' di{:. Q'4C' "-K"
Qf(" .<%' I~

(a) EXPANSION JOINT AT JUNCTION OF TALL

AND SHORT BUILDINGS ;,

Ii

<,

f".-Expansio~
joints

PLAN -

(b) EXPANSION JOINTS AT MAJOR CHANGES OF BUILDINGS

Fig. 16.35 Expansion J!lint Between Building-Blocks

,
. Fig. 16.34 Location of El\pansion Joints In Buildings
 .,
Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete Members 559

,
.~

Mandrel t
diameter
4d I
Typical
o
wrong,
General

I
..
~

X J
Wrong Right

D
.-Fe-415 bars. .-Fe-415
0,..Fe-500 bars or-SOO
Fig. 16.36 Choice or Mandrel For Bar Bending Fig. 16.37 Mix-up-ofDilTerent Grade Reinforcements
 560 Reinforced Concrete Design Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete Members 561
,t..
'(

~
col umn bars __
v-- Hole drilled and
bar anchored;wlth
bonding cnemical

Column ties
v-
L ---- r-,
Tie pref~ble

"'1'
iLd ..;..
r-,
/V
j
Be am 's r
Beam stirrups
®
Wrong
'0
Righi

Recommended
weld length

, Ld ::: Lap length

• to..
~

o
Wrong
Fig. 16.38 Lapping of Bars at Column-Beam
,
Junction
Right
o
Wrong
o
Right

Column ties Fjg~ 16.40 Discontinuity of B!,rs in Colulllils'

.> ~
I
I

I '.
-: Bars straightened as
and when construction
is taken up /'
Ou mmy column

Bar coated

/
Beam
I
I
V/'
j
I
Ben! at top
V
with zinc rich
rich prim er

~
... ;;>,

"'r "i>-
...... ..
r---
8~

~ Column
bars l ,,

0 ®
Wro~ ,,~~hl
<0
Wrong 'Right , Fig. 16.41 Profile of BarsFor Futu~e Expansion ~~., ... ..~
"
•• _.~I

Fig. 16.39 Abrupt Kinking of Bars In Columns '

'"i:.,':;:' J~fi{~f;'~l
:ik~~i~:
•.
 .:-1. '".

562 Reinforced Concrete Design Reinforcement Detailing in Structural Concrete Members 563

1---------...:. -- -~-
],
...
, eoo> '_
.. > 0'2L -+ Curtailed
50
bars
• •• (> r.)

SECTION-AA
CD
®
Wrong
Wrong

1--- -- ---- --- ---

o 0 0
• ••
• • 0
\ L------------+
SECTION-BB Kink in 1 in 10
(2) preferable' ; (])
Right
Right
Fig. 16.43 Curtailment of Bars in Beams

r
,Effective
'depth
• ••

(0
• •••• .'
• •• ••
1-. •••
•••
Wrong

® 0
r
Wrong Right
• •• ,I
Fig. 16.42 Lapping Arrangement of Bars In Beams

Effective
0
-'"

_r Spacer
bar
Right

Fig. 16.44 Defective Positioning of Bars in Beams

 i!
II 564 Reinforced Concrete Design_
.j Reinforcement L\·:.:ihll,t: ill Structural COl/crete Members

U'"\.
I 565

r: Main reinforcement
, j" •

If
I

-- , ~

®
Wrong
~. C. Beam Cantilever 1
beam 1
.'4.
\.

Wrong
®
X
_\
...
,~:
'J

':1-.,
2:
~: : ls:
.:

~.
~

r OI M n reinforcement -.If''----- L ---,,,...

If ~ ~
~-
(])
\
,- Right
Fig, 16.46 Ph'l'l'm~nt of Bars at Slab Support

~ L
o
Right
.,f
~12
I..
'I

times design
-JJ,I!-.. __ -L._~_......,j<- lap length . . ~:. .
1
__,~
If
'-. ~ •
--r: --- - ®
Wrong
.... - ..
.,
-

-'II
(])
-.if
Right

Fig. 16.45 Lapplag of Bars In Cantilever Beams

slab

'-
.~.~
(0
Right
.. ~ " ".

if Fig. 16.47 Placement of Bar; In Waist Slab

566 'Reinforced Concrete Design

Wall reinforcement Anc~ rage length

A_ CHAPTER 17
/ :::r
Earthquake Resistant
pesign _and Detailing
~c, wall R. C. wall

0 (}) 17.1 INTRODUCTION

,
_l

Wrong Right Earthquakes of destructive intensity can be classified as major natural

disasters confined to a relatively few areas of the world but resulting in
PLAN PLAN considerable damage to buildings. During the last decade of 20'h century.
four major earth quakes of magnitude 6 or more on the Richter scale have
already occurred in India. The earthquake which occurred in Uttarakashi in
WaH reinforcement Anchorage length 1991 with a magnitude of 6.6 on the Richter scale, damaged hundreds of
buildings.' -
The Latur earthquake of 1993 with a magnitude of 6.4 on Richter scale
resulted in the destruction of thousands of houses. The Jabalpur earthquake
of 1997 measuring 6 on the Richter scale destroyed thousands of houses.
The 1999 earthquake at Chamoli district of UttarPradesh with amagnitude
of 6.8 destroyed more than 4000 houses and partially damaged 25,000
dwellings. Recently in January 2001, a major earthquake of intensity 6.9
R. c; wall . C. wall ~_
destroyed several towns in Gujarat with considerable loss of life and prop-
erly.

o
Wrong
(])
Right
During an earthquake, ground motions develop in a random manner
both horizontally and vertically in all directions radiating from the epi-
centre. The ground motions develop vibrations in the structure inducing
inertial forces on them. Hence structures located in seismic zones should
PLAN PLAN be suitably designed and detailed to ensure strength, serviceability and sta-
bility with acceptable levels of safety under seismic forces.
The satisfactory performance of a-large number of reinforced concrete
Fig. 16.48 Relnforceme-nts at_Wall Intersectlons
structures subjected to severe earthquakes in various parts of the world has
demonstrated that it is possible to design such structures to successfully
withstand the destructive effects of major earthquakes.
The Indian standard codes IS: 1893-1984"9, IS: 4236-1976120 and IS:
-, 13920-1993121 have specified the minimum design requirements of earth-
quake resistant design based on the probability of occurrence of earth-
quakes, the characteristics of the structure and the foundation and the
acceptable magnitude of damage. The A,C,J. Committee-Sl RI22 and other
·1 .

568 Reinforced Concrete Design . Earthquake Resistant Design and Delailillg 569
:I
"

I national codes m.124 give details of codal requirements in several earth- merhods.-
!-
i
quake zones of the world. . . a) Equivalent static lateral loading.
, The main criteria enshrined in the codes for fixing the level of the b) Dynamic Analysis.
12S
design seismic loading based on the SEAOC report are as follows: - In the former metliod, different partial. safety factors are applied to
1) The structures should be able -to resist minor earthquakes without dead, live, wind and earthquake forces toarrive at the design ultimate load.
damage which implies that the' structural behaviour under minor In the IS: 456-2000 code, while considering earthquake effects, wind loads
earthquake shocks should bewithin the elastic range of stress. are replaced by earthquake loads assuming that both severe wind and
2) The structures should -be able to resist moderate earthquakes with earthquake do not act simultaneously. The American and Australian code
minor structural and some non-structural damage. With proper design recommendations are similar but with different partial safety factors.
and construction, it should be possible to restrict the damage so that it The dynamic analysis involves the rigorous analysis of thy entire
.is repairable. .' .' . structural system by studying the dynamic response of the structure by
3) The structure should be 'able to resist major earthquakes without col- considering the total response in terms of component modal responses,
lapse but with some structural and non-structural damage. which is outside the scope of this text, and the reader may refer to special-
Depending upon the intensity 'of earthquake, forces are induced in the ist texts by Clough and Penzien!", New Markl29 and various other
authors'30-'35
structural system. These forces are influenced by the damping, ductility
.i;,
l26 This chapter mainly deals with the major codal specifications of IS:
and energy_dissipation capacity of the structure •
The basic principle of design of earthquake resistant structures is by 13920.1993121 regarding the designing and detailing for ductility in
moment resisting frames and shear walls. These provisions are essential
a) Enhancing the ductility (rotation capacity) of the structural members, VI
for the .design of structural sy~tems located in high intensity earthquake
b) Increasing the energy dissipation capacity of the structure. zones categorized as Zones III, IV and V in the Indian standard code IS: lil
If the structure is designed to have the above mentioned properties, the 1893-94"9 .
induced seismic forces are considerably reduced resulting in an economi-
cal structure with the added advantage of reduced probability of collapse of 17.3 DUCTILITY OF REINFORCED CONCRETE MEMBERS
the structural system.
In general buildings designed to resist the lateral loads are subjected to 17.3.1 Concept of Ductility
very low seismic forces. Typical structural systems, which are generally
.,j. .
used to resist earthquakes, are Ductility of reinforced concrete members is defined as its ability to
accommodate large magnitude of inelastic deformations beyond the first
a) Ductile moment resisting space frame.
b) Dual system, comprising ductile moment resisting frame and ductile yield deformation without any decrease in its collapse strength or
resistance to loads. Ductility can also be defined with respect to strains,
flexural (shear) wall.
rotations, curvatures or deflections.
According to Fintel127, a ductile structural system is one in which the Ductility basedon deflections comprises the entire configuration of the
members undergo significant inelastic deformations beyond the initial structural member which includes the material and section properties,
yield and the loads are resisted by the redistribution of moments so that loading, support configuration and span of the member. Fig. 17..1 (a)
there is no decrease in the ultimate load resistance of the structural system. shows the Force-deformation behaviour of a flexural member under
The present day codes recommend proper ductility requirements in' increasing Joads'". The force may be load,' moment or stress while the
reinforced concrete members to reduce the seismic forces and their deformation comprises of elongation, rotation, curvatures or strain as-
destructive effect. shown in Fig. p.1 (b)

17.2 EARTHQUAKE ~ORCES Let 6., <1». and e u are the ultimate deformation, curvature and rotation
:.~
respectively and 61, Qly and ey are the .corresponding values at first yield, :;,
Determination of design' earthqtl~e' forces is computed ~tth~' following then a quantitative measure of ductility "W con be expressed " 'be rat ;?:,'/::~i:,~1
'·i~
 Reinforced Concrete Design . Earthquake Resistant Design mid Detailing 571
Force /Brittle
Structural concrete members are subjected to several cycles of reversed
/
I cyclic loading under seismic forces. Fig. 17.2 shows' typical load-
/ a
deflection curves for cantilever reinforced concrete beam subjected to
/ reversed cyclic' loading. The beam, is reinforced on both faces to resist
/
tension under reversed cyclic loading. The structure respondsin an elasto-
/
/, plastic (ductile) manner with increased deflection compared to the elastic
stage. The stiffness of the beam decreases with number of cycles. The
O~formQtion load-deflection curves tend to pinch-in near Zero Load. The stiffness deg-
radation and pinch-in effects are characteristic features of reinforced con-
(a) LOAD-DEFORMATION, BEHAVIOUR crete beams and columns 137

tvloment-M
Ec

T \" e

l~~) Curvaturl! (fIf)

~u
(1)- Cycle number

(b) MOMENT-CURVATURE CHARACTERISTICS

Fig. 17.1 Ductility of Reinforced Concrete Members

mm
I.l = (~:) Displacements

=( ~} ;.curvatures

-30
= 6~) ;;fii RelnrorcedCoJlcrete
u
Rotations'
•
Fig. 17.2 Hystersis Behaviour Cantilever Beam
(

Also the curvature at any section can be expressed as The elasto-plastic behaviour of reinforced concrete is influenced
mainly by the degree of cracking in concrete, strain hardening and Baus-
_[ec+e"J
41- - d
chinger effect in steel reinforcements, bond and' anchorage between con-
crete and steel reinforcements and the presence of shear.
Where eo = strain at compression face The stiffness of the structural member gradually decreases with
E" = strain in the tension zone. increasing cycles of loading. The primary aim in designing structural con-
d = effective depth. crete members should be to increase the ductility so that the structure can
sustain large inelastic deformations in order to avoid sudden collapse,
 I
i:
1
572 Reillforced COliC rete Design Earthquake Resistant Design and Derailing 573 '

A ductile structure under overloading deforms inelastically and redis- 1.\ =. characteristics compressiee strength of concrete.
tributes the excess load to elastic parts of the structure. In the case of duc- /y' ::: yield stress of tension reinforcement. . '.
I- tile structures. there will be sufficient warnings in the form of cracks and f/ = stress in compression reinforcement= 0.87 cry

I
deflections of members before impending failure so that the probability of
loss of life is reduced in the event of collapse of the structure.
. In the. limit state design procedure, it is assumed that all the critical
n = -mpi +" 1112 p~ + 2111P,
From Fig. 17.3 (a)
sections in the structure will reach their maximum capacities at the design
·1 collapse load for the structure. To fulfill this requirement, it is essential .q>. = ( _- e, )
Y n -nd
and .(Ex
41 = -
U •
CU)

that the structure should be ductile to withstand forces and deformations • • U

corresponding to the yielding of the reinforcements.

Where x..»
O.87/y A,,) = ·(O.87jyP,.d) < x
. .
u. ( O.36fckb. . O.36!ck ~ m
17.3.2 Ductility Computations
Where Xm = maximum permissible neutral axis depth depending upon
The ductility of reinforced concrete beams is influenced by the behaviour . the grade of steel. .' .
of the cross sectional properties involving the following parameters> ;;:::0.53 d for Fe-250 grade steel.
== 0.48 d for Fe-415 grade steel.
a) Shape, of cross section(Rectangular or Flanged)
b)
c)
Tension reinforcement ratio.
Compl'ession reinforcement ratio.
t-b-t
...- .....1_1<--

d) Gradc of concrete.
e) Grade of steel reinforcement.
-1-._ ..-1-
f) Ultimate compressive strain in concrete.
g) Yield and Ultimate strain of reinforcement. I, d

An expression for the curvature ductility of a reinforced concrete beam

can be derived using the above parameters. Referring to Fig. l7.3 and A" •••• ~
using the following notations»
d = effecti ve depth. Section Strain
A.. = area of tension reinforcement. (a) SING.L Y REINFORCED ,sECTION
Ase ::: area of compression reinforcement. Ecu

1
nd ::: depth of neutral axis based on elastic theory.
Asc+-+-_- ....
111 =:; modular ratio =
[280/3 creb]
=
PI ::: percentage tension steel [100 A./bd]
:_!-. I- d
Pc = Percentage compression steel [ 100 A.Jbd]
=
J
Ey Yield strain of Tension steel.

Jl Curvature ductility = (~)

-- ....
Ast---i............ Eym
Eeu = ultimate compressive strain in concrete.
Xu = neutral axis depth at ultimate stage. Section strain
q,y = yield curvature.
(b) DOUBLY REINFORCED SECTION
ell. = ultimate curvature. < :::-,~ .. , Fig. vis D';ctiiuy of R-;illforced CODcreteSectloDs

mit
E, == modulus of elasticity of concrete.
 /$74 'Reinforced Crjllcrete Design !
! Earthquake Resistant Design and: Detailing .575
\
.. Curvature ductility = J.l = (~) =
4ty
feu
«fly
(d ~lid)
»,
17.3.3 Factors Influencing Ductility

a) Tension steel ratio (p,)

01' _ feu [ 1 + mp, - .jm2P,2 + 2mp,]
J.l- WE,) (xjd) ... (17.1)
The ductility of a reinforced concrete section increases with the decrease in
Using this equation, the variation of curvature ductillty u with the ten- steel ratio p, or (P, - Pc) as shown in Figs. 17.4 (a) and (b). E~cessive steel
sion steel ratio p, can be studied. reinforcement will result in the crushing of concrete before the steel yields
Similarly for doubly reinforced concrete beams, a similar expression resulling in brittle failure corresponding to ~t ::;;J .0. Hence it is 'advanta-
for ductility factor can be derived. geous to design the sections as under reinforced and the code IS: 456-2000
Stress if! compression steel at ultimate stage f'y = prohibits the use of over reinforced sections, which are prone to brittle
failure.
Then from force equilibrium, we have'
[0.36fck b.x; + f./ A,J '" 0.87 fyA". b) Grade of steel and concrete

o- (~)=rO.87 p,_(JY)/y.
, d
Pc] .s:
0.36fck
The ductility is influenced by the grade of concrete and steel. The Ultimate
strain in concrete .(ceu) is a function of the characteristic strength of con-
Since I', = 0.87I; crete, rate of loading and strengthening effect of stirrups. The IS: 456~2000
code recommends a value of Ceu = 0.0035. Figs 17.4(a) and (b) clearly
( Xu) _ ( 0.87 /y ) indicate that the ductility increases with the characteristic strength of con-
'J - (p, - pJ 0.36 !ck
crete (!ck) and decreases with the increase in characteristic strength of steer
and (/y). According to Jain137, ductility is inversely proportional to the square
xu:Sxm
of cry. From the ductility point of view, it is more desirable to lise Fe-250
.. (xu) = (p, -
(0.87
PC> 0.36 !ck
ffl) grade steel having a larger percentage of elongation than the Fe-415 grade
deformed bars, which have comparatively lower value of percentage elon-
gation. .
and Lower grade steel has defined and longer yield plateau and hence the
«flu=( ;:)
plastic hinges developed at critical sections will have larger rotation
capacity leading to greater energy dissipation. It is important to note that
J.l=(~) and Ey= (fIE,) lower grade steels have a higher ratio of ultimate to yield strength and the
higher ratio of Ct:lt;.), is desirable since it results in an inc-reased length of

=( :J(d~:Id) plastic hinge and also increased plastic. rotation capacity of the critical sec-
tions.
Based on these factors, Fe-250 grade mild.steel is better suited for use
J.l = [ (0.00035)(O.36!ck) (1 - n )E.] as reinforcements in earth-quake resistant design. Howeve~ the use of Fe-
... (17.2)
(p,- Pc)(0.87/y) 250 grade mild steel results in larfer cross sections of flexural members ..
~quatio~s 17.1 and 17.2 can be used to evaluate the curvature ductility Hence the Indian Standard Code IS: 1392°"1993121 permits the use of
of singly rem forced and doubly reinforced sections respectively. ' commonly used Fe-415 grade steel but prohibits the use of grades higher
than FeAI5. The code also "limits the minimum grade of concrete to M-20.
The variations of curvature ductility with steel ratio PI and (p, - Pc) is
High strength concrete is also undesirable due to its lower ultimate com-
shown for different grades of steel Fe-250 and Fe-415 and for different
pressive strain (teu) which reduces the ductility. Low density concrete is
grades.of concrete from M-15 to M-30 in Figs. 17.4 (a) and (b)
also undesirable 'due to its relatively poor performance under reversed
 I
576 Reinforced Concrete Design
Earthquake Resistant Design and Detailing 577
• ~>

cyclic loading. Based on this factor, the American 122 and Canadian':. cod
limit the maximum cylinder strength of low density concrete to a val of
M·30 for lise in earth quake resistant design. ue 0
.,\

c) Compression steel ratio (Pc)

. The curvature .ductility (Il) is inver~~ly proporuonal to the par~meters (P, _

~
-
"C
u
:>

,_<II
:J
Pc) as shown In Eq. 17.2 the ductility mcreases with the decrease in the C;
value of (P, - Pc)· Hence the ductility increases with the increase in com- >
L-
:J
pression steel. Most of the national codes prescribe limits for the min' u U

an d rnaxirnum sreet rauos

mrl rm of
m O~-L~~~ __~~~~~~~
maximum steel
structural members. .
to be used in earthquake resistant design
.
o 0·8 1-6 2·4 3·2
PercentogLsteet, Pt or (Pt -Pc)

I·· (a) CURVATURE DUCTILITY IN BEAM$ WITH Fe-250 STEEL

d) Shape of cross section

In the case of flanged (Tee) beams, due to the enlarged compression face,
~he neutral aXIs.~t collapse stage falls within the flange resulting in the ~
Increase of ductility. In such cases the ductility can be estimated using F'
17.4. . Ig.
-u
;:J
"C

....
4>

E
a
e) Lateral Reinforcements ....>
3 O~~~~ __'_~~~~~~~~
The provision of Lateral reinforcements in the form of stirrups and the· o
f' ci I h . use Percentage steel, Pt or
o circu ar oops to confine the concrete in the compression Zone tends to
improve ~he duc.tility by preventing premature shear and compression fail- (b) CURVATURE DUCTILITY IN BEAMS WITH Fe-415 STEEL
ure, ~hus mcreasmg the deformation capacity of reinforced concrete beams. Fig. 17.4 Ductlllty Characteristics of Reinforced Concrete Beams
f . 17.4 DESIGN PRINCIPLES and CODE PROVISIONS 2) Greater actual strength of such structures resulting from non-structural
elements, which were generally ignored, in the analysis.
Th~ basic pr~nciples of modern code provisions dealing with earthqUake 3) The significant energy dissipation capacity of non-structural elements.
reslsta~t deslg~ have evolved from rather simplified concepts of the 4) The reduced response of the structure due to yielding of the founda-
a
dynamic behaviour of structu~es and have been influenced to large extent tions .
.by field observations of the performance of structures subjected to actual .. The buildings designed under the present code provisions would be
earthquakes.
expected to undergo fairly large inelastic deformations absorbing the
It is pertinent to note that many structures built in the 1930's and energy resulting .from the earthquake. The codes have accepted the fact
designed on th~ basis of more or less arbitrarily chosen lateral forces have that it is uneconomical to design buildings to resist major earthquakes
successfully With stood severe earthquakes. The satisfactory performance . elastically and the recognition of the capacity of structures possessing ade-
of such structures is attributed to one or more of the following fac- quate strength and ductility to withstand major earthquakes by inelastic
tors. 138.139 I

behavior. . .
1) ~ieldi.ng at critical sections of members, which increased the period of The capacity of a structure to deform in a ductile manner beyond the
vibration o~ such structur~s but allowtd them to absorb greater "yield limit without significant loss of strength results in absorption .of
amounts of input energy resultin.g from an earthquake~. . major portion of energy from an earthquake without
.i:'
 ,:" ,
51'S" Refit/orced Concrete Design .
. Extensive Laboratory investigations't"!" have demonstrated that rein-
forced concrete members and their connections designed and detailed
according to the provisions of the present day codes do possess the
necessary ductility required' to respond inelastically to earthquakes of
major intensity without significant loss of ultimate strength.
The major objective of the special design and detailing provisions of
the Indian standard code IS: 13920 is to ensure adequate ductility without
loss of strength for structural members such as beams, columns and walls
and to prevent sudden or non ductile types of failure.
The principal design considerations to be followed to ensure sufficient
ductility of the members are, . shear walls in earthquake resistant design are summarized in the following
a) Use of low percentage of tensile reinforcement of relatively low grade
and lise of compression reinforcement.
b) Preventshear failures by using adequate stirrups and ensuring flexural
failure associated with under reinforced sections.
c) Use of confined concrete in the compression zone by using closely
spaced hoops or spirals to avoid compression failure of concrete asso-
ciated with over reinforced sections.
d) Reinforcement detailing with regard to anchorage, splicing and quan-
tity of minimum reinforcement in the section.
e) Continuity in construction to improve the inelastic behaviour of the
structure with moment redistribution and energy dissipation at several'.
plastic hinges. . r ,
Structural stability and stiffness are also important factors to be con-
sidered in the design of earthquake resistant structures. The structural sys-
tem should. be so designed such that the plastic hinges are formed at
suitable locations resulting in the failure of individual structural elements'
only without leading to the instability or progressive collapse of the struc-
ture. The use of redundant structures such as continuous rigid frames wilt
ensure the development of alternative load' paths' thus helping the
redistribution of forces and dissipation of energy, preventing progressive
collapse of the structure.
In order to ensure ductile behaviour with minimal damage it is impor-
'tant that the foundations should not yield prior to the failure of the super'
structure. Hence the moments, shear and axial forces transferred from the
super structure to the foundation system under conditions of actual yield-
ing, should be resisted by the foundations with the margin of safety of 1.5
applied to the loads and 1.15 applied to the materials. Correspondingly the
ultimate. moment corresponding to actual yielding at a section in super
structure' is obtained as its characteristic or nominal moment capacity
without applying the partial safety factors. This will ensure that the foun-
cation is relatively stronger when compared to the super structure, This
Earthquake Resistant Design and Detailing 579
recommendation is yet to be incorporated in the Indian Codes!" while the
American!" and Cenadlau'" codes contain this concept which will result
in ductile behaviour of the superstructure without any serious distress in
the foundation system.
17.5 INDIAN StANDARD CODE PROVJSIONS FOR
EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN
The salient features of the specifications of the Indian Standard code IS:
13920-1993 for design and detailing of flexural members, columns and
. sections 126. . !
17.5.1 Flexural Members (Beams)
. .
I) Flexural members should have an overall depth 'h' not exceeding one
fourth of the clear span mainly to limit shear deformations. The width
of the member (b) should be not less than 200mm and (hlh) ratio of,
more than 0.3 to avoid lateral instability and greater resistance totor-
sion.
2) The percentage tensile reinforcement in the section (PI) should not
exceed 2.5 to ensure ductile behaviour of the member under reversals
of displacements in the inelastic range and to avoid congestion of
:', reinforcements and to limit shear stresses.
. 3) Minimum reinforcement ratio of Pmin = O.24"'!ck/h is specified at both
. . top and bottom faces of the member for the entire length (with mini-
mum of 2. bars placed at each face) to prevent sudden brittle failure
due to cracking of concrete.
. 4) Reinforcement detailing in flexural members of a 'ductile-framed
structure in which the beams are assumed to· yield under design earth-
quake forces with the development of reversible plastic hinges in the
vicinity of beam-column junctions should comply with the following
specifications. .
a) The reinforcements. resisting positive moments at a joint face
should be not less than half the negative moment reinforcement at
that joint face. '
b) The top and bottom face reinforcement at any section along the
length of the member should be not less than one-fourth of the
negative moment reinforcement at the joint face on either side.
 , .
I, 580 Reinforced Concrete Design Earthquake Resistant Design and Detailing 581

:I c) The top and bottom reinforcements should be taken through col- fO: \3 •
I
I~
limn and extended to the adjacent span so that continuity is main- 10~s ~
! tained in the case of interior junctions. In the case of end junctions ~:
..

of a beam and column, the beam reinforcements must be extended

r: It
to the far face of the column core and provided with an anchorage
length of (Ld + 10q,)where Ld is the development length of the bars
of diameter I/} in tension' as shown in Fig. 17.5.
~ l
~ [11 1[ I
,..,10-
~.JAnchOrQge length 1 Bars extende d
Fig. 17.6 Lap Splice In a Flexural Member
Ld + 10 .dbotlom f07t,nuity
/ -,
/~top faces is computed by considering the equilibrium of forces shown
f L-
ft ' ...,..
hi Figs. 17.7(b) and (c) for the right 'and left sway conditions
respectively. Fig. 17.7 (a) shows the uniformly distributed dead'
+ .(g) and live loads (q) on the beam of clear span Ln. Accordingly,
"C
the maximum design shear forces are computed as followsi-.
"'-P'bottom

1
_, Ii

Wu= 1.2(g +q)

.~ VUI := O.5Wl-n + l.4(Mul + Mu,)!Ln

--t
(a) END JUNCTION (b) INTERIOR JUNCTION Vu, = O.5wuLn + J.4(Mul + Mur)!Ln I~

Fig. 17.5 Arrangement of Relnlorcernents at End and Interior Junctions
d) Lap splices of flexural reinforcement is not permitted in the vicin-
ity of plastic hinges to safeguard against spalling of concrete under
large reversed strains. However welded splices or 'mechanical
connections are permitted in locations far away from plastic hinge
zone.
e) Lap splices if required are provided at regions other than plastic
hinge zones. Concrete is confined in these zones by transverse
0
The sign conventions and shear force diagrams are shown in Figs.
17.7(b) and (c)
h) Due to the alternate direction of shear forces developed due to
earthquake forces, the directions of diagonal tension also changes I.;
11
and hence inclined bars are generally not allowed as shear rein-
forcement. Only-vertical stirrups can effectively resist the shear
whether it is positive or negative depending upon the sway in the
member as shown in Fig. 17,8(a) and (b)

reinforcement in the form of closed hoops (135 hook and 101jJ
extension) spread over the entire splice length at a spacing not
exceeding 150 mm as shown in Fig. 17.6
f) The reinforcements provided should account for possible shifts in
the contraflexure points, which occur under the combined effects
of dead and earthquake loads,
g) In earthquake resistant' design of flexural members, shear failures
should not occur before the development of plastic hinges due to
flexure. Hence the shear forces are suitably over estimated by
considering the plastic moment capacities of 1.4 MUI and 1.4 Mur at
the ends of the beam as shown in Fig. 17.7 (a) and (b). The maxi-
mum design shear forces Vul and Vur at the left and right support
i) 'Web reinforcement in earthquake resistant-structures must .be in
, the form of closed stirrups or hoops place perpendicular to the
longitudinal reinforcement and provided throughout the length of
the member. The hoops should have a minimum diameter of <1>. = 8'
mm in beams with a clear span' exceeding Sm. The free ends of the
hoops should be bent at.l35· with a minimum bar extension of 10$
as shown in Fig. 17.8 (a) to ensure proper anchoring of the bar
ends in the core of concrete .
. 'j) The purpose of the hoops is to confine the concrete and prevent
:" " : buckling of the longitudinal bars particularly" in the vicinity
 ':"-, , ".,',',",,"',

.... : 582 . Reinforced-Concrete Design

Earthquake Resistant. Design and Detailing 583

135·

o
wu=1'2(g+g)
.~~s
(a) Dead and Hve loads
on beam JJ_d:'~
(a) Hoops or closed stirrups

. ..

0·5 wuLn~
~O.5wuLn

.. .
·tVUR

.
1'~(MuL+MuR)/Ln

E:'Z::;::::::::] :::50mm
1 Hoopspacing
1 ~d/2 //
r [0]1
(b) Design shear forces In beam (Sway to Right)

Plastic I
-(Earth quake load)

1·4 (MuL + MUR)/ln

(b) Spacing of hoops
Fig. 17.8 Type of Web Reinforcement for Reversed Shear Condilion

17.5.2 Framed Members subjected to flexure and

axial loads (Columns)
hinge +VUR
t
.

0.5wuLnV
VuL ~
17'r.~""""""","""'~~~-£.UJ
0'5
wuLn [t:i~::::]
(c) Design sheor lorces in beam (Sway
Fig. 17.7 Comblnatlen of Design Shear Forces In Beams
of the beam-column junctions where reversible plastic hinges
develop with the likely hood of the concrete cover spalling after a
_few cycles of inelastic rotations. The I.S Code-13920121 specifies
closer spacing of hoops over a length equal to twice the effective
depth from the face of the column. The spacing of the .hoops
should not exceed (d/4) or 8 times the diameter of the smallest
longitudinal bar, with the first hoop located at a distance not
exceeding 50 mrn from the column face. The spacing of the hoops
beyond 2d should not exceed half the effective depth as shown in
Fig. 17.8(b).
a) Columns subjected to a factored axial stress greater that 0.1 fck under
the effect of earthquake forces are grouped.under this category. The
minimum cross sectionaldimension of the member should be not less
than 200mm and the ratio of short cross sectional dimension to the
perpendicular (large) dimension should preferably be not less than
to Lelt)
0.4. Also for columns with unsupported length exceeding 4m, the
shortest dimension should be not less than 300mm
b) In earthquake resistant design of framed members, the combined flex-
ural resistance of the columns should be greater than the beams at the
column-beam junctions, to ensure that plastic hinges develop first at
the beam ends rather. than the column ends facilitating ductile beha-
viour of the frame. In this regard, the I.S.Code 13920 does not make
any specific recommendations. However the American code. ACI
318-89 and the Canadian code CAN-A23.3-M-84 specify that the sum
Of. the factored moment resistances of the columns framing into the
joint should be at leastIf) percent higher than the sum of the charac-
teristic moment resistances of the beams framing into the joint as.
shown in Fig. 17.9(a). ~
 584 Reinforced Concrete Design Earthquake Resistant Design and Detailing 585 " '
Joint-A
Where Mubl and Mub2 arethe factored moments of resistance of beam
ends 1 and 2 framing into the column from opposite faces and 'h•.' is
I-
t the height of storey as shown in Fig, 17.9 (b).
e) In the case of columnjoints, special confining reinforcements in the
form of hoops on both sides extending over a length L, from the joint
face as shown in Fig. 17:IO(a) should be provided.

·oj

t (c): Deta ilino of hoops at

Mue' :Factored ultimale moment column -benm june Iion
capacity of column end , :;,1..'
Mukb::: Characteristic ultimale momenl i

capaci ly of beam end

:::'·4 Mub
(MuC1 + Mue2) 1,1 (Mukbl+ Mukb2)

(a) MOMENT RESISTANCE

REQUIREMENT (b) Detailing at cotumn
footing junction
I." I~

(b) SHEAR RESISTANCE

REQUIREMENT
Cc) Detailing In column
under discontinued walls

"

Fig. 17.9 Column Moment and Shear Resistance Requirements

c} Lap splices are permitted in the central half of the column length and
not at the ends where spalling of the concrete due to plastic hinge is
likely to develop in the member. Hoops are recommended over the
splice length with spacing of 150 mm and' at any section, only 50 per- (d) Columns with
cent of the bars should be spliced, varying stiffness
d) The design shear force in a column should be taken as the larger of the
following computations: -
1) The shear force due to the factored Ioads.
2) The shear force in the column due to the development of plastic
Fig. 17.10 Detailing of Columns in Ear,thquake Resistant Design
moments in the beams framing, into the column computed as
Vu = 1.4 (MUbi + MUb~)lhst , The length Lo'should be not less than the following:- '" ' '::::

.:.,.:. ':': ....:.!

11"y;"" .··.·..::6 th:'I:~;:~:t:~':::~:;::"Oftho member at the section where I) 1/5 of the horizontal" length of wall.
.,., yielding may occur .. 2) Thrice the wall(web) thickness.
2) 1/6 of the clear length of the column. 3) 450mm
3) 450mm
The vertical reinforcement comprising both the distributed reinforce.
The spacing of the hoops used as confining reinforcement should not ment and concentrated reinforcement near wall ends should be
exceed one-fourth of the minimum dimension of the member but need not designed 10 resist the flexural and axial forces.
be less than 75mm or more than 100 mm. The cross sectional area (1\,,) of
c) In the case of walls, which do not have tlangcs(boundary clements),
the bar to be used as confining reinforcement is given by the relation,
concentrated vertical reinforcement should be provided towards each
end face of the wall in addition to the uniformly distributed reinforce-
for circular hoops I spiral
ments. A minimum of 4 bars of 12 mm diameter arranged in at least
A.>
:-.t-
two layers should. be provided near each end face of wall. The
for rectangular hoops
concentrated vertical flexural reinforcement near the ends of the wall
should be tied together by transverse ties as in a column. This will
Where confine the concrete in the core and ensure yielding without buckling
s = pitch of spiral or spacing of hoops. of the compression bars when a plastic hinge is formed.
Dk:= Diameter of core, measured to the outside of the spiral or hoop. d) The shear wnll must be designed to prevent premature brittle shear
Dh:; Longer dimension of the rectangular hoop measured to its outer failure before the development of its full plastic resistance in bending.
face, but not to exceed 300mm. Similar to column design, it is desirable to design the shear resistance
I\g := gross area of the column section. and of the' wall for an over estimated shear force. Due to severe shear
Ak = area of the concrete core (contained within the outer dimension, of cracking under reversed cyclic loading, the shear resisted by concrete
the hoop/spiral) in the plastic hinge zone is neglected.
f) At the junction of the column and footing or 'mat, special confining In the case of columns supporting discontinued stiff members such as
reinforcement should be provided to a distance of at least 300mm; to walls or trusses" special confining reinforcement should be provided over
. account for possible development of plastic hinges at the column base the entire height of the column as shown in Fig. 17.10(<<).
as shown in Fig. 17.10 (b) . Special confining reinforcement over the full height of column is nec-
The following design and detailing specifications of IS:13920-1993 essary where there is significant variation of stiffness along the height of
code should be followed in the case of ductile shear walls. . columns. which are provided in mezzanine floors or lofts a's shown in Fig.
17.1O(d)
a) The thickness of any part of the wall should 'preferably be not less than
150 mill. Thinner walls are susceptible to local buckling at regions of 17,5.3 Detailing of Joints in Ductile Frames
high compressive strain. The walls can be thickened at highly com-
pressed zones or by providing flanges or cross walls to improve bend-
a) The joints of beam-columns in ductile frames should be designed to
ing resistance and ductility. The 1.5:Code restricts the effective flange have adequate shear strength and ductility to accommodate large
width of flanged walls to .
inelastic reversible rotations under severe earthquakes. The shear
I) Half the distance to an adjacent shear wall web and strength of joints depends primarily on the grade of c~ncrete and is not
2) One-tenth of the total wall height. sensitive to the magnitude of shear reinforcernent'". Hence the ACI-
b) Shear walls should be reinforced with a minimum percentage rein- ASCE Committee l-ttl recommends the use of high strength concrete
forcement of 0.25 percent of the gross cross section in both vertical at joints of ductile frames resulting in good compaction and higher
strength. ·
and horizontal directions. The diameter of the bar used should not
exceed one-tenth of the wall thickness and the spacing of the bars
should not exceed,
r .
!

I
I
588 Reinforced Concrete Design
589
j- b) When the beams and columns meet at a joint, the special confining
! reinforcement (hoops) should be provided near the column ends as
shown in Fig. 17.10 (a). In the case of externally confined joint where
the beams frame into all the vertical faces of the joint, having a beam
width at least three-fourths of the column width, the spacing of hoops
to be provided in the joint region may be taken as twice that required
at the end of the column but the spacing is limited to 1'50 mm accord:
ing to the codal. speciflcations,
c) In the case of beams joining the columns {rom one side only, devel-
opment length requirement of the flexural reinforcement within the
. joint as shown in Fig. 17.8(b). should be provided. The junction zone
of beams and columns is an area.of highconcentration of beam, col-
urnn and hoop bars. Hence extreme care should be taken in detailing
.: of reinforcements at joints to provide for proper stress transfer and to
avoid congestion and facilitate placing of concrete with proper com-
paction. Shear wall ..subjec tee
d) In the case of precast construction subject to seismic loading, the most to lateral Ioc ds
critical location is the beam-column connection. Investigations by
Pillai andKirk'" has shown that by careful detailing it is possible to
jJ
produce ductile beam-column connections having adequate strength,
stiffness and ductility and energy-dissipating capacity.

17.5.4 Detailing of shear wall structures

Pt cn
Shear wall or more appropriately termed flexural wallstructures are verti-
Fig. 17.11 Shear Wall 811'''''1111'4.'
cal cantilevers from the foundations and formthe lateral load resisting II
system. Shear walls are subjected to a,xialload, bending moment and shear shock-isolation
, concepts
_ as applied to earthqlllllw I'l'S""tant
. ". s. t ruc t ures. ThiIS
forces. A typical shear wall deforming under lateral loads is shown in Fig. concept IS "a radical departure from current SdSlll"" desig
. ~ I n prac tiIce, I ts
17.11. Unlike beams, shear wall is relatively thin and deep and is subjected successful implementation 011 a large scale (It'OIl,,'s'''' s'lgn'fi
. . ~.' I Ican t simp - llfi I 1-
to large axial forces. The wall is generally designed as an axially loaded cations in the. design of tall reinforced . COnCI'l~ll'
" stl'll··tl,re'
~ S 10 cart h qua k e
beam, capable of forming reversible plastic hinges with sufficient rotation zones.' . .
capacity at the base. . In a significant deviation from the present phi(osOI>h fd ' ,
" ,I d dl y 0 esigrnng an
The I.S. Code also provides guide lines regarding the design of bound- entire structure to Wit istan the istoruon, ·nlSlllting f rth k
. , . '" rom ea qua e
ary elements, coupled shear walls with openings and the reader may refer motions, an adaptive system IS designed to Isolntl' the upper rti f'
. " ..'" po Ions 0 a
to the speciifi:
ie d various
' c.
rererences ]42-146"lor f u rther mrormation
'" . on t he structure . from destructive VIbrations by conhninl' ) the"""eve re d'IS t ornons ' to
design and detailing of structures subjected to seismic forces, a specially designed portion at its base,
. A number of isolation devices 'or m,echanis"ls have been d
• I . '., , ],]'/ • een propose
17.6 Isolation Concepts in Earthquake Resistant Design .mc uding a soft storey With hmgm~ col~mns IlIl~OIllbination ball bearin
and' cod system'", steel balls on ellipsoidal Cllvitl"1l14Q, An exhaust' al:
. f " . b 'I" . d lve an
Recent advances in Earthqua~resistant design and the results of observa- ys~s 0 aS~I~mlc . ase ISOation IS.pr~sente ~>' I<(lllyl~ft'and the reader' may
tion of structures subjected to recent earthquakes have brought about the r!;fer to ,thiS refe(~nce ~or uptodate mformatl?lI Olllhc subject. ' (~\·:iii.
i
examination of earthquake-adaptive systems and the development' 'of I

'!.. . Ba.slc,all¥.~fl< !s~latlOn s~st~~ f<!~ a multlRlpJ'of structure co'rriprise~

. - .~. - .'_ r . • ,. _. • • ::' ;' __
'
 590 Rein/arced Concrete Design I·
I
I Earthquake Resistant Design and Detaili/lg 59J
I
resisting element which exhibits linear elastic behavior under the maxi-
mum wind loading, but yields under earthquake forces slightly greater than ;~r~:g earthqlla,kes would result in significant savings in the repair and
.that corresponding to the maximum wind loading, By· allowing the o P ~emellt C~sts. ~eveloped countries like U,S.A and Japan have devel-
isolation mechanism at the base of the structure as shown in Fig. 17,12 to pekdand used isolarlon systems in multistoreyed buildings located ill earth
qua e zones. •
yield <It a predetermined lateral load, the structure above it is effectively
isolated or shielded from the forces that would otherwise cause inelastic
deformations. In this way, the isolating mechanism sets an upper limit to
the forces that can be transmitted to the structure from 'the foundation. The
structure supported on an isolating mechanism need only to be designed
for vertical and wind loads, with special attention for earthquake resistance
focused only on the isolating mechanism at its base. This concept clearly
offers economic and technical ..advantages when compared to the tradi-
tional method of analyzing a complex structure under earth quake motion
and providing ductile members and connections throughout the entire
structure.

Multi storeyed
building

--~~--~~~~~~ Foundation level

Fig. 17.12 Shock Isolatlon Mechanism

Field observations of buildings in earth-quake damaged areas has con-

clusively shown that an effective isolation system not only allows the
structure above to remain elastic during a strong earthquake but spares the
non structural elements from extensive distress, The non structural ele-
ments comprising partitions, glazing, mechanical equipment etc in a typi-
cal multi storey structure account for about 80% of the building's cost and
hence a positive means of preventing distress in such elements during
 Referencees 593
i .:
!
14. SP: 24-1983, Explanatory Hand Book on IS: 456, Bureau 'of Indian
i Standards, New Delhi, 1983.
References 15., SP: 34, Hand Book of Concrete Reinforcement and Detailing, Bureau
of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 1987. .
. .
16. SP: 23-1982, Hand Book of Concrete Mixes (Based on Indian Stan-
I. NEVILLE, A.M., Properties of Concrete, Third Edition, E.L.B.S, dards), Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 1982.
Longman, London, 1981. 17. IS: 875(P~~1)~,1987, Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other than
2. RAINA, V.K., Concrete Bridge Practice, Analysis, Design and ,", . . Earthquakejfor Buildings and Structures, Part-I, Dead Loads (Sec-
Economics, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, ond Revision), B.I.S., 1989.
199 I,p.589. 18. IS: 875,(Part-2)-1987, Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other than
3. EV ANS, R.H., The Plastic Theories for the Ultimate Strength .of .Barthquake) for Buildings and Structures, Imposed Loads (Second
Reinforced Concrete Beams, Journal of the Institution of Civil Engi- revision), B.I.S., 1989.
neers, London, Dec. 1943, pp.98-121. '9. IS: 875(Part-3)-1987, Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other than
4. ROWE, R.E., CRANSTON, W.B., and BEST, B.C., New Concepts Earthquake) for Buildings 'and Structures, Part-3, Wind Loads (Sec-
in the Design of Structural Concrete, Structural Engineer, Vo1.43, ond revision), B.LS., 1989.
I,
I
I
1965, pp.339-403. 20. IS: 875(Part-4 & 5)-1987, Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other

I 5. / BATE, S.C.c., Why

1968.pp.103-108.
~
Limit State Design,

,
Concrete. March than Earthquake) for Buildings and Structures, Part-4, Snow Loads &
Part-S, Special loads and Load Combinations (Second Revision),
B.I.S., 1989.
6. KRISHNA RAJU, N, Limit State Design for Structural Concrete"
II Proceedings of the Institution of Engineers (India); Vo1.51, Jan.1971,
pp.138-143.
21. IS: 1893-1984, Criteria for Earthquake resistant Design of Structures
(Fourth Revision), B.LS., 1984. '

I
~..
7. BS: 8110-1985, Code of Practice for use of Concrete (Patt-I & 2),
British Standards Institution. London, 1985.
22. IS: 383-1970, Specifications for Coarse and Fine Aggregates from,
Natural sources for concrete, (second revision), B.I.S., 1970. '
8. 'ACI: 318-1989, Building Code Requirements (or Reinforced Con- 23. SHORT, A, and KINNIBURGH, W., Light Weight Concrete, Asia
crete, American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, 1989. Publishing House, 1968, p.3-29.
9. AS: 3800-1988, Concrete Structures, Standards Association of Aus- 24. BLAKE, L.S., The Development of Concrete Blocks in Great Brit-
tralia, 1988. ain, Fifth International Congress of the Precast Industry, London,
10. DIN: 1045-1988, Structural use of Concrete, Design & Construction. British Precast Industry & British Precast Federation, 1966, pp.
Din Deutsches Institute Fir Normung E.V., 1988. 61-71. '

II. IS:456-2000, Indian Standard Code of Practice for Plain and Rein- , 25. GERWICK, B.C.,'Effective utili~ation of Prestressed Light weight
forced Concrete (Fourth Revision), Bureau of Indian Standards, July concrete, Vol.l Cement and Concrete Association London 1968 pp.
2000, pp.IOO. 243-250.
12. UNNIKRISHNA PILLAI,S., DEVDAS MENON., 'Reinforced Con- KRISHNA RAJU, N., DWARAKANATH, H.V., and GAURI-
crete Design, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co, New Delhi, 1998, SHANKARA SINGH, Production, and Properties of High "density
p.9. Concrete Using Haematite aggregates, proceedings of the
13. SP: 16-1980, Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS: 456, International Symposium on "Innovative World of Concrete 1993
Bangalore, pp.3..::305. ' . ,' , ,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Deihi, 1980.
 Referencees 595
594 Reinforced Concrete Design
42. CORNELL, C.A., A Probability based Structural Code, Journal of
DA VIS, B.S., BROWNE, F.L and WJTIER,H.C., Properties of Hig.h
27. the American Concrete Jnstlture.Vol.Sri, Dec.1969. pp.974-985.
Density Concrete made with Iron Aggregate,-Journal of the Amen-
can Concrete Institute, Proceedings, ''':01.52.1956, pp.705-26. 43. RANGANATHAN, Ro, Reliability Analysis and Design of SI1'lIC-
tures, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co, Ltd, New Delhi, 19S10.
KRISHNA RAJU.N and KRISHNA REDDY, Y., A Critical Revie:v
28. of of the Indian. British and American ~nethods of Concrete MIX 44. AC1: 318-1989, Building Code requirements for Reinforced Con- .! i

Design, The Indian Concrete Journal, April, 1989, pp. 196-201. crete, American Concrete Institute. Detroit, Michigan, 1989.

ACI:: 613, American Concrete Institute Standard Recommended 45. SP: 16-1980, Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS: 456, B.IS.
29.
Practice for selecting proportions for Concret~, ACI manual of Con- New Delhi, l lth.Reprint, 1999.
· t' Part I American Concrete Institute, 1967, pp.211-1 to 46. VARYANI, U.H .• and RADHAJI,A., Manual for Limit State Design
crete P rac Ice, ,1 - , '

211-7 of Reinforced Concrete Members. Khanna Technical Publications,

TEYCHENNE, D.C., FRANKLIN and ERONTR?Y, H.C., Design New Delhi, 1984.
30. of Normal Concrete Mixes, Department of the EnVIronment, London, 47. McGREGOR,J.G and HANSON, 1.M., Proposed Changes in Shear
H.M .S.O. 1975.pp.31. Provisions for Reinforced Concrete and Prestressed concrete beams,
IS: 10262-1982, Indian Standard Recommended Guide lines for Proceedings of the A.C.I, Yo1.66. No.4, 1969, pp.276-288.
31.
.. Concrete Mix Design, B.LS., New Delhi, 1980, pp. 1-21. 48. MURASHEV, V., SIGALOY,E., BAIKOY.Y., Design of Reinforced
"'
KRISHNA RAW.N .• Design of Concrete. Mixes (Fourth Edition). Concrete Structures, Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1968.
32.
C.B.S. Publishers & distributors, New Deihl, 1988, pp.I-316. 49. KRISHNA RAJU,N., Prestressed concrete (Third Edition) Tata
. BS: 8110-1985, British Standard Code of Practice f~r t~e Structural McGraw Hill Publishing Co, Ltd, 1995.
33.
Use of Concrete (Parts 1 & 2), British Standards Institution, London. 50. ACl: 318-1989. A.C.I. Building Code requirements for Reinforced
~:
1985. . Concrete, American Concrete, Detroit, Michigan, U.S.A., 1989.
.-~

34.
IS: 432(Part-I)-1982, Specification for ~ild ste~l.and Medium Ten- 51. Y ARGHESE, P.c.. Limit State Design of Reinforced concrete,
sile bars for Concrete Reinforcement (Third ReVISIOn), 1982. Prentice hall of India Private Ltd, New Delhi, 1994, pp.388-419.
IS: 1786-1985, Specification for High ~t:ength Deformed steel bars 52. TIMOSHENKO,S and GOODIER, J.N., Theory of Elasticity, Third
35.
for Concrete Reinforcement (Third ReVISIon). 1985. Edition, McGraw' Hill, New York, 1970.

36. IS: 1566-1982, Specification for ~a.rd draw8~ steel wire fabric for 53. POPOV. E.P., Mechanics of Materials, J] Edition. Prentice hall
concrete reinforcement (Second revision), 19 . Englewood Cliffs. New Jersey, 1978 ..
IS: 2062-1992, Specification for steel for general structural purpo- 54. SRINATH, L.S .• Advanced Mechanics of Solids, Tata McGraw Hill
37.
ses(Fourth Revision), 1992. Publishing Co.Ltd, New Delhi, 1980. pp. 223-259.
ROWE R E CRANSTON. W.B., BEST, B.C .• New Concepts in the 55. KRISHNA RAJU,N., and GURURAJA, D.R., Advanced Mechanics
38.
Design' of s'tructural Concrete, Structural Engineer, Vo1.43, 1965. of Solids and structures, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1997.
399-403. 56. COLLINS, M.P., The Torque-Twist Characteristics of Reinforced
Limit State Design, Concrete. March
39. BATE.S.C.C., Why .Concrete Beams, Inelasticity and Non Linearity in Structural Con-
1968,pp.l03-108. crete, SM study No.8~·University of Waterloo Press. Waterloo, 1972,
KRISHNA RAJU.N., Limit State Design for Structural Concrete. pp. 21 1-232.
40.
Proceedings of the Institution of Engineers (India), Vol. 5 1, January 57. VERGHESE, P.c., Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete,
1971, pp.138-143 Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd. New Delhi, 1994, pp, 388-419.
MADSEN,H.C., KRENK,S and LIND.N.C., Methods of Structural
41. Safety, Prentice hall Inc, Englewood Cliffs, NJ. 1986. .
 596 Reinforced ConcreteDesign Referencees: 597

58. TIMOSHENKO, S and GOODIER, J.N., Theory of Elasticity, ·71. KRISHNA RAJU, N., Limit State Design of Rectangular Reinforced ,.
McGraw Hill, New York, 1970. Concrete Slabs, Proceedings of the Symposium or Recent Develop-
59. HSU, T.T.C., Ultimate Torqueof Rectangular Reinforced Concrete ments in Analytical, Theoretical and Experimental Techniques in '.
I; Engineering Structures, Warangal (A.P), VoLl, 1971, pp. 69-76.

II i.
Beams, ASCE Journal of Structural. Division, VoJ.94, February 1965.
'.
pp.485-51O. 72. Building code requirements (or reinforced Concrete, A.C.I. Standard ;
318-89, American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, U.S.A., :.!
I : 60. COLLINS, M.P., WALSH, P:F., ARCHER, F.E and HALL, A.S.~
. Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Beams subjected to' 1989.
-/1
combined Torsion and Bending, ACI Publication, SP-lS, "Torsion of 73. INGERSLA V, A., The Strength of Rectangular Slabs, Journal of the '
ii Structural Concrete", American Concrete Institute, Detroit, march
1966.
Institute of Structural Engineering, VoU, No. ~',1an.1923, pp.3-14.
I 74. JOHANSSEN, K.W., Brudlinieteorier, Jul, Gjellarups Forlag,
I 61. IYENGAR, K.T.S., RAMPRAKASH,N., Recommendations for the Copenhagen, 1943, p.l91 (Yield line theory, Cement & Concrete
! Design of Reinforced Concrete Beams for Torsion, Bending and Association, London, 1962, p.181).
Shear, Bridge and Structural Engineer, March 1974. 75. JOHANSSEN·,. K.W., Pladeformler, Polyrechnisk, Forening, - :':
75 .
. 62. WARNER, R:F., RANGAN, B.V., and HALL, A.S., Reinforced Copenhagen, 1946, p.186 (Yield Line formulafor Slabs), Cement & .
Concrete, Pitman, Australia, 1976. Concrete Association, London; 1972, p. 106.
63. UNNIKRISHNA PILLAI,S & DEVDAS MENON, Reinforced Con- 76. WOOD, R.H., Plastic and Elastic Design of Slabs and Plates, Thames
crete Design, Tata McGraw HfiJ, New Delhi, 1995. and Hudson, London, 1961, p.344.
64. SP: 34(1987), IjPnd Book-on Concrete Reinforcement and Detailing, 77. WOOD,R.H., A Partial Failure of limit Analysis for Slabs and the
Bureau of Indian Standards, 1987. consequences for future research, Magazine of Concrete Research,
65. ACI Committee 224, Control of Cracking in Concrete Structures, Vol.21, 1969, p.79.
Journal of the American Concrete Institute, Vo1.69, No.Iz, 78. JONES,L.L., Ultimate load Analysis of reinforced and Prestressed
Dec. 1972. pp.717-753. concrete Structures, Chatto and Windus, London, 1962, p.248.
66. BEEBY. A.W., The Prediction and Control of Flexural Cracking in 79. SHUKLA, S.N., Hand Book for Design of Slabs by Yield Line and
Reinforced Concrete Members, Proceedings of the A.C.I. Sympo- Strip Methods, Structural Engineering research Centre, Roorke,
sium on Cracking, Deflection and Ultimate load of Concrete Slab India, 1973, p.180.
Systems. American Concrete Institute, Detroit, 1971,.pp. 55-75. 80. WESTERGAARD, H.M., and SLATER, W.A., Moments and
67. KRISHNA RAJU, N., Prestressed Concrete (Third Edition), Tata Stresses in Slabs, proceedings of the American Concrete Institute,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1995, pp. 358-371. VoLl7, 1921; pp.415-538.
68. PURUSHOTHAMAN, P.• Reinforced Concrete Structural Ele~ents 81 .. WESTERGAARD,H:M., Formulas for the design of rectangular
Behaviour, Analysis and Design, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi: Floor slabs and the Supporting girders, Proceedings of the American
1984. . . concrete Institute, Vo1.22, 1926; pp.26.46.
69. TAYLER, R, HAYES, Band BHAI, M., Coefficients for Design of 82. HILLERBORG, A., Jamviksteori for Arrnerde, betongplatter,
Slabs by Yieldline Theory, Concrete Vol. 13, No.5, 1969. betong, Vol.41, 1956, p.171. .
70. KRISHNA RAJ.U, N., Design of Rectangular Reinforced concrete 83. RAJU,N.K., Design of rectangular Reinforced concrete Slabs sup-'
slabs supported' on all the sides with a short discontinuous edge, ported on all the sides with a short discontinuous edge, Building sci-
Building Science Journal; Vol:15, 1970, pp.181-185. ence Journal, Vo1.5, Pergamon press, U.K, 1970; pp.181-185.
 Referencees ~~~

, , 84. KRISHNA RAJU,N.,Optimized Strip method for the Design of KRISHNA RAJU, N., Design of Bridges (Thii'd Edition), Oxford &
Freely supported slabs, The Indian Concrete journal, VoIA5, no.9, 99. IBH publishers, New Delhi, 19Q8, pp. 414-420.
Sept.l971. pp. 390-393. . f Pile Foundations, Bureau
100. IS: 2911-1979. Design-and Construction 0
85, ACI 318M-89, Building Code requirements for reinforced concrete, oflndian Standards, New Delhi,1979.
American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, 1989, pp.119-128. C 'd f P actice for Concrete Structures
101. IS: 3370, Indian Standard 0 eo r. . Concrete Structures,
86. TARANATH, B.S., Structural Analysis and design of Tall Buildings . for storage of L-iquids (Part-II), rc~nfolced 3-14. .
McGraw Hi] I International Edition; 1988. Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi, 1965, pp.
87. Bresler, B., Design Criteria for reinforced Concrete columns under 102. TIMOSHENKO, Sand WOINOWSKY KRIEGER, S., Theory of
Axial load and Biaxial bending, Journal of the American concrete Plates and Shells. McGraw Hill. New York, 1959.
institute, Vo1.57. 1960, ppA81-490. ' ,CROM J M Design of Prestressed Tanks, Transactions of the
103. ...• ..' 52 89-118.
88. UNNIKRISHNA PILLAI, Sand DEVDAS MENON, Reinforced American Society of CIVIlEngmeers, 19 , pp.
Concrete Design, rata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, ,. . d d C d of Practice for the storage
104. is: 3370(Part-IV), Indian Stan ar o.e . Bureau of Indian
1998, pp. 583-588. of Liquids, Part-IV- Design Tables (Third reprint),
89. PECK, R.B., HANSON, W.H., THORNBURN, T.H., Foundation Standards. May 1974. pp. 14-49. . .
, R . f ement and Detalhng •
Engineering, John Wiley & SOliS,New York. 1974. 105. SP: 34-1987, Hand Book on Conc.rete eldno~~ New Delhi, 1987.
Special Publication, Bureau of Indian stan ar,'
71 .'.J

90. BERGMAN, V.R., Helicoidal Stair Cases of reinforced concrete, .

A.C.1. Journal, Vo1.53, October 1956, ppA03-412. d Responsibilities, American
106. Structural Failures Modes, Causes ~n 1973 .
91. SCORDELIS, A.C., Internal forces in Uniformly Distributed loaded Society of Civil Engineers, New Yor .' . . . 1
, . f C cks in BUlldmgs, Specla
Helicoidal Girders, A.C.1. Journal, Vo1.56, April 1960, pp.1013- 107. Hand Book on Causes and PreventlOn 0 . ra d ds New Delhi,
1026. Publication, SP-25, and Bureau of Indian stan ar ,
-92. GOULD, PL., Analysis and Design of a Cantilever Stair case, A.C.I. 1984. '. CSA
Journal. Vol.60, July 1963, pp.881-889. . d h d of concrete Construction,
108. Concrete Materials an met 0 s . ti n Rexdale (To-
93. SOLANKl, H.T., Free Standing stairs with Slab less Tread-Risers, Standards A 23~1-94, Canadian Standards AssoCla 10 ,
Journal ofthe American Society of Civil engineers, Structural Divi- ronto) Canada. 1994.
• "1 John' Wiley & Sons, New
sion, Vol 101, August ,1975, pp. 1733-1738. 109. FELD lACOB., ConstlUctlOn Fai ures, .
94. KRISHNA RAlU,N .. Design of Bridges (Third edition), Oxford and York, 1968. J hn
IBH Publishers, New Delhi, 1998, pp.250-295. 110. PARK, R. and PAULAY, T., Reinforced Concrete Structures, 0

95. IS: 8110-1985, British Code of practice for use of Concrete (Part I & Wiley & Sons, New York, 1975. . .
- C dian Journal of CIVil
2), British Standards institution, 1985. ' Ill'. 'fAYLOR , D .,. A Progressive Collapse. ana
517-529.
Engineering, Vo1.2, NoA, Dec.1975, pp.
96, VARGHESE,P.C., Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete.Pren-
, lEVER WfR Progressive Collapse. Abner-
tice Hall of India, New Delhi.1998, pp.450-464: 112. ALLEN. D.E., and SHR " ',' :1 Fa'llure Modes Causes,
ilding Codes in Structura , '
97. ACI: 318-1989, Building Code requirements for Reinforced con- mal loads an d BUI 1 . . f C' '1 Engineers. 1973. pp.
responsibilities, Amencan Society 0 IVI
crete, American concrete institute, Detroit, Michigan, 1989, pp.162-
166. 21-47. li C n
LEAVENWORTH RS .• Statistical Qua ity 0-
98. SP: 34-1987, Hand Book on Concrete Reinforcement and Detailing. 113. GRANT, E.L an d 'Y k 1988
trol, VI Edition, McGraw Hill Book Inc, New or, . ':
Indian Standards Institution, New Delhi, 1987, pp.76-81.
 600 Reinforced Concrete Design
114. HOO~ER: C.A. and GREEN. M.R .• Construction Quality. Education
and Seismic safety, Earthquake Engineering Research Institute Oak-
land California, 1996. ' Hill Book Co, New York, 1975.
lIS. WESTLUND. G .• Use of High Strength Sieel in reinforced Concrete
Journal. of the American Concrete Institute. Vo1.30. No.12, June
1959, pp.I237-12S0: . I
116. KALGAL, M.R. and JAYASIMHA. K.S., Detailing of reinforce-
ments, Proceedings of Workshop on Reinforcements in Concrete
Tor steel research Foundation, Sept. 1994, Bangalore, paper No.3. '
117. !S; 3~1~-1968, O)de of Practice for Design and Installation of joints
. JJl Buildings, B.I.S .• and New Delhi. 1968.
118. SUDARSHAN, M.S., Do's and Dont's in Reinforcement fabrication
and Detailing, Proceedings of the Workshop on Reinforcements in
Concrete, Torsteel Foundation of India, Sept. 1994; Bangalore, paper
·No.4. .
'119. IS; ~~93-1984, Criteria for Earthquake Design of Structures (Fourth
. Revision), B.I.S., New Delhi, 1984. . 1980.
120. IS; 4236-1976, Code of Practice for Earthquake resistant design and
.. Construction of Buildings, B.I.S., New Delhi, 1976.,
12L IS; 13920-1993, Ductile detailing of reinforced Concrete Structures
subjected to Seismic Forces, B.I.S. New Delhi, 1993.
1'22. ACI ~ommittee-318, Commentary on Building Code Requirements
.for reinforced Concrete, (ACI: 318-89), American Concrete Institute
Detroit, Michigan, 1989. •
~!
..
123. National Building Code of Canada, 1985, Part-'4; Structural Design
National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa, 1985. '.
124. CSA Standard CAN-A 23.3-M84, Design of Concrete Structures for
Buildings, Canadian Standards Association, Rexdale, Ontario, 1984.
12S. SEAQC, Recommended Lateral Force requirements and Commen-
tary Seismology Committee, Structural Engineers Association of
California, Sanfransisco, 1980.
126. UNNIKRISHNA PILLAI, S, and DEVDAS MENON, Reinforced
Concrete Design, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co, Ltd, New Delhi,
1998, pp.70S.-726.
127. FINTEL, Mark, GHOSH, S.K, ARNALDO and DERECHO, T.,
Earthquake Resistant Structures, Hand Book of Concrete Engineer-
ing ~ited,by Mark Fintel,(Second Edition), c.n.S. Publishers, New
Delhi, 1986;.pp.41 1-513. '_
Referencees 601 .
128. CLOUGH, R.W and PENZIEN, J.• Dynamics of Structures, McGraw.
129. NEW MARK, N.M., Design of Structures to resist Seismic motions.
I proceedings of Earthquake Engineering Conference, University of
South Carolina, Jan.197S, pp.23S-275 ..
.: .~
I· 130. HURTY, -W.C and RUBINSTEIN, M.F., Dynamics of Structures,
r·
I.
Prentice hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1965.
'131. POWRICK, DJ., Earthquake Resistant Design, John Wiley & Sons,
I Chichester, U.K, 1977.
.. ~
f: 132. PILLAI, S.U and KIRK, D.W., Ductile Beam-Column Connection in
I' Precast Concrete, ACIJournal, Vo1.78, Nov-Dec, 1981, pp. 480-487.'
.
.)
,:i
133. Reinforced Concrete Structures in Seismic Zones, ACI Publication
SP:53, American Concrete Institute, Detroit, 1977.
134. Reinforced Concrete Structures subjected to Wind and Earthquake
Forces, ACI Publication'SP: 63, American .concrete Institute, Detroit,
135. Earthquake effects on Reinforced Concrete Structures, ACI Publica-
tion SP:84. American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, 1985. . ie
136. PILLAI, S.U and DEVDAS MENON., Reinforced Concrete design, .j.i
Tata McGraw H Publishing Co, New Delhi, 1988, pp.707-725.
137. JAIN, A.K., Reinforced Concrete (Limit' State Design), Nemchand '&
Bros, Roorke, 1984, ppA87-50S.
138.: BLUME, J.A., Structural Dynamics in Earthquake Resistant design,
I _Transactions of ASCE, VOL. 12S, Part-I, Paper No.3054, 1960;
i
139. BERG, G.V., Response of Multistorey Structures to Earthquake,
I
I
.'. JEMD'Paper No.2790, April 1961.
i 140. ACI-ASCE COMMITIEE-352, Recommendations for Design of
.'Beam-Cclumn Joints in Monolithic Reinforced concrete Structures
I (ACI 3S2, R-76, Reaffirmed 1981), American Concrete Institute,
I . Detroit, 1976 ..
141. PILLA I; S.U and KIRK, D.W., Ductile Beam-Column Connection in
Precast Concrete, American Concrete Institute, Journal, V01.178,
Nov-Dec, 1981, pp.480-487. .
142. ARNOLD,C and REITHERMAN, R.; Building Configuration and
Seismic Design, John Wiley & Sons Inc, New York, 1982.
,:j
.·/:~.;,iJ
602 Reinforced Concrete Design

143. Applied T~cfinology Council, Tentative provisions for the Develop-

ment of seismic Regulations for Buildings, ATC-3-06. National Subject Index
Bureau of Standards, SP: 510. U.S. Government Printing office.
Washington. D.C, 1978.
144. PARK and PAULA Y. T., Reinforced Concrete Structures, John
Wiley & Sons Inc. New York, J975. Bu.xling, 4, 31, 53 I. 587
Aggregate Cement Ratio, 19
145. Explanatory hand Book of Codes for Earthquake Engineering. Spe-
aggregate volume, 15
cial Publication SP: 22, Bureau of Indian standards s . New Delhi. Ca\:ulation of crack width, 207
Aggressive environment, 20.3, 20.7.
1982, Ca:~ilevcr beam, 147, 183, 187.
372
146. NEWMARK, N.M, and ROSENBLEUTH, E.• Fundamentals of Aglire, 16
:':'1,248. 564 ..
Ca::~;!cvcrretaining wall. 384, 488 :j
Earthquake Engineering. Prentice Hall. Engle wood Cliffs. New -!
Agloporitc. 16
Car.ilever slab, 6. 175,272.424,
Jersey, 1871. Air entrained concrete. 20, 21 il

!
147. FINTEL, M and KHAN. F.R ...Shock Absorbing Soft Storey Concept Aircraft hangers,4
Cas; in situ, 446
for Multistorey Earthquake Structures, ACI Journal, proceedings. Airport runways,S
Cr::-.:rrMal axis. 201
V.66(5), May 1969. pp.381-390. Arch dams. 4
Ch:ja.522
Alkaline environment. 22
148. CASPE, M.S .• Earthquake Isolation of Multistorey Concrete Struc- cr."-=',clcristic load, 57. 416
Allowable stress, 196
tures, ACI Journal Proceedings. 67(11) •.November 1970. Cr.:...-:..ctcristic
strength. 56. 331,
Anchorage, 60.. 172. 177. 183?424,
149. Anonymous, Ball Bearing Seismic resistance (On Matushita Sys- 451.530,534,545,571,578,580.
Ch'.~ncys. 20
tem), Engineering News Report. 73, March 16, 1967. Anchorage bond stress, 175
Cirr.Iar footing, 374
150. KELLY, lM., Aseismic Base Isolation: its History and Prospectus. Applied moment, 237
C:~:'~:argirder, 5
Joint Sealing and bearing Systems for Concrete Structures, V.l Atomic structures. 5
cb~;ing unit, 13
American Concrete Institute, SP: 70, 1981. pp.549-586. Average strain, 20.8
CJi;..!!;ring, 1
Cozr-e aggregate. 15
Balanced section. 40, 380., 400
C0:::;~d deflection limits. 196
Barytes,17
C::::'·::~nt of friction, 486
Bearing moment coefficients, 250..·
C:,5::'lent of thermal expansion,
262
Bearing plate, 434
Co:~;;',e. 338, 522
Bearing stress, 371. 431
C(,;-':;;.nfooting, 361
Biaxial bending, 5, 345, 346
CO;';:;.n head. 281
Biological shield, 16
Coiuz;n strip, 280: 286 .
Bond, 1,2,172,470.
Co::::::ned footing, 363,534
Bond mechanism, 172
C('r::-~~ibilitytorsion. )48, 149
Bond stress. 477
Cc.~~;,:r ..site action, 60., 172
Bond stresses, 172
Cc.::;:r,·;ite columns, 321
Bow girder. 147
C':-'::-~~':,:',sionchord. 127
Bracing elements, 325
C,:-::-;::';<;sion flange, 236
Brackets, 430,543,545
C,:-::.~':':,~ionreinforcement, 199
Brittle shear failure, 136,587
, Subject Index
'!
604 Subject lndrx
·1
I Compression steel ratio. 576 '
1',
. ~-
Compression strain. 62
Concrete grade, 26. 130. 131
I,
Confined concrete. 578
Construction joints. 551
;
Continuous beam. 249. 250, 253,
"
463,530,545
Continuous slab. 6. 275. 278,525
526
Contraflexure, 580
Control of crack width, 196
Controlof deflection, 195
Corbel, 430. 431, 432, 543
Cornel' columns, 5, 322
Comer junctions, 540
Counterfort retaining wall, 385
386,399,406
Cover requirements, 22, 24. 29
549
Cracked section, 34. 216
Creep, 19.57.58
Creep coefficient, 20, 203.2]4
Creep deflection, '202, 214.117'
Creep strain, 20 ' Drop panel. 281
Critical neutral axis, 38'
Critical section, 138,2&4,365,
366,369.576
Curtailment, 404, 507
Curvature ductility, 576
Curvatures, 260. 569
Dead loads, 11.12,415.423
Deep beams, 127, 206
Deflection computations. 199,201
216
Deflection control, 196,215,217
223.226.229.233,240.246,248,
253.259.275.278.364,475
Designaids, 11,79.80.81,89, ' Eccentricity. 237, 336. 379
94, 98, 105, 113, 159
Design bond stress. 176
Design charts. 67, 171. 224, 241,
338
Design mix concrete, 17
Design moment. 262, 267. 282.
423,504
Design strength, 56. 61. 155, 336
Development length, 175. 177.
372,588 ' Elastic instllbility. 321
Diagonal compression, 131
Diagonal tension, 126, 127, 129,
542
Differential Shrinkage. 20]
Dilatancy. 172
Direct design method, 281, 282
Distribution bars, 258, 419,525
Doglegged staircase, 492
Dome, 4, 505, 506
Double cantilver Precast tread
slab,409
Double curvature. 355
Doubly reinforced beam, 109. 110.
111.113,191.231.233.479
Dowels, 368 ' ,
Drying shrinkage, 19
Ductile frame, 587
Ductility. 568, 569, 572
Durability. 20
Dynamic analysis. 569
Dynamic loading. 56
Earth pressure, 385
Earthquake forces, 568
, Earthquake loads. 14,569
Earthquake resistant design. 567. '
579
Earthquake zones. 569
Eccentric loading. 147
Effective depth,130, 198'.235.
, 380.472, 474. 493 ' " Flexural bond stress, 173
pffective length, 323. 324
605
Effective modulus of elasticity. Flexural stiffness. 282, 354
214
Flexural strength, 18, 60, 84. 109
Floor system. 5, 6, 7,~237
Effective span. 239, 242, 249, 257,
Flowability, 15
267.271.413.421,'474,
Folded plate. 4
476,478.482,492
Frame structure, 325
Effective width of flange, 234
Framing system. 8 '
Elastic constants; 498
Freebase, 504
Elastic design. 2 '
Frictional resistance, 172 -
Elastic strain, 20 .
Grade of concrete. 64. 176, 447;
,Elastic,theory.33
471. 575. 587
, Elaslo-plastic. 571
Grading. 16, '
Elongation. 569 ' '
Gravity loads. -355, 387
Embankment. 393 ,. . ,.
Grid floor system. 7 _ ' :-
Elllpirical method, 195. 196 , ,
Energy dissipation! 577 Helical rei'nforcement. ,3.31.333, ,
Enhanced sl)~ar.J37, 431. 434,
334
437 .Heel slab. 384
Entrained air. 21 ,
Hexagonal slab. 302 ,
Environment~ 4. 19.549
High strength concrete, 129.575
Equilibriulll method, 113. 293. 300
High strength deformed bars, 27
Equilibrium torsion. 147.
High alumina cement, 16
Equivalent bendi!)g moment. 160.
High density concrete. 16
164.244 '
'Equivalent frame method. 283 Highways. 5
Hinged base. 497
Equivalentshgafforce,161.164.
Hinging columns. 589
244 ' Hogging moments, 527
Expansion join~s. 552. 556
'Hooks. 177. 529
Exterior panel. 281, 282
Hoop tension, 498. 503
Horizontal loops. 538, 545
Factored load, 418 ,Hydrophobic cement. 16
Factored moment. 363
Fire resistance; 22, 25
Imposed loads, 12
Fixed base. 497- , Inclined stirrups. 132, 542
Flanged beams, 84. 89, 199.233.
Industrial strocmres, 2, 543
236 -
Inelastic deformatioris. 568, 569
flallged sections, 84. 198
Infill walls, 326
Flat slab floor system. 7
Interaction diagrams. 336
, Flat slabs. 256, 279. 284
Interior panel, 282. 284
Flexibility,'249 .
lntz ty~. 495 ' ,
, Fiexible base. 498 ,
,Isolated cantilever tread slab. 409

. Isolated footing, 361
Isolation concepts, 588 _
- 1 Isotropically reinforced slab, 292
Junctions, 497, 535
Key, 390, 398
Lap length, 184, 185, 189, 546
Lap slice. 188, 580
Lap welding of bars, 177
Lapping, 545; 562
'(I
Lateral Instability, 579·
Lateral ties, 31, 321, 333,342, 345
Lever ann factor, 42, 236
Lever ann lenth, 236
Lifting holes; 456
-'-1 Lighthouses; 4
I
Lightweight concrete, 16
Limit state design, 3, 54, 126,
220,256,572
Limit state method, 54,521
Limit state of cracking, 195
Limiting crack width; 203
Limiting moment of resistance. 66,
82, 108, 124, 125, 187. 228,
231,252,258
'I
Limonite, 17
Live loads, 12,41~,423
Load factor, 19
Long term deflection, 201,213,
217
Long walls, 515
Longitudinal reinforcements, 24,
]50,165,166,167,168,170,171,
I 332,334,343,344;454
-I
Low heat portland cement, 16
Magnetite, i7
Marine structures, 4
Mass concrete, 15
Matrix methods, 249
Maximum shear stress, 131, 47:\
Mean strength, 59
Mechanical connections, 580
Mechanical connector, 368
Medium tensile steel, 27
Middle strip, 262
Mild steel, 27, 36, 37, 111,575
Modification factors, 197,211; 215
Modular ratio, 38
Modulus of elasticity, 19
Modulus ofrupture of concrete,
206
Moment distribution, 5] 4
Moment ofinertia, 201, 283
Moment of resistance, 33; 40, 47,
64,
77, I i3, 207,'236, 237
Multiplying factor, 131, 139
Multistorey building, 463, 527,
547
Neutral axis, 33, 34, 35; 51,
63,84,86,95,123,'163,576
Nibs" 430; 436
Nomina! cover, 24, 25
Nominal diametr, 27
Nominal mix concrete, 17
Nominal s-hear stress, 126, 129,
284,471,472;473
Non dimensionalparameters; 338
Non structural elements; 590 . Shear key, 390,491
Normal distribution, 54
Nuclear reactor vessels, 5
One way slab, 5, 256, 260,
525,526.551,555 -
One well staircase, 412
Orthotropically reinforced, 192,
297 ' 16
Over rei nforced 'section, 40, 42,
62,63
Parametric constants, 498
I,
Subject Index 6tJI
Partial safety factors, 56, 57, Reinforcement index, 66
Reinforcement splicing, 177 ,
195,569
Relative stiffness, 283, 328
Partitions, 11; 534
Passive pressure, 390 Reliability theory, 54
Restrained slabs, 262
Pedestal, 321
Retaining walls, 384, 385, 389,
Percentage redistribution, 204
390,393,395,400,486.487
Percentage reinforcement, 1'40,
141,211,397 Ring beam, 506
Ring tension, 498
Permissible deflection, 196
Permissible shear stress, 151, 162, Roquefort cement, 2 ,
Rotation, 148, 149,289,324,
165,259,462,471
Permissible stress, 33,36, 37. 326;355
Rotation capacity, 289,568,
49,470,496.51~
Permissible tensile stress, 496 575,588
Pile cap, 446, 448
Safe bearing capacity, 361, 393,
Piles, 5, 446, 448, 449,451,453
463 .
Plastic hinge, 575, 578
Safety factors, 56
Plasticity, 15
S~'-, ": moment of area, 326
Poisson's ratio, 503
Secondary moments, 353
Poker vibrator, 548
Portland pozzonlona cement, 23 Seismic forces, 567
Seismic zone, 567-
Portland slag cement, 16, 24
Semi probabilistic approach, 55
Precast, 5, 446. 588
Service loads, 3, 33, 195, 212
Preliminary, 236
Pressure coefficient, 14 363,521
Serviceability, 3, 54. 56, 195, 52~
Pressure vessel, 5
Serviceability criteria, 220
. Primary torsion, 147
Shallow foundation, 361
" Probabilistic concepts, 54
Shea~ force coefficients, 249,250,
Progressive collapse, 522, 578
Pure torsion, 147, 158 252,463
Shear reinforcement, 30, 136,
Quality control, 2, 521,522
144,168,229,230,232,240,
Quay walls, 4
241,245.247,252,257,284,
365,436,44~,467,528
Radiation, 5
Shear resistance, 140, 141, 431,
Raft foundation, 463
Rapid hardening portland cement, 584
Shear span/depth ratio, 430, 431,
Rectangular tanks, 510 432
Shear stresses, 126, 424, 462,
Redistribution of moments, 249,
471,472,479,481. 483, 486, 544
276,568
Shear wall box, J 0
Reduction factor, 56, 200

608 Subject Index
Shear wall system. 10
Shear walls, 10, 326. 586, 588
Short columns, 330, 331, 336,
345 ' Stress distribution, 34, 129, 234
Short term deflection, 201, 217
Short walls, 511, 513, 514, 516
Shrinkage, 19 . .
Shrinkage curvature, 202
Shrinkage deflection, 202, 2 fit,
217
Side face reinforcement, 30, 205,
206,244
Sidesway, 355·
i Sidewalls, 512
Silos, 20
I Simple bending theory, 172
Singly reinforced beam, 477
Slag, 16,24
Slender columns, 352, 353
Slenderness ratio', 321, 322,
332,334,358,448
Snow loads, 14
l. Soft storey, 589
i
Soundness, 16
Spacer forks, 456 .
Span/depth ratio, 197, 220, 221,
235,250,256,266,463
t, Span moments, 250
Spandrel beam, 414
Specific gravity, 16
Spiral reinforcement, 321, 455
Spital stair case, 412
Spirals, 177, 334,447, 448, 578
Splicing, 177, 189,545
Stability calculations, 388, 395,
489
Stability index, 325, 326
i Standard deviation, 59
Steel-beam theory, 109
i
Stem, 384, 385, 390; 392, 395, 400
Stiffness, 148, 354, 571, 578, 588
Storey drift, 326
Strain compatibility method. I 12
Strap footing, 363
Stress blocks, 85
Structural distress, 522
Structural element, 5,24; 401
Structural safety, 10
Structural stability, 578
Structural systems, 5, 568
Strut action, 432, 440, 449, 451
Sulphate attack, 22
Sulphate resisting portland cement
16 ' '
Supersulphated cement; 16
Support moments, 250
Support section, 139, 148,
160;237,424,529·
Surface crack width, 207
Tall towers, 4
Tank walls, 498, 504,'507, 510,
517
Target strength! 18, 126 .
Tension reinforcement, 29,49,
62,87, 107. 198, 199,209,
222,240,241,258,441,472
Tension steel ratio, 575
Thickness of flange, . 235
Tie, 2
Tied columns, 321
Toe slab, 384, 402
Torsional moment, 148,243
Torsional reinforcement, 150
Torsional shear stress, 150
Torsionai stiffness, 149 .
Torsional strength, 147, 162
Transverse reinforcement, ·165,
166,168,169,170,171,236,
531,580·
Triangular slab. 295
Truss action, 451, 457,458. 462
Two way slab, 6, 200, 525, 526
Subject Index 609
Unbrace<i column, 325, 328 Width of web, 235
Wind loads, 13; 569, 590
Under . reinforced section, 39, 62,
.
Wind velocity, 13
. 96,578
Workability. 18
Underg~ound tanks, 494
Working load design. 2
Uniaxial eccentric compression,
Working moment. 37
338
Working stress, 3. 470
Vertical force, 388, 432.
Wotking stress method, 33, 470,
Vertical stirrups, 143; 146, 147,
521' .
. 529; 544, 58f. ..
Works cube strength, 57 ..
Vibrations, 567, 589
Virtual work method, 293
Yield line analysis, 287. 293, 300
Yield line mechanism. 289
Waist slab; 414,417,418.421
Yield line theory, 262, 287
Water/c~ment ·ratio, 22, ·24
Yield lines, 287,289. 299
Water pressure, 5.10
Yield moment, 290, 292, 309
Water retaining structures.A. 496
Web reinforcement, 129, 154,
581
Yield strain. 62, 63, 64, 572
Yield strength, 27, 36, 57. 575
Welding. 177, 18.5,545
;..}i.l
i
 Author: Index 611 .

Krishna Reddy, Y." 594 Shriever, W.R." 599

Shukla, S.N." 597
Leavenworth, R.S." 599 Sigalov, E." 595
Lind, N.C." 594· Slater, W.A." 597
Author Index Solanki, H.T." 598
Madsen. H.C." 594 Srinath;L.S." 595
McGregor, J.G." 595 Sudarshan, M.S." 600'
Murashev, V." 595
Allen, D.E." 599 Taranath, B.S." 598
Fintei Mark." 600, 602
Archer, F.E." 596 Neville, A.M ... 592 Taylor. D.A." 599
Franklin, R.E." 594
Arnaldo.; 600 Taylor, R." 596
Arnold, C.". 60 i Park, R." 599, 602 Teychenne, D.C." 594
Gerwick, B.C." 593
Paulay, T." 599, 602 Timoshenko, S." 595, 596, 599
Ghosh; S.K." 600
Baikov, V." 595 Peck, R.E." 598
Goodier, J.N." 595, 596
Bate, s.c.c., 592, 594 Penzien, J." 601 Unnikrishna, Pillai,'·S." 592, 596,
Gould, PL." 598
Beeby, A.W." 596 Popov, E.P." 595 598, 600
Grant, E.L." 599
Berg. G.V." 601 Purushothaman, P." 596
Green. M.R." 600
Bergman, V.R." 598 Varyani, U.H." 595
Gurnraja, D.R." '595
Best, v.c., 592, 594 Raina, V.K." 592 Verghese, r.c., 595
Bhai, M." 596 Raju, N.K. .. 597
Hall, A.S." 596
Blake, L.S." 593 Ramprakash, N." 596 Walsh, P.F." 596
Hansen, J.M." 595, 598
Blume. G.A." 601 Rangan, B.V." 596 Warner, R.F." 596
Hayes, B." 596
Bresler, B." 598 Ranganathan, R." 595 Westergaard, H.M." 597
Hillerborg, A." 597
Browne, FL." 594 Reitherman, R." 60 I Westlund, G." 600
Hoover, C.A." 600
Rosenbleuth, E." 602 Witter, H.C." 594
Hsu, T.T.C." 596
Woinowsky Kriegar, S." 599
Caspe, M.S." 602 Hurty, wc; 601
.. Scordelis, A.C." 598 Wood, R.H." 597
Clough, R.W." 601
Collins, M.P." 595, 596 Short, A." 593
Ingerslav, A." 597
Cornell, C.A." 595 Iyengar, K.T.S ... 596
Cranston. W.B." 592.594
Crom,1.M." 599 Jain, A.K." 601
Jayasimha, K.S." 600
Davis, H.S .., "594 Jones, L.L." 597
Derecho, T." 600
Devdas Menon ... 592, 596, 598, KalgaJ, M.R." 600
600, 601 Kelly, J.M." 602
Dowrich, DJ." 601 Khan, F.R." 602
Kinniburgh, W." 593
Erontroy, H.C." 594 Krenk, S." 594
Evans, R.H." 592 Krieger, S." 599
Krishna Raju, N." 592, 593, 594.
Feld Jacob." 599 595, 59~ 597, 598, 599
 ~I
'I,
'l! :

i,i
I I
-.-,
·1

I!,
II'!'
il);
i!if: I!
,I!'
"1, I:'
jl

J
II
i
I
I

,I

i
:1
:.

'.!

~;
,

\ ,_:u;~;